Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2016-11-22 - AGENDA REPORTS - PURCHASE & DELIVERY OF BUSES (2)0 Agenda Item• 7 CITY OF SANTA CLARITA Q) AGENDA REPORT CONSENT CALENDAR CITY MANAGER APPROVAL: fAl DATE: November 22, 2016 SUBJECT: AWARD CONTRACTS TO MOTORCOACH INDUSTRIES (MCI) AND GILLIG CORPORATION FOR THE PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF COMMUTER AND LOCAL BUSES DEPARTMENT: Neighborhood Services PRESENTER: Adrian Aguilar RECOMMENDED ACTION City Council: 1. Authorize the City Manager or designee to execute a contract with Motor Coach Industries (MCI) for the purchase of five 45 -foot compressed natural gas (CNG) powered buses, in an amount not to exceed $3,947,690, or modify the award in the event issues of impossibility of performance arise, subject to City Attorney approval. 2. Authorize the City Manager or designee to execute a contract with Gillig Corporation for the purchase of eight 40 -foot CNG buses, in an amount not to exceed $4,591,899, or modify the award in the event issues of impossibility of performance arise, subject to City Attorney approval. BACKGROUND Santa Clarita Transit has a fleet replacement program that meets the Federal Transit Administration's 12 -year life cycle for transit vehicles. Five of the City of Santa Clarita (City) commuter buses and eight of the City's local buses have reached their useful life and are scheduled to be replaced over the next 18 months. With approval of this action by Council, the City will be able to replace a number of aging buses that have reached the end of their useful life and take advantage of recent developments in engine technology to begin the process of replacing older, less -efficient diesel -powered commuter buses with clean -burning CNG vehicles. The City's local transit fleet is composed of all CNG buses and this purchase will allow the City to continue to improve fleet reliability, take advantage of new vehicle designs and technology to improve customer experience, reduce emissions within the region, and improve the overall fuel economy of the City's bus fleet. The recommended action would also bring the City more in line Page 1 Packet Pg. 29 0 with the desired capital replacement schedule in which approximately one -twelfth of the transit fleet is scheduled for replacement each fiscal year. In late 2013, the City partnered with Victor Valley Transit Authority, Antelope Valley Transit Authority, Monterey -Salinas Transit, and Ventura County Transportation Commission to issue a Request for Proposal to manufacture and deliver the commuter buses. In late 2015 the City entered a similar partnership with Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority, City of Los Angeles, City of Norwalk, and the Gold Coast Transit to issue a Request for Proposal to manufacture and deliver the local transit buses. Under these joint agency procurements, the partner agencies collaborated to establish design specifications and listed quantities of the vehicles needed over the next five years. Bidders were asked to submit fixed unit pricing for each vehicle and provide line -item pricing for optional features such as bicycle racks, onboard camera systems, and fare boxes. An evaluation panel consisting of one representative for each participating agency reviewed and ranked the proposals submitted. Based on the recommendation of the evaluation panel, Victor Valley Transit Authority, acting as the lead agency, negotiated and awarded a five-year contract to Motor Coach Industries to manufacture and deliver the commuter buses. Also acting as the lead agency for the Transit bus procurement, Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority negotiated and awarded a five year contract to Gillig Corporation to manufacture and deliver the local transit buses. By partnering with other transit agencies, the City was able to share the costs associated with this extensive process with multiple agencies. It also allows the partner agencies to negotiate pricing based on a much larger procurement, further reducing costs. As an added measure, staff conducted a price analysis to ensure the proposed pricing is within industry standards and is the most advantageous to the City. The joint procurement approach to acquisition is prevalent within the transit industry and is accepted by the Federal Transit Administration. ALTERNATIVE ACTION 1. Direct staff to reissue a Request for Proposal for the procurement of five 45 -foot CNG powered commuter buses and eight 40 -foot CNG powered transit buses. 2. Other action as determined by the City Council. FISCAL IMPACT There is no impact to the General Fund with this procurement. The City has programmed Federal 5307 transit grant funds to cover 80% of the total contractual cost of the buses, and the remaining 20% required local match will come from Prop C Municipal Operator Service Improvement Program (MOSIP) funds. Adequate funds are available in the Transit Automotive Equipment Account 12400-5201.003. Page 2 Packet Pg. 30 0 ATTACHMENTS Local Commuter Price Summary LAVTA-RFP-2015-08-Local Transit Bus -Procurement (available in the City Clerk's Reading File) Victor Valley -Santa Clarita RFP 2013-04 (available in the City Clerk's Reading File) Page Packet Pg. 31 7.a Local and Commuter Bus Price Summary November 2016 2016 Gillig Pricing Net Cost per Vehicle $ 573,987.29 2016 MCI Pricing Total buses to be purchased Taxable 8 ITotal Total Gillig Contract Amount $ 4,591,898.32 MCI Contract Amount $ 31947,689.19 Base price $ 452,695.00 Vehicle base cost $ 691,636.90 Credit for Trapeze ITS System $ (12,773.00) Taxable amount $ 655,040.79 Santa Clarita Additions $ 27,124.00 Tax (9%) $ 60,748.02 Zero Emission CNG Engine $ 91793.00 tire fees $ 15.75 Spare tools/parts $ 4,942.00 Tires $ - Total Taxable amount $ 481,781.00 Bikeracks $ 61155.68 Farebox prewire $ 909.83 Non Taxable Camera prewire $ 415.92 ADA equipment $ 30,009.00 Seatbelts $ 11,000.00 upgrade wheel chair restraints $ 41005.00 Ricon upgrade $ 1,455.73 Credit for Trapeze ITS System $ (11,332.00) Delivery $ 728.00 Delivery $ 3,600.00 Total non-taxable $ 23,410.00 Taxes $ 43,360.29 Sub Cost per Bus $ 775,937.84 Sub Cost per Bus $ 548,551.29 Misc costs $ 21000.00 Travel and inspection fees $ 2,000.00 Misc costs Camera System install $ 3,000.00 Tires $ 5,000.00 AVL Installation Costs $ 61600.00 AVL/Radio Install $ 6,600.00 Camera System install $ 7,836.00 Total Net Cost per Vehicle $ 789,537.84 Bike racks $ 2,500.00 misc items $ 1,000.00 Total buses to be purchased 5 Travel for line inspections $ 2,500.00 Total misc costs $ 25,436.00 Total Net Cost per Vehicle $ 573,987.29 Total buses to be purchased 8 ITotal Total Gillig Contract Amount $ 4,591,898.32 MCI Contract Amount $ 31947,689.19 Packet Pg. 32 i a `m E E U) m U a` `m E E 0 U m U O J LIVERMORE AMADOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS #2015=08 FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES Date of Issuance: Pre -Proposal Meeting Request for Questions and Clarifications Due: Proposals Due: Beverly Adamo Director of Administrative Services Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority 1362 Rutan Drive, Suite 100 Phone (925) 455-7555 Fax (925) 443-1375 procurements(@Iavta.org December 30, 2015 February 3, 2016 February 17, 2016 May 27, 2016 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS 2015-08 TABLE OF CONTENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -i Paqe NOTICE OF REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS...............................................................................1 REQUESTFOR PROPOSALS...................................................................................................3 1. GENERAL INFORMATION.............................................................................................3 2. PROCURING AGENCIES...............................................................................................3 3. BUS PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................4 4. PUBLIC AGENCY PARTICIPATION/ASSIGNABILITY....................................................4 5. SCOPE OF WORK..........................................................................................................5 6. PRE -PROPOSAL CONFERENCE: ................................................................................. 5 7. SUBMISSION OF QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR CLARIFICATION .....................5 8. CONFORMITY TO DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS/SUBSTITUTIONS................................5 9. REQUEST FOR DEVIATIONS PROCEDURES..............................................................6 10. PROPOSAL CONTENT AND SUBMISSION...................................................................7 11. EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS AND SELECTION PROCESS...................................11 12. PROTEST PROCEDURES...........................................................................................14 13. OTHER REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................15 14. FEDERAL CONTRACT CLAUSES................................................................................36 15. RFP SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST OF REQUIRED ITEMS................................................44 16. PROJECT TIMELINE....................................................................................................45 17. CONSORTIUM MEMBER VEHICLE QUANTITIES.......................................................45 18. LIST OF APPENDICES.................................................................................................46 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.................................................................................................1 1. GENERAL.......................................................................................................................1 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES DECEMBER 30, 2015 RFP 2015-08 PAGE RFP -ii 2. CONFORMITY................................................................................................................1 3. RESPONSIBILITY...........................................................................................................1 4. VEHICLE DESCRIPTION................................................................................................2 5. CRASHWORTHINESS....................................................................................................5 6. MATERIALS....................................................................................................................5 7. CORROSION/UNDERCOATING.....................................................................................6 8. UNDERCARRIAGE.........................................................................................................7 9. BRAKES..........................................................................................................................9 10. AIR SYSTEM.................................................................................................................12 11. PROPULSION SYSTEM...............................................................................................13 12. COOLING SYSTEM......................................................................................................19 13. FIRE DETECTION/SUPPRESSION SYSTEM...............................................................22 14. ELECTRICAL................................................................................................................24 15. BODY............................................................................................................................35 16. WINDOWS....................................................................................................................41 17. PASSENGER DOORS..................................................................................................42 18. EXTERIOR MIRRORS..................................................................................................43 19. INTERIOR.....................................................................................................................44 20. DESTINATION SIGNS - FRONT, SIDE AND REAR......................................................54 21. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM................................................................................58 22. HEATING, DEFROSTING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS.............65 23. BIKE RACKS.................................................................................................................70 24. BODY PREPARATION/PAINT AND DECALS...............................................................70 25. VEHICLE PERFORMANCE..........................................................................................73 APPENDICES A. SAMPLE AGREEMENT 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES DECEMBER 30, 2015 RFP 2015-08 PAGE RFP -iii B. COST PROPOSAL C. PERFORMANCE BOND AND SAMPLE IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT D. BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE E. SUBCONTRACTOR/DBE QUESTIONNAIRE F. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS AND POLLUTION CERTIFICATE G. LOCATION OF PARTS AND TECHNICAL SERVICE DATA H. FTA BUS TESTING CERTIFICATION I. LOBBYING CERTIFICATE J. FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS (FMVSS) K. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH COACH TESTING REQUIREMENT L. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA M. BUY AMERICA AUDIT WORKSHEET N. REQUEST FOR APPROVED DEVIATIONS O. TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURER'S (TVM) CERTIFICATION P. SAMPLE CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE AND LETTER Q. VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION R. INSPECTION GUIDELINES 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES DECEMBER 30, 2015 RFP 2015-08 PAGE RFP -1 NOTICE OF REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR THE LIVERMORE AMADOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY AND OTHER SPECIFIED AGENCIES 2015-08 NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT sealed proposals will be received by the Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority (LAVTA) at 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100, Livermore, CA 94551, until 2:00 PM, on May 27, 2016 for Purchase and Delivery of 30', 35' & 40' Diesel/Electric Hybrid, Clean Diesel, and CNG buses and 35' & 40'All-Electric Zero -Emission Propulsion System Buses in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. Two categories of buses are being procured pursuant to this RFP: Category 1: 30', 35' & 40' Diesel/Electric Hybrid, Clean Diesel, and CNG buses; and Category 2: 35' & 40' All -Electric Zero -Emission Propulsion System buses. Proposers may submit proposals for one or both categories of buses. Contract award, if any, will be made to the highest ranked proposer in each category. Financial support of this project is provided through grants from the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) and the State of California. Direct questions to Beverly Adamo, Director of Administrative Services at (925) 455-7563 Proposals shall be submitted on the "Proposal Forms" attached to the specifications and plainly marked with the Proposer's Name and the procurement number following the directions in the Instructions to Proposers, Section 1. A Pre -Proposal Conference will be held at 10:00 a.m. PT on February 3, 2016 in the Diana Lauterbach Board Room at the LAVTA Administration Offices, 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100, Livermore, CA 94551. Proposals will be examined and reported to each Participating Agency within one hundred twenty (120) days after the opening. Each agency reserves the right to reject any and all proposals or to waive any irregularity or informalities in any bid or in the solicitation procedure. No proposer may withdraw its bid for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days after the proposals are opened. Each proposer will be notified of award. This procurement is subject to the availability of funding. It is the policy of LAVTA to ensure nondiscrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the award and administration of contracts. It is the intention of LAVTA to create a level playing field on which Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs) can compete fairly for LAVTA contracts and subcontracts. For DBE assistance, contact Tamara Edwards, Finance and Grants Manager, at (925) 455-7566. In connection with the performance of this Contract, full compliance with all applicable Safety and Health Standards, and with all applicable laws and regulations concerning Equal Employment Opportunity and Disadvantaged Business Enterprises will be required. The successful bidder will cooperate with each Agency in meeting its commitments and goals with regard to the maximum utilization of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises and will use its best efforts to ensure that such business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to compete for subcontract work, if any, under this Contract. Attention is directed to the General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Technical Specifications appearing with the Proposal Documents for complete details and bid requirements. These documents, 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -2 including proposal forms, bonds, and this Notice shall be considered as part of any Contract made pursuant to this solicitation. Proposal documents may be obtained on-line at www.wheelsbus.com or at the LAVTA Administration Office. December 30, 2015 Michael Tree, Executive Director 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 1 2. REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS GENERAL INFORMATION REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -3 The Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority (LAVTA) invites qualified firms to submit Proposals in response to this Request for Propofsals (RFP) for the production and delivery of two categories of buses: (1) 30, 35 and 40 foot Diesel/Electric Hybrid, Clean Diesel, CNG; and (2) 35 and 40 foot All-Electric/Zero-Emission Propulsion System Buses. This RFP is issued on behalf of a consortium of transit agencies. The Contract(s) will be for a five-year term. LAVTA intends to award one or more Contracts to the Proposer that submits the highest -ranked proposal for each category of buses. Each participating transit agency will award its own contract separately within the procedures set forth in this RFP. It is envisioned that this RFP will enable LAVTA and other procuring public agencies as noted below, to standardize the future selection of buses, realize a better price through volume discounts and reduce the requirement of an as -needed or annual procurement process when grant funding is made available. A. Contact. All communications related to this solicitation are to be directed only to the Contracting Officer. Contact with any other LAVTA staff not authorized by the Contracting Officer may be grounds for disqualification of a bidder's proposal. Beverly Adamo Contracting Officer 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100 Livermore, CA 94551 (925) 455-7563 phone (925) 443-1375 fax badamo@lavta.org] PROCURING AGENCIES LAVTA's initial purchase will comprise of a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 20 buses for LAVTA (Lead Agency). Participating Consortium Members are identified below. Each Consortium Member will award its own individual contract to the successful Proposer selected by LAVTA. Each contract awarded by a Consortium Member shall be awarded within the proposal validity period. LAVTA shall incur no financial responsibility or other liability in connection with contracts entered into between the Contractor and a Consortium Member. The Consortium Member shall accept sole responsibility for placing orders or making payments to the Contractor. Minimum and maximum bus allotments may be made entirely from Category 1 or Category 2 buses, or a combination of both categories of buses. Lead Agency: Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority (LAVTA) 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100 Livermore, CA 94551 Consortium Members: 1. City of Los Angeles Department of Transportation (LADOT) 100 S. Main St., 10th Floor Los Angeles, CA 90012 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 3. 4. 2. City of Modesto 1010 Tenth Street Modesto, CA 95354 3. City of Norwalk Norwalk Transit System (NTS) 12700 Norwalk Blvd. Norwalk, CA 90651-1030 4. City of Santa Clarita 23920 W. Valencia Blvd. Suite 302 Santa Clarita. CA 91355 5. City of Tulare 411 East Kern Avenue Tulare, CA 93274 6. City of Turlock 156 South Broadway Turlock, CA 95830-5454 Gold Coast Transit 301 E. Third Street Oxnard, CA 93030-6048 8. Solano County Transit 311 Sacramento Street Vallejo, CA 94590 BUS PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -4 LAVTA, along with the Consortium Members, at their sole discretion, may procure up to the maximum number of buses stated in this RFP, based on each agency's requirements and available funding. The needs of individual participating agencies, in terms of minimum and maximum quantities of buses during the five-year contract term, are set forth in Special Provision 17, Consortium Member Vehicle Quantities. LAVTA and each Consortia Member will purchase their respective bus allotments from either or both bus categories. Prices quoted for buses and optional equipment shall remain firm for 180 days from the effective date of each agency's contract; price adjustment allowances and procedures are set forth in Section 133 "PPI Index Escalator/De-escalator." PUBLIC AGENCY PARTICIPATION/ASSIGNABILITY In the event that LAVTA or any Consortium Member does not purchase its maximum bus allotment, due to unforeseen circumstances or lack of funding, each agency may assign the remainder of its bus allotment (up to its maximum requirements set forth herein) to another Consortium Member or other public agency. This right of assignment shall remain in force over the five-year contract term. This right of assignment will not change the quantity or types of 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 5. 6. 7 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -5 buses that may be ordered pursuant to this solicitation. LAVTA shall incur no financial responsibility or other liability in connection with contracts entered into between the Contractor and another public agency. The public agency shall accept sole responsibility for placing orders or making payments to the Contractor. SCOPE OF WORK The successful Proposer(s) (Contractor) will furnish LAVTA an initial order of a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 20 Heavy -Duty Low Floor Transit Buses in accordance with the delivery schedule set forth in Section 13.K "Delivery/Time for Performance', with the final quantity of each category and size of bus to be determined at the time of contract award. In the event that all of the participating Consortium Members enters into a contract with the successful Proposer(s), the successful Proposer(s) (Contractor(s)) will also furnish Consortia Members a minimum of 104 and a maximum of 195 buses within the contract term in accordance with specifications as contained in the Technical Specifications. LAVTA and each Consortia Member will purchase their respective bus allotments from either or both bus categories during the five year contract term. PRE -PROPOSAL CONFERENCE: A Pre -Proposal Conference will be held at 10:00 a.m. PT on February 3, 2016 at LAVTA Administrative Offices, 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100, Livermore, California. The Pre -Proposal Conference will take approximately one hour. Members of LAVTA's staff will be available to answer general questions pertaining to the RFP and the specifications herein. Any questions that may require staff research to answer or that will otherwise modify the meaning or intent of this RFP shall be submitted to LAVTA in writing as described in Section 7 hereunder. This Pre - Proposal Conference is not mandatory, but attendance is highly encouraged. SUBMISSION OF QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR CLARIFICATION If any person submitting a Proposal is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of this RFP, or if additional information is required, they shall submit a written request for information and clarification thereof. Any questions or requests for clarification regarding this RFP shall be mailed to Beverly Adamo, Director of Administrative Services, at the address listed on the cover page of this RFP, faxed to 925-443-1375, or emailed to procurementsPlavta.org .org no later than February 17, 2016 at 4:00 p.m. LAVTA's reply to questions and requests for clarification will be posted to its Website (www.wheelsbus.com) by March 4, 2016. Each prospective Proposer receiving these Solicitation Documents will be sent an electronic notification of the posting of clarifications; however, Proposers are responsible for monitoring LAVTA's Website on a regular basis. Any modification to the RFP requirements will be by written Addenda only. Oral interpretations will not be binding on LAVTA. CONFORMITY TO DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS/SUBSTITUTIONS It is understood that specifying a brand name or specific types of components and/or equipment in these specifications shall not relieve the Proposer from its responsibility to furnish the end product in accordance with the warranty and contractual requirements. The Proposer is responsible for notifying LAVTA of any inappropriate brand names, or types of components and/or equipment that may be called for in these specifications, and to propose a suitable 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 9. REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -6 substitute for consideration. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the specifications, reference to any equipment, material, article or patented process by trade name, make or catalog number shall be regarded as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. A Proposer may, at its option, use any equipment, material, article, or process which, in the judgment of LAVTA, is equal to that designated. To do so a Proposer shall furnish, at its own expense, all test results, technical data and background information required by LAVTA in making the determination as to whether the proposed equipment, material or article or process, in the judgment of LAVTA's designated Project Manager is equal to that designated. LAVTA shall be the sole judge as to the comparative quality and suitability of alternative equipment, articles, material or process, and its decision shall be final. REQUEST FOR DEVIATIONS PROCEDURES A. Prospective Proposers may discuss these specifications with LAVTA's Director of Maintenance. This, however, will not relieve Proposers from the procedure of submitting written documentation as required by Paragraph B hereunder. B. LAVTA has issued a Request for Proposals and will use an evaluation and negotiation process that is further described in this document. All proposers are hereby instructed to supply a detailed listing of all Deviations from these specifications that they are proposing which will be included as a part of the proposal package submission. Any request for Deviations must be fully supported with technical data, test results, or other pertinent information as evidence that the substitute offered is equal to or better than the specification requirement. All Requests for Deviations must be in writing, separately identified, and delineated for each Technical Specification, or other item, and must be submitted on the "Request for Approved Deviations" form included herewith in Appendix N. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THE REQUEST FOR APPROVED DEVIATIONS FORM WITH EACH REQUEST FOR DEVIATION MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF THE PROPOSERS PROPOSAL. Each deviation will be evaluated and scored based on the evaluation criteria set forth that will govern this LAVTA procurement. LAVTA reserves the right to request further clarification of any requested Deviation during negotiations and to exclude unacceptable Deviations in any request for "Best and Final Offers." Failure to properly submit a Deviation request form in accordance with this Section, or a "denial" response from LAVTA to any requested Deviation during negotiations, will constitute a Proposer's acknowledgement and acceptance of all terms, conditions, specifications, or provisions contained in the Contract Documents. All terms, conditions, specifications, or provisions contained in this Solicitation, or as may be amended by a written Addendum issued by LAVTA, are binding on Proposers. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 10. PROPOSAL CONTENT AND SUBMISSION A. Proposal Length and Format REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -7 The intent of this RFP is to encourage responses that clearly communicate the Proposer's understanding of the Scope of Services and its approach to successfully completing the tasks as required under this RFP. The Proposals shall be prepared on 8'/2 x 11 in. paper in at least 11 -point font. The hard copies shall be contained in three-ring binders, the contents of which are identified on the outside. Use of 11 x 17 in. foldout sheets for large tables, charts or diagrams is permissible but should be limited. Elaborate formatting is not necessary. Proposals should provide this information in a concise, well -organized manner and should follow the format outlined below: B. Proposal Content Proposers are required to submit the following information. Failure to respond to each item may render the Proposal non-responsive, causing it to be rejected. Contents of Proposals shall be as follows: Cover Letter - The cover letter shall introduce the Proposer's team and summarize the main qualifications of the firm; indicate that the Contractor is prepared to sign the sample Agreement for Services (sample attached as Appendix A), if a contract is awarded; agrees to bind the Contractor to the proposed Scope of Work and associated cost proposal for 180 days from the effective date of the Contract; and confirm that is able to comply with the insurance and bonding requirements. Proposers shall also state whether they are submitting proposals for Category 1, Category 2 or both categories of buses. 2. Table of Contents - The Table of Contents shall list all items provided in the proposal submission. 3. Proposers Contact Info - Firm name, business address, telephone number, fax number, email address. 4. Business Description - Date of establishment of business and type of organization (individual, partnership, corporation, etc.). A narrative of the Proposers manufacturing facilities, parts distribution locations, and service support offices must also be included. 5. Understanding of the Scope of Work - In response to Section 5, Scope of Work, provide a clear and concise description of the services and equipment to be provided by your company. Describe the overall design to be used in carrying out the project and accomplishing its objectives. Each of the major tasks or activities to be undertaken as a means of reaching such objectives must be specifically identified. Explain or display the essential points of activity in a time sequence explaining or showing the amount of time allotted to each activity. Provide sample production timelines and delivery schedule for each of the buses proposed. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -8 6. Proposer's Qualifications - Provide a concise statement covering the history of your company under current and any prior names (include number of years in business under each name), your major projects or activities both in general and projects similar to the subject of the Proposal, the populations you have served, the relationship of this project to your corporate purpose, and why you feel that your company is best suited to fulfill the requirements of the Proposal. a. A brief description listing experience that your company has had in providing similar equipment to other transit agencies. Provide a list of at least five customer references that are public transit agencies currently operating the proposed vehicles. The customer references shall include the agency's name, the contact name and title, telephone number, and email address of the person most familiar with the contract; the dollar amount of the contract; and the dates that these programs/projects were completed. Provide detailed information of the vehicles delivered to the references submitted to substantiate your previous experience. b. A brief description of the experience and qualifications of the proposed key staff members assigned to this project and what percentage of their time will be devoted to the project. Show the function in the project for each person. Additionally, the Proposer must specify where the staff will be located and identify the project manager. C. Information displaying past fiscal responsibility such as independent audits or a list of projects completed within the budget. Proposer must submit a copy of their latest audited financial statement completed by a certified public accountant within the past 18 months. Proposer must submit a list of commitments, and potential commitments which may affect assets, lines of credit, guarantor letters, or otherwise affect the Proposer's ability to perform the Contract. d. A statement as to any judgments, litigations, licensing violations, or other violations, outstanding or resolved, associated with your company. 7. Technical Understanding - Provide all data relevant to the proposed vehicle(s) offered in your proposal including: a. Description of the bus(es) offered including completion of the Bus Description provided in the Technical Specifications. b. Listing of all Deviations from LAVTA's contract documents and specifications, including the completion of LAVTA Request for Approved Deviations form provided in Appendix N and all supporting data for each deviation. C. Engineering drawings and layouts as needed to respond to specific items identified within LAVTA's Technical Specifications. Proposers will also submit any other supporting documentation that it deems appropriate which will aid LAVTA in evaluating the technical merit of the Proposer's proposal in each factor. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -9 d. Copies of the Altoona Bus Test report for the vehicle offered, including all issues reported by the testing agency and any corrective actions taken by the manufacturer as a result of the test, and any subsequent testing completed to confirm the adequacy of any modifications. e. Proposer shall submit representative samples of all Maintenance, Parts, and related Service Manuals that cover the buses offered in the proposal. Examples of Service and Part update bulletins, electrical diagrams, and Bus Operator's manuals will also be submitted. Proposers shall submit information regarding the structure, locations, and policies of the Parts Service organization that will support the bus offered, including listing the nearest Parts Service facility to LAVTA. g. Proposers shall submit in their technical proposal, details of their clean diesel, optional hybrid diesel/electric drive system, optional CNG and optional all -electric zero -emission propulsion system, as offered. h. Proposer shall also provide evidence of its ability to meet the delivery requirements, as well as a list of all deliveries executed within the past three (3) years showing the number of units involved, if the buses were delivered per the contract terms, and a listing of any late deliveries. 8. Cost Proposal — For Category 1, the Proposer's proposed cost for this Contract will be evaluated based on the total of the average of the unit prices for each 30, 35, and 40 foot Heavy -Duty Low Floor Diesel Buses, and the option cost for supplying a Hybrid Diesel/Electric drive system, and a Compressed Natural Gas system as entered as "An Additional Cost per Bus' on Appendix B Cost Proposal. Participating agencies will notify the Contractor of any desired options when placing bus orders. The sum for Buses, and manuals and training package, will be determined by adding the entries and entering the sum on Line E "Total Base Offer per Bus." Prices quoted for these options shall remain firm for 180 days; price adjustment allowances and procedures are set forth in Section 13.T "PPI Index Escalator/De-escalator.". In order to assist the agency with analysis, the successful Proposer agrees to provide required documentation in support of its quoted prices. For Category 2, the Proposer's proposed cost for this Contract will be evaluated based on the total of the average of the unit prices for each 35 and 40 foot Heavy -Duty Low Floor Buses with an, all -electric, zero -emission propulsion system. For both Category 1 and Category 2, the Proposer shall break down the cost of each bus configuration as follows: A. Base Offer per Bus B. California State Sales Tax of 9.5% C. Non -Taxable ADA Equipment D. Delivery Cost per Bus to Livermore, CA 94551 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -10 The Total Base Offer per Bus shall include all costs required to perform the Scope of Work, including overhead, profit, services, insurance, California State Sales Tax, required manuals, tests, certifications, and any and all other applicable costs of the Cost Proposal. The costs for spare components will not be used in the evaluation of the Cost Proposal, and LAVTA reserves the right to negotiate a final spare parts package, including final quantities and costs at the time of contract award. 9. Cost Proposal — Available Optional Equipment - The Proposer will submit on a separate form, a listing of all available optional equipment with unit prices for the buses offered in the proposal. Participating agencies will notify the Contractor of any desired options when placing bus orders. Prices quoted for optional equipment shall remain firm for 180 days from the effective date of the Contract; price adjustment allowances and procedures are set forth in Section 13.T "PPI Index Escalator/De-escalator." Such optional equipment costs will not be used in the Cost Proposal Evaluation described in Section 11.C. A Cost/Price analysis will be performed as appropriate, by the awarding agency. In order to assist the agency with such analysis, the successful Proposer agrees to provide required documentation in support of its quoted prices. The final contract award and pricing for the buses may be negotiated by each separate agency and/or Consortium Members to include available optional equipment as it deems necessary. 10. All required Appendices. Proposer shall execute and include all required Appendices: B, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, Q and R. C. Proposal Submission Proposer shall submit a total of ONE original and FIVE hard copies plus ONE electronic PDF copy on a CD or USB Drive, of their Proposal in a sealed package identifying the RFP number (2015-08) to: Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority Attn: Beverly Adamo, Director of Administrative Services 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100 Livermore, CA 94551 Proposals must be received in the Administrative Offices front desk before 2:00 p.m. on May 27, 2016. Proposals received after this time or at any other location will not be accepted. Proposals will be prepared and presented at no cost to LAVTA. This RFP does not commit LAVTA or any Consortium Member to award a Contract, to pay any costs incurred in the preparation of Proposals drafted in response to this request, or to procure or contract for any services in connection with this request. LAVTA reserves the right to accept or reject any or all Proposals received in response to this request, to negotiate with any qualified individual or firm, or to modify or cancel in part or in its entirety this RFP if it is in the best interest of LAVTA to do so. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 11. EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS AND SELECTION PROCESS A. Evaluation/Selection Committee REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -11 An Evaluation/Selection Committee (Committee), which may include LAVTA staff, Consortium Members, and possibly one or more outside experts, will review and screen the Proposals submitted for each category of buses submitted according to the pre- established criteria as set forth below. A separate evaluation process will be performed for Category 1 and Category 2 buses, with the highest ranked proposer selected in each category. The evaluation and selection process may lead to the recommendation to award one or more contracts. B. Technical Evaluation Criteria Proposals will be evaluated using the following principal selection criteria: Product Design and Performance 0 - 40 points The information provided by the Proposer in its technical submittal relating to the buses to be provided will be utilized to evaluate the proposal in relation to this factor. Failure to complete the required submissions or list all requested deviations on the proper form with adequate supporting data will impact the final point determination of this section. The number and significance of the requested deviations from LAVTA's specifications, which are intended to describe a bus design that provides for fleet commonality and standardization of parts, training and related support costs will impact the final point determination of this section. Vehicle construction and system design, as well as documented reliability may be used in this evaluation, as well as other design and performance elements of the components which comprise those systems. At a minimum, test results, safety and maintenance factors, and cost of normal operation for the bus design and system components proposed may be considered in determining a final value for this factor. 2. Proposer's Experience and Qualifications 0 - 40 points The Committee will consider the capability and experience of the Proposer as presented in the Proposal or as is determined by review of information available from references or other resources. The evaluation may look at the Proposer's overall organizational and financial capabilities and consider key components such as organizational reporting structure, quality control, quality assurance, research and development, technical, training and parts support, response time, product capabilities, ability to furnish multiple bus configurations, bonding capacity, and financial history, as well as other considerations in reaching a final point determination. The Committee may also look at judgments, liens, fleet defect history, warranty claims, and the steps that the manufacturer took to resolve these concerns in assessing the overall reputation of the manufacturer. The Committee will also review the proposed delivery schedule and its ability to fulfill the delivery requirements in Section 13.K "Delivery/Time for Performance", including past delivery performance, and may award higher points to Proposers that provide evidence that the delivery requirements can be accomplished for the 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -12 minimum quantity of 7 and maximum quantity of 71 buses to be awarded by LAVTA. Maximum Possible Technical Points = 80 points C. Cost Proposal Evaluation As described below, the proposed cost as submitted by the Proposer on LAVTA's form provided herewith as Appendix B will be assigned a maximum of 20 points. The Contractor is required to use Appendix B, without alteration, for submittal of their Cost Proposal. Please DO NOT use your own forms. The cost will be evaluated in the following manner: 1. Cost Proposal Criteria 0 - 20 points a. The Cost Proposal criteria will be based on the average of the "Total Base Offer per Bus" for each bus type, as noted in Section 10.6.8 "Cost Proposal." b. The lowest average Cost Proposal will receive 20 points. Every other Proposal will be given points proportionately in relation to the lowest price. This point total will be calculated by dividing the lowest price by the total price of the Proposal being evaluated and the result multiplied by the maximum weight for price (20 points) to arrive at a Cost Proposal score. Example: Lowest Proposed Price X Total Points Cost Proposal Proposer's Proposed Price for Price Score The application of the above formula will result in a uniform assignment of points relative to the criterion of price. D. Evaluation Methodology The maximum number of points achievable in each of the aforementioned areas is as follows: Point Range 1. Product Design and Performance 0 - 40 points 2. Proposer's Experience and Qualifications 0 - 40 points 3. Cost Proposal 0 - 20 points TOTAL POSSIBLE POINTS 100 E. Interviews Following the initial review and screening of Proposals, one or more Proposers in each category found to be within the competitive range may be invited to participate in the final selection process. The final selection process may include the submission of additional information and/or participation in an oral interview. Interviews, if held, are 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -13 tentatively scheduled June 15, 2016, and will be at LAVTA's Administrative Offices, 1362 Rutan Court, Suite 100, Livermore, California. F. Factory and Site Visits LAVTA reserves the right to conduct factory visits of the Proposer's facilities and/or the facilities of major sub -suppliers included in the Proposal. G. Revised Proposals, Discussions, Negotiations, Best and Final Offers LAVTA reserves the right to accept or reject any or all Proposals received as a result of this RFP, to hold interviews with a subset of proposers, negotiate with any individual or qualified firm, to modify or cancel in part or in its entirety the RFP, to request revised Proposals, to request further information, or to request Best and Final Offers if it is in the best interest of LAVTA to do so. Proposers in the Competitive Range may be afforded the opportunity to amend their Proposals and make their BAFOs. The Request for BAFOs shall include the following: a. Notice that discussions and negotiations are concluded. b. A complete listing of the conditions, exceptions, reservations or understandings that have been approved. C. A common date and time for submission of written BAFOs, allowing a reasonable opportunity for preparation of the written BAFOs. d. Notice that if any modification to a BAFO is submitted, it must be received by the date and time specified for the receipt of BAFOs. e. Notice to Proposers that do not submit a notice of withdrawal or a BAFO that their immediately previous Proposal will be construed as their BAFO. Any modification to the initial Proposal made by a Proposer in its BAFO shall be identified in its BAFO. BAFOs will be evaluated by LAVTA according to the same requirements and criteria as the initial Proposals ("Proposal Selection Process"). LAVTA will make appropriate adjustments to the initial scores for any sub -criteria and criteria that have been affected by any Proposal modifications made by the BAFOs. These final scores and rankings within each criterion will again be arrayed by LAVTA and considered according to the relative degrees of importance of the criteria defined in "Proposal Selection Process." LAVTA however, may award a contract without negotiations, so Proposers are encouraged to submit their best Proposal. H. Contract Award The Committee will make a recommendation of award of a contract(s) to LAVTA's appropriate authorized representative. All Proposers will be notified of the recommended award(s) by mail. No contract will be in force until issuance of a written Notice to Proceed issued by the Director of Maintenance, or designee. LAVTA and the individual 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -14 Consortium Members will award one or more contract for Category 1 and Category 2 buses. This RFP does not commit LAVTA or any Consortium Member to award a contract. LAVTA reserves the right to waive informalities and irregularities in the Proposals received, or to reject all bids submitted. 12. PROTEST PROCEDURES LAVTA maintains written procedures that must be followed for all Proposal protests. Copies of the complete Proposal protest procedures are available at the office of the Director of Maintenance. Failure to comply with any of the requirements set forth in LAVTA's written Proposal protest procedures may result in rejection of the protest. Protests based upon restrictive specifications or alleged improprieties in the contract specifications, which are apparent or reasonably should have been discovered prior to proposal acceptance, shall be filed in writing to the Director of Maintenance not later than five (5) calendar days before proposal acceptance. The protest must clearly specify in writing the grounds and evidence on which the protest is based. If the protestor later raises new grounds or new evidence not previously set forth in written submissions that reasonably could have been raised; LAVTA will not consider such new grounds or evidence in the determination on the protest. Where the determination could affect proposals, an appropriate extension of the proposal acceptance date may be granted. Protests based upon alleged improprieties that are not apparent or which could not reasonably have been discovered prior to proposal acceptance, such as disputes over the staff recommendation for contract award, shall be submitted in writing to the Director of Administrative Services within forty-eight (48) hours from receipt of the notice from LAVTA advising of the staff's recommendation for award of contract. The protest must clearly specify in writing the grounds and evidence on which the protest is based. If the protestor later raises new grounds or new evidence not previously set forth in written submissions that reasonably could have been raised, LAVTA will not consider such new grounds or evidence in the determination on the protest. Staff shall analyze the protest and develop a recommendation. For all contracts, a protestor may appear before the Executive Director or reviewing Board Committee (or Board) to present evidence in support of its protest. After full consideration of the protestor's evidence and any other relevant information, the Executive Director or Committee (or full Board) may make a determination to reject or allow the protest. Proposer shall have five (5) days from a determination to reject the protest to appeal the decision to FTA, in accordance with the procedures set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1 F, as may be periodically updated. FTA's review will be limited to protests alleging that LAVTA failed to have written protest procedures or that LAVTA violated its procedures. FTA review is limited to the alleged failure of LAVTA to have written protest procedures, the alleged failure of LAVTA to follow those procedures, the alleged failure of LAVTA to review a protest or the alleged violation of federal law or regulation. If the proposer does not appeal to FTA within five (5) days of LAVTA's decision. the decision of LAVTA shall become final. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 13. A. Agreement REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -15 The Contractor(s) selected to perform the work outlined in this RFP will be required to execute an Agreement with LAVTA, which describes the Scope of Work to be performed, the schedule for completion of work, compensation, insurance requirements, and other pertinent provisions. This contract shall follow the form of the Sample Agreement attached as Appendix A. Contractors are directed to review in particular the indemnification and insurance requirements set forth in the Agreement. Submittal of a Proposal shall be deemed acceptance of all the terms set forth in the sample Agreement unless the Proposer includes with their Proposal, in writing, any amendments or exceptions requested by the Proposer to the Agreement. B. Performance Security The Contractor shall furnish at its own expense a Performance Bond completed on LAVTA's form, a sample of which is included herewith as Appendix C. The bond shall be in the sum equal to 20% of the total amount for LAVTA's initial order of buses as a guarantee of good faith on behalf of the Contractor that the terms of this contract shall be complied with in every particular. Said bond shall remain in full force and effect until delivery and acceptance of all buses and all project deliverables in the initial order (maintenance manuals, parts manuals, documentation). LAVTA may require the Contractor to deliver an additional Performance Bond to LAVTA upon order of any additional buses purchased pursuant to Section 3 by LAVTA not later than 30 days after receipt of written notification of an order for each bus(es), as required by LAVTA throughout the term of any Contract resulting from this solicitation. C. Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) LAVTA is a recipient of Federal financial assistance from the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) and the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), and is committed to and has adopted a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program for contracts in accordance with Federal regulations 49 CFR Part 26, issued by the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT). It is the policy of LAVTA to ensure non-discrimination in the award and administration of all contracts and to create a level playing field on which DBE can compete fairly for contracts and subcontracts relating to LAVTA's construction, procurement and professional services activities. To this end, LAVTA has developed procedures to remove barriers to DBE participation in the bidding and award process and to assist DBEs to develop and compete successfully outside of the DBE Program. In connection with the performance of this contract, the Contractor will cooperate with LAVTA in meeting these commitments and objectives. Pursuant to 49 CFR Part 26.13, and as a material term of any agreement with LAVTA, the Contractor hereby makes the following assurance and agrees to include this assurance in any agreements it makes with subcontractors in the performance of this contract: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -16 "The Contractor or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of U.S. DOT -assisted contracts. Failure by the Contractor or subcontractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy, as LAVTA deems appropriate." Although no specific DBE goal has been established for this Contract, Proposers shall cooperate with LAVTA in meeting its commitments and objectives with regards to ensuring non-discrimination in the award and administration of LAVTA contracts and shall use its best efforts to ensure that barriers to participation of DBE do not exist. To better help LAVTA record and encourage DBE participation, all Proposers must complete, sign, and submit with their Proposal the DBE forms included herewith as Appendix E. By submitting a Proposal, a Proposer is deemed to have made the foregoing assurance and to be bound by its terms. D. DBE Requirements for Transit Vehicle Manufacturers Pursuant to Title 49 C.F.R., part 26.49, a Proposer, as a condition of being authorized to respond to this solicitation, must certify by completing the Transit Vehicle Manufacturer's (TVM) Certification (Appendix O) that it has on file with the FTA an approved or not disapproved DBE subcontracting participation goal. E. Confidentiality The California Public Records Act (Cal. Govt. Code Sections 6250 et seq.) mandates public access to government records. Therefore, unless the information is exempt from disclosure by law, the content of any request for explanation, exception, or substitution, response to these specifications, protest, or any other written communication between LAVTA and Proposer shall be available to the public. If Proposer believes any communication contains trade secrets or other proprietary information that the Proposer believes would cause substantial injury to the Proposer's competitive position if disclosed, the Proposer shall request that LAVTA withhold from disclosure the proprietary information by marking each page containing such proprietary information as confidential. Proposer may not designate its entire Proposal or Bid as forms as confidential. If Proposer requests that LAVTA withhold from disclosure information identified as confidential, and LAVTA complies with the Proposer's request, Proposer shall assume all responsibility for any challenges resulting from the non -disclosure, indemnify and hold harmless LAVTA from and against all damages (including but not limited to attorneys' fees that may be awarded to the party requesting the Proposer information), and pay any and all cost and expenses related to the withholding of Proposer information. Proposer shall not make a claim, sue or maintain any legal action against LAVTA or its 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -17 directors, officers, employees or agents in connection with the withholding from disclosure of Proposer information. If Proposer does not request that LAVTA withhold from disclosure information identified as confidential, LAVTA shall have no obligation to withhold the information from disclosure and may release the information sought without any liability to LAVTA. Pre -Manufacturing Meeting After award of a contract, the Contractor's and LAVTA's representatives shall schedule a meeting at the bus manufacturing plant prior to the start of manufacture of LAVTA buses to review the Contract provisions and the Technical Specifications. This meeting shall provide clarification of the terms, conditions, and requirements of this Contract. At this meeting, the Contractor will be required to submit a project time -line which reflects the actual schedule regarding design, manufacturing, testing, and delivery of the buses. Reference Appendix R. G. Material and Workmanship All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Workmanship shall be in accordance with generally accepted industry standards. The Contractor shall establish and maintain quality assurance policies and procedures to ensure compliance with these specifications, and as further described in Section 13.1-11 hereunder. The Contractor shall extend to LAVTA full access to its surveillance and monitor the Contractor's compliance with its established quality assurance procedures and LAVTA's Technical and other specifications. Materials, parts and workmanship not conforming to the requirements of these specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, LAVTA may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. H. Quality Assurance The Contractor shall establish and maintain an effective in -plant quality assurance team. It shall be a specifically defined unit and should report directly to the Contractor's top management. Reference Appendix R. The quality assurance team shall exercise quality control over all phases of production, from initiation of design through manufacture and preparation for delivery. The team shall also control the quality of supplied articles. 2. The quality assurance team shall have the authority and responsibility for reliability, quality control, inspection planning, establishment of the quality control system, and acceptance/rejection of materials and manufactured articles in the production of the buses. 3. The quality assurance team shall verify inspection operation instructions to ascertain that the manufactured product meets all prescribed requirements and specifications. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -18 4. The quality assurance team shall maintain and use records and data essential to the effective operation of its program. These records and data shall be available for review by LAVTA's Resident Inspectors (Section 13.1, hereunder). Inspection and test records for this procurement shall be available for a minimum of three years after inspections and tests are completed. 5. The quality assurance team shall detect and promptly assure correction of any conditions that may result in the production of defective buses. These conditions may occur in design, purchases, manufacture, tests, or operations that culminate in defective supplies, services, facilities, technical data, or standards. 6. The Contractor shall maintain drawings and other documentation that completely describe a qualified bus that meets all of the options and special requirements of this RFP. The quality assurance team shall verify that each bus is manufactured in accordance with these controlled drawings and documentation. 7. The Contractor shall provide and maintain the necessary gauges and other measuring and testing devices for use by the quality assurance team to verify that the buses conform to all specification requirements. These devices shall be calibrated at established periods against certified measurement standards that have known valid relationships to national standards. 8. When production jigs, fixtures, tooling masters, templates, patterns, and other devices are used as media of inspection, they shall be proved for accuracy at formally established intervals and adjusted, replaced, or repaired as required to maintain quality. 9. The Contractor's gauges and other measuring and testing devices shall be made available for use by LAVTA's Resident Inspectors (Section 13.1, hereunder) to verify that the buses conform to all specification requirements. If necessary, the contractor's personnel shall be made available to operate the devices and to verify their condition and accuracy. 10. The Contractor shall ensure that all basic production operations, as well as all other processing and fabricating, are performed under controlled conditions. Establishment of these controlled conditions shall be based on the documented work instructions, adequate production equipment, and special working environments, if necessary. 11. A system for final inspection and testing of completed buses shall be provided by the quality assurance team. It shall measure the overall quality of each completed bus. 12. The quality assurance team shall monitor the Contractor's system for controlling nonconforming materials. The system shall include procedures for identification, segregation and disposition of such materials. 13. Statistical analyses, tests, and other quality control procedures may be used when appropriate in the quality assurance process. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -19 14. A system shall be maintained by the quality assurance team for identifying the inspection status of components and completed buses. Identification may include cards, tags or other normal quality control devices. LAVTA's Resident Inspectors LAVTA maintains the right to be represented at the Contractor's plant by Resident Inspectors and/or LAVTA personnel at LAVTA's sole expense. These LAVTA representatives shall conduct, among other things, audits required under the Buy America element of this Contract, as defined in Section 14.K, and they shall inspect the daily progress of vehicles under fabrication at the Contractor's manufacturing facilities to ascertain that fabrication and materials comply with these contract specifications. Resident Inspectors shall monitor, in the Contractor's plant, the manufacture of buses built under this Contract. The Resident Inspectors shall be authorized to approve the pre -delivery acceptance tests and to release the buses for delivery. Upon request to the Contractor's Quality Assurance Manager, the Resident Inspectors shall have access to the Contractor's quality assurance files related to this RFP. These files shall include drawings, material standards, parts lists, inspection processing and reports, and records of defects. Not less than 30 days prior to the beginning of bus manufacture, the Resident Inspectors shall meet with the Contractor's Quality Assurance Manager. They shall review the inspection procedures and checklists. The Resident Inspectors may begin monitoring bus construction activities three days prior to the start of bus fabrication. Reference Appendix R. J. Inspection System The quality assurance team shall establish, maintain, and periodically audit a fully - documented inspection system. The system shall prescribe inspection and test of materials, work in progress, and completed articles. Reference Appendix R. At a minimum, it shall include the following controls: Inspection stations shall be at the best locations to provide for the work content and characteristics to be inspected. Inspection stations shall provide the facilities and equipment to inspect structural, electrical, hydraulic, and other components and assemblies for compliance with the design requirements. Inspection stations shall also be at the best locations to inspect or test characteristics before they are concealed by subsequent fabrication or assembly operations. These locations shall minimally include underbody structure completion, body framing completion, body prior to preparation, engine installation completion, underbody dress -up and completion, bus prior to final paint touch-up, complete bus water test prior to road test, and bus final road test completion. 2. The Contractor shall have sufficiently trained inspectors to ensure that all materials, components, and assemblies are inspected for conformance with the qualified bus design. 3. Acceptance, rework, or rejection identification (tags, forms, or other types of identifications approved by LAVTA) shall be attached to inspected articles. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -20 Articles that have been accepted as a result of approved materials review actions shall be identified. Articles that have been reworked to specified drawing configurations shall not require special identification. Articles rejected as unsuitable or scrap shall be plainly marked and controlled to prevent installation on the bus. Articles that become obsolete as a result of engineering changes or other actions shall be controlled to prevent unauthorized assembly or installation. Unusable articles shall be isolated and then scrapped. 4. Discrepancies noted by the Contractor or Resident Inspector during assembly shall be entered by the inspection personnel on a record that accompanies the major component, subassembly, or bus from start of assembly through final inspection. Actions shall be taken to correct discrepancies or deficiencies in the manufacturing process, procedures or other conditions that cause articles to be in nonconformity with the requirements of the Contract specifications. The inspection personnel shall verify the corrective actions and mark the discrepancy record. If discrepancies cannot be corrected by replacing the nonconforming materials, LAVTA shall approve the modification, repair, or method of correction to the extent that the Contract specifications are affected. 5. The quality assurance team shall establish and maintain a quality control audit program. Records of this program shall be subject to review by LAVTA upon its request. K. Delivery/Time for Performance For each category of buses, the delivery of the initial order of LAVTA's buses shall occur as follows. Production Buses Delivery of coaches shall be no later than 365 calendar days after the close of the calendar quarter (i.e., March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31) in which the Procuring Agency's purchase order is delivered to the Contractor. Delivery shall be made on Monday through Friday; Federal and State holidays excluded, between the hours of 8:OOAM and 4:OOPM local time. All deliveries to LAVTA shall be to F.O.B. to the following location: Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100 Livermore, CA 94551 The Contractor shall prepay all costs of delivery of each bus, shall deliver all material at its own cost and expense to this designated location, and shall bear all risk of damage to or loss of the bus while in transit. LAVTA shall reimburse Contractor for delivery costs of the buses in accordance with the proposed price set forth in Appendix B, Section 2.D. Delivery charges and delivery locations to other procuring agencies shall be determined at time of contract award with each individual agency. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -21 The Contractor shall prepare all buses for shipment in such a manner as to protect them from damage in transit, and shall be responsible for and repair all damaged parts or replace all losses incurred in the course of delivery of the equipment to LAVTA's Maintenance Facility as specified in Section 13.K.5. When necessary, heavy parts shall be mounted on skids or crated, and all parts or materials that might otherwise be lost shall be boxed or wired in bundles. All parts shall be plainly marked for identification and destination. Reference Appendix R. 2. Delivery Schedule for Consortium Orders For each category of buses, the final delivery schedule for all buses ordered by Consortium Members during the term of this contract will be mutually negotiated directly between the ordering agency and the Contractor at the time of the ordering agency's award of Contract. 3. Service Prior to delivery, each vehicle shall be completely serviced by the Contractor or by an authorized dealer of the Contractor in a service shop within the state of California. Service shall include not less than the following: lubrication, wash, body condition and other checks and adjustments required for proper complete servicing of a new vehicle. Each vehicle shall be ready for placement in service upon delivery and acceptance. Reference Appendix R. 4. Damage by Contractor All risk of damage or loss to the buses up to the time of delivery to LAVTA at the specified location shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Any materials or equipment found to be damaged or defective at the time of delivery shall be repaired, replaced, or corrected at no additional cost to LAVTA. LAVTA may deduct any costs it incurs for such repairs, replacement, or correction from any payments due if Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of this section. 5. Summary of items to be provided upon delivery The following items must be furnished by the Contractor upon delivery of each vehicle: a. all warranty verification vouchers, certificates, or coupons. b. operator's manual for vehicle and all add-on equipment. C. drawings showing wiring of auxiliary circuits and/or modifications of standard vehicle wiring which would not be included in the standard vehicle maintenance manual. d. completely filled fuel tank(s) using ultra-low sulfur diesel fuel. e. vehicles(s) free of dealer signs and manufacturer emblems. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -22 assurance of compliance with manufacturer's pre -delivery service. g. All required documents for securing vehicle title completely executed by the manufacturer/dealer and ready for submission to the Department of Motor Vehicles (i.e., CA Certified Weight Certificate, Vehicle Certificate of Origin). The manufacturer warrants that the title will pass to LAVTA free of any liens, mortgages and encumbrances, financing statements, claims, and demands of any character. L. Inspection/Acceptance/Payment LAVTA will acknowledge the receipt of the bus or spare component in writing and will undertake a 15 calendar day period for inspection and testing of the bus. LAVTA will notify the Contractor in writing within 5 calendar days following the inspection and testing period as to whether the buses or spare components have been accepted. Reference Appendix R. If LAVTA determines that the buses or spare components are not in conformity with the specification requirements, or that there are defects or deficiencies in the equipment, LAVTA shall notify the Contractor of such deficiencies or nonconformity in writing, within the aforementioned 5 -day period. The Contractor shall commence to rectify any nonconformity and correct any defects or deficiencies in the bus within 48 hours of receipt of LAVTA's written notification. All defect or deficiency corrections must be completed within five business days from the time of correction commencement. LAVTA shall not accept the bus until all corrections which are addressed in LAVTA's written notice have been made by the Contractor. At such time as the Contractor has made all necessary corrections to the satisfaction of LAVTA, LAVTA shall issue the Contractor a written notice of final acceptance. LAVTA intends to pay the Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days of the final acceptance of each of the coaches or spare components delivered to LAVTA. At LAVTA's sole option it may elect to conditionally accept buses with outstanding repairs if such repairs are minor in nature and allow LAVTA to continue to complete final preparation of the buses for placement into revenue service. If such conditional acceptance is given, LAVTA will pay the invoice for each coach, less a retention of 5% of the invoice cost for each bus that is conditionally accepted. The retention will be held until all outstanding acceptance issues have been resolved to the satisfaction of LAVTA and LAVTA issues a final acceptance notice for each bus. M. Liquidated Damages TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE IN THIS CONTRACT. Pursuant to Government Code Section 53069.85, the Contractor shall pay to LAVTA the sum of $125.00 per day for each and every calendar day that the Contractor fails to provide the required services described in these solicitation documents, within the time periods specified in Sections 13.K.1 and 2 subject to extensions granted thereto in writing by LAVTA. LAVTA may deduct, at its option, the amount of liquidated damages from any money due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -23 The Contractor will be granted an extension of time and will not be assessed with liquidated damages for any delay beyond the time periods described in these specifications for delays caused by acts of God or of the public enemy, fire, floods, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, labor disputes, shortage of materials and freight embargoes, or other causes deemed by LAVTA to be beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor, provided Contractor notifies the Director of Maintenance in writing of the causes of delay within five calendar days from the beginning of any such delay. The Director of Maintenance shall ascertain the nature of the delay and determine whether an extension of time is warranted, which determination shall be final and conclusive. The Contractor has the burden of proof that the delay was beyond its control. N. Warranty The Contractor shall warrant to LAVTA, its successors and assigns, that the title to the material, supplies or equipment covered by the Contract, when delivered to LAVTA or to its successor or assigns, is free from all liens and encumbrances. The Contractor guarantees and warrants that all work performed and items supplied under this Contract shall (1) conform to the Technical Specifications and all other requirements of this RFP; (2) fulfill its design functions and be fit for both its ordinary and intended purposes; (3) be free of all patent and latent defects in design, materials and workmanship; and (4) perform satisfactorily. It is understood and agreed that by acceptance of this warranty and the acceptance of materials or supplies to be manufactured or assembled pursuant to these Specifications, LAVTA does not waive any warranty, either expressed or implied in Sections 2312 to 2317, inclusive, of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California, or any products liability of the Contractor as determined by any applicable decisions of a court of the State of California or of the United States. Complete Bus A basic bus warranty shall commence on the date the bus is placed into service by LAVTA and shall continue in effect thereafter for a period of one year or 50,000 miles whichever occurs first. 2. Propulsion Systems and Major Sub Systems Specific subsystems and components of the coaches furnished under this Contract are warranted and guaranteed to be free from defects in design, material and workmanship for the period of time and/or mileage as shown below after each vehicle is placed into revenue operation. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -24 LAVTA reserves the right to request any and all Proposers to provide manufacturer's standard warranty information. To the extent that a manufacturer's standard warranty on the above items provides longer time periods or mileage limits stated above, the warranty that provides the longer time period or mileage limit shall apply to that particular item. 3. Body and Chassis Structure The structural integrity of any coach furnished under this Contract shall be warranted for a full one hundred percent (100%) on both parts and labor to be free from material, design and workmanship for a period of up to twelve (12) years or up to five hundred thousand (500,000) miles, whichever occurs first, after the vehicle is placed into revenue operation with no proration. A defect in the structural integrity of the basic body is defined as defects in the chassis, body and/or frame, suspension and axles, which results in any premature fatigue. 4. Progressive Damage The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all consequential or progressive damages caused by defective parts or components. The Contractor shall assume all costs and expenses associated with repair or replacement; including component replacement, removal, re -installation, and any and all costs of shipment, including all towing expenses. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST ITEM YEARS OR MILEAGE 1 Engine* 5 3003000 2 HyBrid Propulsion System** 5 3003000 3 All -Electric Zero -Emission Propulsion System*** 5 3003000 4 Engine Accessories**** 2 1003000 5 Transmission 3 2003000 6 Drive Axle 2 1003000 7 Brake System (excluding friction material) 2 50,000 8 Air Conditioning 2 N/A 9 Wheelchair Lift System 2 N/A 10 Electronic Destination Sign 2 N/A 11 Electronic Destination Sign Fade 5 N/A 12 Electric or Air Starter 3 N/A 13 Leaks (water leaks from bus washer or rain) 6 2003000 * Engine warranty shall cover all items provided in the engine manufacturer's standard warranty under the 5 year/300,000 period, with appropriate limitations and prorating for subcomponents such as turbocharger, injectors, etc. Proposers shall provide engine warranty details with their technical proposal. ** If Hybrid Propulsion System option is awarded by any Consortium Members. *** If Category 2 - All -Electric Zero -Emission Propulsion System buses - are ordered by any Consortium Members **** Engine accessories include radiator, power steering pump, booster pump, air compressor and alternators. LAVTA reserves the right to request any and all Proposers to provide manufacturer's standard warranty information. To the extent that a manufacturer's standard warranty on the above items provides longer time periods or mileage limits stated above, the warranty that provides the longer time period or mileage limit shall apply to that particular item. 3. Body and Chassis Structure The structural integrity of any coach furnished under this Contract shall be warranted for a full one hundred percent (100%) on both parts and labor to be free from material, design and workmanship for a period of up to twelve (12) years or up to five hundred thousand (500,000) miles, whichever occurs first, after the vehicle is placed into revenue operation with no proration. A defect in the structural integrity of the basic body is defined as defects in the chassis, body and/or frame, suspension and axles, which results in any premature fatigue. 4. Progressive Damage The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all consequential or progressive damages caused by defective parts or components. The Contractor shall assume all costs and expenses associated with repair or replacement; including component replacement, removal, re -installation, and any and all costs of shipment, including all towing expenses. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -25 5. Coaches Removed From Service Due To Warranty Failure Coaches which have been removed from service due to a warranty failure for periods exceeding seven (7) days shall have the warranty time extended for the time the coach was not in service. 6. Voiding of Warranty The warranty shall not apply to any part or component of the coach that has been subject to misuse, negligence, accident, or that has been repaired or altered in any way so as to affect adversely its performance or reliability, except insofar as such repairs were in accordance with the Contractor's maintenance manuals and the workmanship was in accordance with the recognized standards of the industry. The warranty shall also be void if LAVTA fails to conduct normal inspections and scheduled preventive maintenance procedures. Contractor shall provide a recommendation as to specific inspection and preventive maintenance procedures which could be incorporated into LAVTA's Preventive Maintenance Program thirty (30) calendar days after award for preliminary review and shall provide a final form no later than thirty (30) calendar days prior to delivery of the second bus. 7. Exceptions to Warranty The warranty shall not apply to scheduled maintenance items, items furnished by LAVTA such as radios, fareboxes and other auxiliary equipment, except insofar as such equipment may be damaged by the failure of a part of a component for which the Contractor is responsible. 8. Detection and Correction of Defects Where LAVTA detects a minor defect within the warranty period, LAVTA may elect to repair such defect and submit a form for reimbursement in accordance with paragraph 15 hereunder. If LAVTA detects a major defect within the warranty periods, LAVTA at its sole option, may elect to repair such defect and submit a form for reimbursement in accordance with paragraph 15 hereunder, or may elect to notify the Contractor. Within three (3) working days after receipt of notification, the Contractor's representative shall agree with LAVTA's determination as to the most appropriate scope and course for the repairs to be performed under the warranty, or reserve judgment until the subsystem or component is inspected by the Contractor's representative or is removed and examined at LAVTA's property. Where the Contractor requests the component be inspected, Contractor's representative shall inspect such component within forty-eight (48) hours. At that time, Contractor may suggest the appropriate course of action for the prompt repair of the subsystem or component shall be mutually resolved between LAVTA and the Contractor. Where Contractor performs repair work necessary to effect the repair all work shall commence within seven (7) working days after the Contractor receives notification. If LAVTA does not agree with the Contractor's suggestion as to the scope and/or course of the repairs, LAVTA reserves the right to 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -26 commence with the repairs and submit for reimbursement in accordance with paragraph 15 hereunder. 9. Fleet Defects A fleet defect is defined as the failure of or a deficiency in identical systems or components of the coach caused by defective design, material or workmanship in twenty percent (20%) of the base quantity of coaches delivered under this Contract. In the event of a fleet defect during the warranty period, the Contractor will furnish promptly all necessary labor and material to effect such repairs and modifications for every vehicle delivered under the Contract pursuant to the terms and conditions of this warranty and at Contractor's sole cost and expense. After correcting the defect, the Contractor shall promptly undertake and complete a work program reasonably designed to prevent the occurrence of the same defect in all other coaches purchased under this Contract. The work program shall include inspections and/or correction of the potential or defective parts in all of the coaches. Fleet defect repairs and modifications shall also be applied to units that are no longer covered under warranty, but only if they are still within three years or 36,000 miles from the in-service date. The warranty period on items determined to be fleet defects shall be extended in accordance with Section 13.N.5 "Coaches Removed From Service Due To Warranty Failure." 10. Modifications Modifications or changes made to strengthen or correct a defect or deficiency on a coach shall be made to all coaches purchased under this Contract at Contractor's sole cost and expense. 11. Single Representative The Contractor shall designate a single representative through which warranties shall be handled. The representatives shall meet as needed with LAVTA's representative or project manager for review of repairs and claims. The representative shall handle all facets of warranty processing and warranty material handling. Failure of the Contractor to meet with LAVTA will not relieve their obligation to comply with all warranty requirements set forth in the contract, or to reimburse LAVTA for repairs made during the warranty period. 12. Repair Performance LAVTA may require the Contractor or its designated representative to perform warranty -covered repairs. The work may be done by LAVTA's personnel with reimbursement by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 15 hereunder. LAVTA shall determine who performs repairs at its sole option. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 13. Repair by Contractor REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -27 If LAVTA requires or mutually agrees for the Contractor to perform warranty - covered repairs, the Contractor's representative must begin work necessary to effect repairs within seven (7) calendar days after receiving notification of a defect from LAVTA. LAVTA shall make the coach available to the Contractor's representative to complete timely repairs. Any warranty work performed under this Contract shall be completed within seven (7) calendar days after the Contractor has begun repairs on the coach that has been removed from revenue service due to a warranty defect. If repairs are not completed within the specified time periods, LAVTA may assess liquidated damages pursuant to Section 13.M "Liquidated Damages." In the event the Contractor fails to promptly make the necessary repairs and replacements, LAVTA may undertake such necessary repairs and replacements and the Contractor shall reimburse LAVTA for all such related costs and expenses, including any charges for overhead. The Contractor shall bear total responsibility for costs and expenses for furnishings all labor, parts, tools, materials and space as required to complete the repairs and/or replacements. At LAVTA's sole discretion, the Contractor may be required to perform the work off LAVTA property. The Contractor shall be responsible for any costs associated with transporting the coach to and from LAVTA property. Where a coach is towed, Contractor shall pay for towing charges. Location of repair shall not be further than 50 miles from the coach delivery location unless mutually agreed upon on a case-by-case basis. 14. Repair by LAVTA Parts Used — If LAVTA performs the warranty -covered repairs, it shall correct or repair the defect and any related defects using Contractor -specified spare parts available from its own stock or those supplied by the Contractor specifically for these repairs. LAVTA shall determine whether or not a component should be repaired or replaced. Every sixty (60) days, or at a period to be mutually agreed upon, reports of repairs covered by this warranty shall be submitted by LAVTA to the Contractor for reimbursement or replacement of parts in accordance with paragraph 15 hereunder. Contractor Supplied Parts — LAVTA may request that the Contractor supply new parts for warranty -covered repairs being performed by LAVTA. These parts shall be prepared by Contractor and shipped to LAVTA from any source selected by the Contractor within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of the request for said parts. Defective Components Return — The Contractor may request that parts covered by the warranty be returned to the manufacturing plant. Request for return of defective parts/components must be made within thirty (30) calendar days after submittal of Warranty Claim. LAVTA may request Contractor to verify that part/component is defective prior to shipment. The total cost of verification and 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -28 shipment shall be paid by the Contractor. Materials will be returned freight collect. Should the Contractor find that the part/component was not defective after it has been returned to the Contractor, Contractor shall notify LAVTA and obtain disposition instructions for the part/component. Should LAVTA request that part/component be returned to LAVTA, LAVTA shall pay for shipping cost. 15. Reimbursements Labor — LAVTA shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for labor. The reimbursement amount shall be determined by multiplying the number of work hours actually required to diagnose and correct the defect by the current labor rate (inclusive of benefits) in effect at the time of repair, plus forty percent (40%) overhead and administrative charges. Parts — LAVTA shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for defective parts and for parts that must be replaced to correct the defect. The reimbursement amount shall be the actual LAVTA cost of the part(s) at the time of repair calculated from LAVTA's purchase order or inventory charge -out ledger and shall include taxes where applicable plus fifteen percent (15%) handling costs. Other — The cost of towing the coach, if such action is necessary, shall also be reimbursable, whether done by LAVTA employees or by an outside contractor. Towing reimbursement shall remain in effect throughout the time periods set forth in paragraphs 1 and 2 above. Method — Warranty reimbursement shall be made through a warranty claim form. LAVTA will provide the following information on such form: LAVTA coach number affected LAVTA repair code Date defect detected Total claim value Mileage LAVTA work order number Labor hours and labor costs Defect Description of parts used and price Repair LAVTA part number All other information requested by Contractor shall be Contractor's responsibility. Contractor shall reimburse LAVTA by negotiable check within sixty (60) calendar days of receiving a valid Warranty Claim. Meetings between LAVTA and the Contractor's representative shall be held on at least a quarterly basis if there are outstanding warranty claims and payments. 16. Warranty After ReplacemenVRepafr If any component or subsystem is repaired, rebuilt, or replaced by the Contractor or by LAVTA's personnel, the subsystem shall have the unexpired warranty period of the original subsystem. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 17. Effect of Delay REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -29 In the event that, during the warranty period, repairs and/or modifications on all or any coach made necessary by defective design, material or workmanship are not completed due to lack of material or inability to provide the proper repair, or by the Contractor's neglect, delay time shall not be considered as part of the warranty period and the warranty period shall be extended by the period of the delay. 18. Disclaimer Nothing in these requirements, conditions, or specifications, including LAVTA's right to a complete inspection prior to acceptance of the vehicles, shall constitute a disclaimer to or limit, negate, exclude, or modify in any way any warranty created hereunder. It is understood and agreed that by establishing this warranty provision, by outlining the Technical Specifications and the Contract Documents, and by inspecting and accepting each bus, LAVTA does not waive (a) any warranty, either expressed or implied, which is created pursuant to this Agreement or by law, or (b) any other liability of the Contractor that may arise under applicable law. O. Technical Assistance The Contractor shall maintain and make available to LAVTA upon request, the technical services of competent engineers and necessary laboratory services at the Contractor's sole cost and expense for the purpose of assisting LAVTA in resolving any problems that may arise in connection with the use of any of the items called for under the Contract. The Contractor shall keep all maintenance manuals, parts manuals, and related technical documentation up-to-date and available to LAVTA at no charge for a minimum period of twelve (12) years after the date of acceptance of the coaches furnished under this contract. All updated information shall be sent with a cover letter explaining the changes. All copies will be forwarded to LAVTA's Director of Administrative Services. P. Coach Database Information The Contractor shall provide a Microsoft Excel file or hardcopy listing for each coach at the time of delivery that shall include: Manufacturer name Vehicle model name LAVTA Coach number Manufacturer vehicle identification number (VIN#) Engine make, model and serial number Engine ECM model and serial number Transmission make, model and serial number Transmission ECU model and serial number Differential model and serial number Alternator model and serial number 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -30 Regulator model and serial number Starter model and serial number Air compressor model and serial number Air conditioning compressor model and serial number Steering box model and serial number Front axle model and serial number Rear axle model and serial number Catalyst/muffler and/or exhaust after -treatment model and serial number Wheelchair ramp model and serial number DVR model and serial number Q. Manuals For coaches furnished under this contract the Contractor shall provide the following manuals to LAVTA and for each make and model in the quantities specified within sixty (60) calendar days of the date of acceptance of the first vehicle on production line: Ten (10) current coach maintenance manuals including all air system, complete electrical, multiplex and hydraulic schematics and diagrams. Four (4) manuals shall have all pages laminated in clear plastic; 2. Ten (10) current coach air conditioning system maintenance manuals (if not included in coach manual), including all electrical and hydraulic schematics and diagrams. Four (4) manuals shall have all pages laminated in clear plastic; 3. Ten (10) current coach wheel chair ramp maintenance manuals (if not included in coach manual) including all electrical and hydraulic schematics and diagrams. Four (4) manuals shall have all pages laminated in clear plastic; 4. Ten (10) current coach engine maintenance manuals (if not included in coach manual) including all electrical and hydraulic schematics and diagrams. Four (4) manuals shall have all pages laminated in clear plastic; 5. Ten (10) current coach transmission manuals (if not included in coach manual) including all electrical and hydraulic schematics and diagrams. Four (4) manuals shall have all pages laminated in clear plastic; 6. Ten (10) current coach part manuals applicable to the coaches provided under this contract, including all subsystems and components, whether manufactured by the Contractor or purchased ready made from an outside source. This manual shall include detailed dimensional drawings for all glazing used in the coach (windows, windshield and doors) to allow future replacement. An index shall be provided at the front of the manual that contains a numerical listing to section reference and alpha part description to section of reference. Four (4) manuals shall have all pages laminated in clear plastic; 7. Five (5) current part price catalogs applicable to the coaches furnished under this contract, including all subsystems and components whether made by the Contractor or purchased already made from an outside source. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -31 8. One thousand (1,000) Operator's manuals for LAVTA for each model of coach furnished under this contract. The operator manuals shall have all options installed under the contract described and illustrated that may be used by the operator. 9. All Service and Parts Manuals furnished for the buses shall also be supplied in a PDF format on CD-ROM disks to allow the information to be loaded into LAVTA's Maintenance and Materials Management Information System. All manuals and electrical schematics will be provided indicating the "as -built" condition of the buses supplied to LAVTA including all optional accessories provided. Within 60 days of delivery and acceptance of the first vehicle on production line , the Contractor will provide LAVTA an aftermarket part listing with a recommended spare parts inventory to support the quantity of coaches provided in the base order. Failure to provide the required documentation within the timeframes specified may result in LAVTA conditionally accepting buses and withholding the 5% retention as described in Section 131 "Inspection/Acceptance/Payment" until all documentation is provided and accepted by LAVTA. 10. Parts availability guarantee — the contractor hereby guarantees to provide, within reasonable periods of time, the spare parts, software and all equipment necessary to maintain and repair the buses supplied under this Contract for a period of at least 15 (fifteen) years after the date of acceptance. Parts shall be interchangeable with the original equipment and be manufactured in accordance with the quality assurance provisions of this Contract. Prices shall not exceed the Contractor's then current published catalog prices. Where the parts ordered by the Procuring Agency are not received within two working days of the agreed upon time/date and a bus procured under this Contract is out -of -service due to the lack of said ordered parts, then the Contractor shall provide the Procuring Agency, within eight hours of the Procuring Agency's verbal or written request, the original suppliers' and/or manufacturers' parts numbers, company names, addresses, telephone numbers and contact person's names for all of the specific parts not received by the Procuring Agency. Where the contractor fails to honor this parts guarantee or parts ordered by the Procuring Agency are not received within 30 (thirty) days of the agreed upon date, then the Contractor shall provide the Procuring Agency, within 7 (seven) days of the Procuring Agency's verbal or written request, the design and manufacturing documents for those parts by the Contractor and the original suppliers' and/or manufacturers' parts numbers, company name, addresses, telephone numbers and contact persons' names for all of the specific parts not received by the Procuring Agency. Contractors' design and manufacturing documentation provided to the Procuring Agency shall be for the sole use in regard to the buses procured under this Contract and for no other purpose. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 R. Training REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -32 A comprehensive hands-on training program for LAVTA's operations and maintenance staff shall be provided by the Contractor and Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) for major components provided on the buses. The Training Program schedule will be discussed with Contractor after contract award to establish a training schedule that is properly coordinated with the delivery and acceptance of the buses. The minimum training program requirements are described below. • Vehicle Operations Training - The vehicle operation training will be provided to a team of Operator Trainers and will cover a minimum of two classes at four (4) hours per class. • Basic Vehicle Orientation - A basic vehicle orientation class for mechanics, service workers, and supervisors will be conducted which provides an overview of the vehicle, service access locations to all major components, locations of all daily service items on the bus, location of all diagnostic ports, and other general operations and of vehicle maintenance. A minimum of six classes at four (4) hours per class will be provided. • Bus Maintenance - A detailed twenty-four (24) hour class covering the bus air system, doors, suspension, body and other minor systems will be provided for LAVTA's mechanics, supervisors, maintenance trainers and support staff. A minimum of six classes will be provided. • Bus Electrical - A detailed twenty-four (24) hour class covering the bus electrical system including the charging/starting circuit, 12/24 volt power distribution, multiplex system, and all electrical schematics will be provided for LAVTA's mechanics, supervisors, maintenance trainers and support staff. A minimum of six classes will be provided. • AC/Heat System - A detailed twenty-four (24) hour class covering the bus heating and air conditioning system operations, maintenance, diagnostics and troubleshooting will be provided for LAVTA's mechanics, supervisors, maintenance trainers and support staff. A minimum of six classes will be provided. • Engine - A detailed forty (40) hour class covering the engine and exhaust after treatment system provided that includes engine familiarization, electronic controls, mechanical and electronic diagnostics, exhaust system operation, maintenance and diagnostics, component replacement of exhaust key components will be provided for LAVTA's mechanics, supervisors, maintenance trainers and support staff. A minimum of six classes will be provided. • Transmission - A detailed thirty-two (32) hour class covering the transmission provided that includes transmission familiarization, operation, electronic controls, mechanical and electronic diagnostics will be provided for LAVTA's mechanics, supervisors, maintenance trainers and support staff. A minimum of six classes will be provided. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -33 • Transmission Overhaul - A detailed forty (40) hour class covering the transmission provided that includes all aspects of transmission overhaul for LAVTA's two maintenance trainers (train the trainers). A minimum of one class will be provided. • Destination Sign System - A detailed four (4) eight (8) in APTA hour class covering the destination sign system including operations, maintenance, diagnostics and troubleshooting, and component replacement will be provided for LAVTA's mechanics, supervisors, maintenance trainers and support staff. A minimum of six classes will be provided. • Destination Sign System Programming - A detailed eight (8) hour class covering the destination sign system including use of the programming software, loading LAVTA's destination sign listing into the system, sign list updates, programming features, and transfer of program to individual buses will be provided for LAVTA's designated sign programmers. A minimum of two classes will be provided. • Wheelchair Ramp - A detailed four (4) hour class covering the wheelchair ramp including operation, maintenance, hydraulics and controls, diagnostics and repair will be provided for LAVTA's mechanics, supervisors, maintenance trainers and support staff. A minimum of six classes will be provided. • Parts and Support Familiarization - A four (4) hour class covering the Contractor's parts manuals, parts ordering procedures, and recommended spare parts inventory levels will be provided for LAVTA's Stores, Procurement, and Technical Services staff. A minimum of two classes will be provided. Vehicle operations training described in R.1 will begin upon final acceptance of the first vehicle on production line Bus by LAVTA, or at a later date, if agreed mutually by LAVTA and Contractor. Basic vehicle orientation, bus maintenance training, destination sign programming, and parts and support familiarization training will begin immediately after delivery of the second bus by the Contractor. The remaining training will be scheduled over a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance of the second bus delivered by the Contractor, subject to approval of dates and times by LAVTA. All training will be conducted at LAVTA's operations and maintenance bases. S. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Each bus must comply with the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) as established by the Department of Transportation and must meet all Federal and California Laws and Regulations and Safety Standards in effect on the date of original manufacture. T. PPI Index Escalator/De-escalator LAVTA and Consortia Members reserve the right to order buses and equipment over the five-year contract term. The prices of such buses and equipment shall be at the prices quoted on Appendix B, Cost Proposal. These prices shall remain firm fixed for any orders issued by LAVTA and Consortium Members within a period of 180 days of the effective date of each contract. The price(s) of any buses or equipment ordered by 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -34 LAVTA and Consortium Members after the initial 180 day firm/fixed price period shall be that quoted (Base Order Prices) plus/minus any change which will be calculated based on the following formula which utilizes the U.S. Department of Labor/Bureau Of Labor Statistics Producer Price Index (PPI) Category 1413, "Trucks and Bus Bodies." The change in this index will be used to adjust the Base Order Prices. However, in no event will LAVTA allow a PPI -based adjustment that result in a price increase of greater than five percent per year above the Base Order Price. Formula: Index Point Change Example PPI Index: Future Award Month 141.1 Less PPI Index: Base Award Month 137.6 Equals Index Point Change 3.5 Index Percent Change Index Point Change 3.5 Divided by PPI Index: Base Award Month 137.6 Equals Percentage Change .0254 Base Order Price 13000.00 Plus Percent Change (.0254 x $1,000) 25.40 Revised Price for Future Order $13025.40 Example: LAVTA awarded its contract in May 2016 (Base Award Month) with the published data for PPI -category 1413 showing an index value of 137.6. LAVTA has ordered and received its Base Order of buses. In May of 2014, LAVTA elects to purchase more buses for delivery in 2017. The published data for PPI -category 1413 shows an index value of 141.1 in May 2016. The percentage change in the PPI index from May 2016 to May 2017 would be .0254. The buses ordered in May 2017 would be .0254 higher than those ordered in May 2016. This example assumes that the two purchases are for identically -equipped buses. If any significant equipment modifications are made, in compliance with the terms of the contract, LAVTA and the Contractor will enter into negotiations to determine the price of the equipment modification(s) and the impact of the modification(s) on the Base Order Price(s). The following calculations will be used to convert the then -current price of the modification(s) to the value of the modification(s) on the date of the Base Order Price: Formula: Index Point Change PPI Index: Future Equipment Modification Month Less PPI Index: Base Award Month Example 141.1 137.6 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Equals Index Point Change Index Percent Change Index Point Change Divided by PPI Index: Base Award Month Equals Results Multiplied by 100 Equals Percent Change Future Equipment Modification Price Less Percentage Change (2.54% x $200.00) Value of Equipment Modification(s) in Base Award Month Base Order Price Plus Equipment Modification(s) Cost Equals Revised Base Order Price REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -35 3.5 3.5 137.6 .0254 .0254 X 100 2.54% $200.00 5.08 194.92 1,000.00 194.92 $1,194.92 All future releases, including the equipment modification(s), will be priced based upon the new revised Base Award Price. U. Intellectual Property Warranty LAVTA shall advise the Contractor of any impending patent suit related to this Contract against LAVTA and provide all information available. The Contractor shall indemnify and defend any suit or proceeding brought against LAVTA based on a claim that any equipment, or any part thereof, furnished by Contractor under this Contract constitutes an infringement of any patent, and the Contractor shall pay all damages and costs awarded therein. In case said equipment, or any part thereof, is in such suit held to constitute infringement and use of said equipment or parts is enjoined, Contractor shall at its own expense and at its option, either procure for LAVTA the right to continue using said equipment or part, or replace same with non -infringing equipment, or modify it so it becomes non -infringing. V. Data Rights Proprietary Rights/Rights in Data The term "subject data' used in this clause means recorded information, whether or not copyrighted, that is delivered or specified to be delivered under the Contract It included the proprietary rights of: • Shop Drawings and Working Drawings; • Technical data including manuals or instruction materials, computer or microprocessor software; • Patented materials, equipment, devise or processes; and • License requirements 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -36 LAVTA shall protect proprietary information provided by the Contractor to the fullest extent of the law. The contractor shall grant a royalty -free, perpetual, non-exclusive license to allow LAVTA to utilize such information in order to maintain the vehicles. LAVTA reserves a royalty -free, non-exclusive and irrevocable license to reproduce, publish, or otherwise use, and to authorize others to use, the following subject data for its purposes: 1. Any subject data required to be developed and first produced in the performance of the Contract and specifically paid for as such under the Contract whether or not a copyright has been obtained; 2. Any rights of copyrights to which the Contractor, subcontractor or supplier purchases ownership for the purpose of performance of the Contract and specifically paid for as such under the Contract; and 3. The Contractor agrees to include the requirements of this clause, modified as necessary to identify the affected parties, in each subcontract and supply order placed under the Contract. 14. FEDERAL CONTRACT CLAUSES This project will be financed in part by funds from the Federal Transit Administration (FTA). Accordingly, Federal requirements apply to this contract and if those requirements change then the most recent requirements shall apply to the project as required. A. Energy Conservation The Contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Federal Energy Policy and Conservation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§ 6321 et seq. B. Clean Water and Air Requirements The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., and the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq, The Contractor agrees to report each violation to LAVTA and understands and agrees that LAVTA will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to the FTA and the appropriate EPA regional office. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in part or in whole with federal assistance provided by the FTA. C. Lobbying Contractor shall submit with its Proposal the certification (Appendix I, Disclosure of Lobbying Activities) required by 49 CFR part 20. Contractor shall certify that it will not 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -37 and has not used Federally appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Contractor shall also disclose the name of any registrant under the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 who has made lobbying contacts on its behalf with non - Federal funds with respect to that Federal contract, grant or award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Such disclosures shall be forwarded to LAVTA. D. Access to Records and Reports Contractor shall provide all authorized representatives of LAVTA, the FTA Administrator, and the Comptroller General of the United States access to any books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this Contract for the purposes of making audits, copies, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions. Contractor also agrees to maintain all books, records, accounts and reports required under this Contract for a period of not less than three years after the date of termination or expiration of this Contract, except in the event of litigation or settlement of claims arising from the performance of this Contract, in which case Contractor agrees to maintain the same until LAVTA, the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General, or any of their duly authorized representatives, have disposed of all such litigation, appeals, claims, or exceptions related thereto. E. Federal Changes Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including without limitation those listed directly or by reference in the Agreement (Form FTA MA (18) dated October 1, 2011) between LAVTA and the FTA, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this Contract. Contractor's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this Contract. F. No Government Obligation to Third Parties LAVTA and Contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence by the Federal Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying contract, absent the express written consent by the Federal Government, the Federal Government is not a party to this Contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to LAVTA, Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to that contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying contract. The Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clause shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions. G. Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements and Related Acts The Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, as amended, 31 U.S.C. § 3801 et seq. and U.S. DOT regulations, "Program Fraud Civil Remedies," 49 C.F.R. Part 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this Project. Upon execution of the underlying contract, the Contractor certifies or affirms the 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -38 truthfulness and accuracy of any statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the underlying contract or the FTA assisted project for which this Contract work is being performed. In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, the Contractor further acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification, the Federal Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the Contractor to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate. The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under a contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance originally awarded by FTA under LAVTA of 49 U.S.C. § 5307, the Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of 18 U.S.C. § 1001 and 49 U.S.C. § 5307(n)(1) on the Contractor, to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate. The Contractor agrees to include the above two clauses in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clauses shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to the provisions. H. Government -Wide Debarment and Suspension This contract is a covered transaction for purposes of 49 CFR Part 29. As such, the Contractor is required to verify that none of the Contractor, its principals, as defined at 49 CFR 29.995, or affiliates, as defined at 49 CFR 29.905, are excluded or disqualified as defined at 49 CFR 29.940 and 29.945. The Contractor is required to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C and must include the requirement to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C in any lower tier covered transaction it enters into. By signing and submitting its Proposal, Proposer certifies as follows: The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact relied upon by LAVTA. If it is later determined that the Proposer knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to remedies available to LAVTA, the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment. The Proposer agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 29, Subpart C while this offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from this offer. The Bidder or Proposer further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions. Privacy Act The following requirements apply to the Contractor and any of its employees that may administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government under any contract: The Contractor agrees to comply with, and assures the compliance of its employees with, the information restrictions and other applicable requirements of the Privacy Act of 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -39 19747 U.S.C. §552(a). Among other things, the Contractor agrees to obtain the express consent of the Federal Government before the Contractor or its employees operate a system of records on behalf of the Federal Government. The Contractor understands that the requirements of the Privacy Act, including the civil and criminal penalties for violation of that Act, apply to those individuals involved, and that failure to comply with the terms of the Privacy Act may result in termination of the underlying contract. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract to administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. J. Civil Rights Requirements Nondiscrimination - In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, or disability. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal implementing regulations and other implementing requirements FTA may issue. 2. Equal Employment Opportunity - The following equal employment opportunity requirements apply to the underlying contract: a. Race, Color, Creed, National Origin, Sex - In accordance with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, and Federal transit laws at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements of U.S. Department of Labor (U.S. DOL) regulations, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor," 41 C.F.R. Parts 60 et sec., (which implement Executive Order No. 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," 42 U.S.C. § 2000e note), and with any applicable Federal statutes, executive orders, regulations, and Federal policies that may in the future affect construction activities undertaken in the course of the Project. The Contractor agrees to take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, creed, national origin, sex, or age. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. b. Acme - In accordance with section 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § § 623 and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to refrain from 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -40 discrimination against present and prospective employees for reason of age. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. C. Disabilities - In accordance with section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12112, the Contractor agrees that it will comply with the requirements of U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, "Regulations to Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act," 29 C.F.R. Part 1630, pertaining to employment of persons with disabilities. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. 3. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA, modified only if necessary to identify the affected parties. J. Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Terms The preceding provisions include, in part, certain Standard Terms and Conditions required by U.S. DOT, whether or not expressly set forth in the preceding contract provisions. All contractual provisions required by the U.S. DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220. 1 F, as may be amended, are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Contract. The Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any LAVTA requests which would cause LAVTA to be in violation of the FTA terms and conditions. K. Buy America Pre -Award and Post -Delivery Audit Requirement The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 53230)(2)(C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless rolling stock is assembled in the United States and has 60 percent domestic content. The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5323(1) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 C.F.R. Part 663 and to submit the following certifications: Buy America Requirements: The Contractor shall complete and submit a declaration (Appendix E) certifying either compliance or noncompliance with Buy America. If the Proposer/Offeror certifies compliance with Buy America, it shall submit documentation which lists 1) component and subcomponent parts of the rolling stock to be purchased identified by manufacturer of the parts, their country of origin and costs; and 2) the location of the final assembly point for the rolling stock, including a description of the activities that will take place at the final assembly point and the cost of final assembly. 2. Solicitation Specification Requirements: The Contractor shall submit evidence that it will be capable of meeting the Proposal specifications. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -41 3. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS): The Contractor shall submit 1) manufacturer's FMVSS self -certification sticker information that the vehicle complies with relevant FMVSS or 2) manufacturer's certified statement that the contracted buses will not be subject to FMVSS regulations. 4. Contractor will cooperate with LAVTA in conducting all post -delivery review necessary to insure compliance with the Buy America requirements. L. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act A. Overtime Requirements — Neither the Contractor nor its subcontractors may permit any laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work under this Contract to work in excess of forty (40) hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. B. Violation, Liability for Unpaid Wages, Liquidated Damages — In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph A of this Section, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph A of this Section in the sum of $10.00 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty (40) hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph A of this Section. C. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages — LAVTA shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from any moneys payable on account of work performed by Contractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with Contractor or any other federally assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph B of this Section. D. Subcontracts — The Contractor shall insert in any subcontract the clauses set forth in this Section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in this Section. E. Payrolls and Basic Records — Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three (3) years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -42 records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records that show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and shall also maintain records that show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Should the Contractor employ apprentices or trainees under approved programs, it shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. Occupational Safety and Health Act — The Contractor agrees to comply with Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, 40 U.S.C. Section 333, and applicable DOL regulations, "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction", 29 CFR Part 1926. Among other things, the Contractor agrees that it will not require any laborer or mechanic to work in unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous surroundings or working conditions. G. The Contractor also agrees to include the requirements of this Subsection F in each subcontract. The term "subcontract" under this Subsection is considered to refer to a person who agrees to perform any part of the labor or material requirements of a contract for construction, alteration or repair. A person who undertakes to perform a portion of a contract involving the furnishing of supplies or materials will be considered a "subcontractor" under this Section if the work in question involves the performance of construction work and is to be performed: (1) directly on or near the construction site, or (2) by the employer for the specific project on a customized basis. Thus, a supplier of materials that will become an integral part of the construction is a "subcontractor" if the supplier fabricates or assembles the goods or materials in question specifically for the construction project and the work involved may be said to be construction activity. If the goods or materials in question are ordinarily sold to other customers from regular inventory, the supplier is not a "subcontractor." The requirements of this Section do not apply to contracts or subcontracts for the purchase of supplies or materials or articles normally available on the open market. M. Bus Testing The Contractor shall complete and submit a certificate (Appendix K) agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5323(c) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 CFR Part 665 and shall perform the following: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -43 1. A manufacturer of a new bus model or a bus produced with a major change in components or configuration shall provide a copy of the final test report to the recipient at a point in the procurement process specified by the recipient which will be prior to the recipient's final acceptance of the first vehicle. 2. A manufacturer who releases a report under paragraph 1 above shall provide notice to the operator of the testing facility that the report is available to the public. 3. If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle was previously tested, the vehicle being sold should have the identical configuration and major components as the vehicle in the test report, which must be provided to the recipient prior to recipient's final acceptance of the first vehicle. If the configuration or components are not identical, the manufacturer shall provide a description of the change and the manufacturer's basis for concluding that it is not a major change requiring additional testing. 4. If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle is "grandfathered" (has been used in mass transit service in the United States before October 1, 1988, and is currently being produced without a major change in configuration or components), the manufacturer shall provide the name and address of the recipient of such a vehicle and the details of that vehicle's configuration and major components. N. Cargo Preference The Contractor agrees to the following: 1. To use privately owned U.S.-flag commercial vessels to ship at least fifty (50) percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material or commodities pursuant to the underlying Contract to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for U.S.-flag commercial vessels; 2. To furnish within twenty (20) working days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within thirty (30) working days following the date of leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, "on -board" commercial ocean bill of lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in the preceding paragraph to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to the FTA recipient (through the Contractor in the case of a Subcontractor's bill -of -lading.) 3. To include these requirements in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this Contract when the subcontract may involve the transport of equipment, material or commodities by ocean vessel. O. Fly America The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 USC 40118 (the "Fly America Act") in accordance with the General Services Administration's regulations at 41 CFR Part 301- 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -44 10, which provides that recipients and subrecipients of Federal funds and their Contractors are required to use U.S. Flag air carriers for U.S. Government -financed international air travel and transportation of their personal effects or property, to the extent such service is available, unless travel by foreign air carrier is a matter of necessity, as defined by the Fly America Act. If a foreign air carrier was used, the Contractor shall submit an appropriate certification or memorandum adequately explaining why service by a U.S. flag carrier was not available or why it was necessary to use a foreign air carrier and shall, in any event, provide a certificate of compliance with the Fly America requirements. The Contractor Agrees to include the requirements of this section in all subcontracts that may involve international air transportation. P. Transit Vehicle Manufacturer's (TVM) Certificate TVM Certification MUST be submitted with Proposal; Proposal is considered non- responsive if certification is not submitted and contract cannot be awarded (Appendix O). 15. RFP SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST OF REQUIRED ITEMS In addition to the submittal requirements outlined in Section 10 "Proposal Content and Submission", Proposers shall use the following checklist as a guide to ensure all required documentation is included in its Proposal: Cover Letter of Introduction and: 2. Table of Contents Proposers Capability, Experience, and Qualifications (a) Most recent audited financial statement (b) List of five references (c) Indicate that the Proposer's team is prepared to sign the sample Agreement for Services and indicate the Proposer's agreement to be bound to the proposed scope of Work and associated Cost Proposal for 180 days from the effective date of the Contract Description of Proposer's Organization • A letter from the Proposer's insurance carrier indicating that the insurance company has read the insurance requirements stated Section 15 of Appendix A "Insurance", and that it will be able to provide the certificate and endorsement for the coverage required. A copy of Proposer's insurance policy will not satisfy this requirement to meet the insurance requirements • Cost Proposal using LAVTA's form (Appendix B) • Performance Bond (Appendix C) • Buy America Certificate of Compliance (Appendix D) • Subcontractor/Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Questionnaire (Appendix E) • Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and Pollution Certificate (Appendix F) 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 16. 17 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -45 • Location of Parts and Technical Service Data (Appendix G) • FTA Bus Testing Certification (Appendix H) • Lobbying Certificate (Appendix 1) • Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) (Appendix J) • Certificate of Compliance with Coach Testing Requirement (Appendix K) • Acknowledgement of Addenda (if any) (Appendix L) • Buy America Audit Worksheet (Appendix M) • Request for Approved Deviations (Appendix N) • Transit Vehicle Manufacturer's (TVM) Certification (Appendix O) • Certificate of Liability Insurance and Letter (Appendix P) • Vehicle technical information worksheets (Appendix Q) Proposers are reminded to include one original and five hard copies, plus one electronic .pdf copy on a CD or USB drive of complete Proposal and to identify any proprietary, trade secret or other confidential information in the Proposal. PROJECT TIMELINE The following project timeline is provided for your scheduling information, but it may be subject to change at the discretion of LAVTA: EVENT RFP Issued Pre -Proposal Meeting Requests for Questions and Clarifications Due LAVTA's Response to Questions and Clarifications Proposals Due Interviews (tentative) Board Award Notice to Proceed (tentatively scheduled) CONSORTIUM MEMBER VEHICLE QUANTITIES DATE December 30, 2015 February 3, 2016 at 10:00 a.m. February 17, 2016 at 4:00 p.m. March 4, 2016 May 27, 2016 at 2:00 p.m. June 15, 2016 July 11, 2016 August 15, 2016 The following Transit Authorities have expressed interest in procuring buses under the terms and conditions of these specifications. The award of a contract directly by the following Transit Authorities with the selected vendor(2) for the purchase of buses in either or both categories will be solely up to the Transit Authority based on a number of factors, such as funding, price, vehicle delivery dates, specifications, and the adherence to FTA vehicle procurement regulations. LAVTA will not be a party to any contract issued or award made by any other Agency. CONSORTIUM MEMBER MIN/MAX QUANTITY City of Los Angeles LADOT 45-90 City of Modesto 6 - 6 City of Norwalk 6 - 6 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 18. REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE RFP -46 CONSORTIUM MEMBER MIN/MAX QUANTITY City of Santa Clarita 16-16 City of Tulare 3 - 7 City of Turlock 4-10 Gold Coast Transit 5-30 Solano County Transit 10-10 LIST OF APPENDICES A. Sample Agreement for Services B. Cost Proposal C. Performance Bond and Sample Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit D. Buy America Certificate of Compliance E. Subcontractor/DBE Questionnaire F. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and Pollution Certificate G. Location of Parts and Technical Service Data H. FTA Bus Testing Certification I. Lobbying Certificate J. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) K. Certificate of Compliance with Coach Testing Requirement L. Acknowledgement of Addenda M. Buy America Audit Worksheet N. Request for Approved Deviations O. Transit Vehicle Manufacturer's (TVM) Certification P. Sample Certificate of Liability Insurance and Letter Q. Vehicle Technical Information Forms R. Inspection Guidelines 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 1 2. 3. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -1 These Technical Specifications cover requirements for Heavy -Duty Low Floor Diesel Transit coaches which may be used for rural, suburban, and urban transit service operations on urban streets and rural roadways in the general environmental and climatic conditions prevailing throughout LAVTA operating area. It is intended for the widest possible spectrum of youth and adult passengers, elderly, and the handicapped. The coach shall be fully compliant with the applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and any revisions published by the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board or The Federal Transit Administration for fixed route operations. Where these specifications exceed the requirements of ADA, the specification requirement shall apply. Respect for the Environment. In the design and manufacture of the bus, the Contractor shall make every effort to reduce the amount of potentially hazardous waste. In accordance with Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Contractor shall use, whenever possible and allowed by the specifications, recycled materials in the manufacture of the bus. (a) All Proposers must conform to these specifications and the product they furnish shall be of first class quality and the workmanship shall be the best obtainable in various trades. (b) The design of the body, chassis, and equipment the Contractor proposes to furnish shall be of the latest design and model so as to produce a vehicle of substantial and durable construction in all respects. (c) No advantage shall be taken by the Contractor in the omission of any part or detail which is required to make the buses fully serviceable and durable operational vehicles in all respects even though such parts or detail are not mentioned in these specifications. (d) All units or parts not specified shall be manufacturer's standard units. In all cases, material and dimensions must be furnished as specified, but if the term, "approved deviation" is used, LAVTA's Director of Administrative Services must approve any materials, equipment, or dimensions substituted for those specified. (e) The vehicle and all related equipment provided under this Contract shall meet all applicable State and Federal laws, vehicle codes, regulations, and standards. RESPONSIBILITY (a) The Contractor shall assume responsibility for all design and satisfactory operation of the vehicle; furnishing and delivering all vehicles, material, and accessories whether or not the same are manufactured by the Contractor or purchased ready-made from an outside source. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 4. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -2 (b) The Contractor shall assume responsibility and all costs to deliver LAVTA's designated location and related items specified to LAVTA in accordance with these Solicitation Documents. VEHICLE DESCRIPTION 4.1. General Description a. It is the intent of this specification to describe the design requirements for a Heavy -Duty Diesel Low Floor Transit coach rugged enough to withstand rigorous intensive daily transit service operations and provide maximum reliability and availability, with a minimum of maintenance and repair time. The coach shall exhibit maximum passenger appeal in appearance, comfort and safety, combined with excellence in reliability, operating characteristics, efficiency, and economy of operation. b. Coaches shall incorporate features essential for safe, fast, efficient and comfortable operation by the operator, features that ensure excellent road and traffic visibility under all driving conditions and adequate means for safe passenger movement. The coach shall be made capable of easy maneuvering in normal and heavy traffic. C. The coach shall achieve normal operation in the environmental conditions normally occurring in the area in which LAVTA is located in temperature ranges of -10° F to 120° F, at relative humidities between 5 percent and 100 percent, and at altitudes up to 5,000 feet above sea level. d. Coaches are to be used in urban areas, but at the same time must be able to maintain speeds up to 65 MPH for relatively long distances between stops. Coaches shall be able to maintain a minimum of 10 MPH on a fifteen percent (15%) grade when loaded to GVWR. The bus shall be capable of achieving a top speed of 65 mph on a straight, level road at GVWR with all accessories operating. The bus shall be capable of safely maintaining the vehicle speed according to the recommendations by the tire manufacturer. e. Scheduled maintenance tasks shall be related and shall be grouped in maximum mileage intervals. Routine scheduled maintenance actions, such as filter replacement and adjustments, shall not be required at intervals of less than 6,000 miles, except for routine daily service performed during the fueling operations. Higher levels of scheduled maintenance tasks shall occur at even multiples of mileages for lower level tasks. f. The bus, at GVWR and under static conditions, shall not exhibit deformation or deflection that impairs operation of doors, windows or other mechanical elements. Static conditions include the vehicle at rest with any wheel or dual set of wheels in a six-inch deep hole or with any one tire or any dual set completely deflated. g. All failures involving basic body, structure, axles and suspension are considered structurally related failures for purposes of this specification. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -3 h. The bus shall be new and unused, of current production model, with the latest design features. The unit shall be delivered fully operational and ready for revenue service with all necessary equipment and accessories. i. The low floor vehicle platforms are included in this specification and are generally described as 102" wide, low floor 30, 35, and 40 foot heavy-duty transit coaches. Approximate dimensions desired are as follows: 4.2. Testing a. The vehicle provided shall be fully tested to assure compliance with the performance and safety requirements of the specifications. At the option of LAVTA, Bidder and/or CONTRACTOR may be required to provide test results and/or certifications insuring compliance with the requirements of the specifications. Certifications or written documentation outlining test procedures and results shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer and/or test laboratory certifying compliance with the requirements of the appropriate section of the technical specification and shall be provided by the Bidder and/or CONTRACTOR for approval by LAVTA. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 30' Bus 35' Bus 40' Bus Length -Over Body 30' 35' 40' idth - Over Body 102" 102"10255 Height (Tailpipe) 122" 122" 122" Wheelbase 162.5" 230" 279" Floor Height (Maximum) 16" 16" 16" Rear Overhang (not to exceed) 8' 8' 8' Floor Height 35" 35" 35" Front Step Height (Maximum) 15.5" 15.5" 15.5" heel Base 170" 219" 279" Interior Headroom (Maximum) 95" 95" 95" isle Width (Minimum) 26" 26" 26" Door Width — Front (Clear) 34" 34" 34" Curb Weight Max. GVW 21,800 lbs. 27,000 lbs. 27,600 lbs. Vehicle GVWR 31,000 lbs. 39,600 Ibs. 39,600 lbs. Turning Radius (Front Body Corner - Maximum) 29.9' 36.8' 43.3' pproach angle — Minimum 8.50 8.50 8.50 Break -over angle 190 12.80 10.70 Departure angle — Minimum 8.80 8.80 8.80 4.2. Testing a. The vehicle provided shall be fully tested to assure compliance with the performance and safety requirements of the specifications. At the option of LAVTA, Bidder and/or CONTRACTOR may be required to provide test results and/or certifications insuring compliance with the requirements of the specifications. Certifications or written documentation outlining test procedures and results shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer and/or test laboratory certifying compliance with the requirements of the appropriate section of the technical specification and shall be provided by the Bidder and/or CONTRACTOR for approval by LAVTA. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -4 b. Contractor may be required to demonstrate compliance with any of the performance requirements of the technical specifications. Minimum testing that shall be required includes; 1. Cooling System Performance 2. AC Performance 3. Acceleration 4. Gradability 5. Internal Noise 6. External Noise 7. Passenger Door(s) Opening and Closing Speed 8. Lighting Levels 9. Turning Radius 10. Water Test 4.3. Internal Noise a. Maximum internal noise shall not exceed eighty (80) DBA in areas "1", "2", and "3", and no more than eighty-three (83) DBA in area "4" as described below. Sound levels within the coach shall be measured with all doors and windows closed and all vehicle equipment operating. If some equipment operates on a cyclic basis, the sound level shall be measured with all equipment functioning simultaneously to determine the worst case noise level. b. Measurements shall be made with the vehicle empty, except for test personnel and equipment. Not more than three (3) persons shall occupy the vehicle during the measurements. C. Measurements shall be made at a height of four feet (4) above the floor and directly above the center line of the seats at the following locations: 1. The operator's seat; 2. The foremost passenger seat at the centerline of the coach; 3. The seat nearest the center of the coach, and at the coach centerline; and 4. The rear -most seat at the centerline of the coach. d. Accelerate the coach at full throttle from standstill to automatic transmission shift speed. Gear or range must be selected so that terminating test speed is sixty-five (65) miles per hour. Observe and record maximum sound level during this operating mode. The sound level recorded shall be the average of at least four (4) readings. e. Measurements shall be taken where there are no reflecting or absorbing surfaces to change the sounds emitting from the vehicle. 4.4. External Noise Airborne noise generated by the coach and measured from either side shall not exceed 80 DBA under full power acceleration when operated at or below 35 mph at curb weight and just prior to transmission upshift. The maximum noise level generated by the coach 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 5. 6. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -5 pulling away from a stop at full power shall not exceed 83 DBA. The coach generated noise at curb idle shall not exceed 65 DBA. If the noise contains an audible discrete frequency, a penalty of 5 DBA shall be added to the sound level measured. All noise readings shall be taken 50 feet from the perpendicular to the centerline of the coach with all accessories operating. Instrumentation, test sites, and other general requirements shall be in accordance with SAE Standard J366. The pull-away test shall begin with the front bumper even with the microphone. The curb idle test shall be conducted with the rear bumper even with the microphone. CRASHWORTHINESS (a) The coach body and roof structure shall withstand a static load equal to 150 percent of the curb weight evenly distributed on the roof with no more than a 6 inch reduction in any interior dimension. Windows shall remain in place and shall not open under such a load. (b) The coach shall withstand a 25 mph impact by a 4,000 pound post -1973 American automobile at any point, excluding doorways, along either side of the coach with no more than 3 inches of permanent structural deformation at seated passenger hip height. This impact shall not result in sharp edges or protrusions in the coach interior. (c) Exterior panels and their supporting members shall withstand a static load of 2,000 pounds applied perpendicular to the coach anywhere by a pad no larger than 5 inches square. This load shall not result in deformation that prevents installation of new exterior panels to restore the original appearance of the coach. (d) The coach, at GVWR and under static conditions, shall not exhibit deformation or deflection that impairs operation of doors, windows, or other mechanical elements. Static conditions include the vehicle at rest with any one wheel or dual set of wheels on a 6 inch curb or in a 6 inch deep hole. (e) All structure, body, and panel -bending mode frequencies, including vertical, lateral, and torsional modes, shall be sufficiently removed from all primary excitation frequencies to minimize audible, visible, or sensible resonant vibrations during normal service. (f) To protect passengers seated in low floor area, the basic low floor coach structure shall incorporate a substantial side impact barrier. The barrier shall include steel plate, continuous between the front wheel arches and the rear suspension (except in the width of the exit door opening). The impact barrier shall be an integral welded part of the undercarriage portion of the coach structure, and shall be angled such that vehicles impacting the coach side will tend to subvert. To further increase both passenger safety and repairability, robust welded structures are required between the angled barrier and the coach side skins. These shall be designed to dissipate collision energy. MATERIALS (a) All materials used in construction of the coach and all its parts shall conform in all respects to American Society of Testing Materials, Society of Automotive Engineers, or similar association standards. Materials used shall be exactly duplicate in manufacture, design and construction on each coach model. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -6 (b) Reinforced fiberglass and plastic materials shall be excluded from the basic body construction, except for replaceable panels, doors, and front and rear caps. (c) All lumber shall be thoroughly kiln dried free from knots and checks and shall be of clear straight grain, dressed on all sides. (d) All painted aluminum sheets shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated on the outside with PPG DPU low VOC protective paint prior to assembly in coach. (e) All joints shall be protected by application of zinc-chromated metallic compound, Butyl Tape Sealer at assembly. (f) Plywood shall be of a marine grade with sealed waterproof edges. (g) All bolts, nuts, washers and exposed linkage shall be zinc, cadmium plated or phosphate coated to prevent corrosion. (h) All bolts, nuts, and washers shall be Domestic manufacture and be SAE Grade 5 or better. CORROSION/UNDERCOATING (a) The vehicle shall resist corrosion from atmospheric conditions and road salts. It shall maintain structural integrity and nearly maintain original appearance throughout its service life, provided it is maintained in accordance with the procedures specified in the manufacturer's service manual by LAVTA. Materials exposed to the elements and all joints and connections of dissimilar metals (and remote from each other in the galvanic series), shall be corrosion -resistant and shall be protected from galvanic corrosion. (b) The entire body frame assembly, access doors, fenders, cab, underbody, wheelhousings, lower skirt panels, including closed -off body panel sections, and all welds shall be treated and rust -proofed with a commercial grade heavy-duty rust - proofing material. All metal body parts shall be given a thorough multiple -stage anti- corrosion treatment. The product used shall be listed as a qualified product under Mil Spec C-62218, Mil Spec C -0083933A (MR). Zinc chromate or zinc phosphate prime paint shall be applied to both aluminum and steel. Body panels that are aluminum or tin coated, etc., or treated in any other method or procedure currently accepted by the commercial vehicle industry, are acknowledged as meeting this requirement and need no further treatment, except for finish prime/paint or undercoating where applicable. Representative samples shall withstand a 2 -week salt spray test in accordance with ASTM Procedure B-117 with no visual or structural detrimental effects to normally visible surfaces, and no significant structural degradation or weight loss of over 1 percent (1%) for other members or components. (c) Except as noted below, the entire body lower frame assembly, cab, underbody, understructure/frame, chassis, fenders, wheelhousings, and lower skirt panels shall be completely undercoated with a silver or light grey colored undercoating. (d) Undercoating shall be composed of a non-volatile/non-flammable resin -type base, grit and abrasive free material, dispersed in a petroleum solvent, providing a homogenous formulation, MIL -TD specification grade undercoating material. Undercoating shall be 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 U] TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -7 applied to a uniform thickness throughout with no bare spots. Bidder shall indicate methods to be used in meeting this requirement. (e) Items and components that shall not be undercoated include non-metallic fender and stepwells, engine, transmission, driveshaft(s), differential/axle housing, brakes, lube fittings, exhaust system, and power steering heat shields. UNDERCARRIAGE Both front and rear axles shall have the load rating for the gross loads equal to or greater than the coach builder requires them to carry. The gross load shall include curb weight plus seated and standee passengers with the average weight of each passenger to be 150 pounds. Front and rear axles for the coaches shall have the highest GVWR capacity available. Front and rear hubs shall be of steel construction. 8.1. Front Axle a. Front axle shall be a Rockwell — Meritor heavy-duty standard axle designed with proper wheel and axle geometry so that imperfect front axle operation will not be encountered in service. b. Front axle shall be 14,600 lbs., minimum rating or be rated for the loads the bus builder's design requires. C. Wheel bearings shall utilize oil seal type lubrication. 8.2. Rear Axle a. Rear axle shall be a Rockwell — Meritor standard single reduction axle with a minimum rated capacity of 26,000 lbs (21,000 lbs for 30 foot coach). b. The rear axle shall be a heavy-duty, full floating type, Meritor Standard, incorporating a spiral bevel drive. The axle housing shall be a steel stamping and located to the roadside of the axle center. The load tubes shall be fixed and the wheel bearings oil lubricated. The housing drain plug shall be magnetic. C. The differential carrier shall incorporate the differential assembly, drive pinion and pinion cage. Carrier shall be removable as a complete unit from the axle housing. d. The four (4) pinion differential gears shall be carried in a two-piece case mounted on tapered roller bearings. Torque nuts and bolts are used to mount the dowel gear drive to the flanged half of the differential case. e. Axle shafts shall be the floating type with all wheel bearing loads carried on the axle housing end sleeves. f. The drive flanges at the outer end shall be attached to wheel hubs by studs, nuts and tapered dowels. Axle hubs shall be stud wheel pilot mounting. g. Wheel bearings shall utilize "wet' lubrication. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 8.3. Rear Axle Gear Ratio TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -8 The differential gear ratio is subject to approval by LAVTA prior to production after reviewing computer generated performance scans for the buses offered. 8.4. Hubodometer An Engler (Stemco) Hubodometer "million mile" (no tenths) shall be installed with the correct bracket on curbside rear axle flange studs. 8.5. Wheels and Tires a. The coach shall be equipped with single front and dual rear wheels. Front wheels and tires shall be balanced and counter weighted where necessary. Alcoa Aluminum wheels (p/n 883110DB) with "Dura -Brite" surface treatment, 8.25 x 22.5, satin machine finished stud (budd) piloted wheels, shall be provided. Two spare wheels per bus shall be provided. b. Tires shall be furnished by LAVTA, via its leased tire contractor at the time of vehicle delivery. All low floor coaches shall be capable of using standard size 12R22.5 or equivalent mileage tires, except the 30 foot low floor which shall be able to use 275/70R x 22.5. 8.6. Air Suspension a. Coach shall be equipped with an air -suspension system. Air suspension system shall consist of four (4) rear and four (4) front Rolling Lobe Firestone air bellows and three (3) leveling valves as manufactured by Delco, by which the air pressure is automatically regulated in proportion to the coach loading. Leveling valve shall be installed in such a manner that will prevent leveling valve roll-over. b. Air bellows shall act as a flexible connection between body and axle to absorb and cushion road shocks. C. Leveling valves manufactured by Barksdale shall also act to keep the coach body in relatively level position and contain a dampening or compensating feature to prevent excessive consumption of air resulting from high -frequency axle movements over rough streets. d. Metal air chambers, if used, shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer for the life of the coach. Methods of construction and the materials used shall be of such manufacture as to permit easy and convenient replacement of bellows. Bellows shall be mounted to provide easy replacement under coach. e. The three (3) Barksdale height control valves, one (1) at the front axle and two (2) at the rear axle, will retain the height of the body in relation to the axles under all loading conditions. f. Each axle shall have front radius rods manufactured by Clevite and rear radius rods manufactured by O&S. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -9 g. Two (2) lower, one (1) upper, and one (1) lateral to locate the axle position and to transmit the driving, braking and cornering forces from the road to the coach understructure. h. The front upper radius arm assembly shall have a turn buckle to allow adjustment of the front axle caster without arm removal. i. Shock absorbers, Koni adjustable, shall be provided. j. Rubber axle stops shall be provided between the axle and frame on each side of the axles to prevent axle and/or frame damage in severe bounce condition and to allow operation of the coach if one or more air bellows are deflated. 8.7. Steering System a. Power steering shall be TRW Model TAS6505. Steering column shall be TRW Electric assist without column turn signal and hazard switch. Steering wheel: 20" Non -Padded 3 Spoke Wheel With Gillig Logo Horn Button b. Steering effort and number of turns "lock -to -lock" shall be designed and coordinated to minimize driver fatigue. Steering forces and characteristics in the event of failure of the power boost shall enable the coach to be safely driven in this condition. C. Steering mechanism shall be mounted so that all adjustments can be made without dismounting parts. Mounting of gear assembly shall be engineered to reduce road shock and vibration. d. Steering units shall have hex head filler and drain plugs. e. The drag link assembly shall have a horizontal socket for attachment at the Pitman arm, and a vertical stud for attachment at the steering knuckle arm. Both ends shall have internal springs and lubrication fittings. The assembly shall have plus or minus .50 -inch length adjustment. f. Front axle tie rod ends shall be threaded into the tube for adjustment without removal. Lubrication fittings shall be provided on the non -serviceable end assemblies. g. The steering wheel shall be twenty inches (20") minimum in diameter and shall be black color plastic or synthetic resin construction with a metal core. It shall be provided with puller holes in the hub. h. Shall be tilt with telescoping steering shaft. 9. BRAKES 9.1. General a. The vehicle's air brake system will be equipped with both service and emergency brakes that conform with FMVSS 121 as applicable. An Anti-lock Brake System 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -10 operating in conjunction with the air brake system shall be standard with each coach. Prior to delivery of the first coach, the Contractor shall supply documentation certifying the air brake system conforms to FMVSS 121/ California Title 13. If the contractor has no documentation certifying that the vehicles furnished under this contract conforms with FMVSS 121, LAVTA shall require the manufacturer to perform stopping tests on one (1) coach at full G.V.W.R. and measure stopping distances, in accordance with FMVSS 121/California Title 13. The test shall be completed prior to delivery of any coaches to LAVTA. If the test vehicle fails any portion of the testing, the vehicle will be re -tested after modifications until all tests are successfully completed. b. A dual brake system shall be provided in the coach which provides two totally independent brake systems. This system features a dual brake valve in which the top portion provides the primary service brake system. In the event of a loss of air of one system, the other system will provide adequate braking to stop the coach. A Bend ix -Westinghouse "SR -1" spring brake control valve shall be provided to modulate rear spring brakes in the case of a primary system failure. The service brakes shall consist of four (4) wheel air operated, internal expanding S -Cam type. 9.2. Brake Chambers a. Brake chambers shall be MGM type with protective boot over the push rod. b. Brake chambers shall be equipped with manufacturer's standard diaphragm and spring. Brake system shall be balanced to provide safe stop operation. 9.3. Service Brakes a. Coaches shall be equipped with brake systems which conform to the requirements of all Federal regulations, designed so such conformance can be maintained throughout the normal adjustment cycle. A supplemental brake (transmission retarder) shall also be provided. The supplemental braking shall not be used in meeting regulatory criteria. The braking system shall include service brakes, a parking and emergency brake. b. The driver's brake pedal shall control the service brake and the supplemental brake in a coordinated manner to give a total braking effort depending on the position of the pedal up to the maximum capability of the braking system. Brake valve shall be a Bendix-Westinghouse "E-6." The control shall make maximum practical use of the supplemental brake to minimize brake fade and to achieve maximum brake lining lifetimes. Braking forces shall be proportioned among the axles to assure balanced braking and equalize lining life between axles. C. Brake lights shall be activated as soon as the brake pedal is depressed and when any auxiliary braking (transmission retarder) is applied. d. The parking brake shall be a spring brake MGM #E3636T with quick release yoke or manual "wind -off', capable of bringing the coach to a stop from a speed of twenty (20) miles per hour at a deceleration rate equivalent to a stop within sixty feet (60') with a seated passenger load. The parking brake shall be actuated 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -11 and exhausted by a manual "push-pull" valve. The valve shall apply the brakes by pushing "in" and release the brakes by pulling "out." In the event of total loss of air system pressure, the spring brakes shall be applied automatically. The control valve shall be located to the left and adjacent to the driver for safe, convenient access. 9.4. Brake Interlock The primary service brake system shall incorporates a double check valve, pressure regulator and a solenoid valve to provide a rear brake and throttle interlock while the rear door of the coach is open. Release occurs when the rear door is closed and the Operator's control is deactivated. Also, the actuation must occur when kneeling and/or wheelchair lift is used in conjunction with the front door. The front door operation shall not be interlocked with the brake system. The interlock system shall comply with California Title 13, Section 1267, e, 3, c regarding interlock warnings. 9.5. Brake Drums, Shoes and Linings a. Rear brake drums shall be a minimum of 14.5 by 10 inches. Front brake drums shall be a minimum of 14.5 by 6 inches. Brake shoes shall be of two shoe type, heavy duty, fabricated steel, heavily ribbed to insure uniform pressure. Linings shall be non -asbestos heavy-duty transit brake block manufactured by Meritor. A method of visually indicating wear of the brake lining shall be provided. 'S' -cam brakes shall be supplied. Drums shall be labeled with the maximum safe diameter for drum refinishing. b. Brakes shall be provided with "Haldex" automatic slack adjusters. All slack adjusters shall be removable without disassembly or removal of other components and equipped with grease fittings for lubrication. Slack adjuster travel and geometry shall be designed not to exceed 90 degrees in relation to the pushrod, when properly adjusted, throughout the lining life. 9.6. Brake Hoses All brake hoses shall be installed in locations where the possibility of damage is minimized. Hoses shall be clamped and supported by the coach structure to minimize long unsupported hose lengths and to eliminate rubbing and/or chafing. 9.7. Brake Retarder a. Transmission shall have an integral brake retarder. b. Retarder ON-OFF Toggle switch shall be mounted in the driver's console area, location to be approved by LAVTA. Switch to be labeled "RETARDER" and with ON, OFF lettering for appropriate switch position. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 10. AIR SYSTEM 10.1. Air Compressor TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -12 a. Air compressor shall be a Wabco sized by the bus manufacturer for the air system requirements and duty cycle of the bus. b. Compressor shall be gear driven by the engine. The compressor shall be equipped with an inlet check valve to minimize the blow by of oil through the compressor. C. Air Governor shall be Bendix-Westinghouse "D-2" type. d. Discharge line from the compressor to the air dryer and first tank shall be not less than seven -eighths inches (7/8") inside diameter of stainless steel braided construction with teflon inner liner. The discharge line will be properly supported to prevent chafing or damage and routed to insure the line will drain to the first tank/dryer. 10.2. Air Tanks a. Air reservoirs shall be of adequate capacity for supplying the air volume needs of the coach. All air tanks shall be equipped with four (4) drain valves mounted on the road side, and have pull cords at lower skirt curbside. b. There shall be low -air pressure switches located on the air tanks. They shall monitor the primary and secondary reservoir air pressure. C. In combination with the visual and audible signals, there shall be a single WDO" dual needle air pressure gauges reading the pressures of the primary (rear brake) and secondary (front brake) reservoirs. d. All air lines shall be synflex nylon tubing, color coded, meeting the requirements of SAE type J844, except for the supply lines, which shall be 2807 stainless steel braid. 10.3. Air Dyer The air system shall be equipped with a SKF, HCT-2000 Duraguard air dryer mounted in a location approved by the manufacturer and reviewed with LAVTA during the pre- production meeting. 10.4. Brake Lines Body Mounted a. All air lines shall be synflex nylon tubing, color coded meeting the requirements of SAE type J844. The supply lines shall be 2807 stainless steel braid, Teflon inner core for heat resistant. Lines shall be securely mounted to frame to prevent chafing or wear. Clamps shall be of proper size. Lines shall be protected at clamps with heat resistant material. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -13 b. Rubber grommets shall be used at all points where air lines pass through bulkheads or any supports. C. All clamps, fittings, etc., must be easily accessible and installed in such a manner that they are easily removed and replaced. 10.5. Brake Lines at Wheels Flexible brake lines shall be Parker Hannifin Model 293 with nut and sleeve type fittings. They shall be of adequate length to prevent any strain, regardless of relative motion between brake valve and brake chamber, without allowing chafing or rubbing. 10.6. Brake Relay Valve A brake relay valve shall be provided. It shall be Bend ix -Westing house R-12. 10.7. Check Valve A check valve shall be provided between #1 and #2 tanks, adjacent to the second tank, and accessible for service. 10.8. Interlock Valves, Door, Accelerator and Brake Door, accelerator and rear brake interlock valves shall be mounted to minimize length of air lines. Location to be approved by LAVTA. light 10.9. Towing -Air Line Connector An air line connector (Shrader) shall be installed on the front and rear end of the coach. Final installation locations shall be approved by LAVTA. 10.10. Switch, Low Air Pressure The switches shall be connected in parallel and shall trigger a red indicator "LOW AIR" light and an audible alarm when the air pressure of any reservoir is below 90 p.s.i. 11. PROPULSION SYSTEM The powerplant shall be arranged so that accessibility for all routine maintenance is assured. No special tools, other than dollies and hoists, shall be required to remove the powerplant. Two mechanics shall be able to remove, replace, and prepare the engine and transmission assembly for service in less than 20 total combined man hours. The muffler, exhaust system, air cleaner, air compressor, starter, alternator, radiator, all accessories, and any other component requiring service or replacement shall also be easily removable independent of the engine and transmission removal. 11.1. Engine— Category 1 a. Coach shall be powered by a CARB Approved Cummins heavy-duty diesel engine appropriate to the configuration proposed, Diesel, Diesel -Electric Hybrid or CNG. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -14 b. Power plant shall be a complete unit, mountable and demountable unit installed in the "T" or in-line configuration. The engine installation shall include motor mounts and related accessories that provide proper vibration isolation and control of engine movement in all axis to prevent premature wear and failure of engine accessories, drive belts, piping, hoses and related hardware C. Engine shall meet all applicable Federal and State clean air standards as they pertain to diesel engines. Engine shall be capable of operating on California Air Resources Board (CARB) Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel. d. The rear mounts for the engine shall be attached to engine bell housing. e. All accessories, other than the air conditioning compressor and one (1) other component, shall be driven from engine without use of drive belts or chains. A maximum of two (2) belt driven accessories shall be accepted. f. The engine installation shall contain the latest available specific provision for emission and sound control per State/Federal regulations for the year the coach is delivered. The installation must meet the requirements as established under Section 4.3 "Internal Noise" and Section 4.4 "External Noise" of these technical specifications. g. Fleetguard spin -on oil filter shall be mounted to the engine. h. A Spinner II, model 576 transit by-pass filter with a disposable rotor for easier cleaning shall be provided and mounted in an easily accessible area. Use of this system and the installation design shall be authorized by the engine manufacturer. i. The oil filler tube and oil dipstick shall be accessible through the engine compartment door. Both shall be readily accessible without the removal of belt guards for engine servicing. 11.2. Engine Protection a. The engine shall be protected from failures by the electronic module and sensors consisting of no less than "Low Coolant", Low Oil Pressure, and "Oil Over - Temperature", "Coolant Over -Temperature" will provide information to the control module regarding the engine's condition. b. Once a signal is received from a sensor, the engine control module will provide the Operator with "Check Engine" and "Stop Engine' lights and alarm at the dash board area. In addition, a code associated with the detected problem is stored in the Engine Control Module memory. C. When the two (2) lights are illuminated, the Engine Control Module cuts power back. Thirty (30) seconds after fault detection, the engine is cut off completely. d. A momentary type stop engine override button will be provided, which enables the Operator to receive another thirty (30) seconds of operation before shut- down. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -15 e. The Engine Control Module shall be equipped with a self diagnostic system as well as engine system protection and engine performance diagnostics. A failure shall be retained by the control module for evaluation by garage personnel using a diagnostic reader. The Engine Control Module shall be remote mounted to allow easy access to service and diagnose the ECM. g. There shall be a total of two (2) plug -ins for the diagnostic reader, one (1) to be located at the Operator's dash area and the second (2nd) to be located at the rear engine run control box. Both plugs shall be permanently affixed to the coach for ease of plug-in. The rear connectors shall be mounted at the rear run control box within a sealed, weatherproof enclosure. 11.3. Engine Throttle Systems a. Accelerator shall be Williams with a 450 angle compatible with transmission, and electronic engine. The throttle pedal shall be mounted so that it is equal to or higher than brake pedal. Adjustable throttle and brake pedal are to be included. b. The engine shall be equipped with a fast idle device to be automatically engaged with the transmission in neutral and the air conditioning system and/or wheelchair lift in operation. Such a device may also be manually activated any time the bus is in "Neutral" by the Operator. C. The engine compartment shall be equipped with a Rheostat Variable Speed Control With Toggle Switch & Guard. Such a throttle shall enable the service personnel to manually "throttle up", "throttle down", or maintain infinite levels of engine RPM'S by use of a twist and lock control. The Throttle control shall be mounted at the rear run control box. The system shall be controlled by a "Front/Rear' sealed selector switch located on the rear run box. When the switch is in the "Front" mode, the manual throttle shall not operate. The switch shall be guarded with a non -rotational cover. 11.4. Air Cleaner a. The air cleaner shall be a Donaldson Model RBX00-2277 click -stop air restriction indicator calibrated for the inches of water/vacuum recommended by the engine manufacturer. b. The engine air intake duct shall be so shaped as to minimize water entrance into the air induction system, and the element shall be easily replaceable. A passage shall be provided so that any water which does find entry into the system can be drained prior to entry into the air cleaner element. 11.5. Engine Compartment Lines Flexible lines (air, fuel and oil) in the engine compartment, shall be FC300 Aero Quip with reusable fittings. Water lines in the engine compartment are silicone. The supply line on the hydraulic reservoir shall be a #20 Aero Quip heavy duty braided hose. The 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -16 hydraulic pump output hose shall be Aero Quip #444 high pressure hose. All lines shall be sufficiently secured so that there will be no abrasive movement. 11.6. Clamps All support clamps in the engine compartment and/or on the power module that have direct contact with the wire, cable, harness hose or line shall be stainless steel Breeze clamps. 11.7. Insulation Engine side of rear seat shall be sealed so as to prevent smoke and fumes from entering passenger area and shall be insulated against both heat and sound. Thermal insulation shall assure there will be a minimum eighty degree (801) temperature differential between engine compartment and passenger area 11.8. Fuel System a. The fuel tank shall be a single transverse mounted stainless steel fuel tank 120 gallon capacity with a usable capacity of 115 gallons. The tank shall be mounted under floor aft of the rear door and caged within the coach structure for safety and corrosion resistance. b. Tank shall be equipped with an audible signal to indicate when tank is almost full. Shall be equipped with Emco Wheaton Posi/Lock 105 with dry break, and shall be provided with hinged spring loaded "Posisnap" P/N 5797511 cap and hinged access door. Fill rate shall be a minimum of 40 gallons per minute. Filler neck shall be located on the curb side of the coach. C. The fuel tank shall be a bottom draw design, and the fuel tank sending unit is accessible from underneath the coach. d. The fuel tank shall be designed so as to not permit the spillage of any fuel, with the filler cap properly closed, when the floor of the coach is at any angle from horizontal through 22 degrees from horizontal in any direction for any period of time. This shall be accomplished with the fuel tank filled to capacity as defined by published capacity and whistle cut off point. e. Fittings on fuel and oil lines shall be SAE flared or inverted flare type. Fuel filter and lines shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid excessive heat and fire hazard. Restriction fittings, if applicable, shall be in fuel return line and of proper size so as to maintain fuel pressure under all conditions. A swing type check valve in the fuel supply line shall keep the supply line full of fuel when servicing filters or when fuel lines are disconnected in engine compartment. One (1) DAVCO 384 heated remote mount fuel filter shall be provide in a location to be approved by LAVTA. g. Fuel lines in engine compartment shall be Aero Quip FC350 hose, black, for the supply and return fuel lines from the engine compartment bulkhead to the fuel tank. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -17 h. Underbody fuel lines shall be stainless steel braided Teflon. Lines shall be sized to meet the requirements of the engine manufacturer. 11.9. Exhaust System a. The exhaust muffler shall be a stainless steel heavy plate type muffler designed with proper acoustical qualities and tailored to the engine requirements and installation. b. Exhaust pipes shall be constructed of stainless steel metal tubing direct from the muffler to a location in the upper left rear of the vehicle. C. The exhaust system will meet all clean air standards, USEPA and CARE; in effect for the model year bus offered. d. Exhaust system shall be constructed so that it will not cause back pressure in the engine or damage to the paint on the coach, and shall be anchored as near the end of the exhaust line as possible. It shall be mounted so as to maintain the integrity of its design throughout the life of the coach. e. Exhaust manifolds, muffler and single tail pipe assemblies shall be tight and allow no emission of fumes or smoke other than from open end of tail pipe. f. Access to test port on muffler shall be provided. g. Exhaust tail pipes shall be constructed of stainless steel tubing. The use of the vertical exhaust outlet shall not increase the overall length of the vehicle, nor shall it be located in such a way as to present a burn hazard to the pedestrian traffic. The termination of the tail pipe shall be such that it complies with FMVSS 108 pertaining to side marker and clearance lights, and exhaust shall be deflected to the left rear of the coach. 11.10. Transmission a. Automatic transmission shall be an Allison B400R compatible with the engine offered. b. The transmissions shall be equipped with a hydraulic converter start, a hydraulic type retarder, and the latest electronic controls. A low profile cast aluminum pan shall be provided for maximum clearance. The retarder calibration shall be confirmed during the pre -manufacturing meeting. C. Transmission shall have a built-in oil pump, governor, and an external heat exchanger that utilizes water from the engine cooling system. The heat exchanger shall be located in an accident -free area. d. The installation design shall allow for separate removal of the transmission without removal of the engine. Engine supports and mounts shall not be located on the transmission to allow for easy transmission removal. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -18 e. A drain plug of magnetic type, and a flat magnet attached to bottom of oil pan near drain opening, shall be furnished. f. Transmission shall have a spin -on lights and de -energize type external oil filter on both the main pressure valve body input line and the oil cooler output or return line. g. The retarder to have an On -Off switch mounted in overhead electrical compartment. 11.11. Transmission Controls a. The transmission shall be governed by electronic controls, which contain a programmable read-only memory (PROM) that will provide basic transmission control function. The transmission electronic module shall be capable of communicating with the engine electronic module to maintain maximum efficiency. b. The gear selector shall be totally electronic with touch -sensitive pads compatible with transmission, located on left side console, and Allison approved. C. Transmission engine interlock switch will be provided so coach cannot be shut off while in gear. A starter lockout switch shall be provided that shall sense transmission gear changes. Starter motor shall be energized only with the transmission in the neutral position d. A waterproof back-up light switch shall be provided on the transmission to energize the back-up lights and de -energize the interior lights with transmission in reverse and master switch in the 'RUM' or "NIGHT" position. e. The transmission retarder shall be controlled by brake activated air pressure switches. The final retarder control design will be discussed and approved at the pre -manufacturing meeting. f. The system will incorporate various sensors which feed information regarding the shift selection, oil temperature, pressure, etc. g. The Operator will be provided with a "Check Transmission" and/or a "Do Not Shift" light and alarm located at the Operator's dash board. h. The electronic controls shall be equipped with a self-diagnostic system as well as transmission protection. A failure shall be retained by the control unit for evaluation by garage personnel by using a diagnostic reader. i. Plug -ins for the reader shall be through the same two (2) plug outlets as listed under Section 11.2.g "Engine Protection." If separate plugs are required, they shall be mounted in the same two locations as specified for the engine controls, unless an alternate location is approved by LAVTA. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 11.12. Propeller Shaft and Driveline TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -19 a. Propeller shaft shall have a minimum diameter of four inches (4") and shall be constructed of steel. The universal joints shall be heavy duty. Shaft shall have a protector guard. b. A slip joint shall be placed at the transmission to compensate for vertical movement at the rear axle. Lubrication fittings shall be provided for the universal bearings and slip joint splines. 12. COOLING SYSTEM 12.1. Engine Cooling The engine shall be cooled by a water-based, pressure type, cooling system that does not permit boiling or coolant loss during the operations described above. Engine thermostats shall be easily accessible for replacement. Shutoff valves shall allow filter replacement without coolant loss. Valves shall permit complete shutoff of lines for the heating and defroster units, and water booster pumps. The water boost pump shall be a long life brushless design. All low points in the water-based cooling system shall be equipped with drain cocks. Air vent valves shall be fitted at high points in the cooling system unless it can be demonstrated that the system is self -purging. EMP electric fan cooling system is required. Electric fans shall be brushless, variable speed, reversible and have a corrosion resistant metal shroud with finger guards. The fans should provide electronic feedback control and have diagnostics capability through the standard SAE J1939 diagnostics port. The cooling system shall consist of multiple electric DC brushless pusher type variable speed fans with electronic feedback controls. Electric fan motor speeds shall have a minimum operating range of 0-5500 rpm with capability of manual or automatic reverse operation in order to assist in debris removal. The cooling system shall be equipped with a master controller with the following capabilities; automatically reduce fan speed when the vehicle stops to minimize noise at the curbside, communicate on the J1939 CAN data link with system diagnostic retorting via DM1 messaging, review and download data via a laptop with service tool software, capable of software and calibration up -dates, receive commands from the engine or transmission ECM, report fault codes by lighting an engine compartment LED flashing light, sense engine compartment temperature and activate fans if maximum temperature is exceeded, collect and store cooling system and vehicle performance histogram data. If fans lose communication with the engine or sensors they shall go into a default speed mode to avoid vehicle shutdown. This communication shall use the industry standard RP1210 compliant datalink adapters connected via the standard 9 -pin diagnostic connector found in the engine compartment and interior of the bus. Independent diagnostic detection shall be capable of identifying specifically which fan, measured input parameter, or datalink input parameter is experiencing a fault condition. Report both active and previously active fault codes with the number of detections/occurrences, time of the first and most recent fault detection, and cumulative time the fault was active. Where electric fans are used for cooling there shall be ample field experience. As a minimum, 50 electric fan based cooling systems shall be in transit revenue generating operation for at least 2 years. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -20 A sight glass to determine satisfactory engine coolant level shall be provided and shall be accessible by opening one of the engine compartment's access doors. A spring- loaded, push button type valve to safely release pressure or vacuum in the cooling system shall be provided with both it and the water filler no more than 60 inches above the ground and both shall be accessible through the same access door. 12.2. Radiator The radiator, and charge air cooler if integrated, shall be of durable corrosion -resistant construction. Radiators with copper/brass construction shall be fitted with bolted -on removable tanks. Brazed aluminum radiators shall have welded cast tanks. Automotive crimped -on tanks are more susceptible to leaks and early failure, and shall not be used. The radiator shall be designed so a mechanic can gain access to a substantial portion of the side facing the engine for the purpose of cleaning the radiator in five minutes or less. Radiators shall have a fin density 10 fins per inch or less and shall not have louvered/slit designs. These are more susceptible to clogging and deteriorating cooling performance over time and shall not be used. Radiators shall utilize a bar and plate design so they are robust and can be cleaned with high pressure spray wash. For certain severe environments, a secondary cooler may be used to increase the ambient temperature capacity for a cooling system. The secondary cooler shall be remote mounted, but below the coolant surge tank. Air flow should be provided with brushless electric fans. If an application requires a boost pump to maintain coolant flow to the secondary cooler, a brushless electric water pump shall be used. No heat producing components or climate control system components shall be mounted between the engine cooling air intake aperture and the radiator. The radiator and charge air cooler shall be designed to withstand thermal fatigue and vibration associated with the installed configuration. 12.2.1 Baseline: Standard Requirement for Coolant Filtration The engine cooling system shall be equipped with a properly sized water filter with a spin -on element and an automatic system for releasing supplemental coolant additives as needed to replenish and maintain protection properties. 12.2.2 Baseline: Standard Requirement for Cooling Fan Operation The cooling fans shall be temperature controlled, allowing the engine to reach operating temperature quickly. The temperature -controlled fans shall not be driven when the coolant temperature falls below the minimum level recommended by the engine manufacturer. Electric fans should provide independent control of the engine coolant and charge -air temperatures. 12.3. Charge Air Cooling The charge air cooling system, also referred to as after -coolers or inter -coolers, shall provide maximum air intake temperature reduction with minimal pressure loss. The charge air radiator shall be sized and positioned to meet engine manufacturer's 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -21 requirements. The charge air radiator shall not be stacked ahead or behind the engine radiator and shall be positioned as close to the engine as possible unless integrated with the radiator. Air ducting and fittings shall be protected against heat sources, and shall be configured to minimize restrictions and maintain sealing integrity. 12.3.1 Engine and Charge Air Cooler Cooling System - Electric The cooling systems shall be of sufficient size to maintain all engine and transmission fluids and engine intake air at safe, continuous operating temperatures during the most severe operations possible and in accordance with engine and transmission manufactures cooling system requirements. The cooling system fan controls should independently sense the temperatures of the operating fluids and intake air and if either is above safe operating conditions the cooling fans should be engaged. The fan control system shall be designed with a fail-safe mode of "fan on." The cooling system in new condition shall have an ambient capacity with vehicle at max. GVW of at least 115°F at Peak Power and 120°F at Peak Torque using a 50-50 mix of ethylene glycol/water at sea level operation. Vehicle might require the following recirculation control features; vented curbside door. vented rear door and/or radiator skirt. 12.4. Surge Tank Filler Neck and Cap a. The sealed cooling system shall be provided with self -unloading valve to prevent extreme pressure from injuring cooling system. b. Heavy-duty copper, brass (stress relieved), or stainless steel radiator surge tank shall be provided and mounted above the radiator and easily accessible for service. Sight glass shall be provided to allow check of fluid level without opening system. A low coolant sensor will be provided on the surge tank. Filler cap shall be hinged type. C. A spring-loaded, push-button type valve to safely release pressure or vacuum in the cooling system shall be provided. A 'T" fitting shall be installed prior to the valve to allow pressure testing of the system. The valve and water filler shall be located no more than sixty inches (60") above the ground and be accessible through the same access door as the sight glass. 12.5. Water Pump Water pump shall have sufficient capacity to prevent any hot spots under all operating conditions. 12.6. Hose/Clamps Engine water and heater hoses shall be premium quality Armet or Flex -Fab silicon hose. All hoses shall be protected from engine heat which may cause premature failure. All hose clamps shall have constant tension. Hose clamps shall be 1/2 inch wide minimum, stainless steel worm type, socket tightened with collar (Breeze or Oetiker). 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 12.7. Water Filter TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -22 "Fleet Guard" spin -on water filter (no pre -charge type) with brass shut-off valves both inlet and outlet, shall be installed in an easily accessible area. 13. FIRE DETECTION/SUPPRESSION SYSTEM A dry chemical, pre-engineered fire suppression system, AMEREX model #V-25, shall be furnished and installed for the protection of the coach. The system supplied shall be approved and listed for use at -65 F (-54 C) to +150 F (66 C) by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC). The automatic detection and actuation system shall provide twenty-four (24) hour fire detection of the engine compartment. The system shall be designed to operate at 12 to 24 VDC and shall not exceed a standby current draw of more than 0.1 amp. The system manufacturer shall provide a $5 million insurance policy (per vehicle, per incident) to LAVTA. The inherent safety aspects provided by the suppression system requires the manufacturer of the related equipment to be an ISO 9000 registered company. 13.1. Agent Cylinders a. Agent Cylinder shall be of the stored pressure type minimum 25 pound capacity. The cylinders shall be constructed of welded steel and must conform to Department of Transportation (DOT) specification 413W, and must be marked as such. The hydrostatic retest interval for these cylinders shall be 12 years minimum. Cylinders shall be modular, with each having its own discharge piping and nozzles. Operating pressure for the cylinders shall be 350 psig. b. A gauge, protected by a rust -resistant chrome plated brass gauge guard, shall be provided to indicate proper pressurization of agent cylinders. The agent cylinder shall be equipped with a forged brass valve assembly. This valve shall retain and release extinguishing agent and repellent pressure by means of a spring loaded sealing stem. The valve shall be configurable for actuation by a pneumatic control head. See "System Actuation." No replacement parts, such as burst discs, shall be required to recharge the agent cylinder following discharge. 13.2. Nozzles a. Nozzles shall be brass, and be of the design approved by FMRC for use with the vehicle suppression system specified herein. Nozzles shall be located to protect specific hazards as identified by the system installer and the equipment owner. All nozzles are to be fitted with dust caps that, upon system actuation, are displaced to allow full chemical flow. The caps are to be constructed so that upon displacement they do not drop into a fire hazard where they can contribute as fuel to an in -progress fire. b. Nozzles shall be of the type to provide both total flooding and local application coverage. Nozzle coverage shall be modular to provide a minimum single nozzle total flooding coverage of 244 cu. ft. or local application coverage of 900 sq. in. Nozzles shall be combined with appropriate agent cylinders to yield 4, 6, or 8 nozzle combinations. A minimum of four (4) nozzles shall be provided in the engine compartment. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 13.3. Extinguishing Agent TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -23 The system shall use as its extinguishing agent an agency approved multipurpose class ABC dry chemical. This agent shall be approved for use with the system specified herein by Factory Mutual Research Corporation. Extinguishing agents that are of known ozone depleting nature or are suspected carcinogens are not acceptable. 13.4. Hoses and Fittings Fittings shall be galvanized malleable or ductile iron, black or galvanized steel, stainless steel, copper or brass. Cast iron fittings shall not be used. Hose shall be, at minimum, single wire braid, rubber hose conforming to and marked as SAE 100 R5 or SAE 100 R1. 13.5. System Actuation -Remote Actuation of the agent cylinder valve(s) for distribution of the extinguishing chemical shall be accomplished by a pneumatic control head. Actuation pressure of the pneumatic control head shall be supplied by remote nitrogen cylinders independent of the agent expellant pressure. Release of nitrogen gas from the remote cylinders shall be accomplished by the manual striking of a palm button and, optionally, by the automatic firing of an electrically initiated gas generating cartridge (squib). 13.6. Fire Detection Detection of fires shall be accomplished by devices approved for use by Factory Mutual Research Corporation as Heat Actuated Fire Detectors. The detectors shall be normally open and shall be capable of carrying sufficient amperage for the purposes of firing the gas generating cartridge (squib). 13.7. Suppression System Circuit Supervision a. An electrical circuit monitor (circuit monitor plus) shall be provided for the automatic suppression system. This circuit monitor shall provide electrical supervision of the automatic fire suppression system POWER, HEAT DETECTION, and SYSTEM ACTUATION electrical wiring circuits and shall facilitate the connections of these circuits. The enclosure for the control shall be watertight and shall be electrically non-conductive. The circuit monitor shall be capable of either 12 or 24 VDC operation. b. The control shall provide indication of a NORMAL, FIRE or FAULT condition via red and green LED's mounted behind the control enclosure front panel. Once initiated, the circuit monitor shall remain in the FIRE or FAULT mode until the fire suppression system is returned to a ready condition. The red LED shall be clearly labeled "FIRE." C. The circuit monitor shall also be equipped with a continuous tone audible alarm. This alarm shall sound in both FIRE and FAULT conditions. Once the audible alarm begins to sound it shall be capable of being silenced by depressing a labeled ALARM SILENCE button, provided on the circuit monitor front panel. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 14. ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -24 Indication of a silenced alarm shall be provided via a labeled SILENCED ENGAGED LED. The bus will be equipped with a dual voltage 24/12 V power distribution system, adequately sized for all electrical loads on the buses as specified, including air conditioning and wheelchair ramp. Design details of the electrical system will be reviewed with LAVTA during the pre- production meeting. 14.1. Alternator and Regulator a. The alternator shall be sized to supply the entire nighttime operating electrical load of the coach while providing at least 20 percent (20%) of its current output for battery charging when the battery is fully discharged. The alternator shall be an EMP P450 rated at 450 amps with an external electronic voltage regulator. b. The Contractor shall provide an analysis, approved by LAVTA, demonstrating that the alternator supplied is adequate for coach operation in the service area of LAVTA. Alternator cooling methods shall be approved by LAVTA. 14.2. Battery a. The term battery means two or more heavy duty top quality lead acid battery units mounted side by side in a battery compartment. The battery compartment shall not be located in the engine compartment. Pull-out stainless steel battery trays shall be provided. Batteries shall be by "DEKA." The configuration for the battery is two battery units size 8D, 12 volt, 6 cell and 31 plates per cell. Batteries shall be stamped with the date of manufacture. Batteries shall not be abused or quick charged before delivery. Batteries shall be new when the coach is delivered to LAVTA. b. Despite the battery configuration stated above, the Contractor shall be responsible for analysis of the loads and selecting a battery of adequate capacity to supply them. Other battery configurations may be used with the prior approval of LAVTA. Battery installation to be approved by LAVTA. 14.3. Battery Term! nals/Wiring/Protection a. The battery wiring shall be terminated with properly sized ring terminals. The batteries shall include 7/16" positive and 3/8" negative terminals. The cable shall be permanently marked with a "+" and "" at the battery end. Cables shall be extra flexible and routed in the battery box so as not to chafe or rub on the battery tray and other components. Cables shall allow full slide -out of the tray. Cable ends shall be sealed to eliminate corrosion from battery acid and/or fumes. Cable ends shall be attached to the battery studs with non -corroding flat washers, spring washers and brass nuts. Cable ends will be coated with a corrosion inhibitor after being attached to the batteries. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -25 b. A circuit breaker capable of interrupting a major short circuit shall be supplied on the positive side of the batteries. The breaker shall be located near the batteries in an easily accessible location, sealed from water and battery fumes. C. There shall be a set of battery jumper terminals located at both the front and the rear of the coaches in easily accessible locations. Location and mounting of the terminals are as follows: , 1 Mounted @ Battery Compartment 1. Mounted @ Curb Side Post Accessed From Main Engine Door d. An electrical main switch shall be provided to positively disconnect the battery from electrical loads when the coach is not in use or in emergency situations. The switch shall be located in an outside compartment which requires no tool(s) for access. The switch shall be totally sealed in its own sub -compartment. It is preferred that the switch handle be non -removable. If the switch handle is removable, it shall be attached to the switch housing using a small corrosion proof metal cable. Emergency flasher and Equipment shelter power circuitry shall be independent of the main switch. Exact location and details of the switch shall be approved by LAVTA at the design review meeting. 14.4. Voltage Drop a. There shall be no more than a 3% volt cumulative drop on any circuit, measured from the initiating source to the appliance load positive and from the appliance load negative to the reference ground with the load fully operational. b. The initiating source for any 24 volt circuit is defined as the 24 volt output positive post of the series connected batteries. C. The initiating source for any 12 volt circuit is defined as the 12 volt output positive post of the battery equalizer/splitter. d. The reference ground is defined as the most negative post of the series connected batteries. e. Measurement equipment and procedure to check voltage drops shall be approved by LAVTA. 14.5. Starter a. The engine starter shall operate from normal coach voltage and be sized to provide sufficient torque to turn the engine reliably under all hot or cold engine or ambient temperature conditions. The starter shall be a heavy duty "Delco Products Division" Model 42MT or approved equal as recommended by the engine manufacturer and approved by LAVTA. b. The starter solenoid switch shall be interlocked so that the engine can be started in neutral gear only with the transmission selector in neutral only. Starter will not operate when engine is running. The interlock shall be activated by fuel pressure or by other approved means. Other major electrical loads shall be disconnected while cranking. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 14.6. Electrical Panel TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -26 a. Circuit breakers shall be provided to sectionalize and protect all branch circuits of the electrical system of each coach. Any circuit without protection must be approved by LAVTA. b. To the maximum practical extent, electrical distribution and control devices shall be grouped on an electrical panel arranged for ease of access, test, and replacement of components. The panel shall be large enough to avoid crowding of the components and leads. Component heat build-up shall not affect the components or mounting locations. There shall be a test plug receptacle for electronically diagnosing the engine using portable instruments. C. A durable diagram shall be mounted, in the electrical panel that identifies the components and their function. Relays and circuit breakers shall be permanently labeled to correspond to this diagram. Switch controlled lights shall be provided to illuminate the main electrical panel. d. The location, design, and arrangement of the panel and diagrams/labels shall be approved by LAVTA during the pre -production meeting. 14.7. Multi-Plex System Electrical a. The bus shall be equipped with an 1/0 Controls Dinex multiplex control system to minimize individual circuits and ease in troubleshooting electrical and component failures. b. The location of main coach controller (MBC/HCNC) shall be approved by LAVTA at the design review meeting The indicator lamp strip module shall be integrated into the multiplexing system to receive commands from the master module to turn appropriate indicator lights on and off according to programming commands. The system shall be connected by a "ring loop" hookup. 14.8. Wiring a. All wiring including cables shall be stranded copper, adequate in size to carry the electrical load. Each harness shall contain identified spare wires (10 percent, minimum one) and shall be installed with consideration of possible future need to remove and replace it. All low voltage lighting shall run sufficiently cool so as to eliminate any damage to lamps, lenses, sockets, wiring or surrounding areas. Electrical junction boxes shall have sealed covers and openings. b. Wiring shall be insulated with two -layer cross-link polyethylene. Insulation must be moisture proof and heat resistant. It shall be a design objective to route wiring and harnesses in areas with no temperature build-up. If wiring must be run in areas of heat build-up, it must withstand, without deterioration for the life of the coach, the highest temperature in the area served. Engine compartment wiring shall be heat, oil and flame resistant. Alternative insulation materials for special installations may be used with the prior approval of LAVTA. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -27 C. Wiring shall be protected from weather and mechanical injury. Cables should be supported along their length and strain -relieved near terminations so that connectors and terminals are not under stress. Wire and cable passing through holes in sheet metal, structural members, etc. shall be protected with a grommet or other approved device. Wire and cable subject to flexing shall be extra flexible and shall be installed to allow for continual flexing without damage to the conductors or insulation. Wiring routed next to or bent over other materials shall be chafe protected by approved means. d. All under coach looms, cable runs, connectors, terminations and harnesses should be totally sealed to dirt, water and road hazards. Under coach wiring shall be run in sealed flexible plastic conduit. All under coach wiring protection methods shall be approved by LAVTA. e. All electrical connectors shall be replaceable. Engine and transmission harnesses shall have sealed, quick disconnect connectors to facilitate engine and transmission removal. All high current connection points shall be coated with approved conductive coating. f. All wire termination loops shall have a minimum of 2 inches excess wire for additional end terminal installation which will allow at least one replacement of the termination without disrupting the wiring harness. Wires shall not be spliced between terminations. g. Cable terminations shall be pressure-type terminals applied with a full cycle correct tool of the same manufacturer as the terminal. All terminals shall be full - ring, interlocking or tongue -type sized for the terminal screw or stud. h. All under coach connectors shall be of a locking type. A minimal number of spade terminals inside the bus is acceptable. Connector terminals shall be coated with approved dielectric grease. Drip loops shall be supplied on all under coach termination points. i. A description of all multiple pin connectors and the conductor identification scheme shall be submitted in advance of the pre -production meeting to LAVTA for review. j. All electronics components and boxes shall have quick disconnect plugs attached. Hard wiring to these boxes is prohibited. k. The conductor identification shall be developed by the Contractor to give an individual identifying designation to each wire for circuit tracing and renewal of equipment and shall be shown on all electrical diagrams. All junction panel terminals shall be numbered. I. All wiring shall be identified with hot stamped, machine printed wiring numbers printed on the insulation itself with no more than 6 inches of space between the identifying printed numbers along the continuous run of wire. Numbers shall not be removable by and be impervious to normal abrasion, oils, diesel, grease, Anti - Freeze, and water. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -28 M. Wire markers and/or any type of heat shrink shall not cover any termination point or crimped lug without LAVTA approval. 14.9. Towing Connector a. An electrical receptacle shall be provided behind the front bumper of each coach, adjacent to the air connector described elsewhere in this section, to receive power for illuminating the tail lights, stop light, brake lamps, and directional signals from a towing vehicle. b. The receptacle shall be a 7 -wire receptacle assembly "Cole-Hersee" No. 12063. The pins shall be coated with corrosion resistant paste. The termination end of the receptacle shall be strain relieved and sealed against water entry. Location, installation and pin wiring arrangement to be approved by LAVTA at the Pre - Production Meeting. 14.10. Farebox Wiring and Mounting a. Provisions shall be made for a 12 -volt circuit for farebox operation and alarm. The supply shall be located in a weather proof junction box immediately under the farebox mounting area. A Genfare farebox wiring harness shall be supplied and installed from the under floor junction box the farebox mounting plate inside the bus. This harness shall be equipped with a Genfare quick disconnect male plug to allow connection of the harness to the farebox. b. The manufacturer shall provide three (3) 16 gauge wires, (white, brown, yellow), loom covered, routed from a terminal strip in the equipment shelter to the farebox junction box and to the farebox mounting plate inside the bus. A 2 inch (2") conduit will be installed between the farebox junction box under the floor and the equipment shelter to allow data cables to be pulled to interface the farebox and AVL system. C. A Genfare mounting kit consisting of a mounting bolt and under floor ground strap shall be provided and installed on each bus. The ground strap shall be connected to the bus frame. 14.11. AVL, Camera and Communications Power Supply and Cabling a. A lockable equipment shelter shall be provided to accommodate the communication system. It shall be located within 8 feet of the driver's seat contain no less than (2) Sliding Plywood Shelves and shall be connected to the driver's area by a waterproof, 2-1/4 inch inside diameter, metallic conduit. The compartment shall be large enough to include all communication, security, and data equipment. The compartment will have (2) Street Side Front Wheelwell Storage Box Cooling Fans dedicated to vent to inside cabin air. It shall be accessible from the inside the coach and shall be splash -proof when the service door is secured. A location convenient to the driver shall be provided for the MDT, drivers' speaker, and handset. All antennas shall be attached to the roof and routed to the radio compartment through a 0.75 inch inside diameter 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -29 conduit. The antenna mounting and lead termination shall be accessible from the coach interior. b. A separate electrical circuit, initiated at the batteries and terminating at the equipment shelter shall be supplied. This circuit shall be independent of the electrical main switch, be capable of delivering 50 continuous amperes at 12 volts and be protected at the source with an adequate circuit breaker. No other electrical equipment shall be attached to this circuit. It shall be connected and placed to minimize electrical noise, hash and transients. If a 24 volt coach electrical system is used for the coach, an "Electric Transit Laboratories Inc. (ETL)" converter shall be provided in the equipment shelter to supply 12 volt power to the equipment shelter. C. Contractor is to install appropriate loom conduit and necessary accessories for later installation of AVL, Surveillance and Clipper equipment. d. There shall be three (3) coded Number 12 wires from behind the dash to this compartment wired to a terminal strip. One wire shall be 12 volt at all times, one wire shall be 12 volt switched to the master run switch, and one wire shall supply a constant ground. The final details of this wiring shall be discussed by the Contractor and LAVTA confirmed during the design review meeting. e. Contractor is to supply and install standard coaxial antenna cable, RG A 58/LI housed in appropriate loom, connecting antenna with equipment shelter. Loom installation shall permit future replacement of cable by "pull-through" method. Contractor is to supply and install radio antenna, Excalibur -450. Antenna is to be located on the center line of the coach four foot (4') from the front. An interior access to the underside of the antenna. roof on a level section three foot (3') to access panel shall be supplied to allow g. A Covert Emergency Alarm button will be installed for the operator's use in dangerous situations. The alarm will be integrated with the AVL, audio listen -in microphone, the AVL and the CCTV. The proposer shall offer placement proposals and LAVTA will approve the location of the Covert Emergency Alarm button prior to the production build of the vehicles. Actual wiring from the covert button to LAVTA's AVL System. h. Contractor is to supply and install wiring and antenna kit for Clipper fare collection systems. LAVTA will approve the location of the Clipper equipment prior to the production build of the vehicles 14.12. Console Assembly and Instrument Panel a. For ease of training and fleet commonality, LAVTA desires the instrument layout to be as similar as possible in the buses provided, with previous models in LAVTA's fleet. The bidders shall provide a front instrument and side console panel layout with their technical proposal, and indicate if optional layouts for components are available 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -30 b. Side Console Assembly shall contain the following switches, all of which shall have lighted legends: 1. Master Switch: 4 -position rotary switch identified with lighted legend "Engine Stop," "Run," "Night" and "Park" marked on the panel, in accordance with FMVSS requirements. 2. Engine Start: Push-button switch, marked "Start." 3. Hazard Warning: 2 -position On -Off toggle switch with lighted hazard symbol. Legend to be "Hazard" or symbol. 4. Defroster: 3 -position toggle switch having "Low -Off -High" positions. Legend to be "Defroster." 5. Chime Switch: 2 -position toggle switch having "On -Off' positions with legend "Chime." 6. Farebox Light Switch: 2 -position toggle switch having "On -Off' positions with legend "Farebox Light." 7. Interior Light Switch: 3 -position toggle switch having "All -Off -Rear" positions with legend "Interior Lights." 8. Brake retarder: 2 -position "On -Off' switch with the legend "Retarder" and "On -Off." 9. Radio "Emergency Call" switch. No legend allowed. Locate in sidewall panel near driver's left knee position. the windshield wipers. 10. Door control handle. 11. Switch for fan for defrosting the windshield. 12. Fire Suppression System Controls - The detection and fire suppression control console shall be mounted at the rear of the side console. C. Instrument Panel shall be manufacturer's standard for heavy-duty service, with clear lettering for identification. The instrument panel shall house the following controls: 1. Panel light dimmer: A rotary rheostat, labeled "Panel Lights", which controls the intensity of the panel and legend lights. a. Wiper control: A control for each side, with lighted legend "Wiper', which controls the windshield wipers. b. The instrument panel shall contain, at a minimum, the following indicator lights: Left Turn Signal Exit Door Open 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Right Turn Signal Hot Engine Low Engine Oil Pressure Low Air Pressure Fire Warning TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -31 Charging Failure* Brakes On High Beam Headlights Door Unlock Function Retarder 'Charging Failure indicator light shall be on dash, also. 2. Indicator lights shall be arranged across the top of the instrument panel. Location to be approved by LAVTA. d. Turn signal switches shall be located on the floor near the driver's left foot and shall be constructed with polarized multi -connector plugs. e. The instrument panel shall house the following monitor devices: 1. A dual -needle gauge that monitors air pressure in the front and rear brake reservoirs. 2. Speedometer: A speedometer with MPH as major markings, 0-80 MPH. 3. Diesel Emissions Fluid level gauge. 14.13. Door Electrical a. Rear door shall be passenger actuated via touch bar door controls. b. Locking and unlocking of doors shall be controlled by a door -control handle located on the driver's console. Door control handle, when in the "rear' position, shall energize a solenoid that unlocks the door. C. A LED green lamp, which indicates that door is openable, shall be located above rear door. A red "EXIT DOOR OPEN" indicator lamp on driver's panel shall illuminate simultaneously with green lamp while door is open. Door control handle height and shape to be approved by LAVTA. d. A lamp mounted on the exterior, or door header above the front and the rear doors, shall be illuminated when the door is openable. Front and rear stepwell illumination lamps shall operate the same way. Lamps to be controlled by the master switch in the "Run" or "Night" position. 14.14. Engine Compartment and Rear Control Box a. The engine compartment shall have a rear control box with engine oil pressure and water temperature gauges. Control box will also contain an hour meter, for the bus engine. b. The control box shall be located in the upper right corner of the engine compartment. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -32 C. Four (4) 21 c.p. incandescent lamps shall be installed in the engine compartment in locations which will provide maximum illumination for the mechanics. d. The engine and coach control switches on the face of the panel shall be as follows: 1. Starter Switch - Three position toggle switch, marked "Front -Off -Real" for selection of engine start position. Must be weatherproof. 2. Light Switch - Two position toggle switch marked "Engine Compartment Lights." Must be weatherproof. 3. Engine Start - Push button switch marked "Start", with waterproof rubber cover, shall operate the starter motor only when the starter switch is in the "Rear' position and transmission is in neutral. The engine transmission down link port shall be provided. Throttle control must be variable speed. 4. Morse Throttle control - guarded selector switch for front -rear throttle control, plus Morse manual throttle unit shall be mounted in the box. 14.15. Horn Fiamm Technologies Inc. 12 volt horns dual electric horns shall be provided and mounted so as to be protected from road splash. Control shall be push button, located in center of steering wheel. 14.16. Backup Alarm An electrical backup alarm producing an intermittent sound or a buzzer connected with backup lights shall be furnished. It shall be loud enough to be heard when the engine is running. 14.17. Exterior Lighting a. Exterior lighting shall conform to FMVSS and State requirements. b. Headlamps shall be dual, 12 volt LED Headlights shall be switched on with ignition switch. A dimmer switch shall be mounted on the floor between and above the turn signal switches. The instrument panel shall have a high beam indicator lamp. C. All clearance and I.D. lights shall be Dialight surface or flush mount LED type. The units shall protrude not more than 1.5 inches when mounted on the vehicle. If a surface mount marker design is used, a custom guard to prevent damage to the light during contact shall protect the marker. All electrical connections to the LED light shall be by wire coming from the light housing and terminated with a Packard Weather Pak connector. No interim connector shall be allowed on the body of the light. All lenses shall be smooth to prevent dirt entrapment and ease the washing process. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -33 d. Front directional signals shall have amber lenses and shall be located on the right and left front corner areas of the coach. e. Rear, tail, stop, backup and turn signal lamps shall be mounted on the right and left rear corner areas of the coach. A LED high mount brake light will be included which shall consist of two (2) Dialight 4 inch red sealed lamps. g. Top lamps (turn) shall be amber Dialight LED 4 inch diameter. The turn lights shall be fabricated with the use of a current regulator circuit to the LED's that allow for the operation of the device from 7 volts to 16 volts with constant intensity. All electrical connections to the LED light shall be by wire coming from the light housing and terminated with a Packard Weather Pak connector. No interim connector shall be allowed on the body of the light. All lenses shall be smooth to prevent dirt entrapment and ease the washing process. The entire LED assembly shall be specially coated to protect the light from chemical and abrasion degradation. h. Two (2) middle lamps (stop and tail) shall be red Dialight LED 4 inch diameter. The stop/tail lights shall be fabricated with the use of a current regulator circuit to the LED's that allow for the operation of the device from 7 volts to 16 volts with constant intensity. All electrical connections to the LED light shall be by wire coming from the light housing and terminated with a Packard Weather Pak connector. No interim connector shall be allowed on the body of the light. All lenses shall be smooth to prevent dirt entrapment and ease the washing process. The entire LED assembly shall be specially coated to protect the light from chemical and abrasion degradation. i. Bottom lamp (back-up lamp) shall be LED Dialight with removable acrylic clear lens, replaceable 32 c.p. bulb number 1156. Side turn signal lamps shall be located on each side of the coach at the forward edge of the front wheel housing. The side signal lights shall be Dialight amber 18 Series lights. These lights shall be guarded for protection. The light shall be visible from the rear and front of the coach as well as outward. All electrical connections to the LED light shall be by wire coming from the light housing and terminated with a Packard Weather Pak connector. No interim connector shall be allowed on the body of the light. The same type side signal lamp shall be located slightly above and slightly forward of the rear wheel housing. k. Intermediate side marker lights shall be Dialight LED Series 84, one on each side of coach. Wheelchair ramp/kneeling light shall be Dialight LED 2 inch diameter located adjacent to the front entrance door. M. License plate lamp shall be Dialight LED recessed in right lower quadrant of the engine compartment door. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -34 n. Curb Dialight LED lights shall be positioned in manufacturer's standard location above the front and rear doors in such a manner as to illuminate the ground area in the immediate vicinity of the stepwell. Dialight LED lights shall be actuated when entrance door, exit door, or both, are opened. o. Directional lamps shall be equipped for simultaneous flashing for emergency use. They shall be controlled by a switch located on the Driver's side console, or from a momentary foot operated push button switch located on the floor on the left side of the steering column with the side turn buttons. LAVTA will approve the final configuration of the floor switch layout at the pre -production meeting. 14.18. Interior Lighting a. Front and rear stepwells shall be lighted by Dialight LED suitably mounted so that entire stepwell and a portion of the ground area immediately outside the coach is illuminated. b. A Dinex, overhead interior LED lighting system, shall provide general illumination in the passenger compartment and shall be controlled independent of the run switch. The system shall provide a minimum of 15 foot-candles of illuminance on a one square foot plane at an angle of 45 degrees, centered 33 inches above the floor and 24 inches in front of the seat back at each seating position. The floor surface in the vestibule shall be illuminated at a minimum of 4 foot-candles with the front door open and a minimum of 2 foot-candles with the front door closed. Lighting intensity for all cross seats, forward of the rear longitudinal seats, shall have a minimum average of 15 foot candles, with a minimum of 12 foot candles at the seated passenger reading plane. An effective level of lighting shall also be provided for all other seated passengers. The manufacturer shall supply a copy of its test results that indicate compliance with the specified lighting levels at the pre -production meeting. C. LED light fixtures shall be located above the side windows at or near the juncture of the coach ceiling and the side wall and may be provided over the rear door. The fixture lenses shall be clear polycarbonate and will effective mask individual LED's to make them invisible with no "hot spots." Lenses shall be sealed to inhibit incursion of dust and insects and still be easily removable for service. All fasteners used must be held captive in the lens assembly. Access panels shall be provided to allow servicing of components located behind the light panels. Interchangeability of lamps, lenses fixtures, and power supplies shall be maximized. d. The light source shall be located to minimize windshield glare. High power LED strips shall be in one -foot sections, manufactured by Nichia or Philips with expected life of the LED's to maintain 60 to 70 percent of original brightness after 60,000 hours of operation. The brightness of each individual light fixture shall be programmable to minimize glare. Photo sensors shall detect and adjust lighting levels relative to ambient light for passenger comfort. e. Driver module shall have built-in self-protection of thermal shut -down and restart, and PMW (pulse width modulation) output to regulate light level. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 15. BODY TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -35 f. Failure of any light fixture or driver module shall be indicated via a telltale light panel or dashboard display. g. The lighting assembly will be compatible with the bus manufacturer's overhead AC/Climate Control air distribution system, which will also include provisions for advertising media located adjacent to the lighting, although the interior lighting requirements shall be attained without advertising media installed. The lighting system materials shall comply with the Federal Transit Administration Docket 90-A Specification. h. Interior advertisement racks shall be discussed and approved by LAVTA at the design review meeting. i. Driver's light shall be Xantech Model 107276. Light to be recess -mounted in the top of the window frame above driver's head. The use of the sun visor shall not impair the drivers lamp in any way. Location to be approved by LAVTA. Switch to be located on the bezel of the lamp. 15.1. Construction: Body and Understructure a. The basic body structure shall be an integral design. The structure shall be designed for maximum strength, reliability and durability. The exact material and construction of the structural sections shall be discussed and approved by LAVTA at the design review meeting. These structural sections are secured together with specially designed bolt -in-place gussets. The bolts are precision torqued and coated with a thread -locking compound. b. Body and understructure shall be adequately reinforced at all joints and points where stress concentration may occur so that the vehicle will carry the required loads and properly withstand road shocks. C. The entire coach understructure, including the wheelhouses, shall be spray coated with PPG Corashield 7972 taupe undercoating. d. All interior and exterior metal surfaces shall be cleaned and treated to prevent rust and/or corrosion. After welding in areas where primer was previously applied, all joints shall be brushed to eliminate foreign matter and then the joint shall be cleaned with a phosphorus solution to provide a good base for good paint adhesion. Finally, the joint shall be painted with red oxide primer. e. All Body panels shall be properly prepared and primed before final paint. All bolts, nuts, washers, clamps, clips, and similar parts, shall be zinc or cadmium plated or phosphate coated to prevent corrosion. f. All exterior body seams, joints and overlapping panels shall be sealed against entry of water or dust. Where dissimilar metals meet, proper care shall be taken to prevent electrolytic corrosion. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -36 g. All material used in the body and chassis, including cross members, posts and panels, shall be of the required strength for the purpose intended and shall be properly treated to resist corrosion. All joints exposed to weather shall be made tight against leakage. 15.2. Construction: Chassis a. Understructure shall consist of structural stainless steel for maximum durability, reduced maintenance, and weight and improved corrosion resistance. It shall be welded and Huck bolted throughout. b. Conventional bolt construction shall be with Grade 8 (traceable) hardware, and shall be used only where necessary to allow for routine disassembly (e.g., the closing crossmember shall be bolted to allow for engine removal at overhaul). No movement at bolted joints shall be allowed. C. Understructure at the coach sides in the lowered floor area shall have crash protection consisting of continuous minimum 3/16" steel plate at an angle which will tend to cause an impacting vehicle to subvert. The crash protective steel plate shall be an integral, welded part of the structure, continuous between the wheelwells except for the exit door. Effectiveness of the design shall be documented by successful application of crashworthiness test. Results of such testing shall be submitted prior to delivery of first coach, and must meet the standards set forth in Federal Register Volume 47, No. 195, Section 2.1.2.10. d. Understructure at the front and rear overhang (defined as the distance between axle centerline and bumpers) shall be sufficiently robust to permit towing or lifting without special rigging being required. The design shall be verified by submission of those part of the STRUAA (Altoona Test) which address towing/recovery. e. The understructure shall incorporate minimum 3/16" steel floor material in the area of the vestibule, the driver's platform and the exit door area. The installation shall be sufficiently rigid to prevent flexing, and to permit rigid mounting of a farebox. Understructure shall provide protected pathways for hydraulic lines, heater piping, airlines and electrical cabling. PVC tubing shall be used as protective conduit for wires and cables. Joints in lines, hoses, etc. shall be accessible for repairing. 15.3. Construction: Exterior Panels a. Body structure shall be modern, and aesthetically pleasing without protruding fasteners. Visible exterior fasteners shall be kept to an absolute minimum. b. Side panels below the window line shall be aluminum, etched, primed and painted to LAVTA paint scheme. These side panels shall each be replaceable by a mechanic without assistance. Welding, riveting, or adhesive attachment is deemed unacceptable, although adhesive, as a secondary method to control panel resonance will be permitted. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -37 C. All side panels shall be essentially flat, without ripples and with minimal visible joints. d. Side panels shall be simple enough in shape to allow fabrication with no more tooling than a shear brake and edge roller. Metal panels with compound curves, fluting, curved indentations, etc. will not be permitted. 15.4. Construction: Hardware Fasteners must be of non -corroding material or finished to prevent rust and corrosion. Boron fasteners are not acceptable. 15.5. Insulation a. Interior of body, including roof, must be well insulated against heat, cold and noise. b. Roof insulation shall polystyrene EPS insulation. G. Sidewall insulation shall meet the same specifications as roof insulation. It shall be installed in all sidewalls, window post areas, and areas over the front and rear wheelhouses. d. The insulation referred to above, or other additional insulation, shall provide effective sound attenuation for the passenger. e. There shall be Barymat BYUF-14C 1" foam insulation in the engine compartment to restrict, to the maximum practical extent, the entry of fumes, odors and heat into the passenger area. 15.6. Flooring: Plywood or approved composite material a. Floor shall be constructed of marine grade, seven (7) ply 3/4", Greenwood Alkaline Copper Quat (ACQ) hardwood plywood or approved composite material. b. The underside shall be primed with PPG Corashield 7972. The cut edges shall be sealed with either white lead, liquid neoprene, liquid urethane, Tuffcote, or Dolchem 606. C. Floor shall be laid in such a manner as to be free from squeaks. All edges shall be over underframe members. d. Floor shall be reasonably level throughout and all joints between the floor and vertical surfaces shall have a cove molding. e. Flooring material shall be securely bolted to frame members. Material appropriate self -tapping screws may be used. f. Underframe shall be stiff enough to prevent floor from excessive flexing under normal loads. The floor shall be supported so that when a person of 250 pounds or more steps on any area, there will be no discernible flexing or movement. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -38 g. The area at the farebox shall be of adequate strength to support the farebox safely and durably. h. The entire floor shall be thoroughly sanded in preparation for application of floor covering material. 15.7. Roof a. Roof shall be an one piece fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) sheet constructed in accordance with the manufacturer's standard and of sufficient strength and stiffness to prevent vibration, drumming or flexing in service. b. Front and rear roof hatches shall be provided to meet the requirements of FMVSS 217. C. All seams, joints and overlapping panels, shall be thoroughly sealed to prevent the entry of water and dust. Where dissimilar metals meet, proper care shall be taken to prevent electrolytic corrosion. 15.8. Stepwells The entrance and exit floor areas are to be sloped to prevent accumulation of water or ice. 15.9. Wheelhouse Wheelhouses shall be of sturdy construction, manufactured of fiberglass, providing ample clearance at front and rear tires under load and under all positions of front wheel steering. 15.10. Fenders Rubber fenders shall be furnished at each wheelhouse and shall be formed so as to effectively prevent road water/dirt from splashing up and onto driver's mirror and windows. 15.11. Splash Apron Splash aprons, made of not less than one-quarter inch (1/4"), three-ply rubberized fabric, or one-quarter inch (1/4") cured masticated tire friction material, black color, shall be provided at the rear of the wheelhousings, projecting downward to a point approximately six inches (6") above ground with coach loaded. Aprons shall have a maximum width compatible with the understructure of the coach. 15.12. Drip Moldings Water -deflecting roof gutters shall be provided over the side windows and doors. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 15.13. Access Panels TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -39 a. There shall be adequate access to the engine compartment and rear mounted air conditioning compressor. The manufacturer shall provide easily removable frame members, etc. so as to allow quick access of components. b. All panels shall provide adequate space to assure easy removal of components or sub -components. C. All access panels, except for the rear engine door, shall be secured by the use of five -sixteenths inch (5/16") square key locking devices. d. There shall be exterior access to the engine compartment at the rear, left, and right side of the coach. e. All service and access panels shall be hinged at the top with a continuous rubber or stainless steel hinge. Hinges shall not be painted. f. All exterior service doors shall be equipped with no less than two (2) heavy duty gas assisted struts for ease of opening and firm closure of doors. g. The fuel closure door shall be large enough to allow for easy hook-up of the Emco -Wheaton fuel nozzle. The minimum dimensions of the fuel door opening shall be ten inches (10") square. h. DEF fluid door large enough to allow for easy hook-up of an industry standard filling nozzle. The minimum dimensions of the door opening shall be eight inches (8") square. i. Any exterior accessible electrical compartments shall be sealed to protect its contents from inclement weather. j. The battery box door shall be secured with no less than two (2) exterior locks to allow quick access to the batteries. k. The front access panel (if equipped) for lights, towing connector and towing eyes shall be hinged and secured with no less than two (2) five -sixteenths inch (5/16") square key lock devices. Wiper motors shall be accessible from removable panels located on the exterior of the coach. I. The radiator/surge tank fill, windshield solvent fill, and shop air/air start fill areas shall be accessed by use of small hinged closure doors. Doors shall be spring loaded with stainless steel hinges. m. There shall be interior access to the engine and air conditioning system. Such access shall consist of no less than three (3) removable panels in the following locations: • Rear bulkhead panel at the air return (with 5/16" square key locks). • Top of the rear settee (with captive fasteners). 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -40 Lower front section of rear settee (with captive fasteners). The entire front vertical settee panel shall be covered with #302 stainless steel, #4 finish bolted in place with proper hardware. 15.14. Bumpers a. Energy absorbing front and rear bumpers shall be furnished.. b. Bumper material shall be black in color and corrosion resistant. These qualities shall be sustained throughout the service life of the coach. C. No part of the coach, including the bumper, shall be damaged as a result of a five (5) miles per hour impact of the coach at curb weight with a fixed, flat barrier perpendicular to the coach's longitudinal centerline. d. Bumpers shall protect the coach and a stationary four -thousand (4,000) pound, post 1983 American automobile from damage as a result of impacting at six and one-half (6.5) miles per hour into the rear bumper of the automobile parallel into the longitudinal centerline of the coach and at five and one-half (5.5) miles per hour into the rear bumper of the automobile at a thirty (30) degree angle to the longitudinal centerline of the coach. The energy absorption system of the bumper shall be independent of every power system of the coach and shall not require service or maintenance in normal operation during the service life of the coach. The flexible portion of the bumper may increase the overall coach length by no more than six inches (6"). e. The rear bumper and its mounting shall provide impact protection to the coach at curb weight from a two (2) miles per hour impact with a fixed, flat barrier perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the coach. The rear bumper shall protect the coach, when impacted by the striker defined in FMVSS No. 215 loaded to four thousand (4,000) pounds, at four (4) miles per hour parallel to, or up to a thirty (30) degree angle to the longitudinal centerline of the coach. The rear bumper or bumper extensions shall be shaped to preclude unauthorized riders standing on the bumper and shall wrap around the coach to protect the engine compartment doors and radiator. The bumper extensions shall not hinder service and shall be flared into the coach body with no protrusion or sharp edges. The bumper shall be independent of all power systems of the coach and shall not require service or maintenance in normal operation during the service life of the coach. Any flexible portion of the bumper may increase the overall length by no more than six inches (6m). 15.15. Towing Eyes Two (2) front towing eyes, concealed and located above the bumper, shall be provided. Two (2) rear towing eyes will be located beneath the rear bumper on the main chassis structure to allow the coach to be lifted by a towing vehicle without damage to the rear bumper, body panels, or structure. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 16. WINDOWS 16.1. Windshield TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -41 The windshield shall incorporate a two-piece design constructed of one-quarter inch (1/4") thick safety plate laminated glass. Both right-hand and left-hand windshields shall be retained in the body structure with "zip -lock" black rubber extrusions for ease of maintenance. The operator's section of the windshield shall be sloped at sufficient angle to minimize windshield reflections and glare. 16.2. Windshield Wipers and Washers a. Windshield wipers and equipment shall be Electric and shall provide an adjustable time delay feature. The coach shall be equipped with variable speed windshield wiper for each half of the windshield with separate controls for each side. No part of the windshield mechanism shall be damaged by manual manipulation of the arm. At 60 MPH, no more than 10 percent (10%) of the wiped area shall be lost due to windshield wiper lift. Both wipers shall park along the edges of the windshield glass. Windshield wiper motor mechanisms shall be easily accessible for repairs or service from inside or outside the coach and shall be removable as complete units. b. The windshield washer system shall deposit washing fluid on the windshield from nozzles attached to the wiper arms and shall evenly and completely wet the entire wiped area. The windshield washer system shall have a reservoir of at least two (2) gallons located for easy refilling. The reservoir itself shall be translucent for easy determination of fluid level. Reservoir, reservoir pumps, lines and fittings shall be corrosion resistant and protected from freezing. 16.3. Side Windows a. All passenger windows shall be manufactured by Ricon. b. Windows shall have black anodized aluminum frames. All windows shall be 3/4 lower egress and all windows of the same size shall be interchangeable. All egress handles shall be located towards the front of the coach. Windows shall be designed to prevent the entrance of air and water when windows are closed. Near each window there shall be instructions on decals or aluminum plates that sufficiently explain emergency exit procedures. Location of the metal decal shall be determined by LAVTA. C. The lower section of the window, approximately thirty inches (30") shall be fixed. The upper portion of approximately nine inches (9") shall be inwardly openable to provide adequate outside air ventilation and shall have locking latches. d. Windows shall be one-quarter inch (1/4"). Glazing material: Tempered with Thermo Guard Dark Grey 20-24%. Glass Guard: Transit Care. Glazing Attachment: Bonded Serviceable. Glazing color shall be consistent from window to window with the exception of the upper destination sign window. Upper destination sign's window shall be clear in color. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 16.4. Driver's Window TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -42 Driver's window shall be a two (2) piece standard slider window with '/4° laminated safety glass. The window shall have a ratchet mechanism to prevent uncontrolled sliding. There shall be an interior and exterior "non-locking' handle on front vertical bar of the Operator's window. There shall also be a "non-locking" handle placed on the second interior vertical window frame. The rear window section shall be equipped with a locking mechanism which may be incorporated as part of a handle. 17. PASSENGER DOORS 17.1. Front Entrance Door a. The front door shall be of aluminum, two -section, slide -glide with minimum clear opening dimensions of 34 inches wide. The vertical and horizontal door clearances will comply with all A.D.A. requirements. b. Door shall be inward opening and shall have stainless steel hinges with joints at the door posts covered by rubber seals. Meeting edges of door shall have four inches (4"), extruded overlapping type rubber safety edges two inches (2") on each half. C. Door shall be fully air -operated with Vapor door motor. An air shut-off valve, located either immediately above the front door within the header compartment, or at left of driver controls, shall be supplied. When valve is in "Off' position, front door shall be capable of being opened and closed manually. d. Each door section will be equipped with a handrail, powder coated yellow, that is designed to minimize the incursion into the clear door opening. The area between the front entrance and driver's station shall have a yellow powder coated handrail to aid in boarding the coach. e. Access door to door mechanism compartment 5/16" square key and shall have a chain or other acceptable device to hold door in the open position, when necessary. 17.2. Rear Exit Door a. Rear exit door shall be aluminum two -section outward opening manually opened by passengers via touch -bar controls and closed by spring-loaded check mechanism. Clear opening of door shall be a forty eight inch 48" wide plug door option b. The door operating mechanism, mounted on a removable steel base plate in a compartment directly above the door, shall be a Vapor Corporation. C. Meeting edges of the door shall have four -inch (4") extruded overlapping type rubber safety edges, two inches (2") on each half. d. Access door to door operating mechanism shall have a chain or other acceptable device to hold door in the open position, when necessary. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 e. Rear exit door shall be equipped with door ajar alarm. 17.3. Door Controls and Interlocks TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -43 a. Both front and rear doors shall be controlled by a five (5) position door operating control, with the following positions: • Front door open - rear door unlocked • Front door open • Both doors closed • Rear door unlocked • Rear door unlocked - front door open. This control shall be located on the console to the left of the operator. b. A brake and accelerator interlock shall be provided that prevents movement of the coach when the rear doors are open. The interlock equipment shall be mounted together as one assembly. C. A rear door override lever shall be provided for emergency exit. The lever shall be located in the rear, door control, compartment. The lever is used to release the rear door from the locked position for manual operation and also shall engage the interlock. d. A master interlock override switch shall be provided. It shall be located in the electric panel near the driver and shall be in a secure position. Location to be approved by LAVTA. 17.4. Door Glass Each section of the door shall be glazed with one -quarter -inch (1/4") nominal laminated glass. 18. EXTERIOR MIRRORS 18.1. General Coaches shall be equipped with two (2) mirrors, one (1) mounted on the roadside front corner post and one (1) mounted on the curbside front corner post. Roadside mirror just above lower edge of driver's roadside window. Curbside mirror is not to extend further than a twelve inch (12") radius from the corner of coach and shall be mounted on the curbside front corner post. 18.2. Curbside and Roadside Mirrors a. Mirrors shall be a remote adjustable Metagal with all metal hardware. The controls shall be located to the roadside of the driver and provide for a full range of adjustment of the mirrors. The glass shall be easily replaceable and be secured with Velcro. The mirrors section shall be with 8" wide by 15" high mirror glass. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -44 b. The driver's side glass shall be flat. The curb side shall be split with a lower convex mirror of no less than 2-1/2" in height. head for easy removal of the assembly. C. All hardware utilized for the exterior mirrors shall be stainless steel. d. There shall be a weatherproof electrical quick disconnect, located between the coach body and the exterior of the mirror head for easy removal of the assembly. e. The mirror heads and arms shall be a heavy-duty retractable design to prevent damage from fixed objects and during bus washing through automatic washers. The mirror heads shall be connected to the arms with adjustable aluminum or brass ball type stems with metal set screws. No plastic parts shall be used on the mirror head adjustment. The mirror heads shall be spring loaded for additional protection. Mirrors shall be fully adjustable by the operator without the use of tools. f. Mirror shall not be less than six and one-half feet (6 1/2') above the pavement nor extend more than a twelve inch (12") radius from the corner of the coach. Final location of each side mirror shall be approved by LAVTA at the pre - manufacturing meeting. 19. INTERIOR 19.1. Floor Covering a. Floor shall utilize Altro Transit floor flooring material,. Floor covering shall seamless where possible. Should any seams be unavoidable, they shall be filled with color matching material so as to be tight against any influx or seepage of water present in any uneven floor edges which might cause a person, walking on them, to trip. The floor shall be cleaned thoroughly before delivery. b. Steps at the front entrance and rear exit shall be covered with matching ALTRO flooring not less than five -sixteenths inch (5/16") flooring,. Entrance and exit step treads shall include integral molded yellow noses on stainless steel metal backing. Backing to be totally enclosed in rubber. C. Entrance area and front standee area shall be covered with matching ALTRO flooring not less than five -sixteenth inch (5/16") in thickness. The entrance area and the standee area are to be separated by a yellow strip molded into the flooring. A six-inch (6") stainless steel backing shall be furnished under standee line edge. 19.2. Modesty Panels a. All modesty panels shall be covered with matching Melamine paneling, color to be determined at pre -build meeting. b. All modesty panels shall be attached to the stanchions and/or handrails with bolts with self-locking nuts. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -45 C. A modesty panel of approximately thirty-four inches (34") in height shall be installed within the handrail area of the rear side of the front stepwell. This panel shall have adequate clearance from the front door, to prevent injury to passenger's hand(s) during the opening cycle. The upper section of the front door modesty panel shall be constructed of 3/8" thick 14" Graylite (dark tint) Lexan. d. A modesty panel of approximately thirty-four inches (34") in height will be installed within the handrail area of the rear side of the rear stepwell. e. All modesty panels shall be raised three inches (3") above floor level. 19.3. Driver's Barrier a. A full height barrier shall be provided directly in back of the driver's station to separate the driver from the passenger compartment. The barrier shall extend from the left side coach wall to the stanchion at the right rear of the driver's station and then wrap around the side of the driver's seat. This panel shall in no way interfere with the safe normal operation of the coach or restrict movement of the driver's seat. b. The manufacturer will be responsible for the purchase and installation of a LAVTA designed schedule rack on the rear facing side of the Driver's barrier. 19.4. Interior Trim a. Interior panels shall be applied to ensure a neat and finished appearance. Fasteners shall be of such type that they will not loosen because of vibration. Panels shall be supported so as to prevent buckles, drumming, or flexing when the vehicle is in service. All panel joints shall be sealed and covered with protective trim strips to guard against sharp edges. All interior ledges shall be angled so as to prevent any unwanted storage of materials. b. Ceiling trim panels shall be Melamine, Melamine bonded to aluminum one-tenth inch (1/10") minimum thickness. Color shall be complementary to the interior of coach. Color shall be Wilson Art Frosty White 1573-1. C. Sidewall trim/panels below the windows shall be Melamine, 1/10 inch minimum thickness. Color for the lower sidewall panels shall be Nepal Teak, with paneling grain running horizontally. d. Window mullions shall be Melamine, 1/10 inch minimum thickness applied in sections with trim strips covering panel joints. Color for the window mullions shall be Wilson Art Frosty White 1573-1 to match the ceiling panels. e. All interior surfaces forward of the standee line shall be non -reflective black or a color complementary to the interior of the coach. f. Panel behind rear settee shall conform to the requirements of Federal Safety Standard No. 302 -Flammability of Interior Materials. The inside rear bulkhead panel shall be covered with Melamine, 1/10 inch minimum thickness. Such a 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-06 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -46 panel shall have an easily removable access door equipped with tamper proof captive fasteners for servicing of the air conditioning/heater unit. g. All trim moldings around wheel wells, sidewall, cove area, settee riser, front dash area, and panel below driver's window, shall be stainless steel. h. LAVTA color final interior scheme shall be furnished for LAVTA approval during the pre -production meeting. 19.5. 19.5 Stanchions/Grab Rails a. All Proposers shall be responsible for supplying a stanch ion/grabra il layout during the technical proposal process for review by LAVTA. b. All stanchions and grab rails shall be one and one-quarter inch (1-1/4") diameter smooth surface anodized extruded stainless steel tubing, with fittings that match tubing. Minimum tubing thickness shall be .065 -inch. C. Fittings shall be stainless steel, heavy -cast aluminum, or cast zinc corrosion resistant material. d. A full length ceiling grab rail, shall be provided on each side of the coach. Such a grab rail shall be attached with baked enamel finished, wraparound clamps. e. Ceiling grab rail ends shall terminate at the ceiling connection. A vertical stanchion shall be mounted from the floor to the ceiling or ceiling grab rail at the right rear of the Operator's seat. A vertical stanchion shall be mounted from the floor to the ceiling or ceiling grab rail at the inside rear of the front stepwell and at the front and rear of the rear stepwell. f. A handrail shall extend from the front and rear stanchions to the body side, approximately thirty-four inches (34") above the floor. g. A handrail shall extend from the aisle side stanchion to the bottom stepwell riser. Such a handrail shall maintain a distance of approximately thirty-four inches (34") above the stepwell risers. This will be provided on each side of the rear stepwell. h. A vertical stanchion running from the seat bottom to the ceiling or ceiling grab rail shall be installed in the middle of all longitudinal passenger seats. i. Entrance grab rails shall be installed at the front stepwell area of the coach. Such a grab rails shall be affixed to the wheelchair lift platform. The grab rail shall not interfere with wheelchair maneuverability. They shall be stainless steel construction. In addition, grab rails shall be installed on each half of the front door which do not interfere with the lift grab rails. j. All grab rails in the front entrance, including the doors and vertical stanchions shall be surface anodized extruded stainless steel tubing,. Rear door area stepwell and transition grabrails shall be powder coated in yellow for increased visibility. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 19.6. Interior Panel/Door Securement TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -47 a. The Operator compartment shall be equipped with no less than two (2) five - sixteenths inch (5/16") square key locking devices to be accessed by use of the door interlock control. This door will also be equipped with a gas prop or spring loaded hinge. b. All removable dash panels and service compartments shall be equipped with non -removable locking fasteners with a Phillips, straight edge or special designed head. C. All door motor access doors shall be equipped with no less than two (2) five - sixteenths inch (5/16") square key locking devices to be accessed by use of the door interlock control. All doors will be equipped with no less than two (2) spring loaded hinges. d. Air conditioning evaporator grille shall be equipped with no less than two (2) five - sixteenths inch (5/16") square key locking devices to be accessed by use of the door interlock control. The door shall be equipped with no less than two (2) spring loaded hinges. 19.7. Interior Mirrors a. Coaches shall be equipped with two (2) inside rear view mirrors. Center rear view mirror above windshield shall be four inches (4") by sixteen inches (16"), and right windshield header mirror shall be a six inch (6") round. The four inch (4") by sixteen inch (16") mirror shall be located so as not to interfere with passengers. All mirrors shall be mounted so that they will be vibration -free when engine is idling and when coach is moving. b. Coaches shall be equipped with twelve inch (12") round diminishing mirror to be mounted at the rear exit door in such a way so it will not interfere with passengers and may be viewed by the operator from the forward mirror. 19.8. Sun Visors Padded visors or roller type shades shall be provided on driver's side; one shall be for the windshield and one shall be for the driver's side window. They shall be adjustable horizontally and vertically and shall meet requirements of California law. Visor shall be constructed of heavy-duty material and assembled to last the life of the coach in normal operations. 19.9. Passenger Stop Request Signal System a. A passenger "Stop Request" chime system shall be installed and integrated into the AVL system. b. The system shall consist of a clear plastic coated wire rope, running horizontal from directly behind the front modesty panels to the last rear window of both sides of the coach. The cable shall run horizontal between the bottom of the top "opening" window and the top of the bottom "fixed" window. Such a cable shall 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -48 not sag below the horizontal window frame more a maximum of one inch (1"). Cable shall be affixed with eye loops at every window post. The pull cords shall not cause interference upon opening of windows. C. The cable shall also run vertical at the wheelchair securement area and shall comply with ADA requirements. Tape switches may be substituted for pull cords in the wheelchair tie -down area. d. A "Stop Request" sign shall be displayed upon the integrated AVL annunciation system sign. This sign shall be mounted near the front of the coach and will illuminate upon activation of the "Stop Request." Exact location and configuration shall be approved by LAVTA at the design review meeting e. A "Stop Request" Passenger signal control push button, Yellow Housing With Red Push Button, shall be Mounted on Stanchion Forward of Rear Door f. The passenger signal shall chime only one (1) time to stop continuous use by passengers. System will reset automatically when the front doors are cycled open and closed. The sign shall be equipped with an on/off switch located on the Operator's console. 19.10. Miscellaneous Interior Equipment a. A storage space of no less than one and one-half (1-1/2) cubic feet shall be supplied in the Operator's area. Such an area shall be located within easy access of the Operator. The compartment door shall be secured by two (2) five - sixteenths (5/16") square key locking devices. b. A metal coat hook (stainless steel) shall be furnished and installed at LAVTA- approved location. A leather buckle -type strap (or vinyl/Velcro) shall also be installed to prevent coats from swaying. C. Amerex Model 400T ABC five -pound (5 Ib.) dry chemical fire extinguisher and KD #610-4645 safety triangle kit shall be installed. Location of both the fire extinguisher and the kit to be approved by LAVTA. d. The Contractor shall install one (1) trash receptacle. Final locations shall be determined at the pre -manufacturing meeting. 19.11. Passenger Seats a. The passenger seats shall be 40NE ARIES 4MA SEATS, WITH STROLLER STORAGE Transit Seats and shall meet flammability requirements of FMVSS- 302. b. The passenger transverse flip up seats located in the wheel chair securements areas shall be of appropriate size and shape to fill the space allotted correctly. . Flip up seats shall be identical in size and configuration. C. There shall be no less than twenty-eight inches (28"), hip to knee room between each seat. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -49 d. Seat assemblies and components of identical seats shall be mechanically interchangeable. e. The Proposer shall Drovide a Completed seatina lavout for each length bus with their "Technical Proposal' for review by LAVTA. The layout shall include all seat dimensions, hip to knee space, wheelchair maneuvering dimensions, modesty panels, arab rails and stanchions. f. The Contractor shall provide a seating layout with the maximum forward facing seating. g. The seats over the rear wheelhousings shall be longitudinal seats facing inward, providing seating accommodations for two or more passengers in various multiple arrangements. h. The rearmost bench seat shall provide seating accommodations for four (4) or five (5) passengers. All forward facing wheelchair flip up seats shall be constructed to have the same high back appearance as the fixed 2 passenger seats. Individual side facing flip up seats in the wheel chair securement area shall match the other longitudinal seats in configuration. The passenger seat shall be supported from the sidewall by a cantilevered bracket of adequate structural design to support the seat under all conditions. The supporting structure shall be constructed and mounted in such a manner that the work of the coach dusting and cleaning is reduced to a minimum. Special attention shall be given to elimination of dirt -catching pockets. k. Each seat shall have a passenger assist hand grip which shall be upswept on the aisle end to provide a vertical hand hold for the standing passengers. The hand grip shall be constructed of a structure covered with a vandal -proof energy - absorbing material. The overall design of the hand grip shall be aesthetically pleasing and enhance the general appearance of the seat. Back pads shall be separate from the seat cushions and shall be individual passenger type contoured for occupant comfort and retention. The foam padding shall be a minimum of two-inch (1") compound attached to a rigid inner panel and covered with LAVTA Approved fabric materials. Back pads shall be securely fastened, firmly supported and readily removable without the use of special tools. M. Seat cushions shall be individual passenger type contoured for occupant comfort and retention. The foam padding shall be a minimum of two-inch (2") neoprene compound. n. All panels shall be made of stainless steel. o. The rear cross seat shall be comprised of an upholstered back pad assembly and a seat cushion assembly with a minimum of two inch (2") padding which shall be removable if required for engine access. Seat cushion shall be supported by a tubular steel frame. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -50 p. Jump or fold -up type seats shall be furnished in lieu of standard transverse seats at first right-hand and left-hand normal transverse seat locations. Seat belt reel shall not protrude into aisle way. The flip up seats shall appear the same as the normal transverse seats when folded down. q. Seat cushions shall be upholstered in Camria (Holdsworth) material. LAVTA shall approve the upholstery configuration and specific material prior to manufacture of the seats. The seat backs, sides, and any armrests shall be coated with no less than four (4) mils thickness of Anti Graffiti coating. No coating shall be applied to the seat cushion materials. 19.12. Wheelchair Access/Securement Stations/Restraint System a. Bus will be designed to maximize accessibility by wheelchairs and other mobility devices. The front entrance shall allow for a clear turning radius of 36 inches (36") from the driver's station to the door side entrance modesty panel. The front wheelhouse shall provide a minimum clear opening of 36 inches (36") to allow mobility devices to maneuver from the entrance door back to the tie down area. b. Accommodations shall be provided for two (2) wheelchair passengers to be secured in a forward -facing position in the area immediately rear of the front wheelhouses. The length of this area shall be fifty-eight inches (58") or greater, and the width shall equal the length of the transverse seats and the modesty panels. Modesty panels shall be adequately reinforced to withstand impact of wheelchairs. C. The exit signal shall be no higher than four feet (4') above the floor in this area. Maneuvering room inside the coach shall accommodate easy travel for a passenger in a wheelchair from the loading device through the coach to the designated parking area, and back out. No portion of the wheelchair or its occupant shall protrude into the normal aisle of the coach when parked in the designated parking space(s). d. All dimensions for wheelchair maneuvering, parking, foot clearances, and turning area shall comply with ADA regulations applicable at time of bus manufacture or exceed them if as stated in these specifications. The Proposer shall provide a plan including layout drawings for entry, maneuvering, parking, and exiting of wheelchair passengers, with their Technical Proposal submittal. e. The Contractor shall furnish and install wheelchair restraints for each tie down location in the coach which comply with ADA regulations, including the accommodation of "scooter" type vehicles. The restraint devices as a minimum shall include: • Four (4) permanently affixed retractable wheelchair securement belts at the front and rear of the tie down area. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -51 • A black three point lap/shoulder belt for passenger securement. The belt length shall allow for large motorized mobility devices. Contractor shall furnish wheelchair tie -down specifications of the equipment to be furnished for LAVTA in their proposal. 19.13. Access Ramp a. An access ramp shall be provided at the entrance door. The ramp shall have a useable width of thirty-one inches (31") and meet all A.D.A. requirements. The ramp is to be operated by the driver from the seated position. In case of malfunction, the ramp shall be able to be manually stowed. b. Because LAVTA loads many mobility devices from stop locations that are not equipped with sidewalks and curbs, a minimum ramp angle of 6 to 1 is strongly preferred and required if available on the buses offered. Proposers must state if their access ramp meets the minimum 6 to 1 ramp angle, and provide documentation that illustrates their access ramp installation and ramp angles when deployed. C. All interlocks required to meet FMVSS, ADA and Calif. Title 13 requirements will be provided with the wheelchair ramp. 19.14. Driver's Station a. The design of the driver's station shall have as its primary objective the provision of an environment for the driver that will aid him or her to operate the coach safely and efficiently for long periods of time with minimum fatigue. Human factors design principles shall be used in the layout and proportioning of the driver's station and its components with attention given to safety, "comfort and fatigue', body support; the size, shape and location of switches, levers, pedals and gauges; and all other factors that affect the design objective. b. The driver's station shall accommodate drivers who are of various heights and body proportions by the use of human factors design in locating and proportioning the devices in the station and by the use of adjustable components such as the driver's seat and the steering column. It is required that the station accommodate drivers within a height range of 57 to 80 inches. C. The Contractor shall, as a joint effort with LAVTA, determine the location of all equipment with respect to proper lighting, ease of operation, accessibility and passenger flow. Factors to be considered include, but are not limited to, the provision of mountings for and deterring the location of the farebox, AVL equipment and any other equipment supplied by LAVTA. Complete details of the driver's station design shall be presented at the design review and at the prototype review for approval by LAVTA. d. The Operator's seat shall be the USSC 9100 ALX3, The seat shall be covered with heavy-duty black vinyl fabric, perforated for ventilation. High density polyurethane foam shall be used for the seat cushions. Seat shall be equipped with 3 -point seat belt. The seat shall be provided with double shock vibration 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -52 damping, and a step less seat rake and back recline. Air operated lumber adjustments and an air slide release shall be mounted a panel accessible to the driver. The seat shall provide for adjustment of the ride height via a pneumatic suspension which includes a quick dump air release. A limit/lockout lever shall be provided to allow operators to set the seat in a fixed suspension height. Seat mounting shall allow for maximum fore and aft travel to suit a variety of drivers. The slides shall provide a minimum of 9 inches of usable fore and aft travel without contacting any part of the operator compartment area. 19.15. Communication and Data System a. Contractor will provide and install all components required for a Trapeze TransitMaster Communication/Data system with ADA compliant AUDIO ANNOUNCEMENT SUB -SYSTEM (1.1.1). System must be compatible with the Trapeze TransitMaster APTS (Advanced Public Transportation System) currently deployed and in use by the Livermore/Amador Valley Transit Authority (LAVTA). The system must interface with the electronic Destination sign and fare box systems and will include the following parts and functions: • VI Integrated Vehicle logic unit (VI IVLU) • Tait TM9155 Radio (Voice/Data) • Touch Screen Mobile Data Terminal (MDT) • 1 -Line Interior ADA Sign w/ Stop Request • Dual -Band GPS / WLAN Antenna and cables Radio Antenna 806-894 MHz and Cable • Telephone style receiver for private communications • J1708 Device Access Box (DAB) • Covert Microphone • Covert Switch • Drivers Speaker • IRMA Gen IV 3D Automatic Passenger Counting System • All necessary interface cables • All necessary mounting brackets and hardware • Speaker (6 internal 1 external) • A dedicated, 12VDC, 30A power supply, not on the multiplex system. • An ignition wire, fed from the driver's master switch, to the radio box. b. The Communications/Data System will interface with bus warning systems, location systems, and radio network systems for purposes of scheduling, tracking, and monitoring status of vehicle C. This self-contained vehicle location sub -system shall utilize door openings, odometer pulses, and a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver to achieve the required announcement accuracy. d. LAVTA will provide the software to operate system. e. Additionally, the Contractor shall supply the following for LAVTA as components of a radio/AVL system: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -53 LAVTA desires that the CONTRACTOR provide adequate space for these components and wiring for installation of these components using SAE J1708 standards. At a minimum, the contractor shall provide: An isolated filtered power supply cable with ground wire from the batteries to the radio box. An AVL compatible speedometer with signal cable to the radio box. An ignition sensing cable from the master switch to the radio box. 19.16. Audio Announcement Sub -System a. Audio announcements shall be initiated automatically at points along the route as specified by LAVTA. This is accomplished via the AVL system. This vehicle location sub -system shall utilize door openings, odometer pulses, and a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver to achieve the required announcement accuracy. b. Each announcement shall be automatically designated interior and/or exterior. C. This sub -system shall use the vehicle's interior and exterior public address speakers. Interior and/or exterior operator announcements must be selectable via an internal/both/external switch. Inside speakers shall be placed strategically inside the bus to ensure broadcast abilities, in a clear tone, and announcements that are clearly perceived from all seat positions at approximately the same volume level. LAVTA requires a speaker be provided outside the bus so that announcements can be clearly heard by passengers standing near the front door. The system shall be muted when not in use. d. The volume for each announcement shall be automatically set based upon analysis of the ambient noise level and adjustable by a maintenance technician. e. All volume settings shall be digitally set to ensure consistent volume throughout the fleet. 19.17. ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATING CONDITIONS AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS a. The system shall operate reliably within an ambient temperature range of -30°C to +90°C. b. The equipment shall be designed to operate in the vehicle without degradation due to shock and vibration encountered during normal service. C. The signs are to be illuminated by LEDs. d. The system shall incorporate a means of adjusting the length of time the messages are displayed. The interval shall be variable from 1 second to 10 seconds in duration. Power to the sign system shall be controlled by the Master Coach Run Switch. The sign shall operate in all positions of this switch except "OFF". The sign shall be internally protected against voltage transient and RF interference. Input power to the sign shall be protected by a manual reset circuit breaker. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 20. DESTINATION SIGNS - FRONT, SIDE AND REAR 20.1. General TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -54 An electronic LED destination sign system, Hanover Displays, shall be furnished and installed in the coach by the manufacturer. The destination sign system shall consist of: Front Destination Sign LED Matrix, 17 rows by 160 columns; display height minimum 9 inches, display width 64" • Side Destination Sign LED Matrix, 15 rows by 112 columns; display height minimum 6 inches, display width 42.5" • Rear Destination Sign LED Matrix, 15 rows by 48 columns; display height minimum 6 inches, display width 18" • Operator's Control Unit (OCU) and Readout Display (Eric++ Controller) All Cables and Accessories Helen Programming Software & Interface Hardware (Key -Lo & Base Station) 20.2. Destination Sign Type a. The System shall be microprocessor -based utilizing approved bi-directional serial communications, such as; S.A.E. J1708 or IBIS, E.I.A. RS -485, between System components, and shall utilize error detection techniques within the communication protocol. b. The System shall be capable of communicating with, and/or controlling additional information devices, such as interior information signs, Voice Annunciation devices, farebox, etc. The System shall provide for destination and/or Public Relations (P/R) message entry. C. Memory integrated circuits shall be capable of storing and displaying up to 10,000 message lines. Message memory shall be changeable by the use of a 9 pin serial Keyfob (Key -Lo) or USB of not less than one (1) megabyte memory capacity but sized according to the message listing noted herein. d. The System shall have the ability to sequentially display multi -line destination messages, with the route number portion remaining in a constant "on" mode at all times, if so programmed. It shall also be capable of accepting manual entry of Route Alpha/Numeric information on any/all signs. e. The System shall allow two (2) destination messages (1 outbound & 1 inbound) and one (1) public relations message to be pre -selected. The operator shall be able to quickly change between the pre -selected (outbound & inbound) messages without re-entering the message code. Public relations messages, when selected, shall be capable of being displayed alternately with the regular route message or separately choosing a "Blank" destination code. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -55 The System message programming software shall provide a means of adjusting the length of time the messages are displayed from one (1) second to twenty-five (25) seconds duration. The blanking time between messages shall also be adjustable. Each line of text or the blanking time of each individual message shall be capable of having a different retention time. g. The System shall be of plug-in modular design, to facilitate maintenance and to allow destination display board changes and additions without removing any signs from the coach. The front and side sign system shall incorporate drive circuits and connectors for plug-in of the rear sign. The entire display area of all signs shall be clearly visible in direct sunlight or at night. h. An emergency message shall be activated by a push button or toggle switch in a location to be approved by the LAVTA. The emergency message shall be displayed on the front sign only while signs inside the vehicle, including the OCU (Eric++) display, remain unchanged. The emergency message shall be canceled by entering a new destination code, or power cycling (after removal of the emergency signal). Power to the Sign System shall be controlled by the Master Coach run switch. The signs shall operate in all positions of this switch except the "off' position. The signs shall be internally protected against voltage transients and RF interference. All electronic circuit boards used in the Sign System shall be conformal coated to meet the requirements of military specification MIL -146058C. All Sign System components shall be certified to have been subjected to a "burn -in" test of a minimum of twelve (12) hours operation in a temperature of 150° F prior to final inspection. 20.3. Display and Display Illumination a. All sign displays shall consist of pixels utilizing high intensity Light Emitting Diode's (LED), for superior outdoor environmental performance, (of amber illumination appearance of light wavelength of 590 NM). LED should be made of AIInGaP II, superior UV resistant epoxy lens and superior resistance to the effects of moisture. Each pixel shall have a dedicated LED for illumination of the pixel in all lighting conditions. The Sign System shall have multi-level intensity changes, which adjust automatically as a function of ambient lighting conditions. There shall be no requirement for any fan or any specialized cooling or air circulation. b. This LED shall be mounted such as to be visible directly to the observer positioned in the viewing cone, allowing for full readability 65 degrees either side of the destination sign centerline. The LEDs shall be the only means of illumination of the Sign System. The LED illumination source shall have an operating life M.T.B.F. of not less than 100,000 hours. Each LED shall not consume more than 0.02 watts. C. The LED characters formed by the System shall meet the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 Reference 49 CFR Section 38.39. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 20.4. Front Destination Sign TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -56 a. The front sign shall be mounted on the front of the coach, near the top edge of the body, behind windshield protection, and in an enclosed but accessible compartment provided by the coach manufacturer. The compartment access door shall be secured by 3, 5/16" square locks. The compartment opening shall also be large enough to allow easy removal and installation a complete front sign assembly. b. The front destination sign message shall be readable by a person with 20/20 vision from a distance of 350 feet for signs of display height greater than 8 inches and from and distance not less than 275 feet for display heights less than 8 inches. The front sign shall have a viewing cone of equal readability at 65 degrees on either side of a line perpendicular to the center of the mean plane of the display. The intensity of the illumination of the display pixels shall appear to the naked eye to be approximately uniform throughout the full viewing cone. C. The sign mechanism shall be hinged on brackets to permit cleaning of the front inside side glass without the use of tools. The compartment shall be sealed to prevent entry of dust, dirt, water, and insects during normal operation and cyclone cleaning. d. The front sign compartment shall be enclosed by a UV protected clear glazing. 20.5. Side Destination Sign a. The side destination sign shall be located on the curbside, towards the upper portion of the passenger window that is located next to the front door. The side sign shall be mounted in a fixed position using brackets provided by the destination sign manufacturer. b. The side destination message shall be readable by a person with 20/20 vision from a distance of 110 feet. The sign shall have viewing cone of equal readability at 65 degrees on either side of a line perpendicular to the center of the mean plane of the display. The side sign shall be easily readable from the sidewalk level. The intensity of the illumination of the display pixels shall appear to the naked eye to be approximately uniform throughout the full viewing cone. 20.6. Rear Destination Sign a. The rear sign shall be located such that it will provide clear visibility of the sign from the rear curbside of the coach. The final location of the sign must be approved by the LAVTA. b. The rear sign shall be capable of independently displaying alpha -numeric characters. Its message shall be readable by a person with 20/20 vision, from a distance of not less than 225 feet. The rear sign shall have a viewing cone of equal readability at 65 degrees on either side of a line perpendicular to the center of the mean plane of the display. The intensity of the illumination of the display pixels shall appear, to the naked eye, to be approximately uniform throughout the full viewing cone. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -57 C. The sign shall be completely sealed to prevent the entry of dust, dirt, or water from normal operation, automatic bus washers, and steam cleaning. The sign installation shall not interfere with driver's vision or reduce access for other component repairs. 20.7. Operator's Control Unit (OCU) Eric++ Controller a. The OCU shall be used to view and update display messages. It shall be recess mounted on the coach vehicle front sign compartment access cover or door. The OCU shall utilize a multi -key conductive rubber pad keyboard and be designed for transit operating conditions. b. The OCU shall contain a display of at least two lines of 16 -character capability. The OCU shall continuously display the message associated with the selected destination readings (except the emergency message feature as noted above). C. The OCU shall also contain the capability to manually select the block number sign information (from 1 to 4 alpha -numeric characters) to be sent to the block number sign, independent of any pre-programmed destination sign message information. d. If the J1708 interface is selected for the Destination Sign System, an auxiliary J1708 port shall be made available on the J1708 OCU so that auxiliary J1708 commands may be provided to the Destination Sign System from a wireless source that conforms to the J1708 command structure. Hanover Displays can provide wireless apparatus, and the Hanover Displays Destination Sign System has the capability of interfacing via the J1708 link with any such inputs, providing that the apparatus conform with the appropriate signaling specifications. 20.8. Transferring Messages and Updates a. The Sign System shall be reprogrammable on the coach vehicle with the use of a 9 pin serial Keyfob (Key -Lo) or USB. A 9 pin serial port shall be provided on the OCU face for this purpose. The maximum reprogramming time for a 10,000 line listing shall be one minute. 9 pin serial Keyfob's, of appropriate memory capacity based on requirements of the message listing noted below shall be supplied at the rate of one Key -Lo for each 50 systems/buses, or fraction thereof, but in any event not less than two such 9 pin serial Key -Lo shall be supplied. b. All buses shall be programmed with the LAVTA's most current run -book at the time of delivery. C. Adequate memory shall be provided with each sign system to hold the LAVTA's current sign program, with a minimum reserve capacity of fifty percent (50%) for program expansion. 20.9. Programming Software a. A programming software package (Helen V3.3 or greater) shall be provided to generate message lists for the destination sign system. The software package shall operate on any personal computer in the Windows operating system. The 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 21 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -58 software package shall allow the 9 pin serial Keyfob to be programmed directly from the PC utilizing a USB interface and other interfacing hardware (Base Station). The program shall be designed to easily delete or add messages to an existing destination listing. b. The software shall provide capabilities for custom message writing by selection of preprogrammed standard and/or variable fonts; by creation of custom fonts; by varying spacing between message elements; by allowing creation of graphic displays or selecting preprogrammed images; and by allowing use of multiple fonts and graphic symbols placed anywhere within the display area. C. Complete documentation and instructions for use shall be supplied with the software package. 20.10. Electronic Interference Electronic sign system shall not interfere with radio communications system, public address system, or any other electronic equipment installed on the coach by the coach manufacturer, or the LAVTA. 20.11. Destination Sign System Readings LAVTA shall provide the Contractor with a complete, up-to-date, list of Destination Sign codes to allow the signs to be preprogrammed with the correct readings. 20.12. Interior Headsign An all LED interior Hanover Displays headsign, compatible with an Automated Visual Annunciator System, shall be provided with cabling routed to the radio box for use with the LAVTA's Clever Devices ACS radio system. It shall be mounted on the rear of the Driver's barrier facing rear towards the passengers. VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM A video surveillance system, 7000 Series Digital Video Recording System shall be provided and installed in each bus. 21.1. Basic System a. Power Requirement: The DVR shall operate from 18 to 36 VDC. It shall be self- regulating and internally protected from power surges and spikes. b. Physical Attributes of DVR: The DVR shall have a maximum 11.5" x 11.25" x 3" outer housing and weigh no more than 14 lbs. C. External DVR Material Construction: The DVR shall be constructed with a ruggedized outer housing that offers shock and vibration protection. d. External Camera Housing Material Construction: The external camera housing for the DVR system shall be constructed out of/:' cast aluminum. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -59 e. Video Inputs: The DVR shall record NTSC/RS170, 1 volt peak to peak video, from up to 8 sources. f. Inputs: The DVR inputs shall be NTSC/RS170 video format. The image capture rate of the system shall be user -selectable up to a maximum 8 frames per second. Playback shall not reduce the quality or resolution of the recorded scenes. g. Color: The DVR shall record images in color.. h. Audio Input: The DVR shall record and playback a single channel of audio simultaneously with the recorded video. i. Compression: The DVR shall utilize wavelet hardware image compression. j. External Ports: The DVR shall be supplied with auxiliary ports for custom programming. These shall be a keypad port and a 10base T Ethernet port. k. Removable Drive: The DVR shall be a self-contained removable hard disk unit For storing digitized images and audio information. This configuration shall allow for easy removal of images for playback and archiving. The removable drive shall be portable and interchangeable. I. Dust Resistant Unit: The DVR shall filter dust from entry into the unit. M. Shock Resistant Mounting (all parts): The DVR shall be designed for heavy-duty automotive use, as well as be enclosed in a tamper -proof housing. The unit shall function within the normal operating characteristics of a coach or transit vehicle and shall be capable of withstanding a shock of 20 G's operational. n. Clock: The DVR shall have an on -board, real-time clock that operates independently of the main power supply. It shall be programmable to automatically adjust for daylight savings time. o. Lock: The DVR shall employ a key locking mechanism to secure unit contents and provide security to the removable unit. 21.2. LCD Keypad a. On-line: The LCD keypad shall display the system's on-line status. b. Date: The LCD keypad shall display the correct date in relation to the DVR'S internal clock. C. Time: The LCD keypad shall display the correct time in relation to the DVR'S internal clock. d. Frames Per Second (fps): The LCD keypad shall display the fps recording rate. e. Temperature: The LCD keypad shall display the system temperature while in the programming mode. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -60 f. Vehicle ID Number: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the vehicle ID number. g. Central Station Number: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the Central Station IP address and telephone number. h. Modem Password: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the modem password. i. Camera Name: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the camera name(s). j. Resolution Setting: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the camera resolution setting. k. Trigger Capture Rate: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the trigger capture rate. I. Trigger Resolution Setting: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the trigger resolution setting. M. Six Programmable Inputs: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program up to six inputs. n. ID Name for Input: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the ID name for each input. o. Selectable Frame Per Second (fps) Capture keypad shall enable the user to program the Rate: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to increase the fps capture rate from .25 to 8. p. DVR Shut Down Delay: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the DVR shut down delay from 0 to 50 minutes. q. Audio Enable/Disable: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to enable or disable the audio feature. Surveillance Storage Time: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the desired surveillance storage time from 0 to 9 days. S. Alarm Storage Time: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to program the desired alarm storage time from 0 to 90 days. t. Transmission Feature Enable/Disable: The LCD keypad shall enable the user to enable or disable the transmission feature. 21.3. System Functionality a. Digital Video Recorder (DVR): The DVR can digitize, capture and record high- quality images. The images are then stored on the portable removable unit for review and playback at the Central Station. The DVR shall have, at a minimum, the following features and capabilities. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -61 b. Image Capture: The DVR shall store digitized video images. C. Image Capture Rate: The DVR shall capture images at a maximum of twelve frames per second. d. Time: The DVR shall record the actual time while recording images. This information shall be tied to images during playback at the Central Station. e. Date: The DVR shall record the actual date while recording images. This information shall be tied to images during playback at the Central Station. Vehicle ID: The DVR shall record the programmable vehicle identification number while recording images. This information shall be tied to images during playback at the Central Station. g. Camera Source: The DVR shall record the programmable camera name while recording video. This information shall be tied to images during playback at the Central Station. h. File Format of Recorded Images: The recording software should store the images captured via the DVR in a proprietary file format that can only be viewed by MobileView's software. It is not reasonably possible to view the images using any other viewing software. In addition, it is not readily practicable to alter the pixels with common graphics tools or programs while they remain in the proprietary file format. Recording Audio: The DVR shall have the ability to record single channel audio by adding a microphone. Initialization Tagging: of The Recording: The DVR shall be signaled to begin recording at the start-up of the engine run switch of the vehicle. When retrieved, k. End Recording: The system shall remain fully functional for a programmable period of time up to fifty minutes after the ignition has been turned off. This process shall be initiated by deactivating the engine run switch. Continuous Recording: The DVR shall be capable of continuous image recording at a user -defined recording rate. M. Loop Recording: The DVR shall record continuously onto the removable hard drive. The system recognizes when the available storage capacity for surveillance images has reached capacity and automatically begins to purge the oldest data in sequential fashion, making room for additional images without operator intervention. Images that are tagged due to the activation of the system's inputs are protected from automatic overwriting until the relevant images are manually deleted, or until all available space is filled with tagged images, at which time the system performs a "first -in, first -out" (FIFO) overwrite. n. Event Tagging: The DVR shall tag events when a system input, such as a panic button, is activated. Tagged events are stored on the hard drive. When retrieved, 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -62 the tagged events shall be easily identifiable and will remain saved for a programmable period of time before being overwritten. 21.4. System Options a. Synchronized Audio and Image Playback: The Central Station software shall have the ability to playback image databases with single channel audio if this option has been previously configured on the DVR. b. Cellular or Wi-Fi Transmission System: The DVR shall be upgradeable to a video transmission system (DVRT). The transmission system shall utilize cellular or commercially available Wi-Fi technology. The Central Station shall support multiple simultaneous incoming video transmissions. The Central Station shall also have the ability to call out to the vehicle and request images at multiple resolution settings. 21.5. Central Station a. The DVR system shall include, at a minimum, three Central Stations. The Central Station shall be a personal computer (PC) operating under Windows®. The Central Station Browser software can search and recall previously recorded video from the DVR's removable drive and shall include playback features (such as "animate') and selectable speed utilizing a slide speed bar. The Central Station software can also output the recorded images to other devices. The Central Station shall meet the following specifications, capabilities and features. • Central Processing Unit (CPU): The Central Station shall be a minimum dual core Intel processor based PC with 4 gigabytes of RAM. The display card shall be sufficient to operate the 24 inch LED display in its native resolution. • Random Access Memory (RAM): The Central Station shall include a minimum of 4 GB of RAM. • Internal Hard Drive: The Central Station shall include a minimum of 50OGB hard drive. • Monitor: The Central Station shall include a wide screen 24" LED color WSXGA monitor with a native resolution of 1600x1200, with a minimum contrast ratio of 1000:1 and a minimum refresh rate of 8ms. • Keyboard: The Central Station shall include a full-size PC keyboard. • Mouse: The Central Station shall include a mouse. • Operating System: The Central Station shall operate under the latest 64 bit Windows®operating system supported by Mobile View. • Docking Station: The Central Station shall include an external docking station that is compatible with the DVR's removable unit. • Ports and Expansion Slots: The Docking Station shall include a 10base T Ethernet port. • Digital Output: Once files are downloaded standard software tools may be used to export video data to digital recording devices such as tapes or any high capacity storage medium. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -63 b. Windows® Compatible Printing Device: The Central Station can output still frames of previously recorded video sequences to a Windows® compatible printer with suitable graphics capabilities. 21.6. Central Station Software a. Central Station Software: The software shall allow the user to search, review, enhance, and print previously recorded images by hotkeys, mouse clicks and menu selections. The following describes the Central Station features. b. Search Capability of the Central Station: The Central Station software shall allow the operator to search previously recorded images from a DVR's removable hard drive. The operator shall use search criteria such as date and time. The following describes the search capabilities of the Central Station software. C. Date: The Central Station software shall have the ability to search and retrieve image databases based on a specific date. d. Time: The Central Station software shall have the ability to search and retrieve image databases based on a specific time. e. Alarm Event: The Central Station software shall have the ability to search and retrieve image databases based on a specific alarm event. This event is tagged and appears in a special window of the software. f. Central Station Reviewing Features: The Central Station software shall have the ability to review and playback image databases. The following describes these features. g. Animate: The Central Station software shall have the ability to playback or "animate' previously recorded image databases at user -selectable speed using the slide speed bar. h. Step Forward: The Central Station software shall have the ability to step forward in increments of one frame at user -activated intervals during playback. i. Step Back: The Central Station software shall have the ability to step back in decrements of one frame at user -activated intervals during playback. j. Go to End: The Central Station software shall have the ability to go to the end of the selected image database. k. Maximize Image: The Central Station software shall have the ability to maximize the size of the selected image to the largest image widow. I. Pause: The Central Station software shall have the ability to pause or "freeze' an image database during playback. M. Windows Viewing (Playback): The Central Station software shall view previously recorded image databases within viewing windows. These viewing windows shall have the following capabilities. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -64 n. Multiple View (1, 4 or 8 View): The Browser software shall have the ability to place 1, 4 or 8 video viewing windows upon the desktop. The user shall be able to select which image database to review by selecting the appropriate viewing windows (unrelated to Microsoft Windows@). Once the viewing window has been selected, the user shall have the ability to use all playback tools for the selected window. The software shall allow the playback of images in the eight windows to be synchronized so that the viewer sees images tied together. o. Maximizing Current Viewing Window: The Browser software shall have the ability of maximizing any image to the largest window. p. Image Enhancement: The Browser software shall be able to enhance images using tools such as zoom, sharpen, blur, etc. q. Zoom In: The Browser software shall have the ability to zoom in on an image a minimum of 4+ times. Zoom Out: The Browser software shall have the ability to zoom out of an image a minimum of 4+ times. S. Zoom to Window: The Browser software shall have the ability to shrink or enlarge an image to fit the size of the viewing window. viewed in. t. Zoom to Image: The Browser software shall enable the user to view an image even if the image is larger than the window that it is being viewed in. U. Enhance: The Browser software shall have the ability to enhance an image. V. Sharpen: The Browser software shall have the ability to sharpen an image. W. Blur: The Browser software shall have the ability to blur or smooth an image. X. Restore: The Browser software shall have the ability to restore an image back to its pre -enhanced state. y. Brightness: The Browser software shall have the ability to increase or decrease the brightness of an image. Z. Contrast: The Browser software shall have the ability to increase or decrease the contrast of an image. aa. Printing: The Browser software shall have the ability to print an image to a Windows® compatible printer with suitable graphics capabilities. bb. Print Preview: The Browser software shall have the ability to preview an image before printing. cc. Print Setup: The Browser software shall have the ability to specify printer and paper size, source and orientation for printing. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 22. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -65 dd. Page Layout: The Browser software shall have the ability to specify range of images and image size. ee. Save Image As: The Browser software shall have the ability to save an image as a browser image record, BMP or JPEG file to a specified drive or folder. ff. Send Image To: The Browser software shall have the ability to send an image to another recipient via e-mail. 21.7. System Upgrade a. The system's hardware and software shall be capable of being upgraded in the field. The upgrade shall be easy and user friendly. b. The DVR may be programmed with time, date, and vehicle I.D., as well as camera input and capture rate via keypad programming or Ethernet port. HEATING, DEFROSTING, VENTILATING $ AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS 22.1. System Characteristics a. A heating and ventilating system shall be provided with proper correlation to provide practical maximum comfort to passengers and the operator. Heating and ventilating system shall incorporate introduction of approximately twenty percent (20%) fresh air. b. Air for heating and ventilating shall be evenly distributed throughout the coach body in such a manner as to minimize temperature variation. Provision shall be made for minor adjustment of controls to maintain desired temperatures within the coach without changing supply of outside air required for ventilation. C. A manual control or modulating valve shall be provided to permit the fans to be used for power ventilation of outside air in warm weather. d. Main heating system shall be thermostatically controlled. The heating system shall provide heated, filtered air for an ambient temperature differential from sixty (60) degrees to zero (0) degree F. Heating filtering elements must be of the disposable type. e. All motors shall be MCC Brushless. Blower motor(s) shall be two -speed, heavy-duty with adequate output to provide circulation throughout the coach. Blowers shall also circulate fresh air throughout the coach. g. Main heater shall be mounted in the rear of the coach above the engine compartment. It shall be a hot water type with heavy-duty motors and a minimum capacity of 110,000 B.T.U. at 100 -degree water -air temperature differential. A water shut-off valve shall be provided at the heater. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 22.2. Driver's Heater TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -66 a. A separate dash heater and blower shall be provided for the driver's comfort and for windshield defrosting. Capacity of 40,000 BTU output at 100 -degree water -air temperature differential, is required. b. A two -speed blower, using a 24V, electric motor, shall be provided with air volume of 500 cfm minimum with separate switch and manual valve to control air flow. C. Defroster blower shall be automatically inoperative if the alternator is not charging. d. A 12V 5 -blade defroster fan, with fan guard, shall be located in the lower left corner of the windshield area of the coach. Switch shall be mounted on the driver's console. LAVTA to approve the location. 22.3. Heater Water Lines a. Heater water lines shall not be exposed within the coach. b. All water lines shall be heavily insulated throughout the coach. They shall be made of heavy-duty copper or brass, except where shock absorbing or flex lines are required. 22.4. Heater Cores a. All heater cores fins shall be of aluminum, and the heater core tubes shall be copper. Metal used in the tanks shall be of adequate thickness with drawn reinforcements. All radii of the tanks shall be of sufficient size to preclude fatigue failure. b. Heater cores, motor and fan must be readily accessible and installed to permit ready removal. 22.5. Heater and Blower Motors a. All blowers required for the heating and ventilating system shall be balanced statically and dynamically. b. All motors required for these blowers shall be heavy-duty type, motors three - eighth (3/8) horsepower minimum. 22.6. Air Conditioning System a. The coach shall be equipped with a Thermo King Model T Series or an agency approved equal, Thermo King preferred, for zero emissions all electric drive vehicles ONLY. b. Coach Air Conditioning System with Screw Compressor and Clutch Assembly, designed to operate on 407C refrigerant The T Series upper package mounts in 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -67 a compartment in the rear area of the coach above the coach engine. The compressor/clutch assembly mounts in the engine compartment, and is belt driven from either the engine or transmission. If an alternator is also driven from the same PTO, then the compressor and alternator shall be driven by a single serpentine design belt. C. The air conditioning unit frame shall be constructed of 5052-H32 structural aluminum of .100 and .182 material thickness for strength, corrosion protection, and light weight. The frame shall be all welded and painted with a high solid polyester paint. All hardware shall be 300 Series stainless steel to protect against corrosion. "Neverseez" anti -seizing lubricant shall be applied to the threads of all stainless steel hardware during unit assembly to prevent thread galling. d. The evaporator, heater and condenser coils shall be constructed of 3/8 inch outside diameter seamless Series 122 copper tubing having minimum .0195 inch wall thickness. The copper tubing shall be mechanically expanded into aluminum fins having a minimum thickness of .080 inch. The fin spacing shall be: evaporator and heater coils - 12 fins per inch; condenser coil - 10 fins per inch. The condenser coil shall be dipped in an acrylic base, polyvinyl material to provide a 2 mil thick coating of the entire exterior surface for corrosion protection and quick dirt release during washing. This coating shall not impair the performance of the air conditioning system. The condenser coil shall be mounted to allow easy removal and reinstallation without major disassembly of the unit frame or removal of the unit from the coach. Separate drains shall be provided for the condenser and evaporator/heater sections to allow moisture to be routed out of the unit to the street. Drain seals and/or traps shall be installed at the outlet of the evaporator/heater drain tubes to prevent entrance of dirt or fumes into the coach. e. The motors shall be brushless 27VDC. The condenser shall have two motors; the evaporator/heater shall have one. Motors shall be selected and applied to maximize efficient operation, airflow and long life.. Motors shall be capable of two speed operation. Evaporator/heater motor shall operate at low speed during heat mode and high speed during cool, vent or reheat modes. Condenser fans shall be axial flow type with a steel spider, aluminum blades and aluminum hub. The fans shall be coated with high solid polyester paint for corrosion protection. Evaporator/heater blowers shall be 9" x 5", forward curve, single inlet centrifugal type. Regreasable, self -aligning outboard bearings shall support the blower shafts. Heavy duty, ring type flexible couplings shall connect the shafts to the motor. 22.7. Temperature and Electrical Controls a. There shall be a unitized control panel consisting of reliable electromechanical relays, magnetic motor circuit breakers, bi-metal control circuit breakers, adjustable return air thermostat with a range of 601 - 90° F, ambient thermostat, evaporator coil anti -freeze thermostat and terminal board for ease of troubleshooting. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -68 b. This control panel shall be located in the evaporator/heater return air area, or in an enclosed control box if mounted in an ambient location. The return air thermostat shall have a maximum tolerance from set point of 2.5° F. 22.8. Electrical Wiring and Terminals All unit wiring shall be UL758, Style 3173/3196 having copper strands with tinned ally coating rated for up to 600 volts. The insulation shall be cross-linked polyethylene, rated for 125° C and shall be white in color with hot stamp number coding the entire length at a maximum spacing of 1-3 inches. All terminals shall be "forklok" or ring type with vinyl insulation. All terminals shall be machine crimped. Hand crimping is not acceptable. All terminations exposed to ambient shall be coated with glycol for corrosion protection. 22.9. 22.10 Receiver Tank, Dry Eye, Filter/Dehydrator The unit shall be equipped with a refrigerant receiver tank installed vertically to ensure a steady liquid feed to the expansion valve. The receiver tank shall meet all ASTM requirements and have two (2) sight glasses for checking refrigerant level. The top sight glass shall have a floating plastic ball to indicate proper refrigerant level. A refrigerant dry eye shall be provided in the liquid line, or in the lower sight glass of the receiver tank, to indicate the presence of moisture in the refrigerant system. The unit shall have a disposable liquid line filter/dehydrator. 22.10. Refrigerant Hoses, Copper Tubing, Fittings a. Suction and discharge hoses shall be provided to connect the air conditioning unit to the compressor. The hoses shall have reusable swivel fittings, Teflon liner, stainless steel interior support coil, stainless steel exterior braid, and asbestos exterior sleeve for abrasion protection. Length of such hoses shall be kept to a minimum to minimize effusion of refrigerant or permeation of moisture. b. All copper tubing provided shall be refrigeration grade, Series 122 seamless type meeting ASTM specifications. All solder joints shall be silver soldered. All flux and scale shall be cleaned from solder joints, prior to soldering, and all tubing exposed to ambient shall be sprayed with fungus proof varnish. C. All JIC and SAE swivel fittings of 3/4" flare size and larger shall include "O" rings for added sealing protection. "O" ring material must be compatible with refrigerant. 22.11. Expansion Valve The expansion valve shall be externally equalized. It shall have a replaceable power head and cage assembly and be equipped with a 100 mesh screen at the inlet to prevent contaminants from plugging the seat. The superheat shall be factory set, requiring no field adjustment. The expansion valve bulb shall be clamped to the suction line in the evaporator compartment and insulated from effects of surrounding air temperature. The expansion valve body shall be properly secured and mounted in the return air area for ease of access. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 22.12. System Performance TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -69 The T Series system shall control the interior coach temperature to meet all White Book temperature control performance requirements defined in Chapter 3.7, INTERIOR CLIMATE CONTROL, of the Department of Transportation URBAN MASS TRANSPORTATION ADMINISTRATION, BASELINE ADVANCE DESIGN TRANSIT COACH SPECIFICATIONS. 22.13. System Protective Controls The air conditioning system will be equipped with the following protective control: a. High pressure cutout switch. b. Low pressure cutout switch. Ambient sensing switch: 45 + 5 F cutout 55 + 5 F cut -in. d. These switches will interrupt the compressor energizing circuit. Both the high and low pressure switches will energize a trouble light at the driver's console. e. High pressure relief valve. Evaporator coil freeze protection - The system will be equipped with an evaporator pressure regulator or Anti -Freeze thermostat to prevent condensate freezing on the evaporator coil. 22.14. Compressor a. The air conditioning system shall be provided with either a S391 or S616 Screw compressor. The compressor shall be capable of cycling on/off at any operating speed - no unloaders are to be used. High and low refrigerant pressure cutout switches shall be mounted on the compressor. Suction and discharge service valves shall be made of brass, with steel stems. b. The compressor clutch shall be an electromagnetic design which utilizes a double row, open type ball bearing. The inner race of the ball bearing shall mount on the hub of the front compressor seal plate and shall be held in place by a locking nut. The outer race of the bearing shall be pressed into the pulley cavity and held in place by a snap ring. External Teflon grease seals mounted in the clutch pulley shall hold a large reserve of high temperature grease on both sides of the clutch bearing for maximum lubrication. The front seal shall have a grease zerk to conveniently enable bearing relubrication without disassembly of the clutch disc. C. The air gap between the clutch disc and mating pulley plate surface shall be adjustable. The clutch pulley plate shall be thick enough to allow for removal of .030 inch of material during resurfacing on a lathe during overhaul. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 23. BIKE RACKS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -70 (a) The Proposer shall install front mounted bicycle racks to each coach prior to delivery. The rack shall be a Sportworks Model Apex 3TM, including all necessary brackets, mounting hardware and bike retention accessories. A sensors manufactured by Sportworks one of which warns the Operator the rack is deployed and the others providing rack occupancy to the TransitMaster AVL system shall be provided. The warning indicator shall be located on the dash in a location approved by LAVTA. The other sensor wires shall be routed to the Equipment box and integrated into the TransitMaster AV system (b) The Proposer shall advise, during the approved equal period, if the bike rack installation will impact the front headlights of the coach design to be offered and what, if any, modifications are necessary to accommodate the specified racks. The mounted bike rack shall not interfere with attaching towing equipment, accessing towing connectors or obstruct the driver's field of vision. 24. BODY PREPARATION/PAINT AND DECALS 24.1. Painting and Striping a. Color charts shall be furnished by the Contractor for LAVTA approval, based on two (2) solid body colors exterior plus two (2) color stripes, and one (1) interior color. b. Both exterior and interior paint is to be DuPont low VOC. All paint shall be applied to a minimum thickness of six (6) mils. C. Exterior paint scheme is divided as follows: 1. White B8951 -HN. Basic bus plus front roof fairing. Black semi -gloss Dupont N5636 -HN behind window glass, across doors plus last panels curbside and roadside behind passenger windows. 2. Black Hubs. 3. Stripes:. Exact location and scheme to be furnished by LAVTA to successful Proposer. 4. The dash, side console, front and rear doors, and the front overhead ceiling shall be painted black. 24.2. Manufacturer's Emblems Exterior manufacturer's emblem plate or decals shall not be installed. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 24.3. Interior Signs TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -71 a. All interior signs shall be supplied and installed in a metal, permanent plate design mounted to the body with rivets. All sign locations shall be reviewed by LAVTA and approved prior to installation. b. "No Smoking, No Eating, No Radios, No Drinking" plates shall be placed on the driver's modesty panel above the schedule rack. The plate shall be identical to LAVTA's current inventory. A sample shall be provided to the Contractor. C. Interior coach number in one (1) location (front header) shall be three inch (3"), plastic engraved type. Number sequence shall be furnished to the Contractor. d. Metal plate type decal explaining instructions for operating the wheelchair lift, and a metal plate explaining instructions for operating the kneeling system shall be installed at an approved location in the drivers compartment area. e. Metal plate type decal "No Standing Ahead of the Yellow Line", shall be located on front destination sign door in an approved location. Metal plate type decal "For optimum air conditioning, keep windows closed" to be located at the center horizontal window ledge between each window in locations approved by LAVTA. The Contractor shall provide a sample to the LAVTA. g. Metal plate type decals for the chime system shall be provided at each window mullion and in appropriate areas at the wheelchair tie downs. h. All emergency exit instructions shall be metal plates installed in LAVTA approved locations, or as required by law. The rear door "breakout" panel shall have the emergency instructions printed directly on the plastic panel in lieu of a metal plate. Metal plate type decal "Do not push on exit door" shall be located on each door leaf of the rear doors in a location approved by LAVTA. 24.4. Exterior Decals and Signs a. Exterior coach numbers in seven (7) locations shall be four inch (4") Scotchlite, reflective type material. Locations are listed below: Bus Numbers: Quantity: 1 per bus, Color: TBD, Size: 4" high, Location: Interior -rear engine door. Quantity: 5 per bus, Color: TBD, Size: 4" high, Locations: Roadside 2 numbers, curbside 2 numbers, front (over headlight). Quantity: 1 per bus, Color: TBD, Size: Each number 4" high — stacked, Location: Rear cap. b. "Diesel Fuel", to be located inside fuel filler door, manufactured of metal or plastic engraved. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -72 C. "DEP' to be located inside DEF tank filler door. manufactured of metal. d. "Caution Water Hot", to be located inside surge tank filler door, manufactured of metal or plastic engraved. e. "Caution -Negative Ground", to be located inside battery compartment door as well as all necessary instructions to operate the battery disconnect switch(es), manufactured of metal or plastic engraved. "Battery Cut-off Switch Inside", manufactured of metal or plastic engraved, to be furnished and installed by the Contractor on the outside of the battery box compartment per sample provided by LAVTA. g. The International Handicapped Symbol shall be furnished and installed at one (1) approved location. This symbol must be the white symbol on a blue background, manufactured from 3M Scotchcal. Final size and location shall be designated and approved by LAVTA. h. ""Wheels' decal. Quantity 2 per bus, Color: TBD, Size: TBD" high by TBD long, Locations: Roadside and curbside over rear wheels. "A Service of LAVTA" decal. Quantity 1 per bus, Color: TBD, Size: TBD high by TBD" long (one line), Location: Rear engine door. Bus Numbers. Color & Location: TBD. k. Passenger Rules Decal (required). Gillig #59-2142-000, "No Smoking, Eating/Drinking, Radio', Quantity: 2, Locations: (1) at rear bulkhead 1/0 panel door, (1) at AFT side of air tank enclosure below "Stop Request' sign. Video Surveillance Decals (required). M. "Exact Fare Please', manufactured from 3M reflective vinyl, decal shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor per the sample furnished by LAVTA in an approved location. n. "Wheelchair Lift/Kneeling" decal, manufactured from 3M vinyl, shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the warning light in an approved location. o. CHP "CA" number decals, manufactured from 3M vinyl, shall be provided and installed in two locations by the Contractor per the sample furnished by LAVTA in an approved location. p. "1-925-455-7500 manufactured from by 3M vinyl, shall be provided and installed on the engine door by the Contractor per the sample furnished by LAVTA in an approved location. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 25. VEHICLE PERFORMANCE (a) (b) (c) 25.2 Power Requirements — All Categories TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -73 The propulsion system shall be sized to provide sufficient power to enable the bus to meet the defined acceleration, top speed and grade ability requirements, and operate all propulsion -driven accessories using actual road test results and computerized vehicle performance data. Top Speed The bus shall be capable of achieving a top speed of 65 mph on a straight, level road at GVWR with all accessories operating. The bus shall be capable of safely maintaining the vehicle speed according to the recommendations by the tire manufacturer. NOTE: Values are assumed to be sustained. Manufacturer shall supply Agency with data if there is a variance between peak performance and sustained vehicle performance. 30 Grade Ability Grade ability requirements shall be met on grades with a dry commercial asphalt or concrete pavement at GVW R with all accessories operating. The propulsion system shall enable the bus to achieve and maintain a speed of 48 mph on a 2'/z percent ascending grade and 15 mph on a 12 percent ascending grade continuous. NOTE: Values are assumed to be sustained. Manufacturer shall supply Agency with data if there is a variance between peak performance and sustained vehicle performance. 30 Acceleration Non -Hybrid a. The acceleration shall meet the requirements in Table 3 below and shall be sufficiently gradual and smooth to prevent throwing standing passengers off balance. Acceleration measurement shall commence when the accelerator is depressed. TABLE 3 Maximum Start Acceleration Times on a Level Surface' Speed (mph) Maximum time (seconds) 10 5 20 10 30 18 40 30 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 Speed (mph) Maximum time of the (seconds) 50 60 Top speed Cycle shall be at 1. Vehicle weight= GVWR 25.3. Acceleration Hybrid TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -74 The propulsion and braking systems shall meet the performance requirements of the Duty Cycle. Braking application and performance shall remain consistent regardless of hybrid system state of charge (SOC) or other variances related to regenerative braking. The system shall be programmable to allow optimization of acceleration and deceleration rate. Performance may be affected when reprogramming. The manufacturer shall supply the new performance data. 25.4. Operating Range The operating range of the coach shall be designed to meet the operating profile as stated in the "Design Operating Profile" section. a. Diesel (Transit Coach) The operating range of the coach when run on the FTA ABD Cycle shall be at least 350 miles (560 km) or 20 hours with full fuel capacity. b. Hybrid The operating range of the coach when run on the design operating profile "Design Operating Profile" shall be at least 350 miles on a full tank of fuel. 25.5. Fuel Economy (Design Operating Profile) a. Test results from the FTA ABD Cycle economy tests or other applicable test procedures shall be provided to the Agency. Results shall include vehicle configuration and test environment information. Fuel economy data shall be provided for each design operating profile. The design operating profile is assumed to be defined by the FTA ABD Cycle. Fuel economy tests shall be run on these four duty cycles: Manhattan: 6.8 mph • Orange County: 12.7 mph • UDDS: 19 mph • Idle time 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 25.6. Powerplant a. Engine TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -75 The engine shall be a CARB Approved Cummins heavy-duty diesel engine appropriate to the configuration proposed, Diesel, Diesel -Electric Hybrid or CNG. This engine shall comply with applicable local, state, and/or federal emissions and useful life requirements. The engine shall have a design life of not less than 300,000 miles without replacement or major service. The lifetime estimate is based on the design operating profile. The engine shall be equipped with an electronically controlled management system, compatible with either 12V or 24V power distribution. The engine control system shall be capable of transmitting and receiving electronic inputs and data from other drivetrain components and broadcasting that data to other vehicle systems. Communication between electronic drivetrain components and other vehicle systems shall be made using the communications networks. The engine's electronic management system shall monitor operating conditions and provide instantaneous adjustments to optimize both engine and bus performance. The system shall be programmable to allow optimization of programmable features. The engine starting system shall be protected by an interlock that prevents its engagement when the engine is running. Special equipment or procedures may be employed to start the bus when exposed to temperatures less than 30°F for a minimum of four hours without the engine in operation. All cold weather starting aids, engine heating devices, and procedures shall be of the type recommended by the engine manufacturer and approved by the Agency. The integration of all systems on the vehicle relative to engine idle speed shall be the responsibility of the vehicle manufacturer to meet the requirements of the transit property. The engine control system shall protect the engine against progressive damage. The system shall monitor conditions critical for safe operation and automatically de -rate power and/or speed and initiate engine shutdown as needed. b. Automatic Engine Protection/Shutdown Override Feature A control shall be available to the operator/driver that when constantly depressed and released will delay the engine shutdown or allow the bus to be moved. Override action shall be recorded. This data shall be retrievable by the Agency. 25.7. Propulsion System (Hybrid) a. Propulsion System Description The bus shall be powered by a hybrid propulsion system. Function and operation of the bus shall be transparent to the bus operator and passengers. The OEM shall ensure that the bus structure can successfully accept the installation of the propulsion system and be operated on the stated duty -cycle for a period of 12 years without a structural failure. At a minimum, the propulsion system shall comply with applicable local, state, and/or federal emissions and 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.06 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -76 useful life requirements. The propulsion system shall comply with local, state, and federal (maintenance) and other applicable sections. The hybrid drive system shall be rated for the GVWR or greater of the bus. b. Propulsion System Service The propulsion system shall be arranged so that accessibility for all routine maintenance is ensured. No special tools, other than dollies and hoists, shall be required to remove the propulsion system or any subsystems. However, the Agency shall recognize that properly rated test equipment and safe electrical work practices are essential when servicing high-voltage hybrid components. The exhaust system, air cleaner, air compressor, starter (if used), alternator, radiator, all engine accessories, and any other component requiring service or replacement shall be easily removable. The Contractor shall provide all specialty tools and diagnostic equipment required for maintaining the propulsion system in accordance with the Special Tools List. C. Primary Propulsion Unit and Traction Motor The propulsion system may be configured in a variety of methods dependent upon type of drive, series and/or parallel. The definition of motor in the context of this specification assumes that the device can provide or consume energy as well as provide or retard mechanical motion. d. Energy Storage and Controller Design and performance shall be provided to the Agency. Energy storage shall be of a commercial design capable of operating in the Agency transit environment. The primary charging of the energy storage system shall be accomplished by the on -board hybrid system controller and regenerative braking. Thermal management will be provided to ensure optimal life and performance of the ESS over the environmental operating range. e. Hybrid System Controller (HSC) The HSC regulates energy flow throughout hybrid system components in order to provide motive performance and accessory loads, as applicable, while maintaining critical system parameters (e.g., voltages, currents, temperatures, etc.) within specified operating ranges. The controller shall monitor and process inputs and execute outputs as appropriate to control the operation of all propulsion system components. Energy storage system SOC correction methods stated in SAE J2711 shall be utilized. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 f. Engine TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -77 The engine and related emission systems shall meet all applicable emissions and design/durability guidelines and standards. The Contractor shall provide the Agency with expected durability of the engine and related emission systems and shall define required power plant. The engine shall be equipped with an electronically controlled management system, compatible with multiplex wiring systems and either 12V or 24V electrical systems. The engine shall have on -board diagnostic capabilities, be able to monitor vital functions, store out -of -parameter conditions in memory, and communicate faults and vital conditions to service personnel. Diagnostic reader device connector ports, suitably protected against dirt and moisture, shall be provided in the operator's area and near or inside the engine compartment. The on -board diagnostic system shall inform the operator via visual and/or audible alarms when out -of -parameter conditions exist for vital engine functions. The engine starting system shall be protected by an interlock that prevents its engagement when the engine is running. Special equipment or procedures may be employed to start the engine when exposed to temperatures less than 30°F for a minimum of four hours without the engine in operation. All cold weather starting aids, engine heating devices, and procedures shall be of the type recommended by the engine manufacturer and approved by the Agency. g. Automatically Activated Fast Idle as Required The fast idle device shall be activated and controlled automatically by the engine control system. 25.8. Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) a. CNG Engine General Requirements: The engine and transmission shall be heavy duty and mounted at the rear of the bus in order to allow maximum accessibility to all components. Engine must be CARB certified CNG engine at the time of delivery. The engine shall be OEM certified suitable for heavy heavy-duty urban transit bus application. The engine/transmission combination shall require application testing and approval from the respective engine and transmission manufacturer. Engine shall be capable of diagnostics, archive of failure data, adaptive learning and programming via a laptop PC in a "windows' environment. This capability shall extend to time stamping of failure data, running in a real time mode for road testing and data storage. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -78 The operating range of the bus run in revenue service (Design Operating Profile) shall be at least 400 miles when fully secured to 3,600 PSI (nominal) of natural gas during a single fill -up. The engine shall be capable of sending and receiving data via the J1939 communications standard. b. CNG Fuel System Tanks: The compressed natural gas (CNG) fuel tanks must be the lightest available tanks that meet all the standards that meet all the standards of NGV 2, NFPA 52, DOT, and provide a minimum of 21,000 SCF. Eight (8) Type III fuel tanks must be roof -mounted with tanks located as far outboard as possible. A walkway along the centerline of the roof must also be provided. This walkway will allow maintenance personnel to safely walk between the tanks with the fuel tank cowlings either opened or closed. The tanks must be a twenty (20) year tank and certifiable to twenty (20) years Low-pressure regulators shall be installed so that the drain hole is at the bottom of the regulator, as they occasionally require draining. The high-pressure regulator shall be located so it is accessible for maintenance and adjustment. There shall be an emergency '/4 turn shut-off valve between the tanks and the fueling head, no higher than 68" to allow actuation while standing on the ground. The emergency relief valves on each cylinder shall have a vent pipe. The end of the pipe shall be covered with a plastic cap to prevent debris from entering, but still be capable of venting in case of emergency. A provision shall be provided to unload all of the fuel from the storage cylinders to a facility based low-pressure gas line or storage facility. Connection shall be accessible at the fueling fitting area and be properly protected and labeled. It shall be possible to unload a full load of fuel in thirty minutes or less. C. Fueling: Fueling must take place on the right rear corner of the coach (curbside). Fuel door must have a minimum height from the ground to the door opening of 48." Fuel door must have a starter and engine cut-out switch installed to prevent starting or running the engine of the coach during fueling. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -79 Fueling must be able to be completed in less than five minutes from an empty state to a completely full state. There shall also be a de -fueling fitting and valve system to unload the fuel supply from the bus tanks. 25.9. Electric Drive Motor (Category 2) a. Propulsion System Service The bus shall be powered by an all -electric, zero -emission propulsion system. Function and operation of the bus shall be transparent to the bus operator and passengers. The OEM shall ensure that the bus structure can successfully accept the installation of the propulsion system and be operated on the stated duty -cycle for a period of 12 years without a structural failure. At a minimum, the propulsion system shall comply with applicable local, state, and/or federal emissions and useful life requirements. The propulsion system shall comply with local, state, and federal (maintenance) and other applicable sections. The all -electric, zero -emission drive system shall be rated for the GVWR or greater of the bus. b. Propulsion System Service The propulsion system shall be arranged so that accessibility for all routine maintenance is ensured. No special tools, other than dollies and hoists, shall be required to remove the propulsion system or any subsystems. However, the Agency shall recognize that properly rated test equipment and safe electrical work practices are essential when servicing high-voltage electric components. All drive system accessories requiring service or replacement shall be easily removable. The Contractor shall provide all specialty tools and diagnostic equipment required for maintaining the propulsion system in accordance with the Special Tools List. C. Traction Motor The traction motor shall be able to provide and recover kinetic energy as well as retard mechanical momentum (regenerative braking). The traction motor shall be a permanent magnet type with a minimum power rating of 160 kW and be able to achieve a maximum torque of 1019 Nim (750 Ib. -ft.). Traction motor speed control shall be continuously variable and not rely on shift points. d. Energy Storage System Design and performance shall be provided to the Agency. Energy storage shall be of a commercial design capable of operating in the Agency transit environment. The electrical storage system shall be composed of modular Li -ion batteries. The total nominal system storage capacity shall be suitable for the desired operating profile and range. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -80 A thermal management system, separate from the cooling system of the traction motor, shall be provided to ensure optimal life and performance of the ESS over the environmental operating range. e. Electric Vehicle System Controller (EVSC) The propulsion system shall be able to self -regulate, manage, and control energy flow throughout the propulsion system in order to provide motive performance, storage, and accessory loads, as applicable, while maintaining critical system parameters (e.g., voltages, currents, temperatures, etc.) within specified operating ranges. The controller shall monitor and process inputs and execute outputs as appropriate to control the operation of all propulsion system components. Shop/Depot Charging Connection The bus shall be able to interface and receive a charge from shop/depot charging equipment with a charge rate of 100 kW. The shop/depot charger connection interface shall be located next to the fuse box on the rear curbside of the bus. The charger interface shall have its own access door. LAVTA may choose to purchase charging equipment from the awarded bus manufacturer, or to purchase it elsewhere, from a different supplier. Proposers should offer pricing for one (1) charging system per electric bus being proposed. TABLE 3 Maximum Start Acceleration Times on a Level Surface' Speed (mph) Maximum time (seconds) 10 5 20 10 30 18 40 30 50 60 Top speed 1. Vehicle weight= GVWR 25.10. Acceleration Electric The acceleration shall meet the requirements in Table 3 above and shall be sufficiently gradual and smooth to prevent throwing standing passengers off balance. Acceleration measurement shall commence when the accelerator is depressed. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 25.11. Operating Range TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DECEMBER 30, 2015 PAGE -81 The operating range of the coach shall be designed to meet the operating profile as stated in the "Design Operating Profile" section. a. Electric The operating range of the coach with full state of charge when run on the FTA ADB cycle shall be at least 130 miles. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 THIS AGREEMENT is made as of the the LIVERMORE AMADOR SAMPLE AGREEMENT APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -1 day of , 2016, by and between VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY (LAVTA) and ("CONTRACTOR"). WHEREAS, LAVTA desires to purchase a minimum of 12 and a maximum of 20 buses (which bus quantities may be assigned to other public agencies) to be delivered over the term of the Contract and has issued a Request for Proposals dated December 30, 2015, a copy of which is attached and incorporated as Exhibit A; and WHEREAS, the CONTRACTOR desires to furnish such services and submitted a written proposal dated , 2016, a copy of which is attached and incorporated as Exhibit B. NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS: RENDITION OF SERVICES The CONTRACTOR agrees to provide services to LAVTA in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 2. SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall perform all work and furnish all the labor, materials, tools, equipment, services, and incidentals as set forth in Exhibit A ("Work"), as supplemented by Exhibit B, except when inconsistent with Exhibit A. 3. TERM OF AGREEMENT The term of this Agreement will be for a five-year term commencing upon LAVTA'S issuance of a written Notice to Proceed or unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 22 of this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish LAVTA with all the materials, equipment and services called for under this Agreement, and perform all other work, if any, described in the Contract Specifications. It is further understood that the term of Contract is subject to LAVTA'S right to terminate the Contract in accordance with Section 22 of this Agreement. 4. OWNERSHIP OF WORK All reports, designs, drawings, plans, specifications, schedules, and other materials prepared, or in the process of being prepared for the services to be performed by CONTRACTOR are and shall be the property of LAVTA. LAVTA shall be entitled to copies and access to these materials during the progress of the work. Any such materials remaining in the hands of the CONTRACTOR or in the hands of any subcontractor upon completion or termination of the work shall be immediately delivered to LAVTA. If any materials are lost, damaged, or destroyed before final delivery to LAVTA, the CONTRACTOR shall replace them at its own expense and the CONTRACTOR assumes all risks of loss, damage, or destruction of or to such materials. The CONTRACTOR may retain a copy of all material produced under this Agreement for its use in its general business activities. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 5. 6. 7 9 CONFIDENTIALITY APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -2 Any LAVTA materials to which the CONTRACTOR has access or materials prepared by the CONTRACTOR during the course of this Agreement ("confidential information") shall be held in confidence by the CONTRACTOR, who shall exercise all reasonable precautions to prevent the disclosure of confidential information to anyone except the officers, employees and agents of the CONTRACTOR as necessary to accomplish the rendition of services set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall not release any reports, information, or promotional materials prepared in connection with this Agreement, whether deemed confidential or not, without the approval of LAVTA'S General Manager. USE OF SUBCONTRACTORS The CONTRACTOR shall not subcontract any services to be performed by it under this Agreement without the prior written approval of LAVTA, except for service firms engaged in drawing, reprographics, typing, and printing. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for reimbursing any subcontractors and LAVTA shall have no obligation to them. CONTRACTOR'S KEY PERSONNEL It is understood and agreed by the parties that at all times during the term of this Agreement that shall serve as the primary staff person of CONTRACTOR to undertake, render, and oversee all of the services under this Agreement. CHANGES LAVTA may, make changes at any time, by written order, within the scope of services described in this Agreement. If such changes cause an increase or decrease in the budgeted cost of or the time required for performance of the agreed upon work, an equitable adjustment as mutually agreed shall be made in the limit on compensation as set forth in Section 16 of this Agreement. In the event that CONTRACTOR encounters any unanticipated conditions or contingencies that may affect the scope of work or services and result in an adjustment in the amount of compensation specified herein, or identifies any LAVTA conduct (including actions, inaction, and written or oral communications other than a formal contract modification) that the CONTRACTOR regards as a change to the contract terms and conditions, CONTRACTOR shall so advise LAVTA immediately upon notice of such condition or contingency. The written notice shall explain the circumstances giving rise to the unforeseen condition or contingency and shall set forth the proposed adjustment in compensation. This notice shall be given to LAVTA prior to the time that CONTRACTOR performs work or services related to the proposed adjustment in compensation. The pertinent changes shall be expressed in a written supplement to this Agreement prior to implementation of such changes. Failure to provide written notice and receive LAVTA approval for extra work prior to performing extra work may, at LAVTA'S sole discretion, result in nonpayment of the invoices reflecting such work. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 9. CLAIMS OR DISPUTES APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -3 The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for providing timely written notice to LAVTA of any claims for additional compensation and/or time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. It is LAVTA'S intent to investigate and attempt to resolve any CONTRACTOR claims before the CONTRACTOR has performed any disputed work. Therefore, CONTRACTOR's failure to provide timely notice shall constitute a waiver of CONTRACTOR's claims for additional compensation and/or time. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any cause, including any act, or failure to act, by LAVTA, or the failure or refusal to issue a modification, or the happening of any event, thing, or occurrence, unless it has given LAVTA due written notice of potential claim. The potential claim shall set forth the reasons for which the CONTRACTOR believes additional compensation may be due, the nature of the costs involved, and the amount of the potential claim. If based on an act or failure to act by LAVTA, such notice shall be given to LAVTA prior to the time that the CONTRACTOR has started performance of the work giving rise to the potential claim for additional compensation. In all other cases, notice shall be given within 10 days after the happening of the event or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim. If there is a dispute over any claim, the CONTRACTOR shall continue to work during the dispute resolution process in a diligent and timely manner as directed by LAVTA, and shall be governed by all applicable provisions of the Contract. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain cost records of all work which is the basis of any dispute. If an agreement can be reached which resolves the CONTRACTOR claim, the parties will execute a Contract modification to document the resolution of the claim. If the parties cannot reach an agreement with respect to the CONTRACTOR claim, they may choose to pursue a dispute resolution process or termination of the contract. 10. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES LAVTA, as a recipient of Federal financial assistance from the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) and the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), is committed to and has adopted a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program for Contracts in accordance with Federal regulations 49 CFR §26, issued by the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT). It is the policy of LAVTA to ensure non-discrimination in the award and administration of all contracts and to create a level playing field on which Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) can compete fairly for contracts and subcontracts relating to LAVTA'S construction, procurement, and professional services activities. To this end, LAVTA has developed procedures to remove barriers to DBE participation in the bidding and award process and to assist DBEs to develop and compete successfully outside of the DBE Program. Concerning the performance of this contract, the CONTRACTOR will cooperate with LAVTA in meeting these commitments and objectives. Pursuant to 49 CFR §26.13, and as a material term of any agreement with LAVTA, the CONTRACTOR hereby makes the following assurance and agrees to include this assurance in any agreements it makes with subcontractors in the performance of this contract: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -4 "The CONTRACTOR or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR §26 in the award and administration of U.S. DOT -assisted contracts. Failure by the CONTRACTOR or subcontractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract, which may result in the termination of this Contract or such other remedy, as LAVTA deems appropriate." 11. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EEO) In connection with the performance of this Agreement the CONTRACTOR shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, national origin, ancestry, sex, gender, sexual orientation, age (over 40), marital status, pregnancy, medical condition, or disability as specified in federal, State, and local laws. The CONTRACTOR shall take affirmative actions to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during their employment, without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, disability, or national origin. Such actions shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship. CONTRACTOR further agrees to insert a similar provision in all subcontracts, except subcontracts for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. 12. CONFLICT OF INTEREST Depending on the nature of the work performed, a CONTRACTOR of LAVTA is subject to the same conflict of interest prohibitions established by the Federal Transit Administration and California law that govern LAVTA employees and officials (Cal. Govt. Code Section 1090 et seq. and Cal. Govt. Code Section 87100 et seq.). During the proposal process or the term of the Agreement, CONTRACTOR and their employees may be required to disclose financial interests. The CONTRACTOR warrants and represents that it presently has no interest and agrees that it will not acquire any interest that would present a conflict of interest under California Government Code §1090 et seq. or §87100 et seq. during the performance of services under this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR further covenants that it will not knowingly employ any person having such an interest in the performance of this Agreement. Violation of this provision may result in this Agreement being deemed void and unenforceable. Depending on the nature of the work performed, CONTRACTOR may be required to publicly disclose financial interests under LAVTA's Conflict of Interest Code. Upon receipt, the CONTRACTOR agrees to promptly submit a Statement of Economic Interest on the form provided by LAVTA. No person previously in the position of Director, Officer, employee or agent of LAVTA may act as an agent or attorney for, or otherwise represent the CONTRACTOR by making any formal or informal appearance, or any oral or written communication, before LAVTA, or any Officer or employee of LAVTA, for a period of twelve months after leaving office or employment with LAVTA if the appearance or communication is made for the purpose of influencing any action involving the issuance, amendment, award or revocation of a permit, license, grant, or contract. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 13. PROHIBITED INTEREST APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -5 No member, officer, or employee of LAVTA during his or her tenure or for one year after that tenure shall have any interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement or the proceeds under this Agreement, nor shall any such person act as an agent or attorney for, or otherwise represent, a Bidder or Contractor/Consultant by making a formal or informal appearance, or any oral or written communication, before LAVTA, or any officer or employee of LAVTA, for a period of one year after leaving office or employment with LAVTA if the appearance or communication is made for the purpose of influencing any action involving the issuance, amendment, award or revocation of a Contract. 14. RESPONSIBILITY: INDEMNIFICATION The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, keep and save harmless LAVTA, and its directors, officers, agents and employees against any and all suits, claims, or actions arising out of any injury to persons or property, including but not limited to damages arising from the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties, that may occur, or that may be alleged to have occurred, arising from the performance of this Agreement by the CONTRACTOR caused by a negligent act or omission of the CONTRACTOR or its employees, subcontractors or agents. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to defend any and all such actions, suits, or claims and pay all charges of attorneys and all other incurred costs and expenses. If any judgment is rendered against LAVTA or any of the other individuals enumerated above in any such action, CONTRACTOR shall, at its expense, satisfy and discharge the same. This indemnification shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement. 15. INSURANCE The insurance requirements specified in this section shall apply to CONTRACTOR and any subcontractors, suppliers, temporary workers, independent contractors, leased employees, or any other persons, firms or corporations that CONTRACTOR authorizes to work under this Agreement (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Agents'). CONTRACTOR is required to procure and maintain at its sole cost and expense the insurance coverages subject to all of the requirements set forth below. CONTRACTOR is also required to assess the risks associated with the work to be performed by Agents under subcontract and to include in every subcontract the requirement that the Agent maintain adequate insurance coverages with appropriate limits and endorsements to cover risks; the limit for the commercial general liability insurance in each subcontract shall not be less than $1 million. Such insurance shall remain in full force and effect throughout the term of this Agreement. To the extent that any Agent does not procure and maintain such insurance coverage, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for said coverage and assume any and all costs and expenses that may be incurred in securing said coverage or in fulfilling CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligation as to itself or any of its Agents in the absence of coverage. In the event CONTRACTOR or its Agents procure excess or umbrella coverage to maintain certain requirements outlined below, these policies shall also satisfy all specified endorsements and stipulations, including provisions that the CONTRACTOR's insurance be primary without any right of contribution from LAVTA. Prior to beginning work under this contract, CONTRACTOR shall provide LAVTA with satisfactory evidence of compliance with the insurance requirements of this section. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 A. Types of Insurance 1. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -6 (a) Workers' Compensation with Statutory Limits, as required by Section 3700 et seq. of the California Labor Code, or any subsequent amendments or successor acts thereto governing the liability of employers to their employees. (b) Employer's Liability coverage with minimum limits of $1 million. (c) Such insurance shall include the following endorsement as further detailed in the Endorsements Section below: • Waiver of Subrogation. 2. Commercial General Liability Insurance Commercial General Liability insurance for bodily injury and property damage coverage with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of at least $1 million per occurrence or claim and a general aggregate limit of at least $1 million. Such insurance shall cover all of CONTRACTOR'S operations both at and away from the project site. (a) This insurance shall include coverage for, but not be limited to: • Premises and operations. • Products and completed operations. • Contractual liability. • Personal injury. • Advertising injury. • Explosion, collapse, and underground coverage (xcu). • Broad form property damage. (b) Such insurance shall include the following endorsements as further detailed in the Endorsements Section below: • Additional Insured. • Cross Liability or Severability of Interests Clause. • Primary and Non -Contributory wording. • Waiver of Subrogation. Products and completed operations insurance shall be maintained for three years following termination of this Agreement. 3. Automobile Liability Insurance Business Automobile Liability insurance providing bodily injury and property damage with a combined single limit of at least $1 million per occurrence. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -7 (a) This insurance shall include coverage for, but not be limited to: All Owned vehicles. Non -owned vehicles. Hired or rental vehicles. (b) Such insurance shall include the following endorsements as further detailed in the Endorsements Section below: Additional Insured. Primary and Non -Contributory wording. Waiver of Subrogation. 4. Property Insurance Property and/or transit insurance, whichever is applicable, with Special Form coverage including theft but excluding earthquake, with limits at least equal to the replacement cost of the property described below. (a) This insurance shall include coverage for, but not be limited to: • CONTRACTOR'S own business personal property and equipment to be used in performance of this Agreement. • Materials or property to be purchased and/or installed on behalf of LAVTA, if any. • Debris removal. • Builders risk for property in the course of construction. (b) Such insurance shall include the following endorsement as further detailed in the Endorsements Section below: • Waiver of Subrogation. B. Endorsements Additional Insured The referenced policies and any Excess or Umbrella policies shall include as Additional Insureds LAVTA and its directors, officers, employees, volunteers and agents while acting in such capacity, and their successors or assignees, as they now, or as they may hereafter be constituted, singly, jointly or severally. 2. Waiver of Subrogation The referenced policies and any Excess or Umbrella policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of LAVTA and its officers, directors, employees, volunteers and agents while acting in such capacity, and their successors and assignees, as they now, or as they may hereafter be constituted, singly, jointly or severally. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 3. Primary Insurance APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -8 The referencedolp icies and any Excess or Umbrella policies shall indicate that they are primary to any other insurance and the insurance company(ies) providing such policy(ies) shall be liable thereunder for the full amount of any loss or claim, up to and including the total limit of liability, without right of contribution from any of the insurance affected or which may be affected by LAVTA. 4. Severability of Interests or Cross Liability The referenced policies and any Excess or Umbrella policies shall contain either a Cross Liability endorsement or Severability of Interests Clause and stipulate that inclusion of LAVTA as an Additional Insured shall not in any way affect LAVTA's rights either as respects any claim, demand, suit or judgment made, brought or recovered against the CONTRACTOR. Said policy shall protect CONTRACTOR and LAVTA in the same manner as though a separate policy had been issued to each, but nothing in said policy shall operate to increase the insurance company's liability as set forth in its policy beyond the amount or amounts shown or to which the insurance company would have been liable if only one interest had been named as an insured. C. Evidence of Insurance All Coverages - Prior to commencing work or entering onto the Property, CONTRACTOR shall provide the Director of Maintenance of LAVTA with a certificate evidencing coverage, and upon request, a certified duplicate original of the policy. The certificate shall also show that the CONTRACTORS' policy(ies) will not be cancelled or coverage altered without 30 days prior written notice to LAVTA's Director of Maintenance. D. General Provisions Notice of Cancellation The policies shall provide that the CONTRACTORS' policies will not be cancelled or have limits reduced or coverage altered without 30 days prior written notice to LAVTA's Director of Maintenance. 2. Acceptable Insurers All policies will be issued by insurers acceptable to LAVTA (generally with a Best's Rating of A- 10 or better). 3. Self-insurance Upon evidence of financial capacity satisfactory to LAVTA and CONTRACTOR's agreement to waive subrogation against LAVTA respecting any and all claims that may arise, CONTRACTOR's obligation hereunder may be satisfied in whole or in part by adequately funded self-insurance. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 4. Failure to Maintain Insurance APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -9 All insurance specified above shall remain in force until all work to be performed is satisfactorily completed, all of CONTRACTOR's personnel and equipment have been removed from LAVTA property, and the work has been formally accepted. The failure to procure or maintain required insurance and/or an adequately funded self-insurance program will constitute a material breach of this Agreement. E. Claims Made Coverage If any insurance specified above shall be provided on a claim -made basis, then in addition to coverage requirements above, such policy shall provide that: Policy retroactive date coincides with or precedes the CONTRACTOR's start of work (including subsequent policies purchased as renewals or replacements). 2. CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to maintain similar insurance for at least three years following project completion, including the requirement of adding all named insureds. 3. If insurance is terminated for any reason, CONTRACTOR agrees to purchase an extended reporting provision of at least three years to report claims arising from work performed in connection with this Agreement. 4. Policy allows for reporting of circumstances or incidents that might give rise to future claims. Deductibles and Retentions CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for payment of any deductible or retention on CONTRACTOR's policies without right of contribution from LAVTA. 16. COMPENSATION The CONTRACTOR agrees to perform all the services included in Section 2, in accordance with the cost information provided in its Cost Proposal included in Exhibit B, which shall include all labor, materials, taxes, profit, overhead, insurance, delivery costs, subcontractor costs, and other costs and expenses incurred by the CONTRACTOR. The Contractor's Base Offer per Bus as submitted on Appendix B, Cost Proposal, shall remain firm during the first 180 days of the Contract. After the initial 180 days of the Contract, the Contractor will be allowed, upon written request, to adjust prospectively the Base Offer per Bus based on the Producer Price Index (PPI). If requested, the Base Offer per Bus shall be that quoted plus/minus any adjustment which will be calculated based on the U.S. Department of Labor/Bureau of Labor Statistics Producer Price Index (PPI) Category 1413, "Trucks and Bus Bodies' formula as described in the Section 133 of Appendix A. However, in no event will the price(s) for any order issued exceed, by more than five percent, the price(s) that would have been in effect 12 months prior to the date of issuance of the order. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 17. MANNER OF PAYMENT APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -10 LAVTA shall pay the full price of each bus upon issuance of final acceptance of the bus and receipt of an approved invoice, as provided for in the RFP. Invoice entries shall conform to the rates specified in the Cost Proposal set forth in Exhibit B, as agreed upon. LAVTA will endeavor to pay approved invoices within 30 days of their receipt. Invoices shall be mailed or delivered to LAVTA at 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100, Livermore, CA 94551. 18. CONTRACTOR'S STATUS Neither the CONTRACTOR nor any party contracting with the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to be an agent or employee of LAVTA. The CONTRACTOR is and shall be an independent CONTRACTOR and the legal relationship of any person performing services for the CONTRACTOR shall be one solely between that person and the CONTRACTOR. 19. ASSIGNMENT The CONTRACTOR shall not assign any of its rights nor transfer any of its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of LAVTA. 20. LAVTA WARRANTIES LAVTA makes no warranties, representations, or agreements, either express or implied, beyond such as are explicitly stated in this Agreement. 21. LAVTA REPRESENTATIVE Except when approval or other action is required to be given or taken by the Board of Directors of LAVTA, LAVTA'S Director of Maintenance or such person or persons as they shall designate in writing from time to time, shall represent and act for LAVTA. 22. TERMINATION A. Termination for Convenience The performance of Work under this Agreement may be terminated by LAVTA in accordance with this clause in whole, or from time to time in part, whenever LAVTA determines that such termination is in the best interest of LAVTA. Any such termination shall be effected by delivery to the CONTRACTOR of a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Agreement is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by LAVTA, the CONTRACTOR shall do the following: Stop Work under the Agreement on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination. Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities, except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Agreement as is not terminated. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -11 • Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the notice of termination; assign to LAVTA in the manner, at the times, and to the extent directed by LAVTA, all of the right, title and interest of the CONTRACTOR under the orders and subcontracts so terminated, in which case LAVTA shall have the right, in its discretion, to settle or pay any or all claims arising out of the termination of such orders and subcontracts. • Settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination of orders and subcontracts, with the approval or ratification of LAVTA, to the extent he or she may require, which approval or ratification shall be final for all the purposes of this clause. • Transfer title to LAVTA and deliver in the manner, at the times and to the extent, if any, directed by LAVTA the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in process, completed Work, supplies and other material produced as part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated, and the completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Agreement had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to LAVTA. • Use its best efforts to sell, in the manner, at the times, to the extent, and at the price(s) directed or authorized by LAVTA, any property of the types referred to above, provided, however, that the CONTRACTOR shall not be required to extend credit to any purchaser, and may acquire any such property under the conditions prescribed by and at prices approved by LAVTA, and provided further that the proceeds of any such transfer or disposition shall be applied in reduction of any payments to be made by LAVTA to the CONTRACTOR under this Agreement or shall otherwise be credited to the price or cost of the Work covered by this Agreement or paid in such other manner as LAVTA may direct. • Complete performance of such part of the Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination. • Take such action as may be necessary, or as LAVTA may direct, for the protection or preservation of the property related to this Agreement that is in the possession of the Contractor and in which LAVTA has or may acquire an interest. The CONTRACTOR shall be paid its costs, including reasonable Agreement close-out costs, and profit on Work performed up to the time of termination. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit its termination claim to LAVTA to be paid the CONTRACTOR. Settlement of claims by the CONTRACTOR under this termination for convenience clause shall be in accordance with the provisions set forth in Part 49 of the Federal Acquisition Regulations (48 CFR 49) except that wherever the word "Government' appears, it shall be deleted and the word "LAVTA" shall be substituted in lieu thereof. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 B. Termination for Default APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -12 LAVTA may, by written notice of default to the CONTRACTOR, terminate the whole or any part of this Agreement if the CONTRACTOR fails to make delivery of the supplies or to perform the services within the time specified herein or any extension thereof; or if the CONTRACTOR fails to perform any of the other material provisions of the Agreement, or so fails to make progress as to endanger performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, and in either of these two circumstances does not cure such failure within a period of ten (10) business days, or such longer period as LAVTA may authorize in writing, after receipt of notice from LAVTA specifying such failure. If the Agreement is terminated in whole or in part for default, LAVTA may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as LAVTA may deem appropriate, supplies or services similar to those so terminated. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to LAVTA for any excess costs for such similar supplies or services and shall continue the performance of this Agreement to the extent not terminated under the provisions of this clause. Except with respect to defaults of Subcontractors, the CONTRACTOR shall not be liable for any excess costs if the failure to perform the Agreement arises out of a cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR. If the failure to perform is caused by the default of a Subcontractor, and if such default arises out of causes beyond the control of both the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor, and without the fault or negligence of either of them, the CONTRACTOR shall not be liable for any excess costs for failure to perform, unless the supplies or services to be furnished by the Subcontractor were obtainable from other sources and in sufficient time to permit the CONTRACTOR to meet the required delivery schedule. Payment for completed supplies delivered to and accepted by LAVTA shall be at the Agreement price. LAVTA may withhold from amounts otherwise due the CONTRACTOR for such completed supplies such sum as LAVTA determines to be necessary to protect LAVTA against loss because of outstanding liens or claims of former lien holders. If, after notice of termination of this Agreement under the provisions of this clause, it is determined for any reason that the CONTRACTOR was not in default under the provisions of this clause, or that the default was excusable under the provisions of this clause, then the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the notice of termination had been issued pursuant to termination for convenience of LAVTA. 23. MAINTENANCE, AUDIT AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS The CONTRACTOR shall permit the authorized representatives of LAVTA and the FTA to inspect, audit, make copies and transcriptions of books and all data and records of the CONTRACTOR relating to its performance under the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall maintain all such records for a period of three years after LAVTA makes final payment under this Agreement. 24. NOTICES All communications relating to the day to day activities of the project shall be exchanged between LAVTA'S Director of Maintenance, or designee, and the CONTRACTOR's. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -13 All other notices and communications deemed by either party to be necessary or desirable to be given to the other party shall be in writing and may be given by personal delivery to a representative of the parties or by mailing the same postage prepaid, addressed as follows: If to LAVTA: General Manager Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100, Livermore, CA 94551 If to the CONTRACTOR: Attn: The address to which mailings may be made may be changed from time to time by notice mailed as described above. Any notice given by mail shall be deemed given on the day after that on which it is deposited in the United States Mail as provided above. 25. ATTORNEYS' FEES If any legal proceeding should be instituted by either of the parties to enforce the terms of this Agreement or to determine the rights of the parties under this Agreement, the prevailing party in said proceeding shall recover reasonable attorneys' fees, in addition to all court costs. 26. APPLICABLE LAW This Agreement, its interpretation and all work performed under it shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. The CONTRACTOR must comply with all federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the Agreement and to the work to be done hereunder, including all rules and regulations of LAVTA. 27. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF LAVTA The rights and remedies of LAVTA provided herein shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under the Agreement. 28. BINDING ON SUCCESSORS All of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and insure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives. 29. SURVIVAL OF TERMS The following sections shall survive the nominal expiration or discharge of other Agreement obligations, and LAVTA may obtain any remedy under law, Agreement or equity to enforce the obligations of the CONTRACTOR that survive the manufacturing, warranty and final payment periods: "Intellectual Property Warranty" — Exhibit A, Section 13.U. "Data Rights" — Exhibit A, Section 13.V. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 • "Responsibility/Indemnification" — Section 14 • "Applicable Law" — Section 26 • "Disputes' — Section 9 • "Confidentiality' — Section 5 • "Parts Availability Guarantee' — Exhibit A, Section 13.Q. • "Maintenance, Audit and Inspection of Records" — Section 23 • "Training" - Exhibit A, Section 13.R. 30. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -14 The CONTRACTOR shall at all times comply with all applicable laws, regulations, policies, procedures and directives (together, the "Law"), including without limitation, FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including those listed directly or by reference in the agreement between LAVTA and FTA that funds any part of this Agreement, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. LAVTA: LIVERMORE AMADOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY By: Title: Executive Director By: ATTEST: Title: By: Secretary for the LAVTA APPROVED AS TO FORM: By: Attorney for the LAVTA CONTRACTOR: (See footnote below") 'Note: If the CONTRACTOR is a Corporation, this Agreement must be executed by two Corporate Officers, consisting of: (1) the President, Vice President or Chair of the Board, and (2) the Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Chief Financial Officer, Assistant Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, or Assistant Treasurer. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 In the alternative, this Agreement may be executed provided that evidence satisfactory to LAVTA i authorized to bind the Corporation (e.g. a copy of < a copy of the Corporation's bylaws.) APPENDIX A SAMPLE AGREEMENT PAGE -15 by a single Officer or a person other than an Officer provided demonstrating that such individual is certified resolution from the Corporation's Board or 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 COSTPROPOSAL APPENDIX B COSTPROPOSAL PAGE -1 The Proposer shall use this form for submission of its cost proposal. Proposers may submit an offer for Category 1, Category 2 or both categories of buses. For each bus category Proposer chooses to submit an offer, Proposer must submit an offer on each of the bus configurations as designated in the Technical Specifications. QUANTITY This Proposal offers the buses as specified and is effective for a five-year period. The Proposer agrees to deliver a minimum of 12 buses and a maximum of up to 20 buses within the time periods set forth in the solicitation documents. In the event that all of the participating Consortium Members enters into a contract with the successful Proposer, the Proposer agrees to deliver a minimum of 104 and a maximum of 195 additional buses over the contract term pursuant to the terms of the solicitation documents. All buses to be furnished under the contract shall be ordered by issuance(s) of a Purchase Order(s) by LAVTA or another procuring agency in accordance with the specifications. 2. PRICES The Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority (LAVTA) and other procuring agencies, reserve the right to order buses over the five-year period beginning upon the date LAVTA's Maintenance Department issues a written Notice to Proceed (NTP). The prices of such buses and equipment shall be at the prices quoted below. These prices shall remain firm, fixed for any orders issued by LAVTA or other procuring agencies within a period of 180 days from the effective date of each contract. The price(s) of any buses or equipment ordered by LAVTA or other procuring agencies after the initial 180 day firm fixed price period shall be that quoted (Base Offer per Bus) plus/minus any adjustment which will be calculated based on the U.S. Department of Labor/Bureau of Labor Statistics Producer Price Index (PPI) Category 1413, "Trucks and Bus Bodies' formula as described in the Section 13.T of the RFP. However, in no event will the price(s) for any order issued exceed, by more than five percent, the price(s) that would have been in effect 12 months prior to the date of issuance of the purchase order. CATEGORY HEAVY DUTY BUS 12/30/2015 11792142.3 30 Foot 35 Foot 40 Foot A. Base Offer per Bus: $ $ $ B. California Sales Tax: $ $ $ @9.50% (.00950 x Line A) C. Non -Taxable ADA Equipment: $ $ $ D. 'Delivery Cost per Bus: (To LAVTA $ $ $ location only) E. Total Base Offer per Bus: $ $ $ (Add lines A, B, and C) F. Date of FTA Bus Test: (If required, see Appendix H) 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 CATEGORY APPENDIX B COSTPROPOSAL PAGE -2 HEAVY DUTY BUS 30 Foot 35 Foot 40 Foot G. Vehicle Mfg. and Model: *Delivery charges to other procuring agencies shall be determined at time of contract with each individual agency. Additional Cost Per Bus: Hybrid Drive $ $ $ Compressed Natural Gas $ $ $ CATEGORY 2 HEAVY DUTY BUS — ALL -ELECTRIC ZERO EMISSION PROPULSION SYSTEM 35 Foot 40 Foot A. Base Offer per Bus: $ $ B. California Sales Tax: $ $ @9.50% (.00950 x Line A) C. Non -Taxable ADA Equipment: $ $ D. *Delivery Cost per Bus: (To LAVTA $ $ location only) E. Total Base Offer per Bus: $ $ (Add lines A, B, and C) F. Date of FTA Bus Test: (If required, see Appendix H) G. Vehicle Mfg. and Model: *Delivery charges to other procuring agencies shall be determined at time of contract with each individual agency. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX C PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES PERFORMANCE BOND RFP 2015-08 PAGE -1 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that LIVERMORE AMADOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY ("LAVTA") has entered into a contract with , ("Principal") for the PROVISION OF ; and WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a bond of faithful performance of the Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and , as Surety duly organized under the laws of the State of having its principal place of business at in the State of are held and firmly bound into LAVTA, in the penal sum of $ lawful money of the United States being a sum equal to 20% of the total amount payable for the initial order of buses by the term of said Contract, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounded Principal shall in all things stand to and abide by and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the said Contract and any alteration thereof made as provided in the Contract, on his part to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force; and The said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that LAVTA, or its successors or assigns, shall be the prevailing party in an action brought upon this bond, then, in addition to the penal sum herein above specified, we agree to pay to LAVTA, or its successors or assigns, a reasonable sum on account of attorney's fees in such action, which sum shall be fixed by the court. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above bounded parties have executed this instrument under their seals this _ day of , 20 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. TO BE CONSIDERED COMPLETE, BOTH THE PROPOSER AND AN ADMITTED SURETY INSURER AUTHORIZED BY THE CALIFORNIA INSURANCE COMMISSIONER TO TRANSACT SURETY BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, MUST SIGN THIS PROPOSER'S BOND. IN ADDITION, THE SURETY'S SIGNATURE MUST BE NOTARIZED AND A COPY OF THE SURETY'S POWER OF ATTORNEY MUST BE ATTACHED. Notarized By: Principal's Name (Print) Principal's Signature Surety's Name Print Surety's Signature Surety's Address: City/State/Zip 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX C PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES PERFORMANCE BOND RFP 2015-08 PAGE -2 NOTE: SAMPLE FORMAT ONLY. ORIGINAL LETTER MUST BE ON THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTION'S LETTERHEAD FROM WHICH IT IS DRAWN. Date: Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority 1362 Rutan Ct, Suite 100 Livermore, CA 94551 Re: Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. Director. Contracts & Procurement: We hereby issue in your favor of the Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority (LAVTA) this Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit for the account of , a (insert nature of organization, whether sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation), in the sum equal to 20% of the total amount of the initial order of buses by the term of the Contract, $ , which is available upon your demand when accompanied by a signed statement from an officer of LAVTA, stating that: The amount drafted is due to LAVTA because of the default or failure to perform by in accordance with the terms of the Contract dated by and between LAVTA and We hereby agree with the drawers and/or bona fide holders that drafts drawn and negotiated in conformity with the terms of this Letter of Credit will be duly honored upon presentation when presented on or before , 20. Partial drawings are permitted. Except so far as otherwise expressly stated, this credit is subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision) of the International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500. Sincerely, (Name of financial institution) By: (Signature) Title: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX D PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE RFP 2015-08 PAGE -1 BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (Buses, Other Rolling Stock, and Associated Equipment) IMPORTANT: SELECT AND COMPLETE ONLY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATES: Certificate of Compliance with 49 USC 5323(i)(2)(C) The bidder hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 USC 53230)(2)(C) and the applicable regulations in 49 CFR 661. Firm Name Signature of Authorized Official Name and Title of Authorized Official f07fC! OR: Certificate for Non -Compliance with 49 USC 5323( )(2)(C) The bidder hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 USC 53230)(2)(C), but it may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 USC 5323(j)(2)(B) or (j)(2)(D) and the regulations in 49 CFR 661.7. Firm Name Signature of Authorized Official Name and Title of Authorized Official 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX E PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY- SUBCONTRACTORIDBE QUESTIONNAIRE DUTY BUSES PAGE -1 RFP 2015-08 SUBCONTRACTOR/DBE FORMS 1. Is your firm a registered Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)? Yes No If the answer is "Yes", please fill in your DBE Certification Number:, 2. Does your firm plan to subcontract any of the work or services required under this contract to any subcontractors or subconsultants, or procure items from suppliers? Yes No If the answer is "Yes", please continue with completing this questionnaire. If the answer is "No", you may stop here and you do not need to continue to Question 3. Please sign and submit this page. 3. Describe briefly how your firm solicited small businesses, including DBEs, to participate on this contract. 4. Identify the portion(s) of the work or service that were selected for subcontracting and explain why these portions of work were selected: to perform this contract: 5. Explain the reasons for rejecting bids and accepting the bids from the selected subcontractor, subconsultant or supplier: 6. Describe any efforts your firm made to assist small businesses, including DBEs, in obtaining (1) adequate information about this solicitation, and (2) necessary equipment, supplies, bonding, or insurance, among other requirements, to perform this contract: 7. Describe any other steps your firm used to encourage or select small businesses, including DBEs: The undersigned certifies that the above narrative is true and accurate and may be relied upon by the Agency in evaluating the Proposer's compliance with the proposal requirements. Signature of Owner or Authorized Representative Title Date 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX E PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY- SUBCONTRACTOR/DBE QUESTIONNAIRE DUTY BUSES PAGE -2 RFP 2015-08 Designation of Subconsultants and Sub -bidders Proposer's Name: Is your firm a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: Yes_ No Address: Firm's Annual Gross Receipts: Age of Firm: Phone: ( ) Fax: ( ) Instructions: Proposer MUST provide information below for ALL subcontractors/subconsultants/suppliers ("sub -bidders") that provided Proposer a bid, quote, or proposal for work, services or supplies associated with this contract. This information shall be provided for all sub -bidders regardless of tier for both DBEs and non -DBEs alike. Include all bid acceptance(s) AND rejection(s). Please state "None" if there are no sub -bids. Subcontractor/Subconsultant/Supplier Firm Name/Address/Phone/Fax/Contact Person DBE? Yes/No Description of Work, Services, or Supplies Dollar Amount of Work, Services, or Supplies Bid/Quote Accepted? Yes/No 1 Note: Do not indicate more than one `Yes' in the column 'Bid/Quote Accepted' for alternative subcontractors for the same work. Use additional sheets if necessary. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX E PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY- SUBCONTRACTORIDBE QUESTIONNAIRE DUTY BUSES PAGE -3 RFP 2015-08 The undersigned will enter into a formal agreement with the subcontractor(s), subconsultant(s) and/or supplier(s) whose bid/quote was accepted conditioned upon execution of a contract with the AGENCY. The undersigned certifies that any DBE listed whose quote was accepted will be performing a commercially useful function on the contract. I certify under penalty of perjury that the information included on this form is accurate and true. Signature of Owner or Authorized Representative Title Date 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX F PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS RFP 2015-08 AND POLLUTION CERTIFICATE PAGE -1 FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS AND POLLUTION CERTIFICATE The undersigned bidder hereby certifies the following 3. The horsepower of the vehicle is adequate for the speed, range and terrain in which it will be required to operate and also to meet the demands of the auxiliary power equipment. 4. All gases and vapors emanating from the crankcase of a spark -ignition engine are controlled to minimize their escape into the atmosphere. 5. Visible emission from the exhaust will not exceed #1 on the Ringlemann Scale when measured six inches from the tailpipe with the vehicle in steady operation. 6. When the vehicle has been idled for three minutes and then accelerated to 80% of rated speed under load, the opacity of the exhaust will not exceed #2 on the Ringlemann Scale for more than five seconds and not more than #1 on the Ringlemann Scale thereafter. 7. The vehicle engine furnished meets the Federal and State regulations for year of manufacture. Certificate to include the values of the H.C. + NO and Co and PM grams per BHP -HR. 8. The vehicles shall comply with the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards as established by the United States Department of Transportation in effect on the date of manufacture. 9. That the vehicle shall comply with all requirements of the laws of the State of California, including all regulations set forth by the California Highway Patrol in effect on the date of manufacture. Company Name: Signature: Title: Date: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX G PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES LOCATION OF PARTS & TECHNICAL SERVICE DATA RFP 2015-08 PAGE -1 PROPOSER SERVICE AND PARTS SUPPORT DATA Location of nearest Authorized Dealership to LAVTA with full Warranty Repair capabilities: Name W_ Proposer to describe technical services readily available from said representative. Location of nearest Parts Distribution Center to LAVTA: Name Telephone Proposer shall describe the extent of parts available at said center. Policv for Delivery of Parts and Components to be Purchased for Service and Maintenance: Regular Method of Shipment: Cost of delivery to be included in price of parts. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 FTA BUS TESTING CERTIFICATION (SELECT ONLY ONE) NEW BUS MODEL TO BE TESTED APPENDIX H FTA BUS TESTING CERTIFICATE PAGE -1 In accordance with 49 CFR Part 665, "Bus Testing Program," the Proposer certifies that the bus model being proposed for this Contract is a new bus model or a bus model with a major change in configuration or components (as described in Subpart A of the interim rule). Contractor, at its own expense, will arrange for the required testing at the FTA Bus Testing Facility at Altoona, Pennsylvania prior to LAVTA's acceptance of the first vehicle in a manner that the Time for Performance outlined in the Contract Specifications will not be impacted. Contractor will provide a copy of the Test Report prepared for this bus model prior to acceptance. II. BUS MODEL ALREADY TESTED In accordance with 49 CFR Part 665, "Bus Testing Program," the Proposer certifies that the bus model being proposed for this Contract is not a new bus model and does not incorporate a major change in configuration or components (as described in Subpart A of the interim rule). The Contractor will provide, upon request of LAVTA, a copy of the Test Report prepared for the bus model accepted under this Contract. Date: Firm: Signature: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 APPENDIX I LOBBYING CERTIFICATE PAGE -1 DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES Complete this form to disclose lob bying activities pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352 1. Type of Federal Action: 2. Status of Federal Action: 3. Report Type: a. contract a. bid/offer/application a. initial filing b. grant b. initial award b. material change c. cooperative agreement C. post -award d. loan For Material Change Only: e. loan guarantee Year Quarter f. loan insurance Date of last report: 4. Name and Address of Reporting Entity: 5. If Reporting Entity in No. 4 is Subawardee, Enter Name and Address of Prime: ❑ Prime ❑ Subawardee Tier, if known: Congressional District, if known: Congressional District, if known: 6. Federal Department/Agency: 7. Federal Program Name/Description: CFDA Number, if applicable: 8. Federal Action Number, if known: 9. Award Amount, if known: $ 10.a. Name and Address of Lobbying Entity 10.b. Individuals Performing Services (including address if (if individual, last name, first name, MI): different from No. 10a) (last name, first name, MI): Attach Continuation Sheet(s), if necessary) 11. Amount of Payment (check all that apply): 13. Type of Payment (check all that apply): ❑ a. retainer $ ❑ actual ❑ planned ❑ b. one-time fee ❑ c. commission ❑ d. contingent fee 12. Form of Payment (check all that apply): ❑ a. cash ❑ e. deferred ❑ b. in-kind; specify: nature ❑ f. other; specify value 14. Brief description of services performed or to be performed and date(s) of service, including Officer(s), employee(s), or Member(s) contacted, for payment indicated in Item 11: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 APPENDIX I LOBBYING CERTIFICATE PAGE -2 (Attach Continuation Sheet(s), if necessary) 15. Continuation Sheet(s) SF -LLL -A attached: ❑ Yes ❑ No 16. Information requested through this form is authorized by title 31 U.S.C. section 1352. This disclosure of lobbying activities is a material Signature: representation of fact upon which reference was placed by the user above when this Print Name: transaction was made or entered into. This disclosure is required pursuant to 31 U.S.C. Title: 1352. This information will be reported to the Congress semi-annually and will be available Telephone No.: for public inspection. Any person who fails to file the required disclosure shall be subject to a Date: civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each failure. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX I PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES LOBBYING CERTIFICATE RFP 2015.08 PAGE -3 DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES CONTINUATION SHEET SF -LLL -A Reporting Entity: Page of Authorized for Local Reproduction Standard Form - LLL -A BILLING CODES 3410-01-C; 6450-01-C; 6690-01-C; 8025-01C; 7510-01-C; 3510 -FE -C; 8120-01-C; 4710-24-C; 6116-01-C; 6051-01-C; 8230-01-C; 3210-01-C; 4210-32-C; 4410-18-C; 4510 -23 -C;4810- 25 -C; 3001-01-C; 4000-01-C; 3820-01-C; 6560-50-C; 6820-61-C; 4310 -RF -C; 6718-01-C; 4150-04-C; 7555-01- C;7537 -01-C; 7536-01-C; 6050-28-C; 4910-62-C 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 APPENDIX I LOBBYING CERTIFICATE PAGE -4 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF SF -LLL, DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES This disclosure form shall be completed by the reporting entity, whether subawardee or prime Federal recipient, at the initiation or receipt of a covered Federal action, or a material change to a previous filing pursuant to title 31 U.S.C. section 1352. The filing of a form is required for each payment or agreement to make payment to any lobbying entity for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with a covered Federal action. Use the SF -LLL -A Continuation Sheet for additional information if the space on the form is inadequate. Complete all items that apply for both the initial filing and material change report. Refer to the implementing guidance published by the Office of Management and Budget for additional information. 1. Identify the type of covered Federal action for which lobbying activity is and/or has been secured to influence the outcome of a covered Federal action. 2. Identify the status of the covered Federal action. 3. Identify the appropriate classification of this report. If this is a follow-up report caused by a material change to the information previously reported, enter the year and quarter in which the change occurred. Enter the date of the last previously submitted report by this reporting entity for this covered Federal action. 4. Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the reporting entity. Include Congressional District, if known. Check the appropriate classification of the reporting entity that designates if it is, or expects to be a prime or subaward recipient. Identify the tier of the subawardee, e.g., the first subawardee of the prime is the 1st tier. Subawards include but are not limited to subcontracts, subgrants and contract awards under grants. 5. If the organization filing the report in item 4 checks "Subawardee", then enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the prime Federal recipient. Include Congressional District, if known. 6. Enter the name of the Federal agency making the award or loan commitment. Include at least one organizational level below agency name, if known. For example, Department of Transportation, United States Coast Guard. 7. Enter the Federal program name or description for the covered Federal action (item 1). If known, enter the full Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number for grants, cooperative agreements, loans, and loan commitments. 8. Enter the most appropriate Federal identifying number available for the Federal action identified in item 1 (e.g., Request for Proposal (RFP) number; Invitation for Bid (IFB) number; grant announcement number; the contract, grant, or loan award number; the application/proposal control number assigned by the Federal agency. Include prefixes, e.g., 'RFP -DE -90-001." 9. For a covered Federal action where there has been an award or loan commitment by the Federal agency, enter the Federal amount of the award/loan commitment for the prime entity identified in item 4 or 5. 10. (a) Enter the full name, address, city, state and zip code of the lobbying entity engaged by the reporting entity identified in item 4 to influence the covered Federal action. (b) Enter the full names of the individual(s) performing services, and include full address if different from 10 (a). (c) Enter Last Name, First Name, and Middle Initial (MI). 11. Enter the amount of compensation paid or reasonably expected to be paid by the reporting entity (item 4) to the lobbying entity (item 10). Indicate whether the payment has been made (actual) or will be made (planned). Check all boxes that apply. If this is a material change report, enter the cumulative amount of payment made or planned to be made. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX I PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES LOBBYING CERTIFICATE RFP 2015.08 PAGE -5 12. Check the appropriate box(es). Check all boxes that apply. If payment is made through an in- kind contribution, specify the nature and value of the in-kind payment. 13. Check the appropriate box(es). Check all boxes that apply. If other, specify nature. 14. Provide a specific and detailed description of the services that the lobbyist has performed, or will be expected to perform, and the date(s) of any services rendered. Include all preparatory and related activity, not just time spent in actual contact with Federal officials. Identify the Federal official(s) or employee(s) contacted or the officer(s), employee(s), or Member(s) of Congress that were contacted. 15. Check whether or not a SF -LLL -A Continuation Sheet(s) is attached. 16. The certifying official shall sign and date the form, print his/her name, title, and telephone number. Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 30 minutes per response, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed and completing and reviewing the collection of information. Send comments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS (FMVSS) APPENDIX J FMVSS PAGE -1 The Proposer and (if selected) Contractor shall submit 1) manufacturer's FMVSS self -certification sticker information that the vehicle complies with relevant FMVSS or 2) manufacturer's certified statement that the contracted coaches will not be subject to FMVSS regulations. District Name: Date: Signature: Title: Company Name: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 APPENDIX K CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE PAGE -1 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH COACH TESTING REQUIREMENT The undersigned certifies that the vehicle offered in this procurement complies and will, when delivered, comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5323(c) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 CFR Part 665 according to the indicated one of the following three alternatives. (mark one and only one of the three blank spaces with an "x") 1. The coaches offered herewith have been tested in accordance with 49 CFR Part 665 on (date). The vehicles being sold should have the identical configuration and major components as the vehicle in the test report, which must be submitted with this Proposal. If the configuration or components are not identical, the manufacturer shall provide with its Proposal a description of the change and the manufacturer's basis for concluding that it is not a major change requiring additional testing. 2. The manufacturer represents that the vehicle is "grandfathered" (had been used in mass transit service in the United States before October 1, 1988, and is currently being produced without a major change in configuration or components), and submits with this Proposal the name and address of the recipient of such a vehicle and the details of that vehicle's configuration and major components. I The vehicle is a new model and will be tested and the results will be submitted to LAVTA prior to acceptance of the first coach. The undersigned understands that misrepresenting the testing status of a vehicle acquired with Federal financial assistance may subject the undersigned to civil penalties as outlined in the Department of Transportation's regulation on Program Fraud Civil Remedies, 49 CFR Part 31. In addition, the undersigned understands that FTA may suspend or debar a manufacturer under the procedures in 49 CFR Part 29. Date: Sig Company N 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 APPENDIX L ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA PAGE -1 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA The following form shall be completed and included in the Proposal. Failure to acknowledge receipt of all addenda may cause the Proposal to be considered nonresponsive to the solicitation. Acknowledged receipt of each addendum must be clearly established and included with the Proposal. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the following noted addenda from the Livermore Amador Valley Transit Authority for Proposal 2015-08. Addendum # Dated Received By Name of Proposer Address City, State, Zip Code Authorized Signature Title Date 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX M PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES BUY AMERICA AUDIT WORKSHEET RFP 2015-08 PAGE -1 be BUY AMERICA AUDIT WORKSHEET -- ROLLING STOCK A. Law Regarding Compliance with Buy America Regulations (49 CFR §661.11(a)) 1. The cost of components produced in U.S. is more than 60% the cost of all components: the a. component is of domestic origin if more than 60% of the subcomponents of that of the component. component, by cost, are of domestic origin and component is manufactured in U.S. (49 CFR §661.11(i)). b. a subcomponent is of domestic origin if manufactured in U.S. (49 CFR §661.11(j)). 2. Final assembly occurs in U.S. (defined as creation of the end product from individual elements brought together for that purpose through application of manufacturing processes (49 CFR §661.11(t)). B. Procedure for Showing Buy America Compliance 1. Step 1: Show information for components, listing as many components needed to reach a cost percentage greater than 60% of the cost of all of the components. Example (assuming the bid price is $2007 the fully allocated cost of all components if $100 and the cost of final assembly is $100): Percentage of Cost of All Components of the Manufacture Component Mfgr. Location Cost or Rolling Stock Seating XYZ Must be U.S. $30 30% Car Shells ABC Must be U.S. $31 31% Total must be greater than 60% The cost information can be shown as a dollar amount or as the percentage of the cost of a specific component in relation to the cost of all components for the rolling stock. 2. Step 2: Show information for subcomponents for each component, listing as many subcomponents needed to reach a cost percentage greater than 60% of the cost of all subcomponents of that component. Example (assuming that the fully allocated cost of all subcomponents for the component, which excludes the manufacturing cost, is $25): Seating Component Manufacture Percentage of Cost Subcomponents Mfgr. Location Cost or of All Subcomponents Cushions LMT Must be U.S. $12 48% Metal Frame ARE Must be U.S. $10 40% Total greater than 60% The cost information can be shown as a dollar amount or as the percentage of the cost of the specific subcomponent in relation to the cost of all of the subcomponents of the component. 3. Step 3: Final assembly occurs in U.S. a. state location of final assembly; briefly describe activities to occur during final assembly; and state proposed total cost of final assembly. REQUEST! COPY THIS FORM AS NEEDED. IMPORTANT: USE A SEPARATE FORM FOR EACH SEPARATE SOLICITATION, PROVISION, OR SPECIFICATION ITEM REQUEST! COPY THIS FORM AS NEEDED. Submitted By: Company Name: Date: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 APPENDIX N REQUEST FOR APPROVED DEVIATIONS PAGE -1 REQUEST FOR APPROVED DEVIATIONS IMPORTANT: USE A SEPARATE FORM FOR EACH SEPARATE SOLICITATION, PROVISION, OR SPECIFICATION ITEM REQUEST. COPY THIS FORM AS NEEDED. LAVTA requires that all prospective bidders completely fill out and attach this form with every separate specification item request for an Approved Deviation pertaining to this Contract. Failure to completely fill out this form and submit with the request may result in denial of the request. Any further information that may be useful in reviewing such a request should also be attached to this form. Approved deviation is being requested for to be used in place of specification or other reference number, [e.g. page TS -11, title, subsection, item]). 2. Description of approved deviation request/substitution: 3. Product purpose: (list technical 4. Does this proposed approved deviation request/substitution meet all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations? (If NO, please explain): 5. List three (3) commercial firms within the United States, which have used the proposed approved deviation request/substitution (list California properties first): A. Company Name Street Address City/State/Zip Code Area Code/Telephone No. () Name of Contact Person B. Company Name Street Address City/State/Zip Code Area Code/Telephone No. () Name of Contact Person C. Company Name Street Address City/State/Zip Code Area Code/Telephone No. () Name of Contact Person 6. List the benefits and any other reasons why LAVTA should approve this request for approved 7. Attach pertinent test data, technical data, and background information on the approved deviation/substitution request. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX O PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURER'S (TVM) RFP 2015-08 CERTIFICATION PAGE -1 TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURER'S (TVM) CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH 49 CFR §26.49(a) This procurement is subject to the provisions of 49 CFR §26.49(a). Accordingly, as a condition of permission to bid, the following certification must be completed and submitted with the bid. A bid which does not include such certification will not be considered. TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION (Name of Firm) , a TVM, hereby certifies that it has complied with the requirements of 49 CFR §26.49(a) by submitting a current annual DBE goal to FTA. The goal applies to Federal Fiscal Year (October 1, to September 30, ), and has been approved or not disapproved by FTA. (Name of Firm) , hereby certifies that (Name of Firm) , manufacturer of the transit vehicle to be supplied by (Name of Manufacturer) has complied with the above -referenced requirement of 49 CFR §26.49(a) Signature: Title: Firm: Date: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX P PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES SAMPLE CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE RFP 2015-08 AND LETTER PAGE -1 Sample Insurance Certificate C-9 -D CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY B DATE INSURANC�ABA PaosueER MTE WTE MMIO THIS CERTIFICATE 15188UED AS A NATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE - - GENERAL LANE." CCMMFACULLGENeULLUBIury CURLS MAGE QOCCA HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY TH E POLICIES BELOW, 03/14/02 03/14/03 PwcHocDLERENCE s1, 000,OD0 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE WSURED s250,D00 MAER A: Chubb Group INSURERS: Kemper National Ina. Co. PFRSONMaAovxuuav XYZ 123 Any Compan4 Main Street Town CA -12345 UR WSERC: Lexie ton Insurance Com an WSURERD: Lloyd's of London wsuRER E: _Allianz Insurance Comnenv IIMII'APPlRS PER PDLICY E LCC PROCIICTB COWP AGG COVERAGES THE POLICES OF INSURAACELISTEDSEAOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INWREDU MEC ABWEFORTiE POLCYPERIOD WDICATEO. NDPYNTISTAMDINU ANYREOUREMENT.TERMORCONDITIONOF ANY CONTRACTOR OTIER DOCUMENT WRH RESPECT TO WHICHTHISCERTIFICATF MAY BEISEAD OR MIY PERTAIN.T INSUR EWF°RDWBYT W'U DE MHEREJNMSU0. TTO ALLTMETERVIS E.YCLUSIONSAND WEAJI1gN50F SUCX PIXICIE9. AGOREOgTE Lw1T3 SN°WN NAY IUVF BEpI gEIXr.ED BY R%co"IM3. INSKLTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POUITYNGNSER MTE WTE MMIO LIMITS A GENERAL LANE." CCMMFACULLGENeULLUBIury CURLS MAGE QOCCA AH 12345678 03/14/02 03/14/03 PwcHocDLERENCE s1, 000,OD0 S FIRE WNAGE (Myavaq s250,D00 MED ENP (Aro EnEFEnan) 310,000 PFRSONMaAovxuuav 31,000 000 DENERN. AOOREGATE 52,000,000 GENLAGGREGATE IIMII'APPlRS PER PDLICY E LCC PROCIICTB COWP AGG $2,000,000 X A AUTOMOBILE LIABILRY N Avro ALLOWNED AUTOS SCHEDLIFD AUTOS XSEDNROS N°NCWNEDAUTDB AV45678901 03/14/02 03/_14/03 COMBINEDSINOLE IINR 51,0001000 X ODDLY REPAY !Pw person) 5 BODEY WJ IPe,itllienl) i PROPERTY OANAGE 0'a LaiSNN) i GARAGE UUHLRY ANY AUTO AUTOOHLV.aEACGDEM 3 OTIERTHAN FA AOC AUTOOMLY: mall 5 EXCESSL AJNLITY OCCmi❑CWMR MADE DE=TIBLE PETENTgN 3 FACIIOCCUWEHCEI S AOGREGAIE Is i i S e WIPLOYERrLCOMPENSATION AND FAPLmE wIUTY ' WC 9012345 03/14/02 03/14/03 X ;3;9A161 109 ELEACXACCDEHT 51,000,000 EA.wEFASE FAENPLOYE s1,000,000 31, COD, 000 EITHEREL.DIREASE-POOCYLIMR DESCRIPTION OF OPERATPNLLDCATNINSNFJRCLE&ESCLUSIg15 ADDED BY END°RSEYEMISPECNL PROVL410N4 STL LAAWA its directors, Officers, smployeas and agents are added an Additional Insured on General Liability and Auto. Severability of Interests Clause on General Liability. Waiver of Subrogration on all above coverages. LH�:r Livecraore AIR[ador Valley Trans. Audi, 1 LHOULDANY°F THEABOVEDESCRIBED POLICIES BECANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATIO 1362 Fatan Court, St11te100 WTETHEREOF, THE RESUING INSURER WILL dAXKIXK06 MAL 30_DAYSWRRYEM L1Ve1lilVre NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAAAEO TO THE LEFT. AKYAMXffinDffffffYA X911 4lAY&OL 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -1 VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION This form must be completed and included in the Technical Proposal. Bus manufacturer: Bus model: Understructure manufacturer: Model number: Basic Body Construction Type: Tubing or frame member thickr Overstructure U nderstru ctu re Skin thickness and material Roof Sidewall Skirt panel Front end Rearend Dimensions GENERAL COACH DATA SHEET [insert bus type] Overall Over bumpers length Over body Overall width Over body excluding mirrors Over body including mirrors—driving position Over tires front axles Over tires center axle Over tires rear axles Overall height (maximum) Overall height (main roof line) Angle of approach deg Breakover angle deg Breakover angle (rear) deg Angle of departure deg 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 Doorway Dimensions Front Rear Width between door posts in. in. Door width between panels in. in. Clear door width in. in. Doorway height in. in. Knuckle clearance in. in. Step height from ground measured at center of doorway APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -2 Front doorway, empty Kneeled a.in. Unkneeled b. Ein. Interior head room (center of aisle) Front axle location in. Center axle location in. Rear axle location in. Aisle width between transverse seats Ramp angle R1 deg R2 deg = in. Floor height above ground (centerline of bus) At front door in. At front axle in. At drive axle in. At rear door in. Rear Doorway, empty a.P1 in. b. in. Minimum ground clearance (between bus and ground, with bus unkneeled) Excluding axlesin. Including axles in. Horizontal turning envelope (see diagram below) 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Outside body turning radius, TRO (including bumper) Front inner corner radius, TR1 Front wheel inner turning radius, TR2 Front wheel outer turning radius, TR3 Inside Body Turning Radius innermost point, TR4 (including bumper) Wheel base Front in. Rear Fin. Overhang, centerline of axle over bumper Front in. Rear Fin. Floor Interior length ft in. Interior width (excluding coving) ft in. Total standee area (approximately) ft2 Minimum distance between wheelhouses: Front in. Rear in. Center in. Maximum interior floor slope (from horizontal) F7 deg Passenger capacity provided Total maximum seating Standee capacity Minimum hip to knee room in. Minimum foot room in. Weight APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -3 12/30/2015 11792142.3 ft ft ft ft ft Front axle in. in. in. in. in. axle Total people Left Right Total Left Right Total Left Right Total bus 12/30/2015 11792142.3 No. of Front axle Center axleRear axle Total people Left Right Total Left Right Total Left Right Total bus Empty bus, full fuel and 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -4 farebox in. in. in.3 hp at Ib/ft at Fully seated, full fuel and farebox Fully loaded standee and fully seated, full fuel and farebox Crushload (1.5x fully loaded) GVWR GAW R Engine, main Manufacturer Type and weight rating Model number Bore Stroke Displacement Compression ratio Injector type and size Net SAE horsepower Net SAE torque Crankcase oil capacity New engine, dry New engine, wet Turbocharger make and model Maximum speed, no load Maximum speed, full load Speed at idle Speed at fast idle Engine information/graphs to be attached with this form: Engine speed vs. road speed Torque vs. engine speed Horsepower vs. engine speed Fuel consumption vs. engine speed Vehicle speed vs. time (both loaded and unloaded) Vehicle speed vs. grade (both loaded and unloaded) 12/30/2015 11792142.3 in. in. in.3 hp at Ib/ft at RPM RPM Engine information/graphs to be attached with this form: Engine speed vs. road speed Torque vs. engine speed Horsepower vs. engine speed Fuel consumption vs. engine speed Vehicle speed vs. time (both loaded and unloaded) Vehicle speed vs. grade (both loaded and unloaded) 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Acceleration vs. time Change of acceleration vs. time Hybrid drive or transmission Manufacturer Type Speeds Gear ratios Shift speeds APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -5 1st -2nd mph 2nd -3rd mph 3rd -4th mph 4th -5th (if applicable) mph 5th -6th (if applicable) mph Fuel capacity (including heat exchanger and filters Voltage regulator Manufacturer Model Voltage equalizer Manufacturer Model Alternator Manufacturer Type Model Output at idle Output at maxis Maximum warr Speed at idle (i Drive type Starter motor Manufacturer Type Model Air compressor Manufacturer 12/30/2015 11792142.3 num speed anted speed approximately) amps amps rpm rpm Air compressor Manufacturer 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 Type Rated capacity Capacity at idle (approximately) Capacity at maximum speed (engine) Maximum warranted speed Speed idle Drive type Governor: Cut -in pressure psi Cut-out pressure psi Axles First Manufacturer Type Model number Gross axle weic Axle load Second Manufacturer Type Model number Gross axle weic Axle load Third Manufacturer Type Model number Gross axle weic Axle load Axle ratio Suspension system Manufacturer Type: APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -6 CFM CFMs CFM rpm rpm Springs: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 Third: Joint Manufacturer Type Model number Wheels and tires Wheels Make Size Capacity Material Tires Manufacturer Type Size Load range/air APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -7 Steering, power Pump Manufacturer and model number Type Relief pressure Booster/gear box Manufacturer and model number Type Ratio psi Power steering fluid capacity gal Maximum effort at steering wheel lbs (unloaded stationary coach on dry asphalt pavement) Steering wheel diameter in. Brakes Make of fundamental brake system Brake chambers vendor size and part number: First: Second: Third: 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Brake operation effort Slack adjuster's vendor's type and part numbers First: Right: Left: Second: Right: Left: Third: Right: Left: Length: First take-up: Second take-up: Third take-up: Brake drums/discs First: Manufacturer Part number Diameter Second: Manufacturer Part number Diameter Third: Manufacturer Part number Diameter Brake lining manufacturer Type Brake lining identification First: Forward Reverse Second: Forward Reverse Third: Forward Reverse Brake linings per shoe First Second Third APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -8 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 Brake lining widths First in. Second in. Third in. Brake lining lengths First in. Second in. Third in. Brake lining thickness in. Brake lining per axle First sq. in. Second sq. in. Third sq. in. Cooling system Radiator/charge air cooler Manufacturer Type Model number Number of tubes Tubes outer diameter in./ in. Fins per inch fins Fin thickness F in. Total cooling and heating system capacity gal Radiator fan speed control Surge tank capacity I I quarts APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -9 Engine thermostat temperature setting: Initial opening (fully closed)F Fully open OF Overheat alarm temperature sending unit setting OF Shutdown temperature setting Air reservoir capacity Supply reservoir in.3 Primary reservoir in? Secondary reservoir in.3 Packing reservoir in.3 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Accessory reservoir in.3 Other reservoir type Flin.3 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment Heating system capacityBTU/hr Air conditioning capacity BTU Ventilating capacity CFM Compressor Manufacturer Model Number of cylinders Drive ratio Maximum warranted speed Operating speed Weight Oil capacity Dry Wet Refrigerant: Type Condenser Manufacturer Model Number of fins/in. Outer diameter of tube Fin thickness Condenser fan Manufacturer Model Fan diameter Speed maximum Flow rate (maximum) Receiver Manufacturer Model Capacity lbs in. in. in. rpm CFM rpm rpm (recommended) lbs gal gal lbs APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -10 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 Condenser fan drive motors Manufacturer Model Type Horsepower Operating spee APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -11 Evaporator fan drive motors Manufacturer Model Type Horsepower Operating spee Evaporator(s) Manufacturer Model Number of rows Number of fins/in. Outer diameter of tube Fin thickness Number of evaporators Expansion valve Manufacturer Model Filter -drier Manufacturer Model Heater cores in. in. Manufacturer Model Capacity Btu/hr Number of rows Number of fins/in. Outer diameter of tube in. Fin thickness in. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Number of heater cores Floor heater blowers Front Rear Controls Manufacturer Model Driver's heater Manufacturer Model Capacity Btu/hr Ventilation system Type Coolant heater Make Model Capacity Interior lighting Manufacturer Type Number of fixtures Size of fixtures Powerpack Btu APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -12 Doors Front Manufacturer of operating equipment Type of door Type of operating equipment Rear Manufacturer of operating equipment Type of door Type of operating equipment 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 Passenger windows Front Manufacturer Model Type Number: Sizes: Glazing: Mirrors APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -13 Seats Passenger Manufacturer Model Type Operator Manufacturer Model and part number Type Paint Manufacturer Type Wheelchair ramp equipment 12/30/2015 11792142.3 Size Type Manufacturer Part no. Model no. Right side exterior Left side exterior Center rearview Front entrance area Upper -right corner Rear exit area Seats Passenger Manufacturer Model Type Operator Manufacturer Model and part number Type Paint Manufacturer Type Wheelchair ramp equipment 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Manufacturer Model number Capacity Width of platfor Length of platfc System fluid ca Type of fluid us Operating hydn Hydraulic cylin< APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -14 Wheelchair securement equipment Manufacturer Model number Destination Manufacturer Type Character length Front destination in. Front route in. Curbside destinationin. Rear route in. Character height Front destination in. Front route in. Curbside destinationin. Rear route in. Number of characters Front destination Front route Curbside destination Rear route Message width Front destination in. Front route in. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Curbside destination in. Rear route in. Electrical Multiplex system Manufacturer Model number Batteries Manufacturer Model number Type Communication system GPS Manufacturer Model number PA system APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -15 Energy storage (hybrid drive) Type Number of cells V Battery pack voltage V Weight lbs Security camera system Manufacturer Model number Number of cameras Storage capacity Bike racks Manufacturer Model number 12/30/2015 11792142.3 Manufacturer Model number Number Amplifier Microphone Internal speakers External speaker Energy storage (hybrid drive) Type Number of cells V Battery pack voltage V Weight lbs Security camera system Manufacturer Model number Number of cameras Storage capacity Bike racks Manufacturer Model number 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 Fire detection system Manufacturer Model number Fire detectors Type (thermal or optical) Number of detectors APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -16 Automatic voice annunciator Manufacturer Model and part number Annunciator LED sign Number of signs Housing dimensions Character length Character height Character width GPS antenna Manufacturer Model and part number Automatic passenger counter Manufacturer Model and part number a j c Sensor type Real-time bus arrival prediction system Electronic tire pressure monitoring system 12/30/2015 11792142.3 Manufacturer Model number Router Cellular modem Charge protection Electronic tire pressure monitoring system 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015.08 Manufacturer Model number Electronic brake stroke/wear indicator system Manufacturer Model number APPENDIX Q VEHICLE TECHNICAL INFORMATION PAGE -17 NOTE: All information above is accurate to the timeframe upon submission. LAVTA reserves the right to update above data if changes occur, upon consultation with the customer. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX R PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES INSPECTION GUIDELINES RFP 2015-08 PAGE -1 NEW BUS MANUFACTURING INSPECTION GUIDELINES PRE -PRODUCTION MEETING RESPONSIBILITIES LAVTA • Provides conformed copy of technical requirements. • Recommended staff to be involved may include the following: Project manager Technical engineer Contract administrator Quality assurance administrator Warranty administrator • Process for inspector's role (to deal with LAVTA) for negotiated changes after freeze date. • Contractual requirements: Milestones Documentation Title requirements Deliverables Payments Reliability tracking Manufacturer • Identifies any open issues. • Recommended staff to be involved may include the following: Project manager Technical engineer(s) Contract administrator Quality assurance administrator Warranty administrator • Production flow (buses/week, shifts). • Delivery schedule and offsite component build-up schedule. • Bus QA documentation (including supplier application approvals and/or any certifications required for the specific production). • Communication flow/decision making. Inspector • Agree on decisions inspectors can and cannot make. • Primary contact for problems, etc. • Production flow process (description of manufacturing by station). • Factory hours (manage inspection schedule based on production hours). • Plant rules. • Safety requirements. • Orientation requirements. • Work environment. • Inspector's office space (per contract). NOTE: As a result of this meeting, documentation should be produced detailing final production requirements and the planned configuration of the bus. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX R PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES INSPECTION GUIDELINES RFP 2015-08 PAGE -2 Build Schedule The bus manufacturer's contract administrator shall supply a fleet build production schedule based on the dates in the Notice to Proceed, and a description of the manufacturer's schedule for plant operations. The production schedule should contain specific milestone dates, such as the following: • First vehicle on production line (date on which any work will begin). • First vehicle off production line. • First vehicle through manufacturer's quality assurance inspections. • First vehicle shipped to LAVTA. • Last vehicle on production line. • Last vehicle off production line. • Last vehicle shipped to LAVTA. Plant Tour (if Meeting at OEM's Location) LAVTA will review the entire process from start to finish and review the work completed at each line station, including quality control measures. Vehicle Production The Contractor shall conduct acceptance tests at its plant on each bus following completion of manufacture and before delivery to LAVTA. These pre -delivery tests shall include visual and measured inspections, as well as testing the total bus operation. The tests shall be conducted and documented in accordance with written test plans approved by LAVTA. The underfloor equipment shall be available for inspection by the resident inspectors, using a pit or bus hoist provided by the Contractor. A hoist, scaffold or elevated platform shall be provided by the Contractor to easily and safely inspect bus roofs. Delivery of each bus shall require written authorization of the primary resident inspector. Authorization forms for the release of each bus for delivery shall be provided by the Contractor. An executed copy of the authorization shall accompany the delivery of each bus. Additional tests may be conducted at LAVTA's discretion to ensure that the completed buses have attained the required quality and have met the requirements in "Section 6: Technical Specifications." LAVTA may, prior to commencement of production, demand that the Contractor demonstrate compliance with any requirement in that section if there is evidence that prior tests have been invalidated by the Contractor's change of Supplier or change in manufacturing process. Such demonstration shall be by actual test, or by supplying a report of a previously performed test on similar or like components and configuration. Any additional testing shall be recorded on appropriate test forms provided by the Contractor and shall be conducted before acceptance of the bus. The pre -delivery tests shall be scheduled and conducted with 30 days' notice so that they may be witnessed by the resident inspectors, who may accept or reject the results of the tests. The results of pre -delivery tests, and any other tests, shall be filed with the assembly inspection records for each bus. Visual and Measured Inspections Visual and measured inspections shall be conducted with the bus in a static condition. The purpose of the inspection testing includes verification of overall dimension and weight requirements, that required 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX R PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES INSPECTION GUIDELINES RFP 2015.08 PAGE -3 components are included and are ready for operation, and that components and subsystems designed to operate with the bus in a static condition do function as designed. Total Bus Operation Total bus operation shall be evaluated during road tests. The purpose of the road tests is to observe and verify the operation of the bus as a system and to verify the functional operation of the subsystems that can be operated only while the bus is in motion. Each bus shall be driven for a minimum of 15 miles during the road tests. If requested, computerized diagnostic printouts showing the performance of each bus shall be produced and provided to LAVTA. Observed defects shall be recorded on the test forms. The bus shall be retested when defects are corrected and adjustments are made. This process shall continue until defects or required adjustments are no longer detected. Post -Delivery Tests LAVTA shall conduct acceptance tests on each delivered bus. These tests shall be completed within 15 days after bus delivery and shall be conducted in accordance with LAVTA's written test plans. The purpose of these tests is to identify defects that have become apparent between the time of bus release and delivery to LAVTA. The post -delivery tests shall include visual inspection and bus operations. No post -delivery test shall apply new criteria that are different from criteria applied in a pre -delivery test. Buses that fail to pass the post -delivery tests are subject to non-acceptance. LAVTA shall record details of all defects on the appropriate test forms and shall notify the Contractor of acceptance or non- acceptance of each bus, after completion of the tests. The defects detected during these tests shall be repaired according to procedures defined in the contract. Vehicle Acceptance In order to assess the Contractor's compliance with the Technical Specifications, LAVTA and the Contractor shall, at the Pre -Production Meeting, jointly develop a Configuration and Performance Review document for review of thefirst vehicle on production line . This document shall become part of the official record of the Pre -Production Meeting. Potential dimensional/performance tests that may be included in the Configuration and Performance Review include the following: • Complete electrical system audit • Dimensional requirements audit • Seating capacity • Water test • Water runoff test • Function test of systems/subsystems and components • Sound/noise level tests • Vehicle top speed • Acceleration tests • Brake stop tests • Airflow tests • PA function tests 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX R PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES INSPECTION GUIDELINES RFP 2015.08 PAGE -4 • Air/brake system audit • Individual axle weight • Standee capacity • Body deflection tests • Silent alarm function test • Interior lighting • Exterior lighting • Gradability test • Kneeling system function • HVAC pulldown/heat • Speedometer • Outside air infiltration (smoke) • Wheelchair ramps • Engine performance qualification This test shall be jointly conducted by the Contractor and the engine manufacturer (including but not limited to charge air cooler performance, air to boil test, loss of coolant, fuel system electrical inputs and engine protection system). Transmission performance qualifications This test shall be jointly conducted by the Contractor and the transmission manufacturer (including but not limited to retarder operation, heat exchanger, interface with ABS and electrical inputs). Buy America Audit A post -delivery Buy America audit is required for federally funded bus procurements (see 49 CFR Part 663 for additional information). The onsite resident inspectors are to monitor the production processes to verify compliance with final assembly requirements identified by the Buy America pre -award audit. This audit is to verify compliance with final assembly requirements and final documentation of Buy America compliance and must be completed prior to title transfer. Resident Inspection Process for Serial Production At the discretion of LAVTA, a decision is made to perform resident inspection using LAVTA's personnel, a contract inspector, or a combination of both. The decision is based on factors such as the availability of personnel, knowledge/expertise in bus build project management, the size of the bus order, etc. NOTE: The decision to have the resident inspection performed by LAVTA personnel results in a firm understanding and knowledge of the bus and affords the opportunity to identify parts that will be needed for general maintenance down the road. Inspector Responsibilities The resident inspection process for the serial production of the buses begins following the completion and acceptance of each vehicle if required, or according to the serial bus production schedule. Resident inspectors should represent LAVTA for all build -related issues (quality, conformance, etc.). Resident inspectors can also address contractual type issues but should only do so under the consult 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX R PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES INSPECTION GUIDELINES RFP 2015.08 PAGE -5 of LAVTA's contracts administrator. Resident inspectors are sent to the manufacturer's facility according to a Resident Inspection Schedule. Typically, one or two inspectors arrive onsite at the manufacturing facility about one week prior to actual production to setup the resident inspection process and to begin preliminary quality assurance inspections for items such as power plant build-up and wire harness production, and to inspect incoming parts, fasteners, fluids, etc., that will be used in the production of the buses. During the serial production of the buses, the resident inspectors should monitor the production of each bus, verifying the quality of materials, components, sub -assemblies and manufacturing standards. In addition, the configuration of each vehicle should be audited using the vehicle manufacturer's Build Specification and other documents to ensure contract compliance and uniformity. Inspector Rotation/Scheduling During the resident inspection phase, a single inspector or multiple inspectors could be used. If it is decided to use multiple inspectors, then the inspectors could be rotated on a biweekly to monthly basis as required. During the rotation of inspectors, a sufficient period of overlap should be provided to guarantee the consistency of the resident inspection process. Resident Inspector Orientation A resident inspector orientation by the bus manufacturer should take place upon the arrival of the initial inspection team. The orientation should include expectations for the use of personal protective equipment (safety shoes, safety glasses, etc.), daily check-in and check-out requirements, lines of communication, use of production documents such as speed memos and line movement charts, inspector/production meetings, inspector office arrangements, and anything else pertinent to the inspection team's involvement during the build. Many of the above items should already be formalized during the Pre -Production Meeting. Audits, Inspections and Tests The resident inspection process monitors the production of each vehicle. Inspection stations should be strategically placed to test or inspect components or other installations before they are concealed by subsequent fabrication or assembly operations. These locations typically are placed for the inspection of underbody structure, body framing, electrical panels and harnesses, air and hydraulic line routings, installation of insulation, power plant build-up and installation, rust inhibitor/undercoating application, floor installation, front suspension alignment, and other critical areas. Vehicle Inspections Each bus is subjected to a series of inspections after the bus reaches the point of final completion on the assembly line. Typically, the vehicle manufacturer performs its own quality assurance inspections following assembly line completion before releasing each bus to the resident inspectors. The inspections for each vehicle are documented, signed off upon passing and included in the vehicle record. These are the typical inspections performed on each bus by the resident inspectors: • Water test inspection • Road test inspection • Interior inspection (including functionality) 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX R PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES INSPECTION GUIDELINES RFP 2015-06 PAGE -6 Hoist/undercarriage inspection • Exterior inspection (including roof) • Electrical inspection • Wheelchair ramp/lift inspection Water Test Inspection The water test inspection checks the integrity of the vehicle's body seams, window frame seals and other exterior component close-outs for their ability to keep rainwater, road splash, melting snow and slush, and other exterior water from entering the inside of the vehicle. The vehicle's interior is inspected for signs of moisture and water leaks. Road Test Inspection The road test inspection checks all the vehicle's systems and subsystems while the vehicle is in operation. Typically, the road test inspection is performed immediately following the water test inspection to reveal any standing water that may be present due to a leak, but was not noticed during the "static" water test. Objectionable vibrations, air leakage and other factors that affect ride quality are recorded and reported to the vehicle manufacturer for resolution. Vehicle stability, performance, braking and interlock systems, HVAC, and other critical areas are checked to ensure that the vehicle is complete and ready to provide safe and reliable service. The following tests may be performed and recorded during the road test • Acceleration test • Top speed test • Gradability test • Service brake test • Parking brake test • Turning effort test • Turning radius test • Shift quality • Quality of retarder or regenerative braking action During the road test, a vehicle may be taken to a weigh station to record the vehicle's front axle weight, rear axle weight and total vehicle (curb) weight. Interior Inspection The interior inspection checks the fit and finish of the interior installations. In addition, the inspection also verifies the installation and function of systems and subsystems according to the Build Specification. All systems and functions accessed from the interior are inspected for functionality, appearance and safety. Examples of systems/functions inspected include the following: Interior and exterior lighting controls Front and rear door systems Flooring installation 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX R PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES INSPECTION GUIDELINES RFP 2015.08 PAGE -7 • Passenger and operator's seat systems • Wheelchair securement and ramp systems • Fire suppression system • Electrical installations (multiplex, tell-tale wiring, panels, etc.) • Window systems and emergency escape portals • Operator dash/side panel controls/indicators HoisVUndercarriage Inspection The hoist/undercarriage inspection checks the installation of components, wiring, air lines, presence of fluid leaks, etc., located under the vehicle. Typically, this inspection is performed following the road test. The vehicle is lifted onto a hoist or pulled over a pit for the inspection. Areas inspected are the front suspension, air bags, air line routings, electrical connections and routings, drivetrain components, linkages and any other system or component that may be prone to early failure due to inadequate installation techniques. All lines, cables, hoses, etc., are inspected for proper securement and protection to prevent rubbing, chafing or any other condition that could result in a failure. The engine/powerplant and HVAC compartments are also inspected during this time. Exterior Inspection The exterior inspection checks the fit and finish of components installed on the exterior of the vehicle. Access panels are opened and accessories are inspected for proper installation. In addition, vehicle paint, graphics and proper decals are also inspected. Acceptable paint finish quality (orange peel, adhesion, etc.) should be agreed on with the vehicle manufacturer prior to production to ensure consistency of inspections. Electrical Inspection The vehicle's main electrical panels and other subpanels are inspected for proper components, to include relays, fuses, modules, terminal strips, decals, etc. In addition, electrical harnesses are inspected for proper wiring and termination techniques, bulkhead protection, looming and other items that could result in future electrical failure. Onboard vehicle compartment schematics are verified for accuracy. Wheelchair Ramp Inspection The wheelchair ramp assembly is inspected for proper installation and performance. Clearances critical to the operation of the ramp are verified, and the ramp's electrical systems are inspected to ensure appropriate wire routings and protection. The successful integration of the ramp assembly into the vehicle is verified, and the vehicle interlocks are checked during automatic and manual ramp operation. Audits During serial production of the bus's quality assurance inspection, tests may be performed to ensure that the manufacturer's quality standards are being followed. These inspection audits could be on items such as torque wrench calibrations, proper techniques for fastener installations, proper use and type of adhesives, use of correct installation drawings on the production line, etc. 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 Communications APPENDIX R INSPECTION GUIDELINES PAGE -8 The lines of communications, formal and informal, should be discussed and outlined in the Pre - Production Meeting. As previously discussed, resident inspectors should represent LAVTA for all bus - build related issues (quality, conformance, etc.).Resident inspectors can relay communications addressing contractual type issues but should do so only under the consult of LAVTA's contract administrator. Actual personnel contacts for the manufacturing facility should be established during resident inspector orientation. These contacts could include quality assurance, production, material handling, engineering and buy -off area personnel. Documentation The following documents/reports are typically generated during the bus build process • Vehicle build specification • Sales order • Pre -Production Meeting notes • Prototype and production correspondence (vehicle build file) • Manufacturer's vehicle record (Warranty file) Vehicle line documents Serialization documents (Warranty file) Alignment verification Brake testing HVAC testing and checkout Manufacturer's QA checklist and signoff Weight slip (prototype and Warranty file) Prototype performance tests document (vehicle build file) Acceleration Test Top Speed Test Gradability Test Interior Noise Test A – Stationary Interior Noise Test B – Dynamic Exterior Noise Test A – Pull Away Exterior Noise Test B – Pass -By Exterior Noise Test C – Curb Idle Turning Radius Test Turning Effort Test Parking Brake Test Service Brake Test Vehicle acceptance inspections—production (Warranty file) Water Test Inspection Report Road Test Inspection Report Interior Inspection Report Hoist/Undercarriage Inspection Report Exterior Inspection Report Electrical Inspection Report Wheelchair Inspection Report Speed Memos (Warranty file) LAVTA Vehicle Inspection record (Warranty file) 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR APPENDIX R PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES INSPECTION GUIDELINES RFP 2015.08 PAGE -9 Release for delivery documentation (Warranty file) Post -Production Acceptance — Certificate of Acceptance (Accounting) Post -Delivery Inspection Report — (Fleet Management & Warranty files) Vehicle Release for Delivery Upon satisfactory completion of all inspection, audit and test criteria, and resolution of any outstanding issues affecting the purchase of any or all buses, proper documentation (the Release for Delivery) is signed by the designated resident inspector authorizing the bus manufacturer to deliver the vehicle to LAVTA's facility, where it will undergo a post -delivery inspection process and final acceptance. The satisfactory sign -off of the Release for Delivery should complete the resident inspector's duties for each bus. In final preparation for delivery, the bus manufacturer may request the resident inspector to do a final walk-through of the bus after it has been cleaned and prepped for shipping. Post -Delivery and Final Acceptance LAVTA shall conduct acceptance tests on each delivered bus. These tests shall be completed within 15 days after bus delivery and shall be conducted in accordance with LAVTA's written test plans. The purpose of these tests is to identify defects that have become apparent between the time of bus release and delivery to LAVTA. The post -delivery tests shall include visual inspection, along with a verification of system(s) functionality and overall bus operations. No post -delivery test shall apply new criteria that are different from criteria applied in a pre -delivery test. Buses that fail to pass the post -delivery tests are subject to non-acceptance. LAVTA shall record details of all defects on the appropriate test forms and shall notify the Contractor of acceptance or non- acceptance of each bus within five days after completion of the tests. The defects detected during these tests shall be repaired according to procedures defined in the contract after non-acceptance. Certificate of Acceptance • Accepted • Not accepted: In the event that the bus does not meet all requirements for acceptance. LAVTA must identify reasons for non-acceptance and work with the OEM to develop a timeline of addressing the problem for a satisfactory resolution and redelivery. • Conditional acceptance: In the event that the bus does not meet all requirements for acceptance, LAVTA may conditionally accept the bus and place it into revenue service pending receipt of Contractor furnished materials and/or labor necessary to address the identified issue(s). 12/30/2015 11792142.3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY OF HEAVY-DUTY BUSES RFP 2015-08 APPENDIX R APPENDIX R INSPECTION GUIDELINES PAGE -1 NOTE: This form is to be completed and included in the Proposal Package. Attach additional pages if required. LAVTA RFP #2015-8 1. Name of firm: 2. Address: 3. ❑ Individual ❑ Partnership ❑ Corporation ❑ Joint Venture 4. Date organized: State in which incorporated: 5. Names of officers or partners: a. b. C. d. e. 6. How long has your firm been in business under its present name? 7. Attach as SCHEDULE ONE a list of similar current contracts that demonstrates your available capacity, including the quantity and type of bus, name of contracting party, percentage completed and expected completion date. 8. Attach as SCHEDULE TWO a list of at least three similar contracts that demonstrates your technical proficiency, each with the name of the contracting party and number and they type of buses completed within the last five years. 9. Have you been terminated or defaulted, in the past five years, on any Contract you were awarded? ❑ Yes ❑ No If yes, then attach as SCHEDULE THREE the full particulars regarding each occurrence. 10. Attach as SCHEDULE FIVE a list of all principal Subcontractors and the percentage and character of Work (Contract amount) that each will perform on this Contract. 11. If the Contractor or Subcontractor is a joint venture, submit PRE -AWARD EVALUATION DATA forms for each member of the joint venture. The above information is confidential and will not be divulged to any unauthorized personnel. The undersigned certifies to the accuracy of all information Name and title: Company: Authorized signature Date 12/30/2015 11792142.3 VICTOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY :19=171[«11! JOINT AGENCY PROCUREMENT FOR OVER THE ROAD COMMUTER COACHES TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1 - REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS SECTION 2 - GENERAL CONTRACTURAL PROVISIONS SECTION 3 -QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS SECTION 4 - WARRANTY PROVISIONS SECTION 5 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 1 — Page 2 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Table of Contents 1.0 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS....................................................................................................................................... 16 1.1 SOLICITATION DATA.................................................................................................................................................... 16 1.1.1.1 PROCURING AGENCY AND CONTRACTING OFFICER...................................................................................... 16 1.1.3.2 TECHNICAL PROPOSAL & PRODUCT EVALUATION......................................................................................... 18 1.1.3.3 PROPOSER QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT..................................................................................................... 20 1.1.3.4 DELIVERY........................................................................................................................................................ 21 1.1.3.5 PRICE PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................................. 21 1.1.3.6 PROPOSAL PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................................... 22 1.1.3.7 DBE CERTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................ 23 1.1.3.8 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS....................................................................................... 24 1.1.4 PROPOSAL EVALUATION, NEGOTIATION AND SELECTION..................................................................................... 24 1.1.4.1 OPENING OF PROPOSALS............................................................................................................................... 24 1.1.4.2 EVALUATION TEAM........................................................................................................................................ 24 1.1.4.3 PROPOSAL SELECTION PROCESS.................................................................................................................... 24 1.1.4.3.1 QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................................................. 25 1.1.4.3.2 PROPOSAL EVALUATION CRITERIA AND SCORING................................................................................... 26 1.1.4.3.3 EVALUATION PROCEDURES...................................................................................................................... 27 1.1.4.3.4 EVALUATIONS OF COMPETITIVE PROPOSALS........................................................................................... 28 1.1.4.3.4.1 QUALIFICATION OF RESPONSIBLE PROPOSERS................................................................................. 28 1.1.4.3.4.2 DETAILED EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS AND DETERMINATION OF COMPETITIVE RANGE .............. 28 1.1.4.3.4.3 PROPOSALS NOT WITHIN THE COMPETITIVE RANGE........................................................................ 29 1.1.4.3.4.4 DISCUSSIONS WITH PROPOSERS IN THE COMPETITIVE RANGE ........................................................ 29 1.1.4.4 CONFIDENTIALITY OF PROPOSALS................................................................................................................. 30 1.1.5 RESPONSE TO PROPOSAL........................................................................................................................................ 30 1.1.5.1 ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION OF PROPOSALS...................................................................................................... 30 1.1.5.2 SINGLE PROPOSAL RESPONSE........................................................................................................................ 31 1.1.5.5.2 EFFECT OF PROTEST ON CONTRACT AWARD OR PROPOSAL OPENING .................................................... 32 1.1.5.5.3 1.1.5.5.7 RELEASE OF PROTEST INFORMATION....................................................................................................... 32 1.1.5.5.4 33 MAINTENANCE OF PROTEST RECORDS..................................................................................................... 32 1.1.5.5.5 INCLUSION OF PROTEST PROCEDURES IN SOLICITATIONS....................................................................... 32 1.1.5.5.6 WHO MAY FILE A PROTEST....................................................................................................................... 33 1.1.5.5.7 TIME FOR FILING A PROTEST.................................................................................................................... 33 Section 1 — Page 3 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Section 1 — Page 4 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.5.8 FORM FOR FILING A PROTEST................................................................................................................... 33 1.1.5.5.9 VVTA'S PRELIMINARY RESPONSE TOA PROTEST...................................................................................... 33 1.1.5.5.10 FURTHER INVESTIGATION OF THE PROTEST........................................................................................... 34 1.1.5.5.11 VVTA EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OR DESIGNEE'S RECOMMENDATION........................................................ 34 1.1.5.5.12 SUBMITTAL OF PROTESTTO THE BOARD............................................................................................... 34 1.1.5.5.13 BOARD OF DIRECTORS' DECISION........................................................................................................... 35 1.1.5.5.14 FTA PROTESTAPPEAL PROCEDURE......................................................................................................... 35 1.1.5.5.15 WAIVER OF CHANGES............................................................................................................................. 35 1.1.5.10 REQUIRED FORMS.......................................................................................................................................... 37 1.1.5.11 DEBARRED PROPOSERS CERTIFICATION........................................................................................................ 38 1.1.5.12 FTA CERTIFICATION OF RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING................................................................................... 40 1.1.5.13 DBE APPROVAL CERTIFICATION..................................................................................................................... 41 1.1.5.14 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH COACHES TESTING REQUIREMENT..................................................... 42 1.1.5.15 FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS............................................................................................ 43 1.1.5.16 REQUEST FOR PRE -OFFER CHANGE OR APPROVED EQUALS......................................................................... 44 1.1.5.17 FORM FOR PROPOSAL DEVIATION................................................................................................................. 45 1.1.5.18 PROPOSER SERVICE AND PARTS SUPPORT DATA........................................................................................... 46 1.1.5.19 BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATION — COACHES.................................................................................................... 47 1.1.5.20 BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATIONSPARE PARTS.............................................................................................. 48 1.1.5.21 INTEREST AND GRATUITIES FORM................................................................................................................. 50 1.1.5.22 WARRANTY FORM.......................................................................................................................................... 51 1.1.5.23 REFERENCE FORM.......................................................................................................................................... 52 1.1.5.24 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUM.......................................................................................................... 53 1.1.5.25 TECHNICAL PROPOSAL................................................................................................................................... 54 1.1.5.26 PRICE PROPOSAL............................................................................................................................................ 55 1.1.5.27 OFFER COVER SHEET...................................................................................................................................... 56 1.1.5.28 PERFORMANCE BOND (ATTACHMENT NO. 1)................................................................................................ 57 1.1.5.29 COACH PROPOSAL PRICE SHEET(EXHIBITNO.1)....................................................................................... 58 1.1.5.30 COACH PROPOSAL VEHICLE OPTION ITEMS PRICE SHEET (EXHIBIT NO. 2) .................................................... 59 2.0 DRAFT CONTRACT......................................................................................................................................................5 2.1 DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................................................................. 13 2.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, MODIFICA TIONS AND DISPUTES........................................................................................ 14 2.2.1 CONTRACTAWARD ................................................................................................................................................. 14 2.2.1.1 NONCOLLUSION............................................................................................................................................. 14 2.2.1.2 MATHEMATICAL ERRORS............................................................................................................................... 15 2.2.1.3 ACCCEPTANCE OF A PROPOSAL..................................................................................................................... 15 2.2.2 ACCESSIBLE REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................................................. 15 2.2.2.1 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................. 15 2.2.2.2 ACCESSIBLE EQUIPMENT COST INFORMATION............................................................................................. 15 2.2.3 MODIFICATIONS TO CONTRACT.............................................................................................................................. 16 2.2.3.1 CONTRACT CHANGES..................................................................................................................................... 16 2.2.3.2 WRITTEN CHANGE ORDERS............................................................................................................................ 16 2.2.3.3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................... 16 2.2.3.4 PRICE ADJUSTMENT FOR REGULATORY CHANGES........................................................................................ 16 2.2.4 PARTIES AND CHANGES IN PARTIES........................................................................................................................ 17 Section 1 — Page 4 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.2.4.1 PARTIES AND AUTHORITY.............................................................................................................................. 17 2.2.4.2 SUCCESSION................................................................................................................................................... 17 2.2.4.3 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING.......................................................................................................... 17 2.2.4.4 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS............................................................................................................... 17 2.2.5 CONTENT OF SPECIFICATION AND OFFER............................................................................................................... 18 2.2.5.1 OMISSIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 18 2.2.5.2 DEVIATIONS.................................................................................................................................................... 18 2.2.5.3 PROBLEMS, FAULTS, DEFECTS AND NONCONFORMITY................................................................................. 18 2.2.6 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT................................................................................................................................. 18 2.2.6.1 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE................................................................................................................ 18 2.2.6.2 TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT......................................................................................................................... 22 2.2.6.3 STOP WORK ORDER........................................................................................................................................ 24 2.2.6.4 COSTS OF STOP WORK ORDER....................................................................................................................... 25 2.2.7 DISPUTES................................................................................................................................................................. 25 2.2.8 LITIGATION.............................................................................................................................................................. 27 2.2.8.1 REQUIREMENT FOR OUT-OF-STATE CONTRACTORS...................................................................................... 27 2.2.9 NONWAIVER........................................................................................................................................................... 27 2.2.10 NONEXCLUSIVE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES............................................................................................................ 27 2.2.11 GRATUITIES, CONTINGENT FEES AND CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS....................................................................... 28 2.2.11.1 COVENANT AGAINST GRATUITIES.................................................................................................................. 28 2.2.11.2 COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES....................................................................................................... 28 2.2.11.3 CONFLICT OF INTEREST.................................................................................................................................. 29 2.3.1.2 DELIVERY SCHEDULE...................................................................................................................................... 31 2.3.1.3 PRE -DELIVERY TESTS AND INSPECTIONS........................................................................................................ 31 2.3.1.4 ACCEPTANCE OF COACH................................................................................................................................ 31 2.3.2 REPAIRS AFTER NONACCEPTANCE.......................................................................................................................... 31 2.4 PAYMENT.................................................................................................................................................................... 35 2.5 SERVICES AND PARTS.................................................................................................................................................. 35 2.5.1 TRAINING................................................................................................................................................................ 35 2.5.2 ENGINEER/SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES.................................................................................................................. 35 2.5.3 DOCUMENTS........................................................................................................................................................... 36 2.5.4 PARTS AVAILABILITY GUARANTEE........................................................................................................................... 36 2.5.5 INTERCHANGEABILITY............................................................................................................................................. 37 2.6 AUDIT AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS........................................................................................................................ 37 Section 1 — Page 5 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.7 RISK..............................................................................................................................................................................38 2.7.1 RISK OF LOSS........................................................................................................................................................... 38 2.7.2 INSURANCE............................................................................................................................................................. 39 2.7.3 PERFORMANCE BOND............................................................................................................................................. 40 2.7.4 PRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS............................................................................................................................... 41 2.7.5 INDEMNIFICATION.................................................................................................................................................. 42 2.7.6 MATERIAL/ACCESSORIES RESPONSIBILITY.............................................................................................................. 42 2.7.7 SURVIVABILITY..... .......... .......... ........... .......... .......... .......... ............................ 43 2.8 FTA POLICIES FOR ALL TIERS........................................................................................................................................ 43 2.8.1 NO OBLIGATION BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.................................................................................................. 43 2.8.2 PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS AND RELATED ACTIONS: ...................................... 43 2.8.3 INCORPORATION OF FTA TERMS............................................................................................................................ 44 2.8.4 CHANGES IN FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS................................................................................................... 44 2.8.5 CARGO PREFERENCE............................................................................................................................................... 44 2.8.6 ENERGY CONSERVATION........................................................................................................................................ 44 2.8.7 RECYCLED PRODUCTS............................................................................................................................................. 44 2.8.8 CIVIL RIGHTS........................................................................................................................................................... 45 2.8.8.1 NONDISCRIMINATION.................................................................................................................................... 45 2.8.8.2 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY............................................................................................................ 45 2.8.8.3 DISCRIMINATORY SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................ 46 2.8.9 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE............................................................................................................... 46 2.8.9.1 POLICY............................................................................................................................................................ 46 2.8.9.2 DBE OBLIGATION............................................................................................................................................ 46 2.8.9.3 REMEDY.......................................................................................................................................................... 46 2.8.10 PATENT INFRINGEMENT..................................................................................................................................... 46 2.8.11 PROPRIETARY RIGHTS/RIGHTS IN DATA............................................................................................................. 47 2.8.12 INTEREST OF MEMBERS OF, OR DELEGATES TO, CONGRESS............................................................................. 47 2.8.13 PROHIBITED INTEREST........................................................................................................................................ 47 2.8.14 ACCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES............................................................................... 47 2.8.15 FLY AMERICA...................................................................................................................................................... 48 2.9 FTA POLICIES FOR SELECTED CONTRACTS................................................................................................................... 48 2.9.1 CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT...................................................................................... 48 2.9.2 CLEAN AIR............................................................................................................................................................... 49 2.9.3 CLEAN WATER......................................................................................................................................................... 50 2.9.4 COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS.............................................................................................. 50 2.9.5 LOBBYING CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS................................................................................... 50 2.10 FTA POLICIES FOR PRIME CONTRACTOR..................................................................................................................... 50 2.10.1 BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................................................................... 50 2.10.2 PRE -AWARD REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................................. 51 2.10.3 POST -DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................................................ 52 2.10.4 COACH TESTING..................................................................................................................................................53 2.11 STATE GRANT CONTRACT PROVISIONS....................................................................................................................... 54 2.11.1 ACCOUNTING RECORDS..................................................................................................................................... 54 2.11.2 ALLOWABLE COSTS............................................................................................................................................. 54 2.11.3 FAIR EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES (NONDISCRIMINATION)................................................................................... 54 Section 1 — Page 6 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.11.4 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE RECORDS. .......................... 55 3.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS............................................................................................................................1 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S IN -PLANT QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................... 4 3.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE ORGANIZATION.....................................................................................................................4 3.1.1.1 ORGANIZATION ESTABLISHMENT....................................................................................................................4 3.1.1.2 CONTROL..........................................................................................................................................................4 3.1.1.3 AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILTY.....................................................................................................................4 3.1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ORGANIZATION FUNCTIONS..................................................................................................4 3.1.2.1 MINIMUM FUNCTIONS....................................................................................................................................4 3.1.2.2 WORK INSTRUCTIONS......................................................................................................................................4 3.1.3.2 CONFIGURATION CONTROL.............................................................................................................................5 3.1.3.3 MEASURING AND TESTING FACILITIES.............................................................................................................5 3.1.3.4 PRODUCTION TOOLING AS MEDIA OF INSPECTION.........................................................................................5 3.1.3.5 EQUIPMENT USE BY RESIDENT INSPECTORS....................................................................................................5 3.1.4 CONTROL OF PURCHASES.........................................................................................................................................5 3.1.4.1 MAINTENANCE OF CONTROL........................................................................................................................... 5 3.1.4.2 SUPPLIER CONTROL..........................................................................................................................................5 3.1.4.3 PURCHASING DATA..........................................................................................................................................6 3.1.6.2 INSPECTION PERSONNEL..................................................................................................................................6 3.1.6.3 INSPECTION RECORDS......................................................................................................................................7 3.1.6.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AUDITS..........................................................................................................................7 3.2 SUPPLIERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS.............................................................................................................................. 7 3.3 INSPECTIONS................................................................................................................................................................. 7 3.3.1 INSPECTION STATIONS.............................................................................................................................................. 7 3.3.2.4 SUPPORT PROVISIONS......................................................................................................................................9 Section 1 — Page 7 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3.4.2.1 BASIC PROVISIONS......................................................................................................................................................... INSPECTION -VISUAL AND MEASURED......................................................................................................... 10 3.4.2.2 TOTAL COACH OPERATION............................................................................................................................ 10 4.0 WARRANTY PROVISIONS 01 4.1 BASIC PROVISIONS......................................................................................................................................................... 2 4.1.1 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.1 CONTRACTOR WARRANTY...............................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.2 COMPLETE COACH........................................................................................................................................... 2 4.1.1.3 BODY AND CHASSIS STRUCTURE......................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.4 PROPULSION SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.5 MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS........................................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.6 EXTENSION OF WARRANTY..............................................................................................................................3 4.1.1.7 DEFINITION OF DEFECT....................................................................................................................................3 4.1.2 VOIDING OF WARRANTY...........................................................................................................................................3 4.1.3 EXCEPTIONS AND ADDITIONS TO WARRANTY.......................................................................................................... 3 4.1.4 DETECTION OF DEFECTS............................................................................................................................................4 4.1.5 SCOPE OF WARRANTY REPAIRS................................................................................................................................4 4.1.6 FLEET DEFECTS..........................................................................................................................................................4 4.1.6.1 OCCURRENCE AND REMEDY............................................................................................................................4 4.1.6.2 EXCEPTIONS TO FLEET DEFECT PROVISIONS....................................................................................................4 4.2 REPAIR PROCEDURES.................................................................................................................................................... 5 4.2.1 REPAIR PERFORMANCE.............................................................................................................................................5 4.2.3.3 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS RETURN.................................................................................................................6 4.2.3.4 FAILURE ANALYSIS............................................................................................................................................6 4.2.3.5 REIMBURSEMENT FOR LABOR......................................................................................................................... 6 4.2.3.6 REIMBURSEMENT FOR PARTS..........................................................................................................................6 4.2.3.7 REIMBURSEMENT REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................................................6 4.2.3.8 TESTS................................................................................................................................................................6 4.3 DISPUTES.......................................................................................................................................................................7 4.4 WARRANTYAFTER REPLACEMENT REPAIRS.................................................................................................................. 7 5.0 TECHNICAL AND PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS.....................................................................................................1 Section 1 — Page 8 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -5 OVERALL REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................................................................... 17 TS -5.1 WEIGHT.............................................................................................................................................................. 17 TS -5.2 CAPACITY............................................................................................................................................................ 17 TS -5.3 SERVICE LIFE....................................................................................................................................................... 17 TS -5.4 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION....................................................................................................................... 17 TS -5.5 INTERCHANGEABILITY........................................................................................................................................ 18 TS -5.6 TRAINING............................................................................................................................................................ 18 TS -5.6.1 TECHNICAL/SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES........................................................................................................ 18 TS -5.7 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT............................................................................................................................... 19 TS -5.8 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................................. 19 TS -5.8.1 INTERIOR NOISE............................................................................................................................................. 19 TS -5.8.2 EXTERIOR NOISE............................................................................................................................................. 19 TS -5.9 FIRE SAFETY........................................................................................................................................................ 19 TS -5.9.1 MATERIALS..................................................................................................................................................... 19 TS -5.10 FIRE SUPPRESSION.............................................................................................................................................. 20 TS -5.11 RESPECT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT..................................................................................................................... 20 TS -6 PHYSICAL SIZE.............................................................................................................................................................. 20 TS -6.1 COACH LENGTH.................................................................................................................................................. 21 TS -6.2 COACH WIDTH.................................................................................................................................................... 21 TS -6.3 COACH HEIGHT................................................................................................................................................... 21 TS -6.4.1 STEP HEIGHT................................................................................................................................................... 21 TS -6.5 UNDERBODY CLEARANCE................................................................................................................................... 21 TS -6.6 RAMP CLEARANCES............................................................................................................................................ 21 TS -6.7 GROUND CLEARANCE......................................................................................................................................... 22 TS -6.8 FLOOR HEIGHT.................................................................................................................................................... 23 TS -6.9 INTERIOR HEADROOM........................................................................................................................................ 23 TS -7 POWER REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................................................. 23 TS7.1 TOP SPEED .......................................................................................................................................................... 23 TS7.2 GRADABILITY....................................................................................................................................................... 24 TS7.2.1 ACCELERATION............................................................................................................................................... 24 TS7.2.2 NON-HYBRID.................................................................................................................................................. 24 TS7.3 OPERATING RANGE............................................................................................................................................ 24 TS7.3.2 CNG................................................................................................................................................................ 25 TS -8 FUEL ECONOMY (DESIGN OPERATING PROFILE)......................................................................................................... 25 TS -9 ENGINE........................................................................................................................................................................ 25 TS9.1 ENGINE (CNG)..................................................................................................................................................... 26 TS10.1.3 MOUNTING.................................................................................................................................................... 27 TS10.2 TRANSMISSION COOLING................................................................................................................................... 27 TS -11 TRANSMISSION (CONVENTIONAL POWERTRAIN)................................................................................................... 27 TS -12 RETARDER (CNG)..................................................................................................................................................... 28 Section 1 — Page 9 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -13 ENGINE BRAKE (DIESEL).......................................................................................................................................... 28 TS -14 MOUNTING............................................................................................................................................................. 28 TS14.1 SERVICE............................................................................................................................................................... 28 TS15.3 CHARGE AIR PIPING............................................................................................................................................ 30 TS -16 RADIATOR............................................................................................................................................................... 30 TS -17 OIL AND HYDRAULIC LINES..................................................................................................................................... 30 TS -18 FUEL........................................................................................................................................................................ 30 TS18.1 FUEL LINES.......................................................................................................................................................... 30 TS 18.1.1 FUEL LINES. DIESEL......................................................................................................................................... 31 TS18.1.2 FUEL LINES. CNG............................................................................................................................................. 31 TS 18.2 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION............................................................................................................................. 32 TS18.2.1 DIESEL FUEL TANK(S)...................................................................................................................................... 32 TS 18.2.2 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION, CNG............................................................................................................... 32 TS -19 EMISSIONS AND EXHAUST...................................................................................................................................... 34 TS19.1 EXHAUST EMISSIONS.......................................................................................................................................... 34 TS19.2 EXHAUST SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................... 35 TS 19.3 EXHAUST AFTER-TREATMENT............................................................................................................................ 35 TS 19.4 PARTICULATE AFTER -TREATMENT (DIESEL)........................................................................................................ 35 TS -20 GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................. 35 TS20.1 DESIGN................................................................................................................................................................ 35 TS -23 RESONANCEAND VIBRATION................................................................................................................................. 36 TS -25 TOWING.................................................................................................................................................................. 37 TS -26 JACKING................................................................................................................................................................... 37 TS -27 HOISTING................................................................................................................................................................ 38 TS -28 FLOOR..................................................................................................................................................................... 38 TS28.1 DESIGN................................................................................................................................................................ 38 TS28.2 CONSTRUCTION.................................................................................................................................................. 38 Section 1 — Page 10 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -30 WHEEL HOUSING.................................................................................................................................................... 39 TS30.1 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION............................................................................................................................. 39 TS 31.3 SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS...................................................................................................................... 40 TS 31.3.1 SUSPENSION TRAVEL...................................................................................................................................... 40 TS31.3.2 DAMPING....................................................................................................................................................... 40 TS31.3.3 LUBRICATION................................................................................................................................................. 40 TS31.3.4 KNEELING....................................................................................................................................................... 40 TS -32 WHEELS AND TIRES................................................................................................................................................. 41 TS32.1 WHEELS............................................................................................................................................................... 41 TS32.2 TIRES................................................................................................................................................................... 41 TS -33 STEERING................................................................................................................................................................ 41 TS 33.1 STEERING AND TAG AXLES.................................................................................................................................. 41 TS33.2 STEERING WHEEL................................................................................................................................................ 42 TS33.2.1 TURNING EFFORT........................................................................................................................................... 42 TS 33.2.2 STEERING WHEEL, GENERAL .......................................................................................................................... 42 TS 33.2.3 STEERING COLUMN TILT................................................................................................................................ 42 TS 33.2.4 STEERING WH EEL TELESCOPIC ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................ 42 TS -34 DRIVEAXLE.............................................................................................................................................................. 43 TS34.1 NON -DRIVE AXLE................................................................................................................................................ 43 TS -35 TAG AXLES (COMMUTER COACH)........................................................................................................................... 43 TS -36 TURNING RADIUS.................................................................................................................................................... 44 TS -37 BRAKES.................................................................................................................................................................... 45 TS37.1 SERVICE BRAKE................................................................................................................................................... 45 TS37.2 ACTUATION......................................................................................................................................................... 45 TS 37.3 FRICTION MATERIAL........................................................................................................................................... 45 TS37.4 HUBS AND DISCS................................................................................................................................................. 45 TS 37.5 PARKING/EMERGENCY BRAKE............................................................................................................................ 45 TS38.4 AIR RESERVOIRS.................................................................................................................................................. 47 TS38.5 AIR SYSTEM DRYER............................................................................................................................................. 47 TS -39 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................................... 47 TS39.1 MODULAR DESIGN.............................................................................................................................................. 48 TS -40 ENVIRONMENTAL AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................ 48 TS 40.1 HARDWARE MOUNTING..................................................................................................................................... 49 TS -41 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................................... 49 TS41.1 BATTERIES........................................................................................................................................................... 49 Section 1 — Page 11 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 41.1.1 DIAGNOSTICS, FAULT DETECTION AND DATA ACCESS................................................................................... LOW -VOLTAGE BATTERIES (24 V)................................................................................................................... 49 TS41.1.2 PROGRAMMABILITY (SOFTWARE).................................................................................................................. 58 BATTERY CABLES............................................................................................................................................ 50 TS41.1.3 59 TS44.3.1 JUMPSTART................................................................................................................................................... 50 TS 41.1.4 TS 44.3.2 BATTERY COMPARTMENT.............................................................................................................................. 50 TS 41.1.5 PROGRAMMABILITY (SOFTWARE).................................................................................................................. AUXILIARY ELECTRONIC POWER SUPPLY....................................................................................................... 52 TS 41.1.6 ELECTRONIC NOISE CONTROL............................................................................................................................ 60 MASTER BATTERY SWITCH............................................................................................................................. 53 TS 41.1.7 TS45.1 LOW -VOLTAGE GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION......................................................................................... 53 TS 41.1.8 GLARE................................................................................................................................................................. CIRCUIT PROTECTION..................................................................................................................................... 53 TS41.2 VISORS/SUN SHADES.......................................................................................................................................... 60 GROUNDS........................................................................................................................................................... 54 TS 41.3 61 TS 45.5 LOW VOLTAGE/LOW CURRENT WIRING AND TERMINALS................................................................................. 54 TS 41.4 TS45.6 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS................................................................................................................................. 55 TS 41.5 PEDAL ANGLE................................................................................................................................................. ELECTRICAL COMPARTMENTS............................................................................................................................ 55 TS -42 PEDAL DIMENSIONS AND POSITION.............................................................................................................. GENERAL ELECTRONIC REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................................. 56 TS 42.1 DRIVER FOOT SWITCHES..................................................................................................................................... 70 WIRING AND TERMINALS................................................................................................................................... 56 TS 42.1.1 DISCRETE 1/0 (INPUTS/OUTPUTS).................................................................................................................. 56 TS42.1.2 SHIELDING...................................................................................................................................................... 56 TS42.1.3 COMMUNICATIONS........................................................................................................................................ 56 TS 42.1.4 RADIO FREQUENCY (RF)................................................................................................................................. 57 TS42.1.5 AUDIO............................................................................................................................................................. 57 TS 44.2.1 DIAGNOSTICS, FAULT DETECTION AND DATA ACCESS................................................................................... 58 TS 44.2.2 PROGRAMMABILITY (SOFTWARE).................................................................................................................. 58 TS44.3 MULTIPLEX LEVEL............................................................................................................................................... 59 TS44.3.1 DATA ACCESS.................................................................................................................................................. 59 TS 44.3.2 DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT DETECTION........................................................................................................... 59 TS 44.3.3 PROGRAMMABILITY (SOFTWARE).................................................................................................................. 59 TS 44.4 ELECTRONIC NOISE CONTROL............................................................................................................................ 60 TS -45 DRIVER'S AREA CONTROLS...................................................................................................................................... 60 TS45.1 GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................. 60 TS45.2 GLARE................................................................................................................................................................. 60 TS45.3 VISORS/SUN SHADES.......................................................................................................................................... 60 TS45.4 DRIVER'S CONTROLS........................................................................................................................................... 61 TS 45.5 NORMAL COACH OPERATION INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS................................................................. 61 TS45.6 DRIVER FOOT CONTROLS.................................................................................................................................... 69 TS45.6.1 PEDAL ANGLE................................................................................................................................................. 69 TS 45.6.2 PEDAL DIMENSIONS AND POSITION.............................................................................................................. 70 TS 45.7 DRIVER FOOT SWITCHES..................................................................................................................................... 70 TS -46 DRIVER'S AMENITIES............................................................................................................................................... 70 Section 1 — Page 12 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS46.1 COAT HANGER.................................................................................................................................................... 70 TS46.2 STORAGE BOX..................................................................................................................................................... 71 TS -47 WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS..................................................................................................................... 71 TS 47.1 WINDSHIELD WIPERS.......................................................................................................................................... 71 TS 47.2 WINDSHIELD WASHERS...................................................................................................................................... 71 TS -48 DRIVER'S SEAT......................................................................................................................................................... 72 TS48.1 DIMENSIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 72 TS48.2 SEAT BELT........................................................................................................................................................... 72 TS48.3 SEAT CONTROL LOCATIONS................................................................................................................................ 73 TS 48.4 SEAT STRUCTURE AND MATERIALS.................................................................................................................... 73 TS 48.7.2 INTERIOR MIRRORS........................................................................................................................................ 74 TS -49 GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................. 74 TS -50 WINDSHIELD........................................................................................................................................................... 74 TS50.1 GLAZING.............................................................................................................................................................. 74 TS -51 DRIVER'S SIDE WINDOW......................................................................................................................................... 75 TS -52 SIDE WINDOWS....................................................................................................................................................... 75 TS52.1 CONFIGURATION................................................................................................................................................ 75 TS 52.2 EMERGENCY EXIT (EGRESS) CONFIGURATION................................................................................................... 76 TS52.3 MATERIALS......................................................................................................................................................... 76 TS -53 CAPACITYAND PERFORMANCE............................................................................................................................... 76 TS -54 CONTROLS AND TEMPERATURE UNIFORMITY........................................................................................................ 77 TS 54.1 AUXILIARY HEATER............................................................................................................................................. 78 TS -55 AIR FLOW................................................................................................................................................................ 78 TS55.1 PASSENGER AREA............................................................................................................................................... 78 TS55.2 DRIVER'S AREA.................................................................................................................................................... 78 TS 55.3 CONTROLS FOR THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (CCS)..................................................................................... 79 TS 55.4 DRIVER'S COMPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................................... 79 TS55.5 DRIVER'S COOLING............................................................................................................................................. 79 TS -56 AIR FILTRATION....................................................................................................................................................... 80 TS -57 ROOFVENTILATORS................................................................................................................................................ 80 TS -58 MAINTAINABILITY................................................................................................................................................... 80 TS -59 ENTRANCE/EXITAREA HEATING............................................................................................................................. 80 TS -60 FLOOR -LEVEL HEATING........................................................................................................................................... 80 TS -61 DESIGN.................................................................................................................................................................... 81 TS61.1 MATERIALS......................................................................................................................................................... 81 TS -62 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY................................................................................................................................................ 81 Section 1 — Page 13 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -63 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT.................................................................................................................................... 81 TS63.1 SIDE BODY PANELS............................................................................................................................................. 81 TS -64 RAIN GUTTERS......................................................................................................................................................... 82 TS -65 LICENSE PLATE PROVISIONS.................................................................................................................................... 82 TS -66 FENDER SKIRTS........................................................................................................................................................ 82 TS66.1 SPLASH APRONS................................................................................................................................................. 82 TS -67 SERVICE COMPARTMENTS AND ACCESS DOORS..................................................................................................... 83 TS67.1 ACCESS DOORS................................................................................................................................................... 83 TS67.2 ACCESS DOOR LATCH/LOCKS.............................................................................................................................. 83 TS -68 BUMPERS................................................................................................................................................................ 83 TS68.1 LOCATION........................................................................................................................................................... 83 TS68.2 FRONT BUMPER.................................................................................................................................................. 83 TS68.3 REAR BUMPER.................................................................................................................................................... 84 TS 68.4 BUMPER MATERIAL............................................................................................................................................ 84 TS -69 FINISH AND COLOR................................................................................................................................................. 84 TS69.1 APPEARANCE...................................................................................................................................................... 84 TS -70 DECALS, NUMBERING AND SIGNING................................................................................................................................ 85 TS 70.1 PASSENGER INFORMATION................................................................................................................................ 85 TS -71 EXTERIOR LIGHTING................................................................................................................................................ 86 TS71.1 BACKUP LIGHT/ALARM....................................................................................................................................... 86 TS71.2 DOORWAY LIGHTING.......................................................................................................................................... 86 TS71.3 TURN SIGNALS.................................................................................................................................................... 86 TS71.4 HEADLIGHTS....................................................................................................................................................... 86 TS71.5 BRAKE LIGHTS..................................................................................................................................................... 87 TS 71.6 SERVICE AREA LIGHTING (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR)......................................................................................... 87 TS -72 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS...................................................................................................................................... 87 TS -73 INTERIOR PANELS.................................................................................................................................................... 88 TS -73.1 DRIVER'S BARRIER................................................................................................................................................... 88 TS73.2 MODESTY PANELS............................................................................................................................................... 88 TS73.3 FRONT END......................................................................................................................................................... 88 TS73.4 REAR BULKHEAD................................................................................................................................................. 89 TS73.5 HEADLINING....................................................................................................................................................... 89 TS73.6 FASTENING......................................................................................................................................................... 89 TS73.7 INSULATION........................................................................................................................................................ 89 TS73.8 FLOOR COVERING............................................................................................................................................... 90 TS73.9 INTERIOR LIGHTING............................................................................................................................................ 90 TS73.10 PASSENGER.................................................................................................................................................... 90 TS73.11 DRIVER'S AREA............................................................................................................................................... 91 TS73.12 SEATING AREAS.............................................................................................................................................. 91 TS73.13 VESTIBULES/DOORS....................................................................................................................................... 91 TS73.14 STEP LIGHTING............................................................................................................................................... 91 TS73.15 FAREBOX LIGHTING........................................................................................................................................ 92 Section 1 - Page 14 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -74 FARE COLLECTION................................................................................................................................................... 92 TS -75 INTERIOR ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS.................................................................................................................. 92 TS75.1 FLOOR PANELS.................................................................................................................................................... 92 TS -76 PASSENGER SEATING.............................................................................................................................................. 93 TS 76.1 ARRANGEMENTS AND SEAT STYLE..................................................................................................................... 93 TS76.2 HIP -TO -KNEE ROOM........................................................................................................................................... 93 TS76.3 FOOT ROOM....................................................................................................................................................... 93 TS76.4 AISLES................................................................................................................................................................. 93 TS 76.5 STRUCTURE AND DESIGN................................................................................................................................... 93 TS 76.6 CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS...................................................................................................................... 94 TS76.7.1 FRONT DOOR.................................................................................................................................................. 94 TS 76.8 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION..................................................................................................................... 94 TS76.9 DOOR GLAZING................................................................................................................................................... 94 TS76.9.1 ACTUATOR...................................................................................................................................................... 95 TS 76.10 EMERGENCY OPERATION............................................................................................................................... 95 TS76.11 DOOR CONTROL............................................................................................................................................. 95 TS76.12 DOOR CONTROLLER....................................................................................................................................... 95 TS -77 WHEELCHAIR LIFTS.................................................................................................................................................. 95 TS -77.1 LIFT..................................................................................................................................................................... 95 TS -77.2 LIFT DOOR........................................................................................................................................................... 96 TS77.3 LIFT WIDTH......................................................................................................................................................... 97 TS -77.4 LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................................................. 97 TS -77.5 SECUREMENT SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................ 97 TS -77.6 ROOF VENTILATION/ESCAPE HATCHES.............................................................................................................. 98 TS -78 DESTINATION SIGNS....................................................................................................................... I ....... ................. 98 TS -78.2 SIGNAL CHIME COMMUTER COACH.................................................................................................... I.............. 98 TS -79 COMMUNICATIONS................................................................................................................................................ 98 TS -79.1 CAMERA SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 98 TS -79.2 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM................................................................................................................................... 99 TS -79.3 SPEAKERS............................................................................................................................................................ 99 TS -79.4 AUTOMATIC PASSENGER COUNTER (APC)......................................................................................................... 99 TS -79.5 RADIO HANDSET AND CONTROL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................... 99 TS -79.6 DRIVER'S SPEAKER.............................................................................................................................................. 99 TS -79.7 HANDSET............................................................................................................................................................ 99 TS -79.8 DRIVER DISPLAY UNIT(DDU).............................................................................................................................. 99 TS -79.9 EMERGENCY ALARM........................................................................................................................................... 99 Section 1 — Page 15 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.0 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS 1.1 SOLICITATION DATA 1.1.1.1 PROCURING AGENCY AND CONTRACTING OFFICER Request For Proposals (RFP) No VVTA-2013-04. Date of RFP: August 29, 2013 Lead Procuring Agency: VICTOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY Address of Lead Procuring Agency: 17150 SMOKETREE ST., HESPERIA, CA 92345-8305 Contracting Officer: Kevin Kane, Executive Director Telephone No: (760) 948-4021, Ext. 118 FAX No: (760) 948-1380 Email Address: c/o RZIRGES@WTA.org 1.1.1.2 SCOPE Lead Procuring Agency VICTOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY requests proposals for the manufacture and delivery of the five year rolling stock material requirements, for itself and those of Antelope Valley Transit Authority, Santa Clarita Transit, Monterey -Salinas Transit and Ventura County Transportation Commission, as a Joint Agency Procurement. Proposals are being sought for the following requirements: (1) Ten, (10) 45 -foot CNG powered Commuter Coaches, and Options for up to (18) CNG commuter coaches along with the standard maintenance information manuals & supporting data. (2) Fifteen (15) Low Emission Diesel commuter coaches, as well as options for up to (35) additional 45 -foot Low Emission Diesel commuter coaches along with the standard maintenance information manuals & supporting data. (3) Initial and recurrent training sessions for Coach Operators and Maintainers consistent with base and options orders. (4) Procurement of these commuter coach vehicles shall be conducted pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the following text of the solicitation. (5) The engagement shall be a Firm -Fixed Price Contract that is to be awarded pursuant to the guidelines set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1E, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 20216 and 20217 of the California Public Contract Code. 1.1.1.3 SOLICITATION SCHEDULE The following is the solicitation schedule for Proposers: Section 1 - Page 16 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Pre -proposal Conference There will be none Proposer Communications, Approved Equals, 2:00 p.m. PST, Monday, Sept 23, 2013 Deviations, and Requests Due Responds to Proposer Communications, Approved 2:00 p.m. PST, Monday, October 7, 2013 Equals, Deviations, and Requests Proposals Due Date 2:00 p.m. PST. Monday, November 4, 2013 Anticipated Award Date 2:00 p.m. PST. Monday, November 25, 2013 1.1.2 PRE -PROPOSAL 1.1.2.1 PRE -PROPOSAL CONFERENCE There shall be no Pre -Proposal Conference for this solicitation. Proposers' questions and/or comments shall be addressed under Section 1.1.2.2., Proposer Communications and Requests. Prospective Proposers are reminded that valid changes to the RFP shall be by written addendum only. 1.1.2.2 PROPOSER COMMUNICATIONS AND REQUESTS All correspondence, communication and/or contact in regard to any aspect of this solicitation is authorized only with the designated Contracting Officer identified in "Lead Procuring Agency and Contracting Officer' (Section 1.1.1.1) above, or their designated representative. Proposers and their representatives shall not make any contact with or communicate with any employees of the Lead Procuring Agency, or its directors and consultants, other than the Contracting Officer in regard to any aspect of this solicitation or offers. Ex parte' communications with members of VVTA's Board of Directors or any person responsible for awarding a contract, including the Contracting Officer is prohibited under California Public Contract Code Section 20216. All communications shall be in writing and will be made public. At any time during this procurement up to the time specified in "Solicitation Schedule' (Section 1.1.1.3). Proposers may request, in writing, a clarification or interpretation of any aspect, or a change to any requirement of the RFP or any addendum to the RFP. Requests may include suggested substitutes for specified items and for any brand names. Whenever a brand name is used in this solicitation it shall mean the brand name or approved equal. Such written requests shall be made to the Contracting Officer and may be transmitted by facsimile. The Proposer making the request shall be responsible for its proper delivery to the Lead Procuring Agency per "Lead Procuring Agency and Contracting Officer' (Section 1.1.1.1) on the form provided in "Request for Pre -Offer Change or Approved Equal." The Lead Procuring Agency will not respond to oral requests. Any request for a change to any requirement of the Contract Documents must be fully supported with technical data, test results, or other pertinent information evidencing that the exception will result in a condition equal to or better than that required by the RFP, without substantial increase in cost or time requirements. Any responses to such written request shall be provided by the Lead Procuring Agency in the form of addendum only. Only written responses provided as addendum shall be official and all other forms of communication with any officer, employee or agent of the Lead Procuring Agency shall not be binding on the Lead Procuring Agency. Section 1 — Page 17 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 If it should appear to a prospective Proposer that the performance of the Work under the contract, or any of the matters relating thereto, is not sufficiently described or explained in the RFP or Contract Documents, or that any conflict or discrepancy exists between different parts thereof or with any federal, state, local or Lead Procuring Agency law, ordinance, rule, regulation, or other standard or requirement, then the Proposer shall submit a written request for clarification to the Lead Procuring Agency within the time period specified above. 1.1.2.3 ADDENDUM TO RFP The Lead Procuring Agency (Victor Valley Transit Authority (VVTA)), reserves the right to amend the RFP at any time. Any amendments to or interpretations of the RFP shall be described in written addendum. The Lead Procuring Agency shall provide copies of Addendum to all prospective Proposers officially known to have received the RFP. Prospective Proposers, or their agents, shall be responsible to collect the addendum at the address provided in "Lead Procuring Agency and Contracting Officer' (Section 1.1.1.1 above) or receive same otherwise. Notification of the addendum will also be mailed or delivered to all such prospective Proposer officially known to have received the RFP and to the address provided by each prospective Proposer. Failure of any prospective Proposer to receive the notification or addendum shall not relieve the Proposer from any obligation under its proposal as submitted or under the RFP, as clarified, interpreted or modified. All addendum issued shall become part of the RFP. Prospective Proposers shall acknowledge the receipt of each individual addendum and all prior addenda in their proposals. Failure to acknowledge in their proposals receipt of addendum may, at the Lead Procuring Agency's sole option, disqualify the proposal. If the Lead Procuring Agency determines that the addendum may require significant changes in the preparation of proposals, the deadline for submitting the proposals may be postponed by the number of days that the Lead Procuring Agency determines will allow Proposer sufficient time to revise their proposals. Any new Due Date shall be included in the addendum. 1.1.3 INSTRUCTIONS TO PROPOSERS 1.1.3.1 DUE DATE Sealed original proposals plus 3 proposal paper copies, and 6 electronic copies in MS Word (CD/ROM) must be received at the address shown in "Lead Procuring Agency and Contracting Officer" (Section 1.1.1.1) until 2:00 PM West Coast Time on Monday, November 4, 2013 for the provision of ten (10) CNG commuter coaches; (15) Low Emission Diesel commuter coaches; with component and training options, and order options for up to (18) additional GNC commuter coaches, and up to (35) Low Emission Diesel commuter coaches with component and training options. All labor, equipment, materials, and training shall be furnished in strict accordance with the delivery schedule and the Contract terms and conditions. All Proposals shall be valid for a period of 120 days. 1.1.3.2 TECHNICAL PROPOSAL $ PRODUCT EVALUATION The following performance and design factors have been determined to be critical to VVTA in terms of reducing operating costs, passenger comfort and overall vehicle reliability. Section 1 - Page 18 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Proposers shall submit technical data, drawings, diagrams, and any other types of data deemed appropriate, which will aid VVTA in evaluating the proposed products technical merit, product design and overall compliance with VVTA'S specifications, as specified below: A. Vehicle Construction: Drawing or pictures showing the exterior of the vehicle, with all body panels including doors, identified as to the material used. B. Drawings or pictures showing the understructure, body framing with identification of all materials used. C. A description of the methods used to assure corrosion resistance and structural integrity over the life of the vehicle. D. Pictures or drawings which depict all exterior and interior maintenance access doors, skirt panels and openings and the method used to hold the access covers in the open and closed position. E. Drawings with dimensions showing passenger seating layout, entry and exit door areas, step heights, riser heights, floor height and accessibility areas and clearances for disabled passengers. F. Information detailing gross vehicle weight and front and rear axle load rates. G. A description of the window configuration proposed including glazing material, sash design, and procedures for replacing damaged glazing material. H. A full description including model number, load ratings and application approval certifications for both drive and steering axles. I. A full description of the braking system including piping diagrams, make/model of all the various components, number and size of brake blocks, and brake area. J. Information on the make and model of the engine and transmission proposed and the performance specifications for each unit. K. A full description of all ADA related equipment (wheelchair lifts, tie -downs, operations). L. A diagram of the proposed seating. M. A full description of type of suspension system proposed, including the number and type of air springs, shock absorbers, sway braces and other system components. N. A complete description and drawings of the fuel storage system including total fuel capacity, operating range of the vehicle, safety features, piping diagrams, type of tanks and working pressures in the system. O. A full description of other Coaches components included in contractor's proposal (e.g., fire suppression system, AC system, destination signs, seating etc.). P. Air Pollution Emission Certification and data for the engine proposed to be supplied as part of the Coaches. The engine proposed must meet all Federal, State and Local emission standards. Section 1 — Page 19 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.3.3 PROPOSER QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT Listed below are the factors which VVTA, (the Lead Procuring Agency), has determined to be critical in evaluating the manufacturer's overall qualifications and capability to perform and complete a contract in a satisfactory manner. Proposers shall submit support documentation which will aid VVTA in accessing the manufacturer's capabilities in the various areas shown below. A. Sufficient financial strength, resources and capability to finance the work to be performed and complete the contract in a satisfactory manner as evidenced by: B. Ability to submit all contract bonds required, as evidenced by a letter from a Surety confirming that the Proposer can issue each bond for the required amount. C. Ability to obtain required insurance with coverage values that meet minimum requirements as evidenced by a letter from a Surety confirming that the Proposer can obtain insurance for the required amount and types of coverage. D. Willingness of any parent company to provide the required financial guaranty evidenced by a letter of commitment signed by an officer of the parent company having the authority to execute the parent company guaranty. E. Evidence that the human and physical resources are sufficient to perform the Contract as specified and assures delivery of all equipment and spare parts shall be delivered in accordance with the Agency approved production schedule as specified in the Contract by submission of company documents or a letter certifying that Proposer has: F. Engineering management and service organizations with sufficient personnel and requisite disciplines, licenses, skills, experience, and equipment to complete the Contract as required. G. Adequate manufacturing facilities sufficient to produce and factory -test equipment pursuant to the contract delivery schedules requirements. H. A spare parts procurement and distribution system sufficient to support equipment maintenance without delays and a service organization with skills, experience and equipment sufficient to perform all warranty and on-site work. of samples of the following: I. Evidence that Proposer is qualified in accordance with Part 3: Quality Assurance Provisions J. Evidence that the Proposer has sufficient technical publications to aid VVTA and the other procuring agencies as evidence by submittal of samples of the following: 1. Parts Books- Illustrated Parts Catalogs 2. Training Manuals for vehicle operators 3. Repair Manuals for vehicle maintainers Section 1 — Page 20 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 K. Proposer shall provide evidence of satisfactory Past Performance and integrity on contracts in making deliveries on time, and on budget, meeting specifications and warranty provisions, parts availabilities and steps Proposer took to resolve any judgments, liens, fleet defects history and warranty claims. Proposer shall provide point of contact information for client references for all public agency contracts entered into between January 02, 2008 and February 02, 2013. L. Proposer shall provide the names, addresses and phone numbers of the companies that either provide technical service and/or sell parts for the Coach models proposed by the Proposer. Those companies that can in a most timely and efficient manner, supply the participating procuring agencies, a complete inventory of parts and components for the repair and maintenance of the Coach model proposed by the Proposer shall also be identified. 1.1.3.4 DELIVERY Due to the need to replace aging equipment and/or the restrictions on timely use of the funding to be received by VVTA to fund this procurement, delivery of the Coaches as soon as possible is of extreme importance. Delivery of the last Coaches in the initial order, (base order plus any option vehicles ordered at time of contract award) shall be completed no later than the time specified in the proposal documents. The maximum points in this category will be awarded to the Proposer which quotes the shortest delivery time for the Base Order. Other competitive proposals will be scored on a proportional basis. 1.1.3.5 PRICE PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Commuter Coach Receiving Dates Procuring Agencies TABLE 1 - (ORDER POINTS) Total 0-12 mos. 13-24 mos. 25-36 mos. 37-48 mos. 49-60 mos. Victor Valley Transit Authority (CNG) 5 1 2 2 10 Antelope Valley Transit Authority (LED) 3 9 8 20 Santa Clarita Transit (CNG) 5 5 4 4 18 Monterey -Salinas Transit (LED) 2 2 2 4 10 Ventura County Transportation Commission (LED) 10 2 4 4 20 Totals 25 10 21 22 78 Section 1 — Page 21 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Proposer shall submit the Pricing Schedules (Forms 1.1.6.26 and 1.1.6.27) with the proposal. Prices are to be quoted exclusive of California State and Local Sales Tax. Proposer shall pay all taxes which are legally enacted at the time bid is submitted, and shall secure and pay for all permits and government fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Contract. All option quantity pricing (the Procuring Agencies: VVTA, Antelope Valley Transit Authority, Santa Clarita Transit, Monterey -Salinas Transit and Ventura County Transportation Commission,) will be considered as a factor in determining the number of points awarded in the price category. Proposer shall quote in the space provided on the price sheet a fixed firm price for optional vehicles that may be purchased by the Procuring Agencies at the specified points in time listed in Table 1. The delivery timeline above relates to the Initial Commuter Coach Order - Notice to Proceed. *VVTA reserves the right to accelerate receiving dates, in which case the pricing for the applicable time period shall be applied. **Any of these agencies may release their assignment options(s) in order for VVTA to assign such options to other transit agencies. Such release shall be submitted on letterhead and signed by an authorized representative from that Transportation Agency. Vehicle procurements are broken down into two categories: Coaches and Component Options. VVTA may or may not exercise its options for vehicles listed in Coaches and if exercised, may not purchase the total quantity of vehicles listed. VVTA reserves the right to accelerate the delivery of the Coaches to an earlier time period, subject to mutual agreement with definitive prices for the revised time period shall apply. Use of the total coach quantity pricing as a factor in evaluating the price category will not obligate VVTA, or any other transit agency, to purchase any of the option quantities listed. VVTA reserves the right to exercise its options for all or less than all of the quantities listed at any time up to 60 months from date of the initial Notice to Proceed. VVTA, Antelope Valley Transit Authority, Santa Clarita Transit, Monterey -Salinas Transit, Ventura County Transportation Commission, may exercise their respective, (Five Year Material Requirements), options for either of the vehicle types identified, either at the time of VVTA contract award or within the 60 month timeframe for the acquisition of agency material requirements from the date of VVTA's Base Order contract award. The assignment of such options will be implemented in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2.4.3. 1.1.3.6 PROPOSAL PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS Proposals including all submittal documents and including price elements shall be submitted by the due date specified, in two sealed packages identified as "PROPOSAL FOR COMMUTER COACHES." PACKAGE NO. 1 - TECHNICAL PROPOSAL Section 1 — Page 22 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1. "RFP 2013-04 TECHNICAL PROPOSAL FOR COMMUTER COACHES", (CLEARLY LABELED ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE PACKAGE) 2. Letter of Transmittal 3. Technical Proposal 4. References and Non -Priced Information 5. Forms, excluding Pricing & Warranty Information 6. Any Supporting Data 7. Submitted B (Proposer's Name and Address No cost, price or financial information of any kind shall be included in Package No. 1 or in any of the proposal documents that will be included in this package. 2 -Price Sheet provided) PACKAGE NO. 2 - PRICING, DELIVERY DAYS, WARRANTY 1. "RFP 2013-04 PRICE PROPOSAL FOR COMMUTER COACHES" (CLEARLY LABELED ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE PACKAGE) 2. Price Proposal for Coaches (use Exhibit 1 -Price delivery days Sheet provided), including 3. Price Proposal for Component Options (use Exhibit 2 -Price Sheet provided) 4. Warranty Information 5. Submitted By ( Proposer's Name and Address) Proposal packages shall be addressed and delivered to the address specified in "Lead Procuring Agency and Contracting Officer" (Section 1.1.1.1) 1.1.3.7 DBE CERTIFICATION Pursuant to Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 26, a Proposer, as a condition of being authorized to respond to this solicitation, must certify by completing "DBE APPROVAL CERTIFICATION" (Section 1.1.6.9), that it has on file with the Federal Transportation Administration (FTA) an approved or not disapproved annual Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) subcontracting participation goal. Section 1 — Page 23 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.3.8 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS A modification of a proposal already received will be accepted by the Lead Procuring Agency only if the modification is received prior to the Proposal Due Date, or is specifically requested by the Lead Procuring Agency. All modifications shall be made in writing and executed and submitted in the same form and manner as the original proposal. A Proposer may withdraw a proposal already received prior to the Proposal Due Date by submitting, in the same manner as the original proposal, to the Lead Procuring Agency a written request for withdrawal executed by the Proposer's authorized representative. After the proposal Due Date, a proposal may be withdrawn only if the Lead Procuring Agency fails to award the contract within the proposal validity period prescribed in "Due Date' (Section 1.13.1) or any agreed upon extension thereof. The withdrawal of a proposal does not prejudice the right of a Proposer to submit another proposal within the time set for receipt of proposals. This provision for modification and withdrawal of proposals may not be used by a Proposer as a means to submit a late proposal and, as such, will not alter the Lead Procuring Agency's right to reject a proposal. 1.1.4 PROPOSAL EVALUATION, NEGOTIATION AND SELECTION 1.1.4.1 OPENING OF PROPOSALS Proposal will be reviewed and evaluated in accordance with the criteria and procedures described in this document. Proposers determined to be within a competitive range and that have a reasonable chance of receiving a contract may be contacted to schedule a meeting with VVTA to carry out further negotiations and discussions. VVTA reserves the right to award to a proposer without further discussions, negotiations, or it may determine that no proposer meets the needs of the Lead Procuring Agency. 1.1.4.2 EVALUATION TEAM An evaluation team will be assembled by the VVTA Executive Director or designee. The team will be made up of senior staff of VVTA, its RFP consultant, and representatives of other transit properties affected by this procurement. 1.1.4.3 PROPOSAL SELECTION PROCESS The following describes the process by which proposals will be evaluated and a selection made for a potential award. Upon receipt of the proposals, copies will be distributed to the evaluation team members, together with scoring sheets, which include the evaluation criteria, and the points assigned to each category. Section 1 - Page 24 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Each team member will review the manufacturers' submittals as required by Sections 1.1.3.2 Technical Proposals, 1.1.3.3 Manufacturers Qualifications, 1.1.3.4 Delivery and 1.1.3.5 Pricing, and in conjunction with the criteria contained in Section 1.1.4.4. All Proposals shall be evaluated and ranked for the purpose of determining the competitive range and to select a proposal determined to be the most advantageous to the procuring agency. Proposals that do not comply with the instructions contained in these Request for Proposal documents and do not include the required information shall be rejected as non-responsive and shall not be considered for the competitive range. VVTA reserves the right to waive technical defects, discrepancies and minor irregularities in an RFP and/or submitted proposal(s). VVTA reserves the right to re -seal any submitted proposal that was opened prematurely. VVTA shall determined if this event is a minor irregularity. The Contracting Officer shall be notified and shall log the event and place it in the procurement file. VVTA reserves the right to award any alternatives set forth in the solicitation documents in its sole discretion. Submitted proposals may be rejected if there is any alteration of the RFP forms, additions not called for, conditional proposals, incomplete proposals, or irregularities of any kind. VVTA reserves the right to reject any proposal not in compliance with the solicitation documents, or prescribed public contracting procedures and requirements. Written notice of rejection of all submitted proposals shall be sent to all Proposers. ALL UNSIGNED PROPOSALS SHALL BE REJECTED. Submittal of a proposal shall mean that the Proposer has accepted the VVTA Contract Documents in their entirety without exception. When the individual members of the evaluation teams have completed their evaluations, the entire team will meet to discuss and review the proposals. Once the discussions have been completed, members will have an opportunity to revise their scores independently. A final consensus meeting shall be held to confirm the most technically qualified and best value proposal submitted for award. The VVTA Contracting Officer shall serve as Chairman of the Evaluation Committee. Proposals that have been determined not to be in the competitive range and cannot be reasonably made to be within the competitive range, will be notified in writing, that they are no longer under consideration. 1.1.4.3.1 QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS The Proposers, whose proposals have been determined by the evaluation process to be in the competitive range, will be notified and scheduled to meet with VVTA for further discussions, clarifications and negotiations. Any Proposal deviations submitted by the Proposer will be discussed as part of the negotiations process. However, VVTA at its discretion may in its best interest, reject any and all such conditions, exceptions and deviations. Any proposal which fails to comply with the VVTA instructions and requirements listed in the solicitation documents shall be deemed non-responsive and their proposal shall be rejected. As part of the negotiation process, VVTA reserves the right to conduct factory visits to inspect the Proposer's facilities. VVTA shall also have the right to contact other transit properties with whom the Proposer has previously supplied buses and Coaches, and other relevant references which the Proposer has listed. At the conclusion of the discussion and negotiation processes, each of the Proposers still determined by VVTA to be within the competitive range will be afforded the opportunity to submit a revised proposal with Section 1 — Page 25 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 a clear understanding that VVTA will then choose that proposal, which it finds to be most advantageous to its five (5) year material transit requirements, based upon the evaluation criteria and final scoring. The results of the evaluations and the selection of a proposal for any award will be documented in a report to the final acquisition approval authority within VVTA. 1.1.4.3.2 PROPOSAL EVALUATION CRITERIA AND SCORING Listed below is the point scale system by which proposals from responsible Proposers will be evaluated and ranked for the purpose of determining any competitive range and to make any selection of a proposal for a potential award. Evaluation Criteria (Table No. 2) Maximum Points 20 1. Responsiveness: Proposal compliance with Technical Specifications; Technical Product and Offeror's Expressed Understanding of Vehicle requirements, for the operational environments of the four (4) client transit agencies. 2. Manufacturing Capacity: Proposer's past performance in the manufacturing of 20 high quality 45 -foot Commuter Coaches with an on-time and on- budget record of delivery for Public Transit Properties in the United States. Reliability: Schedule compliance for buses and coaches built and delivered by 20 Proposer since January 2, 2008; (Number of coach vehicles built, delivered and accepted by client Transit Properties per year). Service after acceptance and compliance with Warranty Provision of the contract. Consideration of other Risks and Benefits: Direct discussions with Transit 15 Property References provided by Proposers. A review of disputes and litigation from Public Transit Properties against the Proposer regarding untimely delivery, workmanship and reliability. 3. Price per vehicle 25 TOTAL POSSIBLE POINTS 100 The cost factor will be made up of two components, Technical scores up to seventy-five (75) base Technical points; and Price per vehicle up to twenty-five (25) Base Price points. The maximum 100 base points available will be awarded to the Proposer with the highest Technical score and the lowest Price. Price points will be calculated by dividing the lowest price offered by the proposal price being scored and multiplying the quotient of the calculation by (25); (Low offer divided by next highest offer) times 25 points. The Proposer quoting the least number of calendar days for the complete delivery of all revenue ready vehicles in the VVTA Solicitation's Base Order requirements for all procuring agencies and any option vehicles ordered with the Base Order, will be awarded the maximum ten (10) points available. Points awarded for successively longer delivery times will be calculated by using the same formula used to Section 1 — Page 26 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 determine the point scale for the lowest offer. (Least number of calendar days until delivery is complete divided by delivery calendar days quoted by other Proposer's) time 10 points. The balance of the evaluation criteria will be scored on the evaluator's assessment in the areas described in Table 2 above, based on the following system: Exceptional: Fully compliant with the solicitation requirements and with desirable strengths or betterments; no errors, omissions, discrepancies, weakness or potential risks. Proposals judged to fall within these parameters will receive 90 to 100% of the points available for the category. Good to Superior: Compliant with requirements of the solicitation; some minor errors, omissions, discrepancies, weakness or risks. Proposals in this range will receive 80 to 89% of the points available for the category. Adequate: Minimally compliant with solicitation requirement; with errors, omissions, discrepancies, weakness or risks; which may be possible to correct and make acceptable. Proposals in this range will receive 70 to 79% of the points available for the category. Poor to Deficient: Non-compliant with solicitation requirements; contains errors, omissions, discrepancies, weaknesses or risks which would be difficult to correct or make acceptable. Proposals in this range will receive 60 to 69% of the points available for the category. Unacceptable: Totally deficient and non-compliant with requirements; contains major non -correctable errors, omissions, discrepancies, weaknesses or risks. Proposals in this range will receive 0 to 59% of the points available for the category. 1.1.4.3.3 EVALUATION PROCEDURES All aspects of the evaluations of the proposals and any discussions/negotiations, including documentation, correspondence and meetings, will be kept confidential during the evaluation and negotiation process. Proposals will be analyzed for conformance with the instructions and requirements of the RFP and Contract documents. Any proposal which fails to comply with the VVTA instructions and requirements listed in the solicitation documents shall be deemed non-responsive and their proposal shall be rejected. Proposers are advised that the detailed evaluation forms and procedures will follow the same proposal format and organization specified in "Instructions to Proposers' (Section 1.1.3). Therefore, Proposer shall pay close attention to and strictly follow all instructions and requirements. Submittal of a proposal means that the Proposer has accepted all of the Contract documents, except such conditions, exceptions, reservations or understandings explicitly, fully and separately stated on the forms and according to the instructions of "Form for Proposal Deviation" (Section 1.1.5.17). Any such conditions, exceptions, reservations or understanding which do not result in the rejection of the proposal are subject to evaluation under the criteria of "Proposal Evaluation Criteria' (Section 1.1.4.3.2) Evaluations will be made in strict accordance with all of the evaluation criteria and procedures specified in "Proposal Selection Process" (Section 1.1.4.3) above. The Lead Procuring Agency (VVTA) shall select for any award the highest ranked proposal from a responsible Proposer, qualified under "Qualification Requirements" (Section 1.1.4.3.1) which does not render this procurement financially Section 1 — Page 27 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 infeasible and is judged to be most advantageous to the Lead Procuring Agency based on consideration of the evaluation "Proposal Evaluation Criteria' (Section 1.1.4.3.2). 1.1.4.3.4 EVALUATIONS OF COMPETITIVE PROPOSALS 1.1.4.3.4.1 QUALIFICATION OF RESPONSIBLE PROPOSERS Proposals will be evaluated in accordance with requirements of "Qualification Requirements' (Section 1.1.4.3.1) to determine the responsibility of Proposers. Any proposals from Proposers whom the Lead Procuring Agency finds not to be responsible and finds cannot be made to be responsible may not be considered for the competitive range. Final determination of a Proposer's responsibility will be made upon the basis of initial information submitted in the proposal, any information submitted upon request by the Lead Procuring Agency, and information resulting from Lead Procuring Agency inquiry of Proposer's references, and its own knowledge of the Proposer. 1.1.4.3.4.2 DETAILED EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS AND DETERMINATION OF COMPETITIVE RANGE Each proposal will be evaluated in accordance with the requirements and criteria specified in "Proposal Selection process' (Section 1.1.4.3) The following are the minimum requirements that must be met for a proposal to be considered responsive for inclusion in the competitive range. All of these requirements must be met; therefore, they are not listed in any particular order of importance. Any proposal that the Lead Procuring Agency finds not to meet these requirements and that cannot be remedied as part of the negotiation process will be determined to be non-responsive and will not be included in the competitive range. The minimum requirements are as follows: A. Proposer is initially evaluated as responsible in accordance with the requirements of "Qualification Requirements' (Section 1.1.4.3.1. Final determination of responsibility will be made through the evaluation process. B. Proposer has demonstrated its responsiveness by following the instructions of the RFP and included sufficient detail information, such that the proposal can be evaluated. Any informalities in this regard shall be determined by the Lead Procuring Agency to be either a defect and non- responsive or an informality that the Lead Procuring Agency will waive in accordance with "Acceptance/Rejection of Proposals" (Section C. Proposal price would not render this procurement financially infeasible, or it is reasonable that such proposal price might be reduced to render the procurement financially feasible. The Lead Procuring Agency will document its evaluations in accordance with the criteria and procedures of "Proposal Selection Process' (Section 1.1.4.3). Any proposal deficiencies which may render a proposal non -responsible and non-responsive will be documented. The Lead Procuring Agency will make specific note of questions, issues, concerns and areas requiring clarification by Proposers and to be discussed through any contact with Proposers, which the Lead Procuring Agency finds to be within the competitive range. Section 1 — Page 28 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Rankings and spreads of the proposals against the evaluation criteria will then be made by the Lead Procuring Agency as a means of judging the overall relative spread between proposals and of determining which proposals are within the competitive range, or may be reasonably made to be within the competitive range. 1.1.4.3.4.3 PROPOSALS NOT WITHIN THE COMPETITIVE RANGE. Proposers of any proposals that have been determined by the Lead Procuring Agency as not in the competitive range will be notified in writing, including the shortcomings of their proposals. 1.1.4.3.4.4 DISCUSSIONS WITH PROPOSERS IN THE COMPETITIVE RANGE. The Proposers, whose proposals are found by the Lead Procuring Agency to be within the competitive range, will be notified and any questions and/or requests for clarifications provided to them in writing. Each such Proposer may be contacted with the Lead Procuring Agency to discuss answers to written or oral questions, clarifications, and any facet of its proposal. In the event that a proposal, which has been included in the competitive range, contains conditions, exceptions, reservations or understandings to any Contract requirements as provided in "Form for Proposal Deviation" (Section 1.1.5.1.6), said conditions, exceptions, reservations or understandings may be negotiated during contract negotiations. However, the Lead Procuring Agency shall have the right to reject any and all such conditions and/or exceptions, which fail to comply with the VVTA instructions and requirements listed in the solicitation documents may be deemed non-responsive and their proposal to be outside the competitive range and rejected. No information, financial or otherwise, will be provided to any Proposer about any of the proposals from other Proposers. Proposers will not be given a specific price or specific financial requirements they must meet to gain further consideration, except that proposed prices may be considered to be too high with respect to the marketplace or unacceptable. Proposers will not be told of their rankings among the other Proposers. Factory and Site Visits. At its sole discretion, the Lead Procuring Agency with its participating Procuring Agencies, reserve the right to conduct factory visits to inspect the Proposer's facilities and/or other transit systems which the Proposer has supplied, including representative examples of over the road buses or coaches. For evaluation purposes, the vehicle inspections may be arranged to take place at the VVTA facility in Hesperia, CA. Best Offers. The Lead Procuring Agency expects that all responsible and responsive Proposers shall submit their Best Offer upon initial submission in response to this solicitation. The Lead Procuring Agency (VVTA) reserves the right to make an award to a Proposer whose proposal it judges to be most advantageous to the Lead Procuring Agency based upon the evaluation criteria, without conducting any written or oral discussions with any Proposers or solicitation of any BAFOs. Section 1 — Page 29 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.4.4 CONFIDENTIALITY OF PROPOSALS Access to government records is governed by the State of California Public Records Act. (Government Code Section 6250 et. seq.) Except as otherwise required by state law, the Lead Procuring Agency will exempt from disclosure proprietary information, trade secrets and confidential commercial and financial information submitted in the proposal. Any such proprietary information, trade secrets of confidential commercial and financial information, which a Proposer believes should be exempted from disclosure, shall be specifically identified and marked as such. Blanket -type identification by designating whole pages or sections as containing proprietary information, trade secrets or confidential commercial and financial information will not assure confidentiality. The specific proprietary information, trade secrets or confidential commercial and financial information must be clearly identified as such. The Proposer may submit proprietary information, trade secrets or confidential commercial and financial information, which a Proposer believes should be exempted from disclosure, in a separate volume specifically identified and marked as such as an appendix to the proposal. Upon a request for records from a third party regarding this proposal the Lead Procuring Agency will notify in writing the party involved. The party involved must respond within twenty (20) calendar days with the identification of any and all "proprietary, trade secret, or confidential commercial or financial' information and the party involved shall agree to indemnify the Lead Procuring Agency for its defense costs, (Including reasonable attorney fees) associated with its refusal to produce such identified information; otherwise, the requested information may be released and the Lead Procuring Agency shall not be held liable for complying with the records request. The Lead Procuring Agency shall employ sound business practices no less diligent than those used for the Lead Procuring Agency's own confidential information to protect the confidence of all licensed technology, software, documentation, drawings, schematics, manuals, data and other information and material provided by Proposers and the Contractor pursuant to the Contract which contain confidential commercial or financial information, trade secrets or proprietary information as defined in or pursuant to the state law against disclosure of such information and material to third parties except as permitted by the Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that confidential commercial or financial information, trade secrets or proprietary information, with such determinations to be made by the Lead Procuring Agency in its sole discretion, bears appropriate notices relating to its confidential character. 1.1.5 RESPONSE TO PROPOSAL 1.1.5.1 ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION OF PROPOSALS The Lead Procuring Agency reserves the right to reject any or all proposals for sound business reasons, to undertake contract negotiations with one or more Proposers, and to accept that proposal, which in its judgment, will be most advantageous to the Lead Procuring Agency, price and other evaluation criteria considered. The Lead Procuring Agency reserves the right to consider any specific proposal, which is conditional or not prepared in accordance with the instructions and requirements of this RFP to be non- responsive. The Lead Procuring Agency reserves the right to waive any defects, or minor informalities or irregularities in any proposal which do not materially affect the proposal or prejudice other Proposers. Section 1 — Page 30 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 If there is any evidence indicating that two or more Proposers are in collusion to restrict competition or otherwise engaged in anti-competitive practices, the proposals of all such Proposers shall be rejected and such evidence may be a cause for disqualification of the participants in any future solicitations undertaken by the Lead Procuring Agency. The Lead Procuring Agency reserves the right to reject a proposal that includes unacceptable conditions, exceptions and deviations. 1.1.5.2 SINGLE PROPOSAL RESPONSE If only one proposal is received in response to this RFP and it is found by the Lead Procuring Agency to be acceptable, a detailed price/cost proposal may be requested of the single Proposer. A price or cost analysis, or both, possibly including an audit, may be performed by or for the Lead Procuring Agency of the detailed price/cost proposal in order to determine if the price is fair and reasonable. The Proposer has agreed to such analysis by submitting a proposal in response to this RFP. A price analysis is an evaluation of a proposed price that does not involve an in-depth evaluation of all the separate cost elements and the profit factors that comprise a Proposer's price proposal. It should be recognized that a price analysis through comparison to other similar procurements must be based on an established or competitive price of the elements used in the comparison. The comparison must be made to a purchase of similar quantity, involving similar specifications and in a similar time frame. Where a difference exists, a detailed analysis must be made of this difference and costs attached thereto. Where it is impossible to obtain a valid price analysis, it may be necessary to conduct a cost analysis of the proposed price. A cost analysis is a more detailed evaluation of the cost elements in the Proposer's Offer to perform. It is conducted to form an opinion as to the degree to which the proposed costs represent what the Proposer's performance should cost. A cost analysis is generally conducted to determine whether the Proposer is applying sound management in proposing the application of resources to the contracted effort and whether costs are allowable, allocable and reasonable. Any such analyses and the results therefrom shall not obligate the Lead Procuring Agency to accept such a single proposal; and the Lead Procuring Agency may reject such proposal at its sole discretion. 1.1.5.3 CANCELLATION OF PROCUREMENT The Lead Procuring Agency reserves the right to cancel the procurement, for any reason, at any time before the Contract is fully executed and approved on behalf of the Lead Procuring Agency. 1.1.5.4"AILABILITY OF FUNDS This procurement is subject to the availability of funding. The Lead Procuring Agency's obligation hereunder is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for the contract purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Lead Procuring Agency for any payment shall arise until funds are made available to the Contracting Officer for this contract and until the Contracting Officer receives notice of such availability, by issuance of a written Notice to Proceed by the Contracting Officer. Any award of Contract hereunder is conditioned upon said availability of funds for the Contract. Section 1 — Page 31 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.5 PROTESTS 1.1.5.5.1 SCOPE OF PROTEST PROCEDURE This Article specifies procedures for interested parties to protest to the Board the following VVTA staff actions: on disadvantaged business enterprise. A. A written notice denying a Proposer's request for a change in a specification requirement; and B. A written recommendation to the Board to disqualify a proposer or subcontractor; and C. A written recommendation to the Board to award a contract to a particular proposer. Nothing in this policy shall preclude or otherwise restrict the protest procedure specified in FTA's regulations on disadvantaged business enterprise. 1.1.5.5.2 EFFECT OF PROTEST ON CONTRACT AWARD OR PROPOSAL OPENING When a protest has been properly filed prior to contract award, the Board or VVTA Executive Director will not award the contract prior to issuance of a final decision on the protest. When a protest has been properly filed before the opening of proposals, proposals will not be opened prior to the Board's decision on the protest. 1.1.5.5.3 RELEASE OF PROTEST INFORMATION Material submitted as a part of the protest resolution process will be available to the public except to the extent that: A. The withholding of information is permitted or required by law or regulation; and B. The information is designated proprietary by the person submitting the information to VVTA. If the person submitting material to VVTA indicates that the material contains proprietary material which should be withheld, a statement advising of this fact shall be affixed to the front page of the material submitted and the alleged proprietary information must be specifically identified in the body of the materials wherever it appears. 1.1.5.5.4 MAINTENANCE OF PROTEST RECORDS The VVTA Executive Director or designee will maintain a written record of each step taken in every proposal protest. The record will list dates of each event and photocopies of all correspondence sent and/or received by VVTA pertaining to the protest. These records will be retained for at least three (3) years from the date each protest is resolved. 1.1.5.5.5 INCLUSION OF PROTEST PROCEDURES IN SOLICITATIONS A copy of this Proposal Protest Procedure will either be included in every Coach or coach RFP issued by VVTA, or be referenced in every Coach or coach RFP issued by VVTA with a statement that a copy of this Proposal Protest Procedure will be provided immediately to all persons upon request. Section 1 — Page 32 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.5.6 WHO MAY FILE A PROTEST Protests may be filed only by parties with STATUS. Parties with STATUS are defined as actual Proposers to this VVTA Solicitation. Named subcontractors or suppliers at any tier whose direct economic interest would be affected by an award or failure to amend a contract, a provision of the specifications, or proposal submitted to VVTA by a prime contractor, or by the interpretation of the provisions of such documents. Submission of a proposal or sub -proposal protest will be deemed a waiver of any protest to any Sub -proposer only to protest any subsequent recommendations/decisions of VVTA staff or the Board to disqualify the proposer, reject its proposal, or award the contract. 1.1.5.5.7 TIME FOR FILING A PROTEST Protest to any particular provision of the specification or to the Staff recommendation for award shall be filed with the Lead Procuring Agency within the numbering calendar days specified in California Public Contract Code, Section 20217. 1.1.5.5.8 FORM FOR FILING A PROTEST Protests must be addressed to the VVTA Executive Director or designee. Protests must be in writing and contain a statement of the ground(s) for protest. At least fifteen (15) copies of the protest must be submitted by the protestor in the time and manner specified in this Part. The VVTA Executive Director or designee will provide notice, by telephone or by letter, to all bidders known to VVTA for the contract which is the subject of the protest. Such notice will state that a protest has been filed with VVTA and identify the name of the protestor. The notice shall be given not more than 5 working days after receipt of a properly filed protest. The notice will state that interested parties will receive further information relative to the protest only if they submit a written request to the VVTA Executive Director or designee. 1.1.5.5.9 VVTA'S PRELIMINARY RESPONSE TO A PROTEST All VVTA responses to a protest will be issued in writing. The VVTA Executive Director or designee, will designate a VVTA staff person who, not more than 10 working days after receipt of a properly filed protest, will prepare and mail the following information to the protestor and all interested parties requesting such information; A. A preliminary staff response to the protest including a brief explanation of the rationale supporting the response; and B. The proposed time, date and place of the meeting at which the protestor and VVTA staff will attempt to resolve the protest, if such a meeting is appropriate in the judgment of the VVTA Executive Director or designee. Within 5 working days after the meeting, the protestor shall give the VVTA Executive Director or designee, written notice that the protest is withdrawn or, alternatively, that the protestor requests further consideration of the protest. If the protestor fails to deliver such a notice to the office of the VVTA Executive Director or designee, within 5 working days after the meeting, the protest shall be deemed withdrawn. Section 1 — Page 33 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.5.10 FURTHER INVESTIGATION OF THE PROTEST If a protest is not withdrawn pursuant to Section 1.1.5.5.9, the VVTA Executive Director or designee, will further investigate the protest. The VVTA Executive Director or designee, may contract for third -party consulting services to investigate a protest, when necessary. The VVTA Executive Director or designee, may negotiate with the protestor and other interested parties to share the cost of such consulting services. As part of the investigation, the VVTA Executive Director or designee will establish reasonable times when VVTA, the protestor, and other interested parties will exchange all documents and arguments relevant to the protest. Upon written request of the protestor, the VVTA Executive Director or designee, may forward the protest and VVTA staff response to the Board for decision without further investigation of the protest by the VVTA Executive Director or designee. If the VVTA Executive Director or designee, elect to proceed without further investigation of the protest, the prior VVTA staff response shall be recommendation of the VVTA Executive Director or designee, and the VVTA Executive Director or designee, will proceed as set out in Section 1.1.5.5.11. 1.1.5.5.11 VVTA EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OR DESIGNEE'S RECOMMENDATION Following investigation, the VVTA Executive Director or designee, will distribute to the protestor and all interested parties requesting such information, a written recommendation that the VVTA Executive Director or designee, will submit to the Board to resolve the protest. Within 5 working days after the date of the letter transmitting the VVTA Executive Director or designee's recommendation on the protest, the protestor must notify the VVTA Executive Director or designee, in writing whether that the protest is withdrawn, or that the protestor requests the protest continue to the Board for decision. If the protestor fails to submit such a notice, the protest shall be deemed to be withdrawn and all proceedings shall cease. 1.1.5.5.12 SUBMITTAL OF PROTEST TO THE BOARD If the protest is continued to the Board for resolution, the protestor, and all interested parties requesting such information, will be notified of the date, time and place of the Board's hearing at which the protest will be considered; and the date that the protestor and other interested parties must submit written comments with respect to the recommendation. The date established by the VVTA Executive Director or designee, for submittal of comments by the protestor and other persons will allow a reasonable period for rebuttal and may vary according to the complexity of the particular protest. A copy of the agenda package sent to Board members prior to a protest hearing will be sent to the protestor and made available to any interested person at least 5 working days before the hearing and will include the VVTA Executive Director's, or designee's, recommendation and all written comments received from the protestor and other persons within the submittal period. If the VVTA Executive Director or designee, has revised the recommendation since its distribution, a written description of the new intended decision and the reason(s) for revision will be sent to the protestor and sent or otherwise made available to any interested person. Section 1 — Page 34 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.5.13 BOARD OF DIRECTORS' DECISION At the Board meeting scheduled for the protest hearing, the Board, in its discretion, may conduct the hearing and/or continue the hearing to a subsequent Board meeting, or hire an impartial hearing officer to conduct a hearing and prepare a written recommended decision including findings of fact. At the hearing, the Board Chair or hearing officer may announce procedural rules, including those that are reasonably necessary to preclude repetitious or irrelevant testimony. VVTA staff, the protestor, and any interested person may present evidence relating to the protest. If either party arranges for the use of a court reporter to transcribe the hearing, the other party shall share the cost of transcribing the hearing if it requests a copy of the transcript. If an impartial hearing officer conducts the hearing, the VVTA Executive Director or designee, will provide written notice to the protestor, and all interested parties requesting such information, of the date, time and place of the VVTA Board meeting at which time the hearing officer's recommendation will be considered for adoption, and the date the protestor must provide written comments for submittal to the Board. A copy of the documents pertaining to the protest that is provided to the Board with its meeting agenda will be sent to the protestor at least 5 days before the meeting. In rendering its decision on the protest, the Board, in its discretion may adopt the decision recommended by the VVTA Executive Director or designee; adopt the written recommendation and findings of fact prepared by a hearing officer; or adopt a separate decision. The protestor and all interested parties will be notified in writing of the final decision of the Board within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the Board meeting. Failure of the Board to reach a final decision or failure to send the written notification of the Board's decision within the prescribed time frame are grounds for any interested party to appeal to a court of competent jurisdiction, if such forum exists, or to file the protest directly with FTA for Federally - funded projects. 1.1.5.5.14 FTA PROTEST APPEAL PROCEDURE A protester must file a protest with VVTA in accordance with this Article and the Board must deny that protest before a bidder or proposer may seek review by the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), unless otherwise permitted under the FTA Third Party Contracting Circular (4220.IE, Chapter V, or any successor thereto), and/or by a court of competent jurisdiction. All Board decisions, including a decision on a protest, are final and therefore appealable to FTA or a court of competent jurisdiction if such exists. 1.1.5.5.15 WAIVER OF CHANGES By submitting a proposal or sub -proposal, each proposer and sub -proposer agrees that in the event that it submits any protest to the terms of the specifications or to any subsequent decision of VVTA staff, VVTA Executive Director or designee, or Board, VVTA retains the discretion to reject all proposals or to make no decision whatsoever. If the VVTA Executive Director or designee, or Board rejects all proposals for any reason, or overrules any protest and awards the contract, the protesting entity waives all claims, rights and causes of action for loss of anticipated profits from the contract or any subcontract, regardless of whether VVTA's decision is subsequently invalidated by a court of law. VVTA shall be deemed to have relied to its detriment on such a waiver in deciding either to reject all proposals or to award the Section 1 — Page 35 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 contract. Any attempted reservation of rights waived herein shall be grounds to reject a proposal as nonresponsive. Section 1 — Page 36 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.10 REQUIRED FORMS 1.1.5.11 DEBARRED BIDDERS CERTIFICATION 1.1.5.12 FTA CERTIFICATION OF RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING 1.1.5.13 DBE APPROVAL CERTIFICATION 1.1.5.14 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH COACH TESTING REQUIREMENT 1.1.5.15 FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS 1.1.5.16 REQUEST FOR PRE -OFFER CHANGE OR APPROVED EQUAL 1.1.5.17 FORM FOR PROPOSAL DEVIATION 1.1.5.18 PROPOSER SERVICE AND PARTS SUPPORT DATA 1.1.5.19 BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATION -COACHES 1.1.5.20 BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATION -SPARE PARTS 1.1.5.21 INTEREST AND GRATUITIES FORM 1.1.5.22 WARRANTY FORM 1.1.5.23 REFERENCE FORM 1.1.5.24 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUM Section 1 — Page 37 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.11 DEBARRED PROPOSERS CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION No. 1 - PROPOSAL No. WTA RFP -2013-04 FTA CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION, INELIGIBILITY AND VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION For Contracts and Subcontracts in Excess of $100,000 Instruction for Certification 1. By signing and submitting its bid or proposal, the prospective lower tier participant is providing the signed certification set out below. 2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into; If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, VVTA may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. 3. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to VVTA if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 4. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "persons," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntary excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549 [49 C.F.R. Part 29]. You may contact VVTA for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 5. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting its bid or proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized in writing by VVTA. 6. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting its bid or proposal that it will include the clause, set out below, titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion — Lower Tier Covered Transaction," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions. 7. A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntary excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Non -procurement List issued by U.S. General Service Administration. Section 1 — Page 38 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 8. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. 9. Except for transactions authorized under Paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to all remedies available to the Federal Government, VVTA and the other named procuring agencies may pursue available remedies including suspension and/or debarment. "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier covered Transaction" 1. The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of its bid or proposal, that neither it nor it's "principals' [as defined at 49 C.F.R. §29.105(p) is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. 2. When the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to the statement in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to its bid or proposal. Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 - Page 39 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.12 FTA CERTIFICATION OF RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING (For Proposals over $100,000) CERTIFICATION No. 2 - PROPOSAL No. WTA RFP 2013-04 I. Name) that: hereby certify on behalf of (Company 1. No Federal or State appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any State or Federal agency, a Member of the State Legislature or the United States Congress, an officer or employee of the Legislature or Congress, or an employee of a Member of the Legislature or the Congress, in connection with the awarding of any State of Federal contract, the making of any State or Federal grant, the making of any State or Federal loan, the entering into of any State or Federal cooperative agreement and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment or modification of any State or Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any Federal agency, a Member of Congress, or an officer or employee of Congress, in connection with this contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement, which is funded in whole or in part by Federal funds, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," Approved pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352 0348-0046, in accordance with its instructions. 3. The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for any subcontractor at any tier performing work under this Federal -Aid funded Contract and that all subcontractors of any tier shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance is placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by § 13 52, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. Executed this day of 2013. Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 40 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.13 DBE APPROVAL CERTIFICATION CERTIFICATION No. 3 - PROPOSAL NO. VVTA-RFP 2013-04 I hereby certify that the Proposer has complied with the requirements of 49 C.F.R. Part 26, Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in DOT Programs by submitting an annual DBE goal to the Federal Transit Administration, and that its goals have either been approved or have not been disapproved by the Federal Transit Administration. Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 41 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.14 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH COACHES TESTING REQUIREMENT CERTIFICATION No. 4 - PROPOSAL No. WTA-RFP 2013-04 The undersigned certifies that the vehicle offered in this procurement complies and will, when delivered, comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5323 © and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 C.F.R. Part 665 according to the indicated one of the following three alternatives. (Mark one and only one of the three blank spaces with an "x") ❑ The Coaches offered herewith have been tested in accordance with 49 C.F.R. Part 665 on the vehicles being sold should have the identical configuration and major components as the vehicle in the test report, which must be submitted with this Offer. If the configuration or components are not identical, the manufacturer shall provide with its Offer a description of the change and the manufacturer's basis for concluding that it is not a major change requiring additional testing. ❑ The manufacturer represents that the vehicle is "grandfathered" (has been used in mass transit service in the United States before October 1, 1988, and is currently being produced without a major change in configuration or components), and submits with this Offer the name and address of the recipient of such a vehicle and the details of that vehicle's configuration and major components. ❑ The vehicle is a new model and will be tested and the results will be submitted to Lead Procuring Agency prior to acceptance of the first Coaches. The undersigned understands that misrepresenting the testing status of a vehicle acquired with Federal financial assistance may subject the undersigned to civil penalties as outlined in the Department of Transportation's regulation on Program Fraud Civil Remedies, 49 C.F.R. Part 31. In addition, the undersigned understands that FTA may suspend or debar a manufacturer under the procedures in 49 C.F.R. Part 29. Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 42 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.15 FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS CERTIFICATION No. 5 - PROPOSAL No. WTA-RFP 2013-04 The Proposer hereby certifies that the following statement is true and correct (select one option): ❑ The vehicle(s) to be supplied is in compliance with the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in 49 C.F.R. Part 571. ❑ The vehicle(s) to be supplied is not subject to the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in 49 C.F.R. Part 571. ❑ The vehicle(s) to be supplied is subject to the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration in 49 C.F.R. Part 571 but no FMVSS certification is available at this time because the vehicle is a new model (Federal Register Vol. 56, No. 185, page 48391, September 24, 1991). Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 43 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.16 REQUEST FOR PRE -OFFER CHANGE OR APPROVED EQUALS C•laarly[a rr[• ,Tff.Jnr.�a:lf]ZO !TAFiloMIAMIf.AMin P1i1MM, This form must be used for requested clarifications, changes, substitutes or approval of items equal to items specified with a brand name, and must be submitted as far in advance of the Due Date as specified in "Proposer Communications and Requests" (Section 1.1.2.2). This form should be emailed to: rzirges@VVTA.org with "Questions, Clarifications, Approved Equals" on the subject line. Request Number: Proposer: Email Address: Phone Number: Page Number: Section: Questions/Clarifications or Approved Equal: VVTA Response: Section 1 - Page 44 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.17 FORM FOR PROPOSAL DEVIATION CERTIFICATION No. 7 - PROPOSAL No. WTA-RFP 2013-04 The following form shall be completed for each condition, exception, reservation or understanding (i.e., deviation) in the proposal according to "Conditions, Exceptions, Reservations and Understanding" (Section 1.1.2.4). One copy without any price/cost information is to be placed in the technical proposal as specified in "Technical Proposal Requirements" (Section 1.1.3.2) and a separate copy with any price/cost information placed in the price proposal as specified in "Price Proposal Requirements" (Section 1.1.3.5). Deviation Number: Proposer: Email Address: Phone Number: Page Number: Section: Detailed Description of Requested Deviation: Rationale (Pros and Cons): Section 1 — Page 45 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.18 PROPOSER SERVICE AND PARTS SUPPORT DATA CERTIFICATION No. 8 -PROPOSAL No. WTA- RFP 2013-04 Location of most Responsive Technical Service Representative to Lead Procuring Agency Name Address Telephone Proposer to describe technical services readily available from said representative. Location of most Responsive Parts Distribution Center to Lead Procuring Agency Name Address Telephone Proposer shall describe the extent of parts available at said center. Policy for Delivery of Parts and Components to be Purchased for Service and Maintenance Regular Method of Timely Shipment Cost to Lead Procuring Agency Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 46 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.19 BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATION — COACHES CERTIFICATION No. 9 - PROPOSAL No. WTA- RFP 2013-04 Rolling Stock Note: Complete either Alternative A or B ALTERNATIVE A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH 49 U.S.C. §5323(i)(2)(C) [Former Section 165(b)(3)] The Proposer hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. §53230)(2)(C) and the applicable regulations in 49 C.F.R. § 661.11. Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date ALTERNATIVE B CERTIFICATE OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH 49 U.S.C. §53230)(21(c) [Former Section 165(b)(3)] The Proposer hereby certifies that it will not comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. §5323(j)(2)(C), but it may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. §53230)(2)(6), or (D) and regulations in 49 C.F.R. § 661.7. Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 47 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.20 BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATION — SPARE PARTS CERTIFICATION No. 10 - PROPOSAL No. VVTA- RFP 2013-04 Steel, Iron and Manufactured Products Note: Complete either Alternative A or B ALTERNATIVE A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH 49 U.S.C. §5323(1)(1) [Former Section 165 (a)] The Proposer hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. §53230)(1) and the applicable regulations in 49 C.F.R. §53230)(2)(6), or (D) and part 661. Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date ALTERNATIVE B CERTIFICATE OF NON-COMPLIANCE WITH 49 U.S.C. §5323(6)(1) [Former Section 165(a) The Proposer hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. §53230)(1), but it may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. §53230)(2)(6), or (D) and regulations in 49 C.F.R. §661.7. Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 48 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 BUY AMERICA LAW 49 U.S.C. §5323(j) BUY AMERICA STIPULATIONS: "(1) The Secretary of Transportation may obligate an amount that may be appropriated to carry out this chapter for a project only if steel, iron, and manufactured goods used in the project are produced in the United States. "(2) The Secretary of Transportation may waive paragraph (1) of this subsection if the Secretary finds that - "(A) applying paragraph (1) would be inconsistent with the public interest; "(B) the steel, iron, and goods produced in the United States are not produced in sufficient and reasonably available amount or are not of a satisfactory quality; "(C) when procuring rolling stock (including train control, communication and traction power equipment) under this chapter - "(i) the cost of components and subcomponents produced in the United States is more than 60 percent of the cost of all components of the rolling stock; and "(ii) final assembly of the rolling stock has occurred in the United States; or "(D) including domestic material will increase the cost of the overall project by more than 25 percent. "(3) In this subsection, labor costs involved in the final assembly are not included in calculating the cost of components" Section 1 - Page 49 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.21 INTEREST AND GRATUITIES FORM CERTIFICATION No. 11 - PROPOSAL No. WTA- RFP 2013-04 Proposer by its signature below, certifies that except as disclosed below, Proposer, its officers, employees and their immediate families have not offered or given a gratuity in any form including, without limitations, entertainment, favors, loans, gifts or anything of greater than nominal value for any reason including personal, non -business related reasons to any VVTA officer or employee or their immediate families within the preceding twelve (12) months. For the purpose of this section, nominal value means anything: (1) having an aggregate value of $35.00 (thirty-five dollars), or less per year; or (2), any perishable item (flowers or food) of any value, except that prepared meals are subject to the $35.00 limit. A campaign contribution is not a gratuity and is not the subject of this Certification. Proposer further certifies that except as disclosed below, Proposer, its officers, employees and their immediate families presently have no interest nor within the preceding twelve (12) months had any interest including, without limitation, any business or personal relationship that would appear to conflict with the performance of services required to be performed under this Contract. Disclosable interests and relationships are those that may reasonably be viewed as creating a potential or actual conflict of interest. Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 50 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.22 WARRANTY FORM CERTIFICATION No. 12 - PROPOSAL No. VITA -RFP 2013-04 Proposer, by its signature below, certifies that the following warranties shall apply to the coach and components: Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 51 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.23 REFERENCE FORM CERTIFICATION No. 13 - PROPOSAL No. WTA- RFP 2013-04 Proposer by its signature below certifies that the following references for 45 -foot commuter coaches were sold to other clients over the last seven (7) years (use additional pages as necessary): Agency Name Contact Name/Phone Qty of New 45 -foot Coaches bought Year E 19, V 5. 6. 7 Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 52 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.24 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUM CERTIFICATION No. 14 - PROPOSAL No. WTA- RFP 2013-04 The following form shall be completed and included in the price proposal. Failure to acknowledge receipt of all addenda may cause the proposal to be considered non-responsive to the solicitation. Acknowledged receipt of each addendum must be clearly established and included with the Offer. The undersigned Proposer acknowledges receipt of the following addendum to the documents: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Signature of the Proposer's Authorized Official Name and Title of the Proposer's Authorized Official Company Name Date Section 1 — Page 53 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.25 TECHNICAL PROPOSAL Proposer shall complete the following form and include same in the Technical proposal. By execution below Proposer hereby agrees to furnish the Commuter Coaches, related equipment and services as specified in Victor Valley Transit Authority's Request for Proposals No. 2013-04, submitted in response to the technical portion of the solicitation. VVTA - RFP 2013-04 TECHNICAL PROPOSAL PROPOSER COMPANY NAME: STREET ADDRESS: CITY. STATE. ZIP CODE: AUTHORIZED OFFICER: COMPANY OFFICER TITLE: SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER: CONTACT INFORMATION: OFFICE PHONE NUMBER: EMAIL ADDRESS: Section 1 — Page 54 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.26 PRICE PROPOSAL Proposer shall complete the following form and include same in the Price Proposal package separate from the Technical Proposal submitted in response to this solicitation. By execution below Proposer hereby agrees to furnish the Commuter Coaches, related equipment, and services as specified in Victor Valley Transit Authority's Request for Proposals No. 2013-04 at the prices submitted in response to this solicitation. VVTA - RFP 2013-04 PRICE PROPOSAL PROPOSER COMPANY NAME: STREET ADDRESS: CITY. STATE. ZIP CODE: AUTHORIZED OFFICER: COMPANY OFFICER TITLE: SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICER: CONTACT INFORMATION: OFFICE PHONE NUMBER: EMAIL ADDRESS: Section 1 — Page 55 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.27 OFFER COVER SHEET Proposer shall complete the following form and include same in BOTH the technical and price proposals. By execution below Proposer hereby offers to furnish equipment and services as specified in Victor Valley Transit Authority's Request for Proposals No. RFP 2013-04 at the prices set out in the pricing schedule. Proposer Company Name: Street Address: City, State, Zip: Signature of Authorized Signer: Title: Phone: Section 1 — Page 56 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.28 PERFORMANCE BOND (ATTACHMENT NO. 1) (To be submitted when contract is executed) WHEREAS, Victor Valley Transit Authority (hereinafter VVTA), and (hereinafter "Principal") have entered into an agreement whereby Principal agrees to manufacture and deliver certain Coaches, Operator and Maintainer training, and spare parts, which agreement for dated 2013, and identified as Project Number VVTA-2013-04, is hereby referred to and made a part hereof; and WHEREAS, Principal is required under the terms of the agreement to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of the agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, we, Principal and the undersigned corporate surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto VVTA in the penal sum of $ lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, successors and assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and provisions in the said agreement and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on his or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless VVTA, its officers, agents and employees, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by VVTA in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed at cost and included in any judgment rendered. Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the agreement or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond. And it does hereby waive notice of any such changes, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the agreement or to the work or to the specifications. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by Principal and Surety above name, on , 200 (Seal) By PRINCIPAL (Seal) Bond No. SURETY lon Section 1 — Page 57 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1.1.5.29 COACH PROPOSAL PRICE SHEET (EXHIBIT NO. 1) VICTOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY — JOINT AGENCY — COACH PROCUREMENT PROJECT — PRICE PROPOSAL SHEET BASE 1s` 2 nd 3 rd 4 th TOTAL Prices shall be valid for 120 Days YEAR Option Option Option Option PROPOSED from the RFP Submittal Due ORDER Year Year Year Year PRICES Date. VEHICLE MODEL/TYPE 45 ft. $ $ CNG PROPULSION SYSTEM (Base Order Qty: 10 ) VEHICLE MODEL/TYPE 45 ft. $ $ CNG PROPULSION SYSTEM (Maximum Option Qty: 18) VEHICLE MODEL/TYPE 45 ft. $ $ DIESEL PROPULSION SYSTEM (Base Order Qty: 15 ) VEHICLE MODEL/TYPE 45 ft $ $ $ $ $ DIESEL PROPULSION SYSTEM (Maximum Option Qty: 35) ALL REQUIRED VEHICLE $ $ OPERATIONS, & MAINTENANCE MANUALS, & OTHER DATA INITIAL OPERATOR and $ $ MAINTAINER TRAINING RECURRENT OPERATOR and $ $ $ $ $ MAINTAINER TRAINING (Two Sessions per Option Order) OPTIONAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS OPTIONAL VEHICLE SERVICES SUB TOTALS PER COLUMN $ $ $ $ $ $ TOTAL PRICE PROPOSED FOR ALL ITEMS Economic Price Adjustment for Option Orders: The Coach Option Order Prices shall be the Base Order Price adjusted by the Annual COACH (PPI) for the year in which the order is placed. Final price determination shall be made by the Lead Procuring Agency at time order is placed. The Lead Procuring Agency or its Assignee Procuring Agencies may procure either of the two vehicle types identified as required by their 5 year material needs. Placement of any Coach or Coach Related Option Item Orders is subject to available program year funding. Section 1 — Page 58 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 RFP 2013-04 1.1.5.30 COACH PROPOSAL VEHICLE OPTION ITEMS PRICE SHEET (EXHIBIT NO. 2) VICTOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY — JOINT AGENCY — COACH PROCUREMENT PROJECT 2013 COACH PROCUREMENT OPTION ITEMS LIST ITEM Item Qty per Coach Item Price per Coach Total Price per Coach 1 Altro Style rubber flooring 2 RCA Style rubber flooring 3 Wi-Fi Connectivity 4 110 Volt Outlets 5 Available Window Tints 6 Different Fuel Tank Configuration and Capacity Options 7 Restroom 8 Bike Racks 9 Electronic Fare Boxes and/or Prewire 10 ITS Prewire Options 11 Video Surveillance System Options for System or Prewire 12 CNG Fueling Valves and Defueling Ports if Options 13 Destination Sign Options 14 Lighting Options LED vs Fluorescent vs Standard, Additions, Deletions, etc. 15 Driver and Passenger Seat Options 16 Transit Agency Paint Schemes 17 Fire Suppression System 18 Wheel Chair Lift Options if Price Differential 19 Power Assist Sliding Door if Available 20 Mirror Options 21 Any other options that are available which, if added, could cause a cardinal change to the proposal. Section 1 — Page 59 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.0 GENERAL CONTRACTUAL PROVISIONS Section 2 — Page 1 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 GENERAL CONTRACTURAL PROVISIONS Table of Contents 2.0 DRAFT CONTRACT......................................................................................................................................................5 2.1 DEFINITIONS................................................................................................................................................................ 13 2.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, MODIFICATIONS AND DISPUTES........................................................................................ 14 2.2.1 CONTRACTAWARD................................................................................................................................................. 14 2.2.1.1 NONCOLLUSION............................................................................................................................................. 14 2.2.1.2 MATHEMATICAL ERRORS............................................................................................................................... 15 2.2.1.3 ACCCEPTANCE OF A PROPOSAL...................................................................................................................... 15 2.2.2 ACCESSIBLE REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................................................... 15 2.2.2.1 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 15 2.2.2.2 ACCESSIBLE EQUIPMENT COST INFORMATION.............................................................................................. 15 2.2.3 MODIFICATIONS TO CONTRACT.............................................................................................................................. 16 2.2.3.1 CONTRACT CHANGES..................................................................................................................................... 16 2.2.3.2 WRITTEN CHANGE ORDERS............................................................................................................................ 16 2.2.3.3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................... 16 2.2.3.4 PRICE ADJUSTMENT FOR REGULATORY CHANGES......................................................................................... 16 2.2.4 PARTIES AND CHANGES IN PARTIES........................................................................................................................ 17 2.2.4.1 PARTIES AND AUTHORITY............................................................................................................................... 17 2.2.4.2 SUCCESSION...................................................................................................................................................17 2.2.4.3 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING........................................................................................................... 17 2.2.4.4 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS............................................................................................................... 17 2.2.5 CONTENT OF SPECIFICATION AND OFFER............................................................................................................... 18 2.2.5.1 OMISSIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 18 2.2.5.2 DEVIATIONS.................................................................................................................................................... 18 2.2.5.3 PROBLEMS, FAULTS, DEFECTS AND NONCONFORMITY................................................................................. 18 2.2.6 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT................................................................................................................................. 18 2.2.6.1 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE................................................................................................................ 18 2.2.8 LITIGATION.............................................................................................................................................................. 27 2.2.8.1 REQUIREMENT FOR OUT-OF-STATE CONTRACTORS...................................................................................... 27 2.2.9 NONWAIVER............................................................................................................................................................ 27 2.2.10 NONEXCLUSIVE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES............................................................................................................. 27 2.2.11 GRATUITIES, CONTINGENT FEES AND CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS....................................................................... 28 2.2.11.1 COVENANT AGAINST GRATUITIES.................................................................................................................. 28 2.2.11.2 COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES....................................................................................................... 28 2.2.11.3 CONFLICT OF INTEREST.................................................................................................................................. 29 2.3 DELIVERYAND TITLE.................................................................................................................................................... 30 2.3.1 DELIVERIES................................................................................................................................................................. 30 Section 2 - Page 2 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Section 2 — Page 3 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.3.1.1 COACH DELIVERY LOCATION.......................................................................................................................... 30 2.3.1.2 DELIVERY SCHEDULE....................................................................................................................................... 31 2.3.1.3 PRE -DELIVERY TESTS AND INSPECTIONS........................................................................................................ 31 2.3.1.4 ACCEPTANCE OF COACH................................................................................................................................. 31 2.3.2 REPAIRS AFTER NONACCEPTANCE.......................................................................................................................... 31 2.3.2.1 REPAIRS BY CONTRACTOR.............................................................................................................................. 32 2.3.2.2 REPAIRS BY PROCURING AGENCY................................................................................................................... 32 2.3.3 UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS............................................................................................................................................ 32 2.3.3.1 CONTRACTOR'S DELAY ................................................................................................................................... 32 2.3.3.2 NOTIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR DELAY........................................................................................................ 33 2.3.4 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES........................................................................................................................................... 34 2.3.5 TITLE........................................................................................................................................................................ 34 2.4 PAYMENT..................................................................................................................................................................... 35 2.5 SERVICESAND PARTS................................................................................................................................................... 35 2.5.1 TRAINING................................................................................................................................................................. 35 2.5.2 ENGINEER/SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES................................................................................................................... 35 2.5.3 DOCUMENTS........................................................................................................................................................... 36 2.5.4 PARTS AVAILABILITY GUARANTEE........................................................................................................................... 36 2.5.5 INTERCHANGEABILITY............................................................................................................................................. 37 2.6 AUDIT AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS......................................................................................................................... 37 2.7 RISK.............................................................................................................................................................................. 38 2.7.1 RISK OF LOSS........................................................................................................................................................... 38 2.7.2 INSURANCE.............................................................................................................................................................. 39 2.7.3 PERFORMANCE BOND............................................................................................................................................. 40 2.7.4 PRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS............................................................................................................................... 41 2.7.5 INDEMNIFICATION.................................................................................................................................................. 42 2.7.6 MATERIAL/ACCESSORIES RESPONSIBILITY.............................................................................................................. 42 2.7.7 SURVIVABILITY......................................................................................................................................................... 43 2.8 FTA POLICIES FOR ALL TIERS........................................................................................................................................ 43 2.8.1 NO OBLIGATION BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT.................................................................................................. 43 2.8.2 PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS AND RELATED ACTIONS: ...................................... 43 2.8.3 INCORPORATION OF FTA TERMS............................................................................................................................ 44 2.8.4 CHANGES IN FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS................................................................................................... 44 2.8.5 CARGO PREFERENCE............................................................................................................................................... 44 2.8.6 ENERGY CONSERVATION......................................................................................................................................... 44 2.8.7 RECYCLED PRODUCTS.............................................................................................................................................. 44 2.8.8 CIVIL RIGHTS............................................................................................................................................................ 45 2.8.8.1 NONDISCRIMINATION.................................................................................................................................... 45 2.8.8.2 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY............................................................................................................ 45 2.8.8.3 DISCRIMINATORY SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................ 46 2.8.9 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE............................................................................................................... 46 2.8.9.1 POLICY............................................................................................................................................................ 46 2.8.9.2 DBE OBLIGATION............................................................................................................................................ 46 2.8.9.3 REMEDY.......................................................................................................................................................... 46 Section 2 — Page 3 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.8.10 PATENT INFRINGEMENT..................................................................................................................................... 46 2.8.11 PROPRIETARY RIGHTS/RIGHTS IN DATA............................................................................................................. 47 2.8.12 INTEREST OF MEMBERS OF, OR DELEGATES TO, CONGRESS.............................................................................. 47 2.8.13 PROHIBITED INTEREST........................................................................................................................................ 47 2.8.14 ACCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES............................................................................... 47 2.8.15 FLY AMERICA........................................................................................................................................................ 48 2.9 FTA POLICIES FOR SELECTED CONTRACTS................................................................................................................... 48 2.9.1 CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT...................................................................................... 48 2.9.2 CLEAN AIR................................................................................................................................................................ 49 2.9.3 CLEAN WATER......................................................................................................................................................... 50 2.9.4 COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS............................................................................................... 50 2.9.5 LOBBYING CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS................................................................................... 50 2.10 FTA POLICIES FOR PRIME CONTRACTOR...................................................................................................................... 50 2.10.1 BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................................................... 50 2.10.2 PRE -AWARD REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................................................. 51 2.10.3 POST -DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................................................ 52 2.10.4 COACH TESTING.................................................................................................................................................. 53 2.11 STATE GRANT CONTRACT PROVISIONS....................................................................................................................... 54 2.11.1 ACCOUNTING RECORDS...................................................................................................................................... 54 2.11.2 ALLOWABLE COSTS............................................................................................................................................. 54 2.11.3 FAIR EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES (NONDISCRIMINATION)................................................................................... 54 2.11.4 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE RECORDS........................................................................................... 55 Section 2 — Page 4 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.0 DRAFT CONTRACT AGREEMENT No. VVTA 2013-04 (Acquisition for Purchase of 45 -Foot Compressed Natural Gas (CNG), and Low Emission Diesel (LED) Commuter Coaches) THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this day of November 2013, by and between the VICTOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY, a Joint Powers authority, created pursuant to the laws of the State of California ("VVTA" OR "Lead Procuring Agency") and ("CONTRACTOR"). RECITALS WHEREAS, VVTA circulated and distributed a request for proposals (`RFP") for purchase in various quantities of 45 -foot Compressed Natural Gas, and Low Emission Diesel type Commuter Coaches, a copy which is attached herein as Exhibit 1; and WHEREAS, CONTRACTOR submitted a proposal to supply 45 -foot Compressed Natural Gas and Low Emission Diesel Commuter Coaches, a copy which is attached herein as Exhibit 6: and WHEREAS, CONTRACTOR has represented and warrants to VVTA that it has the necessary training, experience, expertise, physical manufacturing capacity and staff competency to provide the services, goods and materials that are described in this Agreement, at a cost to VVTA as herein specified and that it will be able to perform the herein described services to VVTA by virtue of its current resources and specialized knowledge of relevant data, issues, and conditions: and WHEREAS, CONTRACTOR represents and warrants that neither CONTRACTOR, nor any of its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, volunteers, or five percent owners, is excluded or debarred from participating in or being paid for participation in any Federal or State program; and WHEREAS, CONTRACTOR further represents and warrants that no conditions or events now exist which give rise to CONTRACTOR, or any of its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, volunteers or five percent owners being excluded or debarred from any Federal or State program; and WHEREAS, CONTRACTOR has furnished the required Bonds to VVTA in the form required by the RFP, copies of which are included in Exhibit 5, which is attached herein: and WHEREAS, CONTRACTOR understands that VVTA is relying upon these representations in entering into this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and conditions herein contained, VVTA and CONTRACTOR hereby agree as follows: Section 2 — Page 5 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 ARTICLE 1. SCOPE OF WORK Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, CONTRACTOR shall supply VVTA with the Commuter Coach vehicles pursuant to Section 5, Technical Performance Specifications and fit for the dynamic operational envelope of the procuring transit agencies who are parties to this contract as well as all current relevant manuals, and operator and maintainer training and all other ("Work") as set forth in Contract Documents in a manner satisfactory to VVTA's Executive Director or designee (collectively "VVTA's Executive Director'). CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Contract until a written Notice to Proceed is issued by VVTA. ARTICLE 2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The complete Contract between the parties shall consist of the following component parts This Agreement; 1. Exhibit 1 — RFP NUMBER 2013-04, RFP TITLE: JOINT AGENCY PROCUREMENT FOR OVER THE ROAD COMMUTER COACHES 2. CERTIFICATE NO. 6; Section 1.1.5.15 — VVTA Response to CONTRACTOR's Request for Approved Equals dated , 3. CERTIFICATE NO. 14; Section 1.1.5.23 — Addenda(s) No. to VVTA's Request for Proposals for various quantities of CNG and Low Emission Diesel Commuter Coaches dated 4. Table 1; Section 1.1.3.5 — VVTA Request for Proposals and Technical Specifications for various quantities of Compressed Natural Gas and Low Emission Diesel Commuter Coaches dated 5. Attachment No. 1; Section 1.1.5.27 CONTRACTOR's Offer; dated 6. Section 1.1.5.28 Performance Bond and Insurance Certificate, dated 7. Exhibit No. 1; Section 1.1.5.29, & Exhibit No. 2; Section 1.1.5.30 — CONTRACTOR's Price Proposal Sheets dated All of the Exhibits mentioned in this Article 2 are attached and are herein incorporated. This Agreement and the other Exhibits mentioned in this Article 2 constitute the entire Contractual Agreement between the parties. In the event of any conflict between any of the provisions of this Agreement and Exhibits, the provision that requires the highest level of performance from CONTRACTOR for VVTA's benefit shall prevail. Proposer shall execute and submit Certifications in Sections 1.1.5.11 through Section 1.1.5.24 with their Technical Proposals. Exhibit No. 1 (Section 1.1.5.29) and Exhibit No. 2 (Section 1.1.5.30) shall be submitted separately in each Proposer's Price Proposal. Section 2 — Page 6 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 ARTICLE 3. TERM OF CONTRACT Contractor shall perform the services under this Contract for a term of one year, with 4 one year options beginning on December , 2013 and ending on November , 2018, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. ARTICLE 4. TOTAL CONSIDERATION A. The total consideration payable to CONTRACTOR under this Contract by VVTA for the Base Order of: 1. Ten (10) CNG Commuter Coaches; (5 for VVTA), and (5 for SCT) 2. Fifteen (15) Diesel Commuter Coaches; (3 for AVIA), (2 for MST), (10 for VCTC) 3. Vehicle deliveries shall be to the respective joint procuring agencies 4. Provision of all requisite manuals, and all operator / maintainer training for each vehicle ordered placed by VVTA and participating procuring transit agencies. Consideration shall not exceed the sum of $ and the applicable California state and local sales taxes. OPTION ORDERS: B. The total consideration payable to CONTRACTOR under this Contract by Victor Valley Transit Authority (hereinafter referred to as "VVTA"), for the potential VVTA Option Order of (5) CNG Commuter Coaches, delivery, manuals and training shall not exceed the sum of ($ ), plus applicable California state and local sales taxes. C. The total consideration payable to CONTRACTOR under this Contract by VVTA's assignee, Antelope Valley Transit Authority (hereinafter referred to as "AVIA") for the potential AVTA's Option Order of (17) Low Emission Diesel Commuter Coaches, delivery manuals and all training shall not exceed the sum of ($ ), plus applicable California state and local sales taxes. D. The total consideration payable to CONTRACTOR under this Contract by VVTA's assignee, Santa Clarita Transit (hereinafter referred to as "SCT"), for the potential SCT's Option Order Of (18) CNG Commuter Coaches, delivery, spare parts, manuals and all training shall not exceed the sum of ($ ), plus applicable California state and local sales taxes. E. The total consideration payable to CONTRACTOR under this Contract by VVTA's assignee, Monterey—Salinas Transit, (hereinafter referred to as "MST"), for the potential MST Option Order of (10) Low Emission Diesel Commuter Coaches, delivery, manuals and all training shall not exceed the sum of ($ ), plus applicable California state and local sales taxes. F. The total consideration payable to CONTRACTOR under this Contract by VVTA's assignee, Ventura County Transportation Commission, (hereinafter referred to as "VCTC"), for the potential VCTC Option Order of (10) Low Emission Diesel Commuter Coaches, delivery, manuals and all Section 2 — Page 7 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 training shall not exceed the sum of sales taxes plus applicable California state and local G. Subject to available funding, the total consideration VVTA and the other Procuring Agencies shall pay to CONTRACTOR for delivery of the total Joint Agency Option Order Commuter Coaches under this Contract, delivery of manuals and operator and maintainer training sessions shall not exceed the sum of ($ ), plus applicable California state and local sales taxes. H. The total Contract Consideration for all Coaches, delivery, options, manuals and operator and maintainer training sessions payable to CONTRACTOR under this Contract shall not exceed ($ ), plus applicable California state and local sales taxes. ARTICLE 5. METHOD OF PAYMENT A. In accordance with the terms and conditions of this Contract, VVTA or its assignee(s) shall pay CONTRACTOR for the Commuter Coaches, delivery and acceptance by VVTA or its assignee(s), respectively in accordance with the unit prices set out in the Pricing Schedule (Exhibit 1) and subject to the limitation of the total Contract Consideration payable to CONTRACTOR for VVTA and its assignee(s)' orders as set out in Article 4. Such payment shall be the full compensation for all costs and expenses of completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including but not limited to, manuals, training and all labor and materials required, overhead, expenses, storage and shipping, risks and obligations, fees and profit, and any unforeseen costs. B. All payments will be made as provided herein, less withholding of five percent (5%) plus any additional monies withheld as provided below, and less any amounts for liquidated damages in accordance with the Section 2.3.4 of Exhibit 1, the "Liquidated Damages" section. VVTA and its assignee(s) will make payments for their respective Base Order and Option Order Commuter Coaches, delivery, at the unit prices itemized in CONTRACTOR's Pricing Schedule (Exhibit 1) within thirty (30) calendar days after the delivery and acceptance of each Coach and receipt of a proper invoice, whichever date is later, subject to the following. If VVTA and/or its assignee(s) determine that CONTRACTOR has improperly invoiced an item, including, without limitation, invoicing an item that has not been accepted or with an incorrect amount, VVTA and/or its assignee(s) may deduct that disputed item from the payment, but shall not delay payment for the undisputed portions. The amounts and reasons for such deductions shall be documented and sent to CONTRACTOR within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice by VVTA and/or its assignee(s) and a sequential reference number shall be assigned to each deduction. In addition, VVTA and/or its assignee(s) may withhold payment, in whole or in part, to such extent as may be reasonably necessary in VVTA's and/or its assignee(s)' opinion to protect against losses because VVTA and/or its assignee(s) determines that one or more of the following conditions exist: 1. Defective Work is not remedied; 2. Third party claims are filed against VVTA and/or its assignee(s) or there is reasonable evidence indicating the probability of filing such claims; 3. Failure of the CONTRACTOR to make payments properly to Subcontractors or Suppliers; Section 2 — Page 8 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 4. CONTRACTOR has caused damage to VVTA, its assignee(s), or to another contractor's person or property; 5. Liquidated damages are assessed by VVTA and/or its assignee(s); or 6. Persistent failure by CONTRACTOR to carry out the Work In accordance with the Contract Documents. D. If a Coach does not meet all of the requirements under the Contract for acceptance, VVTA, at its sole discretion, may "conditionally accept" the Coach and place it into revenue service pending receipt of CONTRACTOR furnished materials and/ or labor necessary to correct the problem to permit acceptance of the Coach. For any conditionally accepted Coach, the payment owed will be reduced by an amount to be withheld equal to twice the estimated cost for parts and labor for corrective action as determined by VVTA. The amount withheld will be paid within thirty (30) days after completion of the corrective action by the CONTRACTOR and receipt of a proper invoice, whichever date is later. E. VVTA and /or its assignee(s) will make final payment for the amount of withholding for all Coaches and/or spare parts within thirty (30) calendar days after acceptance of all Coaches and spare parts and receipt of a final proper invoice, subject to the following conditions: 1. Delivery and acceptance of all Contract deliverables, including manuals and other documentation required by the Contract and completion of all required training has occurred; and 2. Withholding due to any of the reasons set out in paragraphs C and/or D, above, have been remedied to VVTA's and/or its assignee(s)' satisfaction. F. Unless otherwise agreed, payment against invoice shall be delivered by first class mail through the facilities of the US Postal Service, postage prepaid, addressed to the applicable party in the manner set forth in Article 7. Payment against invoice shall be deemed to be made in California, whether or not payment is addressed to a different location or delivered in another manner. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the Work performed under the terms of this Contract to the extent provided by law. The CONTRACTOR agrees not to disclose information identified by VVTA as proprietary to third parties, unless approved in advance by VVTA or required by law. B. VVTA shall not be held liable or responsible for the maintenance and/or safety of the CONTRACTOR's equipment or supplies placed upon VVTA's property in accordance with this Contract. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that it assumes full responsibility for any loss or damage to its equipment and supplies. C. Any materials, equipment or work found to be damaged or defective during the period CONTRACTOR is performing the maintenance for the facility pursuant to this Agreement shall be Section 2 — Page 9 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 repaired, replaced or corrected by the CONTRACTOR hereunder without additional cost to VVTA, unless such damage is the result of VVTA's gross negligence or willful misconduct. D. CONTRACTOR shall pay for all taxes, except for sales, use, transaction and excise taxes that were legally enacted at the time CONTRACTOR's offer submitted. CONTRACTOR shall secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of this Contract. ARTICLE 7. COMMUNICATIONS All Notices and other communications under this Contract shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) on the date of delivery, if delivered personally to the party to whom notice is given, or (ii) at the earlier of actual receipt or the second BUSINESS day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid. Notices and other communications shall be directed to the parties at the addresses shown below. A party may change its person designated to receive notice, or its address from time to time by giving written notice to the other party of such change at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the effective date of the change. VVTA: Victor Valley Transit Authority 17150 Smoketree Street Hesperia, California 92345 Attention: Ron Zirges (COTR) Telephone: (760) 948-4021 Ext: 118 CONTRACTOR: The parties have each carefully reviewed this Contract and have agreed to each term of this Contract. No ambiguity shall be presumed to be construed against either party. ARTICLE 8. WAIVER Waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall not constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any subsequent breach either of the same or of another provision of this Contract. ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING The provisions of Sections 2.2.4.3 and 2.2.4.4 of the RFP (Exhibit 1) shall apply. ARTICLE 10. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS Subject to any provision under this Contract restricting assignment or subcontracting by CONTRACTOR, the provisions of this Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors, assigns, heirs, and personal representatives of the parties to this Contract. Section 2 — Page 10 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 ARTICLE 11. STATUS OF CONTRACTOR A. It is understood and agreed by all the parties hereto that Contractor is an independent contractor and that no relationship of employer-employee exists between VVTA and CONTRACTOR. Neither CONTRACTOR nor CONTRACTOR'S assigned personnel shall be entitled to any benefits payable to employees of VVTA. CONTRACTOR hereby indemnifies and holds VVTA harmless from any and all claims that may be made against VVTA, based upon any contention by any third party that an employer-employee relationship exists by reason of this Contract or any services provided pursuant to this Contract. B. It is further understood and agreed by all the parties hereto that neither CONTRACTOR nor CONTRACTOR'S assigned personnel shall have any right to act on behalf of VVTA in any capacity whatsoever as an agent or to bind VVTA to any obligation whatsoever. C. It is further understood and agreed by all the parties hereto that CONTRACTOR must issue any and all forms required by Federal and State laws for income and employment tax purposes, including, but not limited to W-2 and 941 forms, for all of CONTRACTOR'S assigned personnel. ARTICLE 12. GOVERNING LAW This Contract shall be deemed to be executed within the State of California and construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California. Any action or proceeding arising out of this Contract shall be filed and resolved in the Superior Court of the County San Bernardino. ARTICLE 13. TIME OF THE ESSENCE Time is of the essence in the performance of every term, covenant, condition, and provision of this Contract. ARTICLE 14. PUBLIC RECORDS ACT Upon its execution, this Contract (including all Exhibits) shall be subject to disclosure pursuant to the California Public Records Act. ARTICLE 15. TERMINATION OF CONTRACT, DISPUTES, AND LITIGATION The provisions of Section 2.2.6, 2.2.7, and 2.2.8 of the RFP (Exhibit 1) shall apply to this Contract. ARTICLE 16. GRATUITIES, CONTINGENT FEES AND CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS The provisions of Section 2.2.11 of the RFP (Exhibit 1) shall apply to this Contract. ARTICLE 17. DELIVERY AND TITLE The provisions of Section 2.3 of the RFP (Exhibit 1) shall apply to this Contract. ARTICLE 18. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The provisions of Section 2.3.4 of the RFP (Exhibit 1) shall apply to this Contract. Section 2 — Page 11 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 ARTICLE 19. SERVICE, TRAINING, AND PARTS The provisions of Section 2.5 of the RFP (Exhibit 1) shall apply to this Contract. ARTICLE 20. AUDIT AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS The provisions of Section 2.6 of the RFP (Exhibit 1) shall apply to this Contract. ARTICLE 21. RISK The provisions of Section 2.7 of the RFP (Exhibit 1), including but not limited to, the insurance, performance bond, indemnification, and survivability provisions, shall apply to this Contract. ARTICLE 22. FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS The provisions of Section 2.8, 2.9, and 2.10 of the RFP (Exhibit 1) shall apply to this Contract. ARTICLE 23. STATE REQUIREMENTS The provisions of Section 2.11 of the RFP (Exhibit 1) shall apply to this Contract. ARTICLE 24. SEVERABILITY If any provision of this Contract is adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Contract shall continue in full force and effect. ARTICLE 25. AMENDMENT This Contract may only be amended in writing signed by both VVTA and CONTRACTOR, and any other purported amendment shall be of no force or effect. ARTICLE 26. WARRANTY OF AUTHORITY The person executing this Contract on behalf of Contractor affirmatively represents that she/he has the requisite legal authority to enter into this Contract on behalf of Contractor and to bind Contractor to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Contract. Both the person executing this Contract on behalf of Contractor and CONTRACTOR understand that VVTA is relying on this representation in entering into this Contract. ARTICLE 27. ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Contract, including any and all Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between VVTA and CONTRACTOR and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. In the event of a dispute between the parties as to the language of this Contract or the construction or meaning of any term hereof, this Contract shall be deemed to have been drafted by the parties in equal parts so that no presumptions or inferences concerning its terms or interpretation may be construed against any party to this Contract. Section 2 — Page 12 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Contract on the day and year set forth above. VICTOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY By: Kevin Kane, VVTA Executive Director APPROVED AS TO FORM By: VVTA Legal Counsel CONTRACTOR By: Name: Title: By: Name: Title: 2.1 DEFINITIONS The following are definitions of special terms used in this document: Authorized Signer. The person who is executing this Contract on behalf of the Proposer/Contractor and who is authorized to bind the Proposer/Contractor. Final Offer. The last Offer made by a Proposer. If a Final Offer is not specifically requested by the Lead Procuring Agency, or if the Proposer does not timely respond to a request for a Final Offer, the most recent, current Offer shall be considered the Proposer's Final Offer. Lead Procuring Agency. Victor Valley Transit Authority, (VVTA) and its public agency assignees. Contract. The Offer and its acceptance by the Lead Procuring Agency as set out in the Contract executed by Proposer and the Lead Procuring Agency. Contracting Officer. The person who is executing this Contract on behalf of the Lead Procuring Agency and who has complete and final authority, except as limited herein. Contractor. The successful Proposer who is awarded the Contract for providing all Coaches, spare parts and training as described in the Contract Documents. Due Date. The date and time by which Offers must be received by the Lead Procuring Agency as specified in "Instructions to Proposers" (Section 1.1.3 of Lead Procuring Agency's solicitation). Section 2 — Page 13 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Joint Procuring Agencies. (Lead Procuring Agency is Victor Valley Transit Authority; Procuring agencies include, Antelope Valley Transit Authority (AVTA), Santa Clarita Transit (SCT), Monterey -Salinas Transit (MST) and Ventura County Transportation Commission (VCTC). Proposal. A promise, if accepted, to deliver the Supplies and Services according to the Solicitation using the prescribed forms, including the Proposal and negotiated terms and conditions.. Proposer. A legal entity that makes a Proposal in response to the RFP. Services. All of the labor and materials required to comply with the obligations specified in the Contract. Solicitation. Lead Procuring Agency's Request for Proposal. Supplier or Subcontractor. Any manufacturer, company, or agency providing units, components, or subassemblies for inclusion in the Coach or equipment. Supply or Supplies. All of the Coaches, parts, components, manuals and other equipment or items to be procured under the Contract. Work. Any and all labor, supervision, services, operator and maintainer training, materials, machinery, equipment, tools, supplies, and facilities called for by the Contract and necessary to the completion thereof by the Contractor. 2.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, MODIFICATIONS AND DISPUTES 2.2.1 CONTRACT AWARD 2.2.1.1 NONCOLLUSION No Proposer shall be interested in more than one Offer in response to this Request for Proposal as specified below: A. Unit prices that have not been arrived at independently without consultation, communication, or agreement with any other Proposer for the purpose of restricting competition as to any matter relating to the prices offered; B. Knowingly disclose any price offered to any other Proposer prior to the Due Date, unless otherwise required by law; C. Make any attempt to induce any other person, firm or other entity or association to submit a Proposal or not to submit a Proposal for the purpose of restricting competition; or D. Knowingly be interested in more than one Proposer as the principal Proposer, provided, however, a subcontract proposed to the principal Proposer is excluded from this paragraph D. In the case of joint venture Proposals, the joint venture itself and each and every member of the joint venture shall, for the purpose of the foregoing paragraphs, be construed to be the Proposer submitting the Proposal. Section 2 — Page 14 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Any Proposal received or contract awarded where there was a violation of this Section shall be null and void and the Proposer shall forfeit its bid bond and may be subject to disbarment for award of future Lead Procuring Agency contracts. 2.2.1.2 MATHEMATICAL ERRORS In determining the amount of each Proposal, the Lead Procuring Agency may disregard or correct computations which contain obvious mathematical errors in addition, subtraction, multiplication and division that appear on the face of the Pricing Schedule to determine which Proposer submitted the lowest total price. When the unit price and the total extended price for the item do not agree with a figure which is derived by multiplying the unit price by the quantity for that item; the unit price will prevail over the total extended price for that item and the total price to be paid for that item shall be based on the unit price and not the total extended price. If an Offer contains only a total extended price and not a unit price for an item, the unit price will be determined by dividing the total extended price by the quantity for that item. 2.2.1.3ACCCEPTANCE OF A PROPOSAL The acceptance of a Proposal for award, if made, shall be evidenced by a Notice of Award of Contract issued by the Contracting Officer in writing and delivered in person or by mail to the Proposer whose Proposal is accepted. No other act by the Contracting Officer shall evidence acceptance of a Proposal. The Contract shall be signed by a person or persons authorized to bind the Proposer. If the Proposer is a corporation, the Contract must be signed by two (2) authorized officers as set out under California Corporations Code Section 313. If the Proposer is not a corporation, the Lead Procuring Agency may require written evidence of the contracting authority of the person(s) signing the Contract. 2.2.2 ACCESSIBLE REQUIREMENTS 2.2.2.1 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS Each Coach shall be designed and constructed to comply with the accessibility requirements set out under California Government Code Section 4500; California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, in addition to the federal accessibility requirements set out in Section 2.8.14. Contractor shall comply with any other applicable federal and state law and regulation pertaining to vehicle accessibility requirements. 2.2.2.2 ACCESSIBLE EQUIPMENT COST INFORMATION California state law provides for a sales tax exemption for the cost of equipment which was installed or was modified to provide accessible service for persons with physical disabilities. Proposers shall indicate in the space provided on the Pricing Schedule, the cost per Coach of the equipment that is to be included in the Coaches to be supplied under the Contract that is required to accommodate persons with disabilities. Examples of such equipment include wheelchair lift and controls, wheelchair securement devices, straps and seat belts, fold -up seats or modifications made to seats, stanchions, aisles and/or doorways to accommodate wheelchairs. Proposers shall be liable for and shall indemnify the Lead Section 2 — Page 15 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Procuring Agency for any fines and penalties imposed by any state or federal agency arising from or related to Proposer's inaccurate assessment of the cost of the equipment installed or modified related to Proposer's inaccurate assessment of the cost of the equipment installed or modified to provide accessible service for persons with disabilities. 2.2.3 MODIFICATIONS TO CONTRACT 2.2.3.1 CONTRACT CHANGES Any proposed change in this Request for Proposal shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer for consideration by the Lead Procuring Agency at least ten (10) days prior to the Due Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lead Procuring Agency reserves the right to negotiate all of the terms and conditions set out in this Request for Proposal with the successful Proposer prior to Contract award. 2.2.3.2 WRITTEN CHANGE ORDERS Oral change orders are not permitted. No change in the Contract shall be made unless the Contracting Officer gives prior written approval therefor and the change is set out as an amendment to the Contract that is executed by the parties. The Contractor shall be liable for all costs resulting from, and/or for satisfactorily correcting, any specification change not included in an executed amendment to the Contract. 2.2.3.3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURE As soon as reasonable possible but no later than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the written change order request by the Lead Procuring Agency to modify the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer a detailed price and schedule proposal for the work to be performed and/or deleted. This proposal may be modified by negotiations between the Contractor and the Contracting Officer. The modification shall be prepared as a written amendment to the Contract to be signed by both parties. Disagreements that cannot be resolved by negotiations shall be resolved in accordance with the Contract Disputes Section 2.2.7. 2.2.3.4 PRICE ADJUSTMENT FOR REGULATORY CHANGES Any supplies, equipment or materials costs incurred by Contractor for compliance with federal and state hazardous, tonics, safety and environmental laws and regulations applicable at the time the Offer is submitted as of the Due Date shall be deemed part of the unit price, even though such equipment and/or materials may not be listed in the Technical Specification. Any price adjustment, either upward or downward, for changes that are mandatory as a result of legislation or regulations that are promulgated and become effective after the Due Date and before Contract award shall be negotiated between the Contracting Officer and the Contractor and subject to audit. Any additional costs for changes that are mandatory as a result of legislation or regulations that are promulgated and become effective after the date of Contract award shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Section 2 — Page 16 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.2.4 PARTIES AND CHANGES IN PARTIES 2.2.4.1 PARTIES AND AUTHORITY The parties to the Contract are the Lead Procuring Agency and the Proposer as set out in the Contract. Each of the signatories to the Contract represent that he/she is authorized to sign the Contract on behalf of such party and that all approvals, resolutions and consents which must be obtained to bind such party have been obtained that no further approvals, acts or consents are required to bind such party to this Contract. 2.2.4.2 SUCCESSION The Contract will be binding on the parties and their successors. 2.2.4.3 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING The Contractor may not assign or subcontract its rights or obligations under the Contract without prior written permission of the Lead Procuring Agency, and no such assignment or subcontract will be effective until approved in writing by the Lead Procuring Agency. The Lead Procuring Agency may assign its rights under the Contract to any public transportation agency at any time by providing written notice of the assignment to Contractor using the form set out in Appendix 1 to this Part 2, General Contract Provisions. The Proposer must include with its Pricing Schedule the unit costs for the Lead Procuring Agency's base order and options, as well as the unit costs for the options based on their modifications to the Lead Procuring Agency's Technical Performance Specification (Part 5). If the Lead Procuring Agency makes an assignment to another public agency, then with respect to that assignment, that public agency, as applicable, shall be obligated to perform all of the Lead Procuring Agency's obligations under the Contract related to that assignment and Contractor releases Lead Procuring Agency from any responsibility for the performance of those obligations. 2.2.4.4 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS A. The Contractor shall be fully responsible and liable for the products and actions or failure to act, of all Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor shall be solely liable to Subcontractors and Suppliers with whom it enters into contracts to effectuate the purposes of the Contract. Contractor must pay directly such Subcontractors and Suppliers for all amounts due under said contracts and will indemnify and hold the Lead Procuring Agency harmless from any and all claims and liabilities arising from said contracts. The Contractor shall exert its best efforts to prevent any loss to the Lead Procuring Agency from the failure of proper performance of a Subcontractor or Supplier. The Lead Procuring Agency's only obligation with respect to Subcontractors and Suppliers will be limited to reimbursement to Contractor for those expenses for which the Lead Procuring Agency is obligated to reimburse by virtue of the terms of this Contract. B. All provisions of this Contract which are required to be included in the Contractor's subcontracts or purchase orders shall be made a part of such subcontracts or orders by the Contractor. Section 2 — Page 17 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Contractor shall make a written request to the Lead Procuring Agency and obtain the Lead Procuring Agency's prior approval before making any substitutions of Subcontractors or Suppliers. The Lead Procuring Agency's approval of any such requests must be in writing and signed by the Contracting Officer in order to be valid. C. Contractor or its subcontractor shall make payments to any Subcontractor or Supplier in accordance with the provisions of California Busines and Professions Code Section 7108.5, notwithstanding that this Contract may not otherwise be subject to said Section. 2.2.5 CONTENT OF SPECIFICATION AND OFFER 2.2.5.1 OMISSIONS Notwithstanding the provision of drawings, technical specifications, or other data provided by the Lead Procuring Agency, the Contractor shall have the responsibility for supplying all parts and details required to make the Coach complete and ready for service even though such details may not be specifically mentioned in the drawings and specifications. Fare collection equipment, communication equipment, and other items that are installed by the Lead Procuring Agency shall not be the responsibility of the Contractor unless they are included in this Contract. 2.2.5.2 DEVIATIONS Any Contractor requests, conditions, exceptions, reservations, understandings or other deviations that are not separately stated as required by "Instructions to Proposer" (Section 1.1.3) by completing the specified forms) prior to submittal of the Proposal by the Due Date, or which were not approved by the Lead Procuring Agency prior to Contract award, shall be invalid and shall not be binding on the Lead Procuring Agency. 2.2.5.3 PROBLEMS, FAULTS, DEFECTS AND NONCONFORMITY If at any time during the performance of this Contract, Contractor becomes aware of: (1) actual or potential problems, fault or defect in the Coaches or spare parts; (2) any nonconformity with the Contract, federal, state or local law, rule or regulation; or (3) has objections to any decision or order made by the Lead Procuring Agency; Contractor shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Contracting Officer. Any delay or failure on the part of the Lead Procuring Agency to provide a written response to Contractor shall neither constitute agreement with nor acquiescence to Contractor's statement or claim, nor constitute a waiver of any of Lead Procuring Agency's rights. 2.2.6 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT 2.2.6.1 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE A. The performance of Work under this Contract may be terminated in whole, or from time to time in part, by the Contracting Officer for the convenience of the Lead Procuring Agency whenever the Contracting Officer determines that such termination is in the best interest of the Lead Procuring Agency and the other procuring agencies. Any such termination shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor of a written Notice of Termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes Section 2 — Page 18 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 effective. After receipt of a Notice of Termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor must: 1. Stop the Work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the Notice of Termination; 2. Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities, except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated; 3. Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of Work terminated as set out in the Notice of Termination; 4. Assign to the Lead Procuring Agency in the manner, at the times, and to the extent directed by the Contracting Officer, all of the right, title, and interest of the Contractor under the orders and subcontracts so terminated, in which case the Lead Procuring Agency shall have the right, in its discretion, to settle or pay and or all claims arising out of the termination of such orders and subcontracts; 5. Settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination of orders and subcontracts, with the approval or ratification of the Contracting Officer, to the extent he/she may require, which approval or ratification shall be final for all the purposes of this Section; 6. Transfer title to the Lead Procuring Agency and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by Contracting Officer the fabricated or un -fabricated parts, work in process, completed work, supplies, and other material produced as part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated, and the completed or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the Lead Procuring Agency; 7. Use its best efforts to sell, in the manner, at the times, to the extent, and at the price(s) directed or authorized by the Contracting Officer, and property of the types referred to above, provided, however, that the Contractor shall not be required to extend credit to any purchaser, and may acquire an such property under the conditions prescribed by and at a price(s) approved by the Contracting Officer, and provided further, that the proceeds of any such transfer or disposition shall be applied in reduction of any payments to be made by the Lead Procuring Agency to the Contractor under this Contract or shall otherwise be credited to the price, or cost of the Work covered by this Contract or paid in such other manner as the Contracting Officer may direct; 8. Complete performance of such part of the Work as shall not have been terminated by the Notice of Termination; and 9. Take such action as may be necessary, or as the Contracting Officer may direct, for the protection or preservation of the property related to this Contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the Lead Procuring Agency has or may acquire an interest. Section 2 — Page 19 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 B. After receipt of a Notice of Termination, the Contractor shall submit to the Lead Procuring Agency its termination claim, in the form and with certification prescribed by the Lead Procuring Agency. Such claim shall be submitted promptly but in no event later than six months from the effective date of termination, unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Lead Procuring Agency, upon request of the Contractor made in writing within such six months period or authorized extension thereof. However, if the Lead Procuring Agency determines that the facts justify such action, it may receive and act upon any such termination claim at any time after such six months period or any extension thereof. Upon failure of the Contractor to submit its termination claim within the time allowed, the Lead Procuring Agency may determine, on the basis of information available, the amount, if any, due the Contractor by reason of the termination and will thereupon pay the Contractor the amount so determined. C. Subject to the provisions of subsection B above, the Contractor and the Lead Procuring Agency may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination or work pursuant to this Section, which amount or amounts may include an allowance for profit on work done; provided that such agreed amount or amounts exclusive of settlement costs, shall not exceed the total Contract Consideration as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the Contract price of work not terminated. The Contract will be amended accordingly, and the Contractor will be paid the agreed amount. D. In the event of failure of the Contractor and the Lead Procuring Agency to agree, as provided in subsection C, upon the amount to be paid the Contractor by reason of the termination of Work pursuant to this Section, the Lead Procuring Agency will pay the Contractor the amounts determined by the Lead Procuring Agency as follows, but without duplication of any amounts agreed in accordance with subsection: With respect to Contract Work performed prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination, the total (without duplication of any items) of: 1. The costs of such Work; 2. The cost of settling and paying claims arising out of the termination of Work under subcontracts or orders as provided in subsection A (5) above, exclusive of the amounts paid or payable on account of supplies or material delivered or services furnished by the subcontractor prior to the effective date of the Notice of Termination of Work under this Contract, which amounts shall be included in the costs on account of which payment is made under B (1) above; 3. A sum, as profit on D(1) above, determined by the Lead Procuring Agency to be fair and reasonable; provided, however, that if it appears that the Contractor would have sustained a loss on the entire Contract had it been completed, no profit shall be included or allowed under this subsection D(3) and an appropriate adjustment shall be made by reducing the amount of the settlement to reflect the indicated rate of loss; and Section 2 — Page 20 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 4. The reasonable cost of preservation and protection of property incurred pursuant to subsection A (9) and any other reasonable cost incidental to termination of work under this Contract, including expense incidental to the determination of the amount due to the Contractor as the result of the termination of Work under this Contract. E. The total sum to be paid to the Contractor under subsection D will not exceed the total Contract Consideration as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the Contract price of Work not terminated. Except for normal spoilage, and except to the extent that the Lead Procuring Agency will have otherwise expressly assumed the risk of loss, there will be excluded from the amounts payable to the Contractor under subsection D the fair value, as determined by the Lead Procuring Agency, of property which is destroyed, lost, stolen, or damaged so as to become undeliverable to the Lead Procuring Agency, or to a purchaser pursuant to subsection A (7) of this Section. F. In arriving at the amount due the Contractor under this Section, there will be deducted: 1. The amount of any claim which the Lead Procuring Agency has against the Contractor in connection with the Contract; and 2. The agreed price for, or the proceeds of sale of materials, supplies, or other items acquired by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provision of this Section, and not otherwise recovered by or credited to the Lead Procuring Agency. G. If the termination hereunder is partial, prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of the Contract, the Contractor may file with the Lead Procuring Agency a written request for an adjustment of the price or prices specified in the Contract relating to the continued portion of the Contract (the portion not terminated by the Notice of Termination), and such adjustment as may be agreed will be made in the price or prices. H. The Lead Procuring Agency may from time to time, at its sole discretion and under terms and conditions it may prescribe, make partial payments and payments on account against cost incurred by the Contractor in connection with the terminated portion of the Contract whenever, in the opinion of the Lead Procuring Agency, the aggregate of payments does not exceed the amount to which the Contractor will be entitled hereunder. If the total of the payments is in excess of the amount finally agreed or determined to be due under this Section, the excess shall be paid by the Contractor to the Lead Procuring Agency upon demand, together with interest at the rate of 10 percent per annum or the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, whichever is less, for the period from the date the excess payment is received by the Contractor to the date on which the excess payment is repaid to the Lead Procuring Agency. I. Unless otherwise provided for in this Contract, or by applicable statute, the Contractor, from the effective date of termination and for a period of three years after final settlement under this Contract, shall preserve and make available to the Lead Procuring Agency at all reasonable times at the office of the Contractor but without direct charge to the Lead Procuring Agency, all its books, records, documents, and other evidence bearing on the costs and expenses of the Contractor under this Contract and relating to the Work terminated hereunder, or to the extent Section 2 — Page 21 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 approved by the Lead Procuring Agency, photographs, microphotographs, or other authentic reproductions thereof. J. The Contractor shall insert in all subcontracts that the Subcontractor or Supplier shall stop work on the date of and to the extent specified in a Notice of Termination from the Lead Procuring Agency and shall require that any tier subcontractor to insert the same provision in any tier subcontract. K. The Contractor shall communicate immediately upon receipt thereof, any Notice of Termination issued by the Lead Procuring Agency to the affected Subcontractors and Suppliers of any tier. L. Under no circumstances is the Contractor entitled to anticipatory, unearned profits or consequential damages as a result of a termination or partial termination under this Section. The payment to the Contractor determined in accordance with this Section constitutes exclusive remedy for a termination hereunder. M. Anything contained in the Contract to the contrary notwithstanding, a termination under this Section shall not waive any right or claim to damages which the Lead Procuring Agency may have and the Lead Procuring Agency may pursue any course of action it may have under the Contract. 2.2.6.2 TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT A. By written Notice of Termination to the Contractor, the Lead Procuring Agency and the other procuring agencies may cancel the whole or any part of the Contract in any one of the following circumstances: 1. If the Contractor fails to perform the Work within the time specified or any extension thereof; 2. If the Contractor fails to perform any of the provisions of the Contract, or so fails to make progress as to endanger performance of the Contract in accordance with its terms, and in either of these two later circumstances does not cure such failure within a period of the 10) calendar days (or such additional time as may be specified in the notice) after the Lead Procuring Agency gives notice to Contractor of the failure; 3. The Contractor or Subcontractor or Supplier has violated an authorized order or requirement of the Lead Procuring Agency; 4. Abandonment of the Contract; 5. Assignment of subcontracting of the Contract or any Work under the Contract without approval by the Lead Procuring Agency; 6. Bankruptcy or appointment of a receiver for the Contractor's property; 7. Performance by the Contractor in bad faith; 8. Contractor allowing any final judgment to stand (unsatisfied) for a period of 48 hours (excluding weekends and legal holiday(s); Section 2 — Page 22 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 9. Material failure to comply with the law, ordinance, rule, regulation or order of a legal authority applicable to the Contract, the Work, the Contractor or the goods; or 10. Failure to indemnify any party which the Contractor is obligated to indemnify under the Section 2.7.5, Indemnification, or elsewhere under the Contract. B. The Contractor shall be provided a period of ten (10) days to cure such failure (or such longer period as the Contracting Officer may authorize in writing) after receipt of notice from the Lead Procuring Agency specifying such failure. C. In the event the Contractor does not cure the breach to the satisfaction of the Lead Procuring Agency within the time period specified by the Contracting Officer, the Contracting Officer will send the Contractor a written notice of failure to cure the breach. Upon receipt of such written notice from the Lead Procuring Agency, Contractor shall: 1. Stop Work on the date of, and to the extent specified in, the Notice of Termination; 2. Place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, equipment, services, or facilities, except that which is necessary to complete the portion of the Work which is expressly not cancelled under the Notice of Termination; 3. Cancel all orders or subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of Work cancelled under the Notice of Termination; and administrative services, as certified by 4. Comply with all other requirements of the Lead Procuring Agency specified in the Notice of Termination. D. If the Contract is cancelled as provided in this Section, the Lead Procuring Agency may require Contractor to transfer title and deliver to the Lead Procuring Agency, as directed by the Lead Procuring Agency, the following: 1. Any completed supplies or equipment furnished by the Lead Procuring Agency; and 2. Such partially completed supplies and materials, installations, parts, tools, dies, jigs, fixtures, plans, drawings, information, and contract rights (hereinafter called "manufacturing materials') that the Contractor has specifically produced or acquired for the cancelled portion of this Contract. The Contractor shall also protect and preserve property in its possession in which the Lead Procuring Agency has an interest at the Contractor's sole expense. E. Upon the Lead Procuring Agency's Termination of the Contractor's right to proceed with the Work because of the Contractor's default under the Contract, the Lead Procuring Agency will have the right to complete the Work by whatever means and method it deems advisable. The Lead Procuring Agency will not be required to obtain the lowest prices for completing the Work but shall make such expenditures as, in the Lead Procuring Agency's sole judgment, best accomplish such completion. F. The expense of completing the Work, together with a reasonable charge for engineering, managerial and administrative services, as certified by the Lead Procuring Agency, will be Section 2 — Page 23 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 charged and will be deducted by the Lead Procuring Agency out of such monies as may be due or may at any time thereafter become due to the Contractor. In case such expense is in excess of the sum which otherwise would have been payable to the Contractor under the Contract, then the Contractor or its surety shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to the Lead Procuring Agency upon notice of the excess so due. The Lead Procuring Agency may, in its sole discretion, withhold all or any part of any progress payments otherwise due the Contractor until completion and final settlement of the Work covered by the Notice of Termination of Contractor's right to proceed. G. Contractor shall insert in all subcontracts that the Subcontractor or Supplier will stop work on the date of or to the extent specified in a Notice of Termination from the Lead Procuring Agency and shall require the Subcontractors and Suppliers to insert the same provision in any of their subcontracts. H. The Contractor shall immediately upon receipt communicate any Notice of Termination issued by the Lead Procuring Agency to the affected Subcontractors and Suppliers at any tier. I. The Surety on the Contractor's Performance Bond provided for in this Contract shall not be entitled to take over the Contractor's performance of Work in case of termination under this Section, except with the prior written consent of the Lead Procuring Agency. J. The Contractor shall not be liable for any costs in excess of the total Contract Consideration if the failure to perform the Contract arises out of causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor. If the failure to perform is caused by the default of a Subcontractor and/or Supplier and such default arises out of causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of either the Contractor or the Subcontractor and/or Supplier, and if the Supplies or Services to be furnished by the Subcontractor or Supplier were not obtainable from other sources in sufficient time to permit the Contractor to meet the required Delivery Schedule, the Contractor shall not be liable for any costs in excess of the total Contract Consideration to complete the Work. K. If, after issuance of the Notice of Termination of this Contract, it is determined for any reason that the Contractor was not in breach, or that the breach was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the Notice of Termination had been issued pursuant to the Termination for Convenience Section, and the Contractor shall be reimbursed for costs incurred under the terms of that Section. 2.2.6.3 STOP WORK ORDER In addition to the right to terminate or cancel the Contract, the Lead Procuring Agency and other procuring agencies may at any time, by written order to Contractor, require Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the Work called for by this Contract for a period of up to 90 calendar days after the order is delivered to Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. Any such order shall be specifically identified as a "Stop Work Order" issued pursuant to this clause. As a minimum, any such Stop Work Order shall include the following, in writing: A. A clear description of the work to be suspended; Section 2 — Page 24 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 B. Guidance as to the actions to be taken on subcontracts; and/or C. Other suggestions to Contractor for minimizing costs. Upon receipt of such an Order, Contractor shall forthwith comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of cost allocable to the work covered by the Order during the period of work stoppage. Within the period of 90 calendar days or the lesser period specified after a Stop Work Order is delivered to Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Lead Procuring Agency and the other procuring agencies may: A. Terminate the Work covered by such Order as provided in 'Termination for Convenience: (Section 2.2.6.1) or "Termination for Default' (Section 2.2.6.2); or B. Cancel the Stop Work Order; or C. Allow the period of the Stop Work Order to expire. 2.2.6.4 COSTS OF STOP WORK ORDER If a Stop Work Order is cancelled or the period of the Order or any extension thereof expires, Contractor shall resume Work. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Work scope or Contract price, or both, and the Contract shall be modified in writing accordingly if: A. The Stop Work Order results in an increase in the time required for, or in Contractor's costs properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this Contract; and B. Contractor asserts a claim for such adjustment within 30 calendar days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided that, if Lead Procuring Agency decides the facts justify such action, Lead Procuring Agency may receive and act upon any such claim asserted at any time prior to final payment under this Contract. Any cost due to Stop Work Order issued because of contract noncompliance will be borne by Contractor. 2.2.7 DISPUTES A. Notice of Potential Claim With respect to disputes arising under this Contract, the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for any claim that may be based on any act, failure to act, event, thing, or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim has been filed with the Lead Procuring Agency. The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation will or may be due, the nature of the costs involved, and, insofar as possible, the amount of the potential claim. The notice must be received by the Lead Procuring Agency or the other participating procuring agencies within thirty (30) days after the Contractor knew, or should have known, of the happening of the act, failure to act, event, thing, or occurrence giving rise to the potential claim. Contractor shall have no right to additional Section 2 — Page 25 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 compensation for any claim that may be based on any such act, failure to act, event, thing, or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim as herein required was filed. receipt of the claim notice, both B. Negotiation The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Contract promptly by negotiation. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claim notice, both parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place in an attempt to resolve the dispute. C. Decision by Contracting Officer Any dispute concerning a question of fact arising during the performance of the Contract which is not disposed of by negotiation will be decided by the Contracting Officer who will reduce their decision to writing and mail or otherwise furnish a copy thereof to the Contractor. The decision of the Contracting Officer will be final and binding. Within thirty (30) days from the date of issuance of the Contracting Officer's final decision, the Contractor must notify the Lead Procuring Agency in writing of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the final decision. The Contractor will be obligated to perform in accordance with said decision notwithstanding the Contractor's rights to appeal. Should the decision be reversed on appeal, the contracting parties will be made whole to the extent possible. D. Arbitration I . If the parties mutually agree to arbitration, any dispute or claim in law or equity between the Lead Procuring Agency, (VVTA) and CONTRACTOR arising out of this Contract, if not resolved by informal negotiation between the parties, shall be mediated by referring it to the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (JAMS) office nearest Hesperia, California for mediation. Each party shall provide the other with a list of four (4) mediators. The parties shall confer on the list and select a mutually agreeable mediator. Mediation shall consist of an informal, non-binding conference or conferences between the parties and the judge -mediator jointly, then in separate caucuses wherein the judge will seek to guide the parties to a resolution of the case. All conferences shall take place within fifty (50) miles of Hesperia, California. If the parties cannot agree to a mutually acceptable member from the JAMS panel of retired judges, a list and resumes of available mediators with substantial experience in mediating claims of the type at issue between the parties, numbering one more than there are parties, will be sent to the parties, each of whom will strike one name leaving the remaining name as the mediator. If more than one name remains, the JAMS arbitration administrator will choose a mediator from the remaining names. All mediation proceedings shall be without prejudice and the cost of the proceedings shall be shared equally by the parties. The mediation process shall continue until the case is resolved or until such time as the mediator makes a finding that there is no possibility of resolution, then the mediation will be terminated and each party may pursue all remedies available to it at law or in equity except as specifically limited elsewhere in this Contract. 2. If the parties mutually agree, any dispute or claim in law or equity between VVTA and Contractor arising out of this Contract which is not settled through mediation shall be decided Section 2 — Page 26 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 by neutral binding arbitration and not by court action, except as provided by California law for judicial review of arbitration proceedings. All arbitration sessions shall take place within fifty (50) miles of Hesperia, California. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of Judicial Arbitration Mediation Services, Inc. (JAMS). The parties to an arbitration may agree in writing to use different rules and/or arbitrators. E. The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract and the rights and remedies available hereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No action or failure to act by VVTA or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach hereunder, except as may be mutually agreed in writing. F. The rights afforded to VVTA in Section 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 shall be in addition to any other rights provided by law or set forth in this Contract. VVTA may exercise any or all of such rights which individually or conjunctively will totally compensate VVTA for the damages suffered by VVTA resulting from the default of the Contractor. G. If VVTA elects to waive its remedies for any breach by the Contractor of any covenant, term or condition of this Contract, such waiver by VVTA shall not limit VVTA's remedies for any succeeding breach of that or of any other term, covenant, or condition of this Contract. 2.2.8 LITIGATION The interpretation and enforcement of the Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, the state in which the Contract will be signed. If any action is filed arising directly or indirectly from any dispute under this Contract or from any matter submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Contract, proper jurisdiction and venue for such action shall lie in the Superior Court of the County of San Bernardino for Victor Valley Transit Authority, and the respective counties where the other Procuring Agencies are situated. 2.2.8.1 REQUIREMENT FOR OUT-OF-STATE CONTRACTORS Within 20 days after the date of the Notice of Contract Award, the Contractor shall appoint a registered agent in California and notify the Lead Procuring Agency in writing of the name and address of said agent in California who is authorized to accept all correspondence and legal process on behalf of the Contractor. The Contractor shall not change said agent without prior notice to the Lead Procuring Agency. 2.2.9 NONWAIVER Waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall not constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any subsequent breach either of the same or of another provision of this Contract. 2.2.10NONEXCLUSIVE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES Section 2 — Page 27 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 The rights and remedies of the Lead Procuring Agency provided in Section 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this Contract. 2.2.11 GRATUITIES, CONTINGENT FEES AND CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS 2.2.11.1 COVENANT AGAINST GRATUITIES A. Prohibited Conduct 1. During the term of this Contract, Contractor, its officers and employees and their immediate families are prohibited from offering or giving a gratuity in any form including, without limitation, entertainment, favors, loans, gifts or anything of greater than nominal value for any reason including personal, non -business related reasons to any Lead Procuring Agency officer or employee or their immediate families. For the purpose of this section, nominal value means anything: (1) having an aggregate value of $35.00 (thirty-five dollars) or less per year; or (2) any perishable item (flowers or food) of any value except that prepared meals are subject to the $35.00 limit. A campaign contribution is not a gratuity and is not prohibited by this Section. 2. Violation of subparagraph A(1) of this provision is a material breach of this Contract, and Lead Procuring Agency shall have the right to debar Contractor from participating at any tier in any Lead Procuring Agency contract for a period of up to five (5) years. 3. Contractor shall include a copy of subparagraphs A(1) and A(2) of this provision in any agreement it makes with its subcontractors. Covenant Contractor covenants that prior to award of this Contract, Contractor has disclosed, (using the Interests and Gratuities Certification which is incorporated into the Contract by this reference) any gratuity, as described above, that it, its officers, employees or their immediate families have offered or given to any Lead Procuring Agency officer, employee or their immediate families for any reason including personal non -Business related reasons within the twelve (12) months prior to award of this Contract. Any gratuity offered or given after submission of the initial Certification shall be provided in an amended Certification with the executed Contract and shall be incorporated into the Contract by this reference. Violation of this covenant is a material breach of this Contract. 2.2.11.2 COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES Contractor covenants that no person or selling agency has been employed or retained to solicit or secure the Contract upon an agreement or understanding for a commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee; excepting bona fide employees or bona fide established commercial or selling agencies maintained by Contractor for the purpose of securing business. For breach or violation of agencies maintained by Contractor for the purpose of securing business. For breach or violation of this covenant, Lead Procuring Agency shall have the right to cancel the Contract without liability for payment for any Section 2 — Page 28 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 services provided or, at its discretion, to deduct from the contract price or consideration, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such commission, percentage, brokerage or contingent fee. 2.2.11.3 CONFLICT OF INTEREST A. Prohibited Interests 1. During the term of this Contract, Contractor, its officers, employees and their immediate families shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, that would conflict with the performance of services required to be performed under this Contract. 2. Violation of subparagraph A. (1), is a material breach of this Contract, and Lead Procuring Agency shall have the right to debar Contractor from participating at any tier in any Lead Procuring Agency contract for a period of up to five (5) years. 3. Contractor shall include a copy of subparagraphs A. (1), and A. (2), of this provision in any agreement it makes with its subcontractors. B. Covenant 1. Contractor covenants that prior to award of this Contract, Contractor has disclosed (using the Interests and Gratuities Certification provided in Part 1) any present interest and any interest existing within twelve (12) months prior to award of this Contract including, without limitation, any business or personal relationship that creates an appearance of a conflict of interest. Disclosable interests and relationships are those that may reasonably be viewed as creating a potential or actual conflict of interest. Disclosable interests and relationships are those that may reasonably be viewed as creating a potential or actual conflict of interest. Any existing or prospective interest acquired or occurring after submission of the initial Certification shall be provided in an amended Certification with the executed Contract and shall be incorporated into the Contract by this reference. Violation of this covenant is a material breach of this Contract. 2. In addition, Contractor shall immediately disclose in writing to the Lead Procuring Agency and or to the other procuring agencies General Manager and Chief Legal Counsel any interest or relationship described in subparagraph B(1) acquired or occurring during the term of this Contract. 3. Violation of the above disclosure obligations is a material breach of this Contract. Section 2 — Page 29 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.3 DELIVERY AND TITLE 2.3.1 DELIVERIES 2.3.1.1 COACH DELIVERY LOCATION Delivery of the Lead Procuring Agency's Coaches shall be determined by signed receipt of the Lead Procuring Agency's Executive Director or designee. Hours of delivery shall be 9:00 AM through 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday. The following is the Lead Procuring Agency's delivery location: Ron Zirges Director of Maintenance & Facilities Victor Valley Transit Authority 17150 Smoketree Street Hesperia, CA 92345 (760) 948-4021; Ext: 118 rzirges@vvta.org The delivery location addresses and Points of Contact for each of the other Procuring Transit Agencies are as follows: Adrian Aguilar Santa Clarita Transit Transit Maintenance Facility (TMF) 28250 Constellation Road Santa Clarita, CA 91355 Mark Perry Maintenance Manager Antelope Valley Transit Authority 422106 th Street West Lancaster. CA 93534 Mike Hernandez Assistant General Manager/COO Monterey -Salinas Transit One Ryan Ranch Road Monterey, CA 93940 Vic Kamhi Director of Transit Programs Ventura County Transportation Commission 950 County Square Drive, Suite 207 Ventura. CA 93003 Section 2 — Page 30 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Delivery of the option Coaches to the option Coach Assignees shall be determined by signed receipt of that agency's designated Contracting Officer or designee at the point of delivery specified in the Technical Specification. 2.3.1.2 DELIVERY SCHEDULE The base order of the Lead Procuring Agency's Coaches must be delivered at a rate not to exceed three (3) Coaches per week. Delivery shall be completed no later than 42 weeks after issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Delivery of the Lead Procuring Agency's and its assignees option Coaches will be at the rate set out in the Contractor's Proposal. 2.3.1.3 PRE -DELIVERY TESTS AND INSPECTIONS The pre -delivery tests and inspections must be performed at or near the Contractor's plant in accordance with the procedures defined in Part 3: Quality Assurance Provisions and witnessed by the Lead Procuring Agency's Resident Inspector. Release of a Coach to be delivered to the location set forth in Section 2.3.1.1 will be subject to the successful completion of the pre -delivery test and inspections and written authorization by the Lead Procuring Agency's Resident Inspector. 2.3.1.4 ACCEPTANCE OF COACH Within fifteen (15) calendar days after arrival at the designated point of delivery as set out in Section 2.3.1.1, each Coach shall undergo the Lead Procuring Agency tests as defined in Section 4: Quality Assurance Provisions. If the Coach passes these tests, the Lead Procuring Agency will notify the Contractor in writing of the Lead Procuring Agency's acceptance of the Coach. If the Lead Procuring Agency places the Coach in revenue service, the Lead Procuring Agency will be deemed to have accepted the Coach, except as provided in the Contract for conditional acceptance of a Coach. If the Coach fails these tests, it shall not be accepted by the Lead Procuring Agency until the Coach has been repaired in accordance with the procedures defined in "Repairs After Non-acceptance" (Section 2.3.2), the Coach is retested and it passes such tests, and the Lead Procuring Agency provides written notice to Contractor of its acceptance of the Coach. In addition, a Coach will not be accepted prior to the Contractor providing to the Lead Procuring Agency all of the certifications as required by law, regulation and/or the Contract, and completion of applicable post -delivery audits as required under the Contract. 2.3.2 REPAIRS AFTER NONACCEPTANCE The Contractor, or its designated representative, shall perform the repairs after non-acceptance. If the Contractor fails or refuses to make the repairs within five (5) days, then the work may be done by the Lead Procuring Agency's personnel and the Contractor will be obligated to reimburse the Lead Procuring Agency for its actual and reasonable costs as set out in Section 2.3.2.1. Lead Procuring Agency may deduct the amount owed by Contractor from the next payment owed to Contractor. If the amount owed by the Contractor exceeds the amount remaining to be paid to the Contractor under the Contract, the Contractor must pay the Lead Procuring Agency's invoice within thirty (30) days after receipt. In such event, the Lead Procuring Agency will not be obligated to accept the Coach until after the Contractor has paid the Lead Procuring Agency for its costs of repair. Section 2 — Page 31 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.3.2.1 REPAIRS BY CONTRACTOR After non-acceptance of the Coach, the Contractor must begin work within five (5) working days after receiving notification from the Lead Procuring Agency of failure of acceptance tests. The Lead Procuring Agency shall make the Coach available to complete repairs timely within the Contractor's repair schedule. The Contractor shall provide, at its own expense, all spare parts, tools, and space required to complete the repairs. At the Lead Procuring Agency's option, the Contractor may be required to remove the Coach from the Lead Procuring Agency's property while repairs are being affected. If the Coach is removed from the Lead Procuring Agency's property, repair procedures must be diligently pursued by the Contractor's representatives, and the Contractor shall assume risk of loss while the Coach is under its control. 2.3.2.2 REPAIRS BY PROCURING AGENCY A. Parts Used. If the Lead Procuring Agency performs the repairs after non-acceptance of the Coach, it shall correct or repair the defect and any related defects using Contractor -specified parts available from Lead Procuring Agency's stock or those supplied by the Contractor specifically for this repair. Monthly, or at a period to be mutually agreed upon, reports of all repairs covered by this procedure shall be submitted by the Lead Procuring Agency to the Contractor for reimbursement or replacement of parts. The Contractor shall provide forms for these reports. B. Contractor Supplied Parts. If the Contractor supplies parts for repairs being performed by the Lead Procuring Agency after non-acceptance of the Coach, these parts shall be shipped prepaid to the Lead Procuring Agency from any source selected by the Contractor within ten (10) working days after receipt of the request for said parts. C. Return of Defective Components. The Contractor may request that parts covered by this provision be returned to the manufacturing plant. The total costs for this action shall be paid by the Contractor. D. Reimbursement for Labor. The Lead Procuring Agency shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for labor. The amount shall be $75 per hour for all man-hours actually required to correct the defect. E. Reimbursement for Parts. The Lead Procuring Agency shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for defective parts that must be replaced to correct the defect. The reimbursement shall include taxes where applicable and 15 percent handling costs. 2.3.3 UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS 2.3.3.1 CONTRACTOR'S DELAY A. If the Contractor is delayed at any time during the progress of the Work due solely by the acts or failure to act when under a duty to act by the Lead Procuring Agency, or by a cause described below, then the time for completion and/or affected delivery date(s) shall be extended by the Lead Procuring Agency if all of the following conditions are met as determined by the Lead Procuring Agency: Section 2 — Page 32 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 1. The cause of the delay arises after the date of the Notice to Proceed and the cause of the delay could not have been anticipated by the Contractor by reasonable investigation before Contract award; 2. The Contractor demonstrates that the completion of the Work and/or affected delivery(s) will be actually and necessarily delayed; 3. The delay in completion of the Work and/or affected delivery cannot be avoided or mitigated by the exercise of all reasonable precautions, efforts and measures, whether before or after the occurrence of the cause of delay; and 4. The Contractor makes written request and provides other information to the Lead Procuring Agency as described in "Notification of Contractor Delay" (Section 2.3.3.2 below). B. The Contractor may not be excused from performing in accordance with its Delivery Schedule if the Contractor delays in submitting its request for a time extension or fails to provide all of the information required to support such request. The Contractor may not receive a time extension if an excusable delay runs concurrent with and inexcusable delay. Defaults of Subcontractors and Suppliers shall be conclusively presumed to be within the control of the Contractor unless caused entirely by an excusable delay. C. As used herein, the term "excusable delay" means one or more of the following: Acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of government in its sovereign or contractual capacity, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes or other labor disputes, freight embargoes, and unusually severe weather, but in every case the failure to perform must be beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the nonperforming party. D. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor will not be relieved of its liability for the payment of liquidated damages owing from its failure to complete the Work in accordance with the Delivery Schedule (Section 2.3.1.2) pursuant to "Liquidated Damages' (Section 2.3.4) for delays occurring prior to, or subsequent to, the occurrence of and excusable delay. E. The Lead Procuring Agency reserves the right to rescind or shorten any time extension previously granted, if the Lead Procuring Agency subsequently determines that any information provided by Contractor in support of a request for a time extension was erroneous. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Lead Procuring Agency will not rescind or shorten any time extension previously granted if the Lead Procuring Agency determines that Contractor acted in reliance upon the granting of such extension and such extension was based on information which, although later found to have been erroneous, was submitted in good faith by the Contractor. 2.3.3.2 NOTIFICATION OF CONTRACTOR DELAY Notwithstanding "Contractor's Delay" (Section 2.3.3.1), no extension or adjustment of time shall be granted unless: (1) the Contractor provided written notice of a delay in completion of the Work or compliance with the Delivery Schedule to the Lead Procuring Agency no later than fourteen (14) days Section 2 — Page 33 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 from the date the Contractor knew or should have known of the circumstances causing such delay; and (2) a written application therefor, stating in reasonable detail the causes, the effect to -date, the portion or portions of the Work affected, and the probable future effect on the performance by the Contractor and the Delivery Schedule is filed by within thirty (30) calendar days after the date the initial notice under subparagraph (1) above was sent. The Lead Procuring Agency shall make its determination on the request within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of a complete application. A time extension, if granted, will not be deemed a waiver of the rights of either party under this Contract. 2.3.4 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is mutually understood and agreed by and between the parties to the Contract that time is of the essence with respect to the completion of the Work and that in case of any failure on the part of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time specified in "Delivery Schedule" (Section 2.3.1.2), except for any excusable delays as provided in "Unavoidable Delays" (Section 2.3.3), or any extension thereof, the Lead Procuring Agency will be damaged thereby. The amount of said damages, being difficult if not impossible of definite ascertainment and proof, it is hereby agreed that the amount of such damages due the Lead Procuring Agency shall be fixed at $200.00 per calendar day per Coach for each day that the Coach is not delivered to Lead Procuring Agency's Coach Delivery Location (Section 2.3.1.1) in accordance with Contractor's delivery schedule as set out in the Contract Documents in substantially as good condition as the Coach was when it was inspected by the Lead Procuring Agency's inspector at the time the Coach was released for shipment. The Contractor hereby agrees to pay the afore stated amounts as fixed, agreed and liquidated damages, and not by way of penalty, to the Lead Procuring Agency and further authorizes the Lead Procuring Agency to deduct the amount of the damages from money due the Contractor under the Contract, computed as aforesaid. If the monies due the Contractor are insufficient or no monies are due the Contractor, the Contractor shall pay the Lead Procuring Agency the difference or the entire amount, whichever may be the case, within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of a written demand by the Contracting Officer. The payment of aforesaid fixed, agreed and liquidated damages shall be in lieu of any damages for any loss of profit, loss of revenue, loss of use, or for any other direct, indirect, special or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever that may be suffered by the Lead Procuring Agency arising at any time from the failure of the Contractor to fulfill the obligations referenced in this clause in a timely manner. In addition to the foregoing, the Lead Procuring Agency and other procuring agencies specifically reserve the right, without limitation of any other rights, to terminate the Contract in accordance with "Termination of Contract" (Section 2.2.6) 2.3.5 TITLE Documents acceptable to the State of California Department of Motor Vehicles for registering each Coach shall be provided to the Lead Procuring Agency at least 20 days before each Coach is released to the common carrier. Upon acceptance of each Coach, the Contractor warrants that the title shall pass to the Lead Procuring Agency free and clear of all encumbrances. The Contractor is not Section 2 — Page 34 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 authorized to ship the Coaches or spare parts under a reservation and no tender of a bill of lading shall operate as tender of the Coaches or spare parts. of the Contract. 2.4 PAYMENT For the consideration hereinafter set forth, VVTA, and Contractor agree as follows: 1. VVTA shall review for compensation each of the Contractor's approved invoices until acceptance and transfer of title for each coach delivered pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Contract. 2. Upon receipt of written notification from VVTA certifying that the Contract is final and complete, and that Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, all fees due the Contractor, less charges for Liquidated Damages, shall be released. 2.5 SERVICES AND PARTS 2.5.1 TRAINING A. Contractor shall arrange, at Contractor's sole cost and expense, to have the Coach manufacturer provide a total of 40 hours of Coach Initial Familiarization Training for each of the five participating transit agencies as determined by Victor Valley Transit Authority in Hesperia, California, and at the designated locations of each of the other four transit agencies participating in the procurement action. In addition, a field service representative shall be made available for each of the five (5) Transit Agencies within 24 hours after a request has been made. B. Contractor shall arrange, at Contractor's sole cost and expense, to have the Coach manufacturer and any other component supplier which is required to provide training as set out above to furnish a complete set of all informational materials used to conduct the training. Such materials will include, at a minimum, lesson plans, course syllabus, handouts, audio visual aids, workbooks, overhead, transparencies, charts, DVDs, slides and instructor training notes. C. This set of training aids shall become the property of Victor Valley Transit Authority and the other four Procuring Agencies participating in this Coach procurement for further training of Transit Agency personnel. 2.5.2 ENGINEER/SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES The Contractor shall, at its own expense, have a competent Engineering Service Representative(s) available on request to assist the Lead Procuring Agency's staff in the solution of engineering or design problems within the scope of the specifications that may arise during the warranty period. This does not relieve the Contractor of responsibilities under Part 4: Warranty Provisions. The Contractor's Representative must be available to report to any of the four participating Transit Agencies within 36 hours after a request has been made for technical assistance. Section 2 — Page 35 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.5.3 DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall provide Fifteen (15) copies of current Coach Maintenance Manual(s), Fifteen (15) current Illustrated Parts Manual(s), Fifteen (15) sets of Laminated Electrical and Conduit Schematics, (3 copies shall be delivered to each of the five (5) Participating Transit Agencies), and 125 Standard Operator's Manual(s) after acceptance of the first Commuter Coach of the base order as part of this Contract. Additionally, Contractor shall provide Ten (10) DVD versions of all of the above listed service manuals at (2 DVD's per Procuring Transportation Agency); this delivery shall take place within fifteen (15) days of acceptance of the first Coach. Contractor shall retain the Coach Maintenance Manuals available for a period of fifteen (15) years after the date of acceptance of the CNG and Diesel Commuter Coaches procured under this Contract. The Contractor shall also exert its best efforts consistent with industry and regulatory standards, to keep Maintenance Manuals, Operator Manuals, Service Bulletins, and Illustrated Parts Manuals current and up4o-date for a period of fifteen (15) years. The supplied Maintenance and Operator's Manuals shall incorporate data critical to the safe operation of all vehicles and equipment ordered under this Contract. The Contractor shall also furnish to each of the Five (5) Procuring Transportation Agencies, Three 3 copies of a Final Vehicle Records which lists all parts and accessories on each vehicle which are not listed in Contractor's Illustrated Parts Manuals. 2.5.4 PARTS AVAILABILITY GUARANTEE The Contractor hereby guarantees to maintain and supply, within reasonable periods of time, the spare parts, software and all equipment necessary to maintain and repair the Coaches supplied under this Contract for a period of at least fifteen (15) years after the date of final acceptance of the last Coach procured under this Contract. Parts shall be interchangeable with the original equipment and manufactured in accordance with the quality assurance provisions of this Contract. Prices shall not exceed the Contractor's then current published catalog prices at the time of purchase. Where the parts ordered by the Lead Procuring Agency are not received within two working days of the agreed upon time/date and a coach procured under this Contract is out -of -service due to the lack of said ordered parts, then the Contractor shall provide the Lead Procuring Agency, within eight hours of the Lead Procuring Agency's verbal or written request, the original suppliers' and/or manufacturers' parts numbers, company names, addresses, telephone numbers and contact persons' names for all of the specific parts not received by the Lead Procuring Agency. Where the Contractor fails to honor this parts guaranty or parts ordered by the Lead Procuring Agency are not received within thirty (30) days of the agreed upon delivery date, then the Contractor shall provide to Lead Procuring Agency, within seven (7) days of the Lead Procuring Agency's verbal or written request, the design and manufacturing documentation for those parts manufactured by the Contractor and the original suppliers' and/or manufacturers' parts numbers, company names, addresses, telephone numbers and contact persons' names for all of the specific parts not received by the Lead Procuring Agency. Contractor's design and manufacturing documentation provided to the Lead Procuring Agency shall be for its sole use in regard to the Coaches procured under this Contract and for no other purpose. Lead Section 2 — Page 36 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Procuring Agency may release such design and manufacturing documentation to third parties if needed for the replacement parts if the Contractor, original suppliers and/or manufacturers are unable or unwilling to supply parts within a reasonable time and at their published catalog prices. Lead Procuring Agency will require such third parties to maintain the confidentiality of Contractor's proprietary information as identified Contractor's design and manufacturing documentation including, without limitation, Contractor's maintenance, parts and operators manuals. 2.5.5 INTERCHANGEABILITY Unless otherwise agreed, all units and components procured under this Contract, whether provided by suppliers or manufactured by the Contractor, shall be duplicates in design, manufacture, and installation to assure interchangeability among Coaches in this procurement. This interchangeability shall extend to the individual components as well as to their locations in the Coaches. 2.6 AUDIT AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS In accordance with 49 C.F.R. § 18.36(i), 49 C.F.R. § 19.48(d), and 49 U.S.C. § 5325(a), provided the Lead Procuring Agency is the FTA Recipient or a sub -grantee of the FTA Recipient, the Contractor agrees to provide the Lead Procuring Agency, FTA, the Comptroller General of the United States, the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Transportation, or any of their duly authorized representatives access to any books documents, papers, and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to or relate to this Contract (1) for the purpose of making audits, examinations, excerpts, and transcriptions and (2) when conducting an audit and inspection. A. In the event of a sole source Contract, or single Offer, single responsive Offer, or competitive negotiated procurement, the Contractor shall maintain and the Contracting Officer, the U.S. Department of Transportation (if applicable), or the representatives thereof, shall have the right to examine all books, records, documents, and other cost and pricing data related to the Contract price, unless such pricing is based on adequate price competition, established catalog or market prices of commercial items sold in substantial quantities to the public, or prices set by law or regulation, or combinations thereof. Data related to the negotiation or performance of Contract shall be made available for the purpose of evaluating the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost or pricing data. The right of examination shall extend to all documents necessary for adequate evaluation of the cost or pricing data, along with the computations and projections used therein, including review of accounting principles and practices that reflect properly all direct and indirect costs anticipated for the performance of the Contract. B. For Contract Amendments, the Contracting Officer, the U.S. Department of Transportation (if applicable), or their representatives shall have the right to examine all books, records, documents, and other cost and pricing data related to a Contract Amendment, unless such pricing is based on adequate price competition, established catalog or market prices of commercial items sold in substantial quantities to the public, or prices set by law or regulation, or combinations thereof. Data related to the negotiation or performance of the Contract Amendment shall be made available for the purpose of evaluating the accuracy, completeness, and currency of the cost or pricing data. The right of examination shall extend to all documents necessary for adequate evaluation of the cost or pricing data, along with the computations and projections used therein, Section 2 — Page 37 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 either before or after execution of the Contract Amendment for the purpose of conducting a cost analysis. If an examination made after execution of the Contract Amendment reveals inaccurate, incomplete, or out-of-date data, the Contracting Officer may renegotiate the Contract Amendment and the Lead Procuring Agency shall be entitled to any reductions in the price that would result from the application of accurate, complete or up-to-date data. C. For any cost reimbursable work the Contractor shall maintain and the Contracting Officer, the U.S. Department of Transportation (if applicable), or their representatives, shall have the right to examine books, records, documents, and other evidence, including review of accounting principles and practices that reflect properly all direct and indirect costs incurred as related to said cost reimbursable work: 1. The materials described in Paragraphs A, B and C above shall be available at the Contractor's office at all reasonable times for inspection, audit, and making excerpts and transcriptions until three years from the date of final payment under the Contract except that the materials described in Paragraph A above shall also be available prior to any award and materials relating to "Service and Parts" (Section 2.5). For records relating to appeals under "Disputes" (Section 2.2.7), Litigation (Section 2.2.8), or the settlement of claims; records as specified in this Section 2.6 shall be kept available until final resolution of such appeals, litigation, or claims. 2. The Contracting Officer and their representative and any other parties authorized under this Contract shall employ sound Business practices to protect the confidence of the data specified under this clause, for which the Contractor provides access, against disclosure of such information and material to third parties except as permitted by the Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that any confidential data bears appropriate notices relating to its confidential character. 3. The requirements of this Section 2.6 are in addition to other audit, inspection, and record- keeping provisions specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2.7 RISK 2.7.1 RISK OF LOSS Contractor will bear all costs and assume all risks and liability associated with delivery of the Coaches and spare parts. The spare parts must be shipped, unloaded, and stacked in such a manner as to avoid any damage, marring, twisting, or warping of the parts. The Contractor will bear the risk of loss or damage to the Coaches and spare parts from any casualty to such Coaches and spare parts, regardless of the cause thereof, until each Coach and spare part is accepted by the Lead Procuring Agency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lead Procuring Agency will bear the risk of loss to a Coach or spare part after delivery of same by Contractor to the address specified in Section 2.3.1.1 and before acceptance of same by the Lead Procuring Agency, if the loss is caused by or arises out of the sole misconduct or negligent act or omission of the Lead Procuring Agency. Section 2 — Page 38 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 If the Lead Procuring Agency rejects a Coach or spare part as non -conforming, Contractor shall bear the risk of loss to such Coach or spare part from any cause whatsoever from the date of the Lead Procuring Agency's rejection until the non -conformity is cured and the Coach or spare part is accepted by the Lead Procuring Agency. 2.7.2 INSURANCE Contractor, at Contractor's sole cost and expense and for the full term of this Contract or any renewal thereof, shall obtain and maintain at least all of the following minimum insurance requirements prior to commencing any work or receiving payments therefor under this Contract: A. Comprehensive General Liability A policy with a minimum limit of not less than $5,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage, providing at least all of the following minimum coverage: Premises Operations 1. Owners' and Contractors' Protective 2. Blanket Contractual 3. Completed Operations 4. Products B. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability A policy written in accordance with the laws of the State of California and providing coverage for any and all employees of Contractor performing work in California: 1. This policy shall provide coverage for Workers' Compensation (Coverage A). 2. This policy shall also provide coverage of $100,000 Employers' Liability (Coverage B). C. Endorsements The following endorsements 1 through 4 are required to be made a part of the Comprehensive General Liability policy, and Endorsement No.4 is required to be made part of the Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability policy: 1. "Victor Valley Transit Authority (herein referred to as VVTA), its employees, officers, agents and contractors are hereby added as additional insurers." 2. "This policy shall be considered primary insurance as respects any other valid and collectible insurance VVTA may possess, including any self-insured retention VVTA may have, and any other insurance VVTA does possess shall be considered excess insurance only." Section 2 — Page 39 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3. "This insurance shall act for each insured and additional insured as though a separate policy had been written for each. This, however, will not act to increase the limit of liability of the insuring company." Coverage specified herein shall apply to acquisition actions of all procuring agencies under this contract. 4. "Thirty (30) days' prior written notice of Termination shall be given to VVTA in the event of Termination." Such notice shall be sent to: Victor Valley Transit Authority 17150 Smoketree Street Hesperia, California 92345 Attn: Mr. Ron Zirges, (COTR) D. Proof of Coverage Copies of all the required Endorsements shall be attached to the CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE which shall be provided by the Contractor's insurance company as evidence of the stipulated coverage. This Proof of Insurance shall then be mailed to: Victor Valley Transit Authority 17150 Smoketree Street Hesperia, California 92345 Attn: Mr. Ron Zirges, (COTR) E. Special Provisions 1. The foregoing requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by Contractor and any approval of said insurance by the VVTA Board, VVTA staff or their insurance consultant(s), are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or quality the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by Contractor pursuant to this Contract, including, but not limited to, the provisions concerning indemnification. 2. VVTA reserves the right to withhold payments to Contractor in the event of material noncompliance with the insurance requirements outlined above. 2.7.3 PERFORMANCE BOND Within twenty (20) calendar days after the Contract is sent to the successful Proposer for execution, the Proposer shall furnish to the Lead Procuring Agency a performance bond to guarantee the faithful performance of the Contract. The Lead Procuring Agency's approved performance bond form is provided in Part 1. The performance bond shall be equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Contract amount for the value of the Coaches being ordered, including options selected. Within twenty (20) calendar days after the date of any order of option Coaches, Contractor shall replace or supplement the original performance bond with another performance bond so that the principal amount of the bond(s) Section 2 — Page 40 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 equals twenty-five percent (25%) of: (i) the total Contract amount for the base order and related options, plus (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate Contract amount for option Coaches ordered. The above bond amount may be reduced by twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate Contract amount for accepted Coaches and options. The performance bond shall be issued by a corporate surety with a Best's rating of A++ or A+. Said surety shall be admitted to do Business in the State of California. If, during the term of the Contract: (1) the rating for said surety is below a Best's rating of A+ or is below the comparable rating provided by another nationally recognized rating provider if Best's ratings are discontinued, or (2) the surety becomes insolvent, its license is revoked or suspended, or federal approval of the surety, if applicable, is revoked or suspended; then Contractor shall immediately replace said performance bond with another that satisfies all of the above requirements upon Lead Procuring Agency's written request therefor. If the Contractor fails to do so, such failure shall be an event of default. All alterations, extensions of time, extra and additional work, and other changes authorized by these specifications or any part of the Contract may be made without securing the consent of the surety or sureties on the contract bonds. Contractor shall provide with the bond the following documents as required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.660(a): A. The original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so; B. A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer by the Insurance Commissioner, within ten (10) calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit a copy; and C. A certificate from the Clerk of the County in which the court or officer is located that the certificate of authority of the insurer has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended or, in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted, within ten (10) calendar days of the insurer's receipt of the certificate. Contractor agrees, in addition to any other remedies that Lead Procuring Agency may have at law or in equity, that Lead Procuring Agency may obtain a court order for specific performance of Contractor's obligations under this Section. 2.7.4 PRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS After notification of award, Contractor agrees to execute the Contract and deliver said Contract to the Lead Procuring Agency, and furnish the performance bond and insurance certificates within twenty (20) calendar days after the Contract is sent to the Proposer. The Lead Procuring Agency reserves the right to rescind the contract award if the Proposer is unable or unwilling to properly sign and return the Contract and the required insurance certificate and bond within twenty (20) calendar days after the Contract is sent to the Proposer for signature. In that event, Proposer shall forfeit its bid bond. Section 2 — Page 41 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.7.5 INDEMNIFICATION A. The Contractor shall, to the extent permitted by law (1) protect, indemnify and save the Lead Procuring Agency and its officers, employees and agents, including consultants, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, demands, liens, encumbrances, judgments, awards, losses, costs, expenses, and suits or actions or proceedings, including reasonable expenses, costs and attorneys' fees incurred by the Lead Procuring Agency and its officers, employees and agents, including consultants, in the defense, settlement or satisfaction thereof, for any injury, death, loss or damage to persons or property of any kind whatsoever, arising out of, or resulting from, the negligent acts, errors or omissions of the Contractor, including negligent acts, errors or omissions of its officers, employees, servants, agents, subcontractors and suppliers; and (2) upon receipt of notice and if given authority, shall settle at its own expense or undertake at its own expense the defense of any such suit, action or proceeding, including appeals, against the Lead Procuring Agency and its officers, employees and agents, including consultants, relating to such injury, death, loss or damage. Each party shall promptly notify the other in writing of the notice or assertion of any claim, demand, lien, encumbrance, judgment, award, suit, action or other proceeding hereunder. B. If Contractor has retained legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Lead Procuring Agency, Contractor shall have the sole charge and direction of the defense of the suit, action or proceeding while it is assigned to such counsel. The Lead Procuring Agency shall at the request of the Contractor furnish to the Contractor all reasonable assistance that may be necessary for the purpose of defending such suit, action or proceeding, and shall be repaid all reasonable costs incurred in doing so. The Lead Procuring Agency shall have the right to be represented therein by advisory counsel of its own selection at its own expense. C. The obligations of the Contractor under the above paragraph shall not extend to circumstances where the injury, or death, or damages is caused solely by the negligent acts, errors or omissions of the Lead Procuring Agency, its officers, employees, agents or consultants, including negligence in (1) the preparation of the Contract Documents, or (2) the giving of directions or instructions with respect to the requirements of the Contract by written order. The obligations of the Contractor shall not extend to circumstances where the injury, or death, or damages is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence of any third party operator, not including an assignee or subcontractor of the Contractor, subject to the right of contribution as provided in the next sentence below. In case of joint or concurrent negligence of the parties hereto giving rise to a claim or loss against either one or both, each shall have full rights of contribution from the other in accordance with the indemnity obligations set out above. 2.7.6 MATERIAL/ACCESSORIES RESPONSIBILITY The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and workmanship in the construction of the Coach and all accessories used, whether the same are manufactured by the Contractor or purchased from a supplier. This provision excludes tires, fare boxes, radios, and any equipment leased or supplied by the Lead Procuring Agency, except insofar as such equipment is damaged by the failure of a part or component for which the Contractor is responsible, or except insofar as the damage to such equipment Section 2 — Page 42 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 is caused by the Contractor during the manufacture of the Coaches. Risk of damage to or loss of the Coaches is the subject of "Risk of Loss' (Section 2.7.1). 2.7.7 SURVIVABILITY Contractor's obligations arising under this Contract pertaining to the obligations set out in this Section 2.5, Service and Parts, Section 4 — Warranty, Section 2.7.2, Insurance, and Section 2.7.5, Indemnification will survive the expiration, termination or Termination of this Contract. 2.8 FTA POLICIES FOR ALL TIERS Contractor agrees to comply with the following sections and to include these requirements in all subcontracts of every tier. 2.8.1 NO OBLIGATION BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT The Lead Procuring Agency and the Contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence by the Federal Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying Contract, absent the express written consent by the Federal Government, the Federal Government is not a party to this Contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to the Lead Procuring Agency, Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to that Contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying Contract. 2.8.2 PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS AND RELATED ACTIONS: A. The Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, as amended, 31 U.S.C. §§3801 et seq. and U.S. DOT regulations, "Program Fraud Civil Remedies," 49 C.F.R. Part 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this Project. Accordingly, by signing the underlying Contract, the Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of any statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the underlying Contract or the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) assisted project for which this Contract work is being performed. In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, the Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification, the Federal Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the Contractor to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate. B. The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under a contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance awarded by FTA under the authority of 49 U.S.C. § 5301 et seq., the Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of 18 U.S.C. § 1001 and 49 U.S.C. § 5301 et seq. on the Contractor, to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate. Section 2 — Page 43 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.8.3 INCORPORATION OF FTA TERMS "General Contract Provisions," (this Section 2), includes, in part, certain standard terms and conditions required by the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), whether or not expressly set forth in the Contract Provisions. All contractual provisions required by DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.I1D, as amended, are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Agreement. The Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any Lead Procuring Agency requests which would cause Lead Procuring Agency to be in violation of the FTA terms and conditions. 2.8.4 CHANGES IN FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including without limitation those listed directly or by reference in the agreement between Lead Procuring Agency and FTA that funds any part of this Contract, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this Contract. Contractor's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this Contract. 2.8.5 CARGO PREFERENCE The Contractor agrees: A. To utilize privately owned United States -flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 (fifty) percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to this Contract, to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States -flag commercial vessels. B. To furnish within twenty (20) working days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States, or within thirty (30) working days following the date of loading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, "on -board" commercial ocean bill -of -lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in the preceding paragraph to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to the Lead Procuring Agency (through the Contractor in the case of a subcontractor's bill -of -lading.) 2.8.6 ENERGY CONSERVATION The Contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the State of California Energy Conservation Plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act. (42 U.S.C. 6321 et seq.) 2.8.7 RECYCLED PRODUCTS The Contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.0 6962), including but not limited to the Section 2 — Page 44 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 regulatory provisions of 40 C.F.R. Part 247, and Executive Order 12873, as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of 40 C.F.R. Part 247. 2.8.8 CIVIL RIGHTS 2.8.8.1 NONDISCRIMINATION In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, Section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, Section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, or disability. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal implementing regulations and other implementing requirements FTA may issue. 2.8.8.2 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY The following equal employment opportunity requirements apply to the underlying Contract: A. Race, Color, Creed, National Origin, Sex. In accordance with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, and Federal transit laws at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements of U.S. Department of Labor (U.S. DOL) regulations, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor," 41 C.F.R. Parts 60 et seq., (which implement Executive Order No. 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," 42 U.S.C. § 2000e note), and with any applicable Federal statutes, executive orders, regulations, and Federal policies that may in the future affect construction activities undertaken in the course of the Project. The Contractor agrees to take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, creed, national origin, sex, or age. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue; B. Acme. In accordance with section 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, 29 U.S.C. §§ 623 and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to refrain from discrimination against present and prospective employees for reason of age. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. C. Disabilities. In accordance with Section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12112, the Contractor agrees that it will comply with the requirements of U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, 'Regulations to Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act, " 29 C.F.R. Part 1630, pertaining to employment of persons with disabilities. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may Issue. Section 2 — Page 45 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.8.8.3 DISCRIMINATORY SPECIFICATIONS The Contractor agrees that it will comply with the provisions of 49 U.S.C. § 5323(h)(2) by refraining from including any exclusionary or discriminatory specifications in any solicitation or subcontract issued or executed by Contractor for work to be performed under this Contract. 2.8.9 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE 2.8.9.1 POLICY It is the policy of the Department of Transportation that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBEs) as defined in 49 C.F.R. Part 26 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of Contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal Funds under this agreement. Consequently the DBE requirements of 49 C.F.R. Part 26 apply to this agreement. 2.8.9.2 DBE OBLIGATION Contractor agrees to ensure that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises as defined in 49 C.F.R. Part 26 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of Contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds provided under this agreement. In this regard, all recipients or contractors shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49 C.F.R. Part 26 to ensure that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform contracts. Recipients and their contractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the award and performance of DOT assisted contracts. 2.8.9.3 REMEDY Failure of the Contractor to comply with this Section 2.8.9 or to include it in any subcontract of any tier will constitute a breach of Contract and, after notification of DOT, may result in termination of the Contract by the Lead Procuring Agency or such remedy as the Lead Procuring Agency deems appropriate. 2.8.10PATENT INFRINGEMENT The Lead Procuring Agency shall advise the Contractor of any impending patent suit related to this Contract against the Lead Procuring Agency and provide all information available. The Contractor shall defend any suit or proceeding brought against the Lead Procuring Agency based on a claim that any equipment, or any part thereof, furnished under this Contract constitutes an infringement of any patent, and the Contractor shall pay all damages and costs awarded therein against the Lead Procuring Agency. In case said equipment, or any part thereof, is in such suit held to constitute infringement and use of said equipment or parts is enjoined, the Contractor shall, at its own expense and at its option, either (1) procure for the Lead Procuring Agency the right to continue using said equipment or part; (2) replace same with non -infringing equipment, or (3) modify said equipment or part it so it becomes non - infringing. Contractor's obligations under this Section are discharged with respect to the equipment or part if it was specified by the Lead Procuring Agency and all requests for substitutes were rejected, and the Section 2 — Page 46 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Contractor advised the Lead Procuring Agency under" Proposer Communications and Requests" (Section 1.1.2.2) of a potential infringement. 2.8.11 PROPRIETARY RIGHTS/RIGHTS IN DATA The term "subject data" used in this clause means recorded information, whether or not copyrighted, that is delivered or specified to be delivered under the Contract. The term includes graphic or pictorial delineation in media such as drawings or photographs; text in specifications or related performance or design -type documents; machine forms such as punched cards, magnetic tape, or computer memory printouts; and information retained in computer memory. Examples include, but are not limited to: computer software, engineering drawings and associated lists, specifications, standards, process sheets, manuals, technical reports, catalog item identifications, and related information. The term "subject data" does not include financial reports, cost analyses, and similar information incidental to Contract administration. The Lead Procuring Agency or other participating Transit Agencies reserves a royalty -free, non- exclusive and irrevocable license to reproduce, publish, or otherwise use, and to authorize others to use, the following subject data for its purposes: A. Any subject data required to be developed and first produced in the performance of the Contract and specifically paid for as such under the Contract, whether or not a copyright has been obtained; and B. Any rights of copyright to which the Contractor, subcontractor or supplier purchases ownership for the purpose of performance of the Contract and specifically paid for as such under the Contract. The Contractor agrees to include the requirements of this clause, modified as necessary to identify the affected parties, in each subcontract and supply order placed under the Contract. 2.8.121NTEREST OF MEMBERS OF, OR DELEGATES TO, CONGRESS No member of, or delegate to, the Congress of the United States shall be admitted to any share or part of this Contract or to any benefit arising therefrom. (41 U.S.C. § 22.) 2.8.13 PROHIBITED INTEREST No member, officer, or employee of the Lead Procuring Agency or of a local public body during their tenure or one year thereafter shall have any interest, direct or indirect, in this Contract or the proceeds thereof. 2.8.14ACCESS REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES The Contractor agrees to comply with the following requirements if applicable to the provision of goods and services under the Contract: A. The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), 42 U.S.C. § 121 01, et seq.; B. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 794; Section 2 — Page 47 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 C. Section 16 of the Federal Transit Act, as amended, 49 U.S.C. § 5301 (d); D. U.S. DOT regulations, "Americans with Disabilities (ADA) Accessibility Specifications for Transportation Vehicles," 49 C.F.R. Part 38; E. U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), 'Regulations to Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act," 29 C.F.R. Part 1630; F. U.S. Federal Communications Commission regulations, "Telecommunications Relay Services and Related Customer Premises Equipment for the Hearing and Speech Disabled, "47 C.F.R. Part 64, Subpart F. 2.8.15FLY AMERICA Pursuant to the provisions set out in the International Air Transportation Fair Competitive Practices Act of 1974, as amended, 49 U.S.C. § 40118 and in accordance with U.S. GAO regulations, "Uniform Standards and Procedures for Transportation Transactions," 4 C.F.R. Part 52, and U.S. GAO Guidelines for Implementation of the "Fly America Act," B-138962, 1981 U.S. Camp. Gen. LEXIS 2166, March 31,1981; the costs of international air transportation of any persons involved in, or property acquired for, the Contract are not reimbursable unless the transportation is provided by a United States flag air carrier. to the extent that such a carrier is available. 2.9 FTA POLICIES FOR SELECTED CONTRACTS Contractor shall comply with the subsections of this Section 2.9 and to include these requirements, except "Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act' (Section 2.9.1), in all subcontracts exceeding $100,000 in value of every tier. Contractor will include "Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act' (Section 2.9.1) in all subcontracts exceeding $2,500 in value not including subcontracts for the purchase of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market. 2.9.1 CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT A. Overtime Requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract Work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such Work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. B. Violation; Liability for Unpaid Wages: Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in Paragraph A. of this Section 2.9.1, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, the Contractor and any subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph A. of this Section 2.9.1, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted Section 2 — Page 48 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph A. of this Section 2.9.1. C. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages. The Lead Procuring Agency shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld, from any monies payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor under this Contract or any other Federal contract with Contractor, or any other federally assisted contract subject to the Act, which is held by Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph B of this Section 2.9.1. D. Subcontracts. The Contractor and any subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in this Section 2.9.1 and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in this Section 2.9.1. E. Payrolls and Basic Records. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the Work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work or, (under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 C.F.R. 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. 2.9.2 CLEAN AIR The Contractor shall comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq. The Contractor shall report each violation to the Lead Procuring Agency and understands and agrees that the Lead Procuring Agency will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office. The Contractor agrees that the facilities or equipment acquired, constructed, or improved as a part of this Contract shall be designed and equipped to limit air pollution as provided in accordance with the Section 2 — Page 49 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 following EPA regulations: "Control of Air Pollution from Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Engines and Motor Vehicle Engines," 40 C.F.R. Part 85; "Control of Air Pollution from New and In -Use Motor Vehicles and New and In -Use Motor Vehicle Engines; Certification and Test Procedures," 40 C.F.R. Part 85; and "Fuel Economy of Motor Vehicles," 40 C.F.R. Part 600. 2.9.3 CLEAN WATER The Contractor shall comply with the Clean Water Act, as amended, Sections 33 and 12 of U.S.C.; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq. and all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall report each violation to the Lead Procuring Agency and understands and agrees that the Lead Procuring Agency will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office. 2.9.4 COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS A. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.; the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.; and all applicable regulations, standards, orders or requirements issued pursuant to these Federal statutes. B. The Contractor agrees to report each violation to the Lead Procuring Agency and understands and agrees that the Lead Procuring Agency will in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office. C. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. 2.9.5 LOBBYING CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS In accordance with 31 U.S.C. § 1352 and U.S. DOT regulations, "New Restrictions on Lobbying," 49 C.F.R.C.F.R. Part 20, the Contractor must provide a certification to the Lead Procuring Agency that the Contractor has not and will not use Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization to influence or attempt to influence an officer or employee of any Federal department or agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. § 1352. See "Lobbying Certification," in Section 1.1 of Lead Procuring Agency's solicitation. 2.10 FTA POLICIES FOR PRIME CONTRACTOR 2.10.1 BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS A. The Proposer's attention is directed to the Buy America requirement set forth in 49 U.S.C. § 5323G), FTA regulations a 49 C.F.R. Part 661, and any guidance issued by FTA. The Proposer and, if selected, Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5323U) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA -funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has Section 2 — Page 50 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at § 5323U)(2)(C) and 49 C.F.R. § 661.11. Rolling stock not subject to a general waiver must have a 60 percent domestic content (components and subcomponents) and final assembly must occur in the United States. B. Two Buy America Certificates are as set out in Part 1. The Steel, Iron and Manufactured Products Certificate is applicable to the spare parts package and the Rolling Stock Certificate is applicable to the Coaches. Each certificate must be completed and submitted with the Offer. An Offer that does not include each certificate completed either under Alternative "A" or "B" is nonresponsive. If the Contractor does not comply with the Buy America requirements, the Lead Procuring Agency may terminate the Contract for Default. C. If the Proposer certifies compliance with Buy America, it shall submit documentation within 20 days from the date of the Lead Procuring Agency's written request which lists (1) component and subcomponent parts of the rolling stock to be purchased identified by manufacturer of the parts, their country of origin and costs; and (2) the location of the final assembly point for the rolling stock, including a description of the activities that will take place at the final assembly point and the cost of final assembly. D. Execution of the Alternative "B" portion of a certificate constitutes an application by the Proposer for a waiver from the Buy America requirement. The Proposer shall provide all documentation necessary to support the application for a waiver within ten (10) days from the Due Date for submission of Offers. If a Proposer includes the Alternative "B" certificate and a waiver is not granted by FTA, the Proposer's Offer will be deemed to be nonresponsive. The Lead Procuring Agency reserves the right to make a determination whether the Proposer's waiver request is eligible for approval by the FTA based on the applicable law and regulations, and to reject the Offer as non-responsive without first submitting the Proposer's waiver request to the FTA. E. Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. § 5323U)(5) and 49 C.F.R. § 661.18, any person determined by a Federal agency or court to have affixed a false "Made in America" label to foreign products or otherwise falsely represented that a product was produced in the United States shall be ineligible to receive contracts funded under the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991. 2.10.2PRE-AWARD REQUIREMENTS For the procurement of rolling stock, the provisions of 49 U.S.C. § 5323(1) and implementing FTA regulations (49 C.F.R. Part 663) pertaining to Pre -award and Post -delivery audits of rolling stock shall apply. Such audits shall be performed for the purpose of verifying compliance by the Bidder with applicable Buy America requirements (49 U.S.C. § 53230) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661), relevant Federal Motor Vehicle Safety (FMVS) Standards, and for the purpose of verifying compliance with the Lead Procuring Agency's specification requirements. These audits shall be performed before the award of a contract is effective and again after delivery of the rolling stock, but before title transfer or revenue service begins, whichever occurs first. In addressing the pre -award requirements, Proposer's shall provide with its proposal all of the following: Section 2 — Page 51 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 A. FMVS Standards. If a vehicle is subject to the FMVS Standards, as required under 49 C.F.R. § 663.61, the Proposer shall provide a certification or statement pertaining to the vehicle's compliance with the FMVS Standards. If a new model vehicle is to be built and no FMVS certification is available, the Bidder shall provide a statement to that effect (see Federal Register Vol. 56, No. 185, September 24, 1991, Page 48391). And FMVS certification is not necessary for non -motorized rolling stock, such as rail cars; and B. Proposal Requirements/Responsibility. All documentation requested in the specifications and any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Lead Procuring Agency to complete an audit and certify compliance with the solicitation requirements and the manufacturer's responsibility as set forth in 49 C.F.R. § 663.27; and C. Buy America. If the Proposer indicates that it will comply with the Buy America requirements, the Proposer shall provide all documentation pertaining to the Buy America requirements as is reasonably required to allow the completion of an audit in sufficient detail to enable the Lead Procuring Agency to certify compliance in the manner set forth in 49 C.F.R. § 663.25. If the Proposer is willing to provide the necessary documentation only on a confidential basis to an independent contractor retained by the Lead Procuring Agency, Proposer shall include a signed declaration to that effect with its proposal submittal. Within ten (10) calendar days after written request by the Lead Procuring Agency, the Proposer shall provide to the Lead Procuring Agency's independent contractor all such information, records, and data as is reasonably required by the independent contractor to complete the Buy America audit in sufficient detail to enable the Lead Procuring Agency to certify compliance as required under 49 C.F.R. § 663.25. Information provided by the Proposer about the actual cost of components and subcomponents (other than costs expressed as a percentage of total vehicle cost) shall be kept confidential to the extent cost data is clearly marked as proprietary by Proposer and to the fullest extent permitted under applicable state or federal law. If a Proposer submitting the Alternative "A" certificate is unable to demonstrate, if applicable, compliance with the a Buy America pre -award audit to the satisfaction of the Lead Procuring Agency, the Proposer's Proposer will be deemed to be non-responsive. 2.10.3POST-DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS In addressing the post -delivery requirement, the Contractor shall provide all of the following: A. FMVS Standards. If a vehicle is subject to the FMVS Standards, as required under 49 C.F.R. § 663.41, a certification or statement pertaining to the vehicle's compliance with the FMVS Standards; and B. Proposal Requirements/Responsibility. Throughout the period of manufacture of the rolling stock, the Contractor shall provide access at the manufacturing site(s) to the Lead Procuring Agency's resident inspector(s) as is reasonably required so that the manufacturing process may be observed and reported upon in sufficient detail to enable the Lead Procuring Agency to certify compliance under 49 C.F.R. § 663.37; and Section 2 — Page 52 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 C. Buy America. Unless a Buy America waiver letter was granted by FTA, at time of vehicle delivery, all documentation pertaining to the Buy America requirements as are reasonably required to allow the completion of an audit in sufficient detail to enable the Lead Procuring Agency to certify compliance in the manner set forth in 49 C.F.R. § 663.3 5. If the Contractor is willing to provide the necessary documentation only on a confidential basis to an independent contractor retained by the Lead Procuring Agency, the Contractor shall, at time of vehicle delivery, provide to the Lead Procuring Agency's independent contractor all such information, records, and data as is reasonably required by the independent contractor to complete the Buy America audit in sufficient detail to enable the Lead Procuring Agency to certify compliance as required under 49 C.F.R. § 663.35. Information provided by the Contractor about the actual cost of components and subcomponents (other than costs expressed as a percentage of total vehicle cost) shall be kept confidential to the extent cost data is clearly marked as proprietary by the Contractor and to the fullest extent permitted under applicable state or federal law. D. Failure to Meet Requirements. If the Lead Procuring Agency cannot complete a post -delivery audit because the Lead Procuring Agency or its independent contractor cannot certify Buy America compliance, because the Coach(es) do not meet the Lead Procuring Agency's requirements as specified in the Contract, or because the Contractor is unable to provide the applicable FMVSS certification or statement; the Coach(es) may be rejected and final acceptance by the Lead Procuring Agency will not be required. In this event, the Lead Procuring Agency may exercise any legal rights it has under the contract or at law or in equity. 2.10.4COACH TESTING The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 C.F.R. § 5323©. And FTA's implementing regulation at 49 C.F.R. Part 665 and shall perform the following: A. A manufacturer of a new Coach model or a Coach produced with a major change in components or configuration shall provide a copy of the final test report to the Lead Procuring Agency prior to the recipient's final acceptance of the first Coach. B. A manufacturer who releases a report under Paragraph A above shall provide notice to the operator of the testing facility that the report is available to the public. C. If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle was previously tested, the vehicle being sold should have the identical configuration and major components as the vehicle in the test report, which must be provided to the Lead Procuring Agency prior to Lead Procuring Agency's final acceptance of the first vehicle. If the configuration or components are not identical, the manufacturer shall provide a description of the change and the manufacturer's basis for concluding that it is not a major change requiring additional testing. D. If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle is "grandfathered" (has been used in mass transit service in the United States before October 1, 1988, and is currently being produced without a major change in configuration or components), the manufacturer shall provide the name and address of the recipient of such a vehicle and the details of that vehicle's configuration and major components. Section 2 — Page 53 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 2.11 STATE GRANT CONTRACT PROVISIONS 2.11.1 ACCOUNTING RECORDS Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain all books, documents, papers, accounting records and other evidence pertaining to the performance and costs of this Contract. Contractor's accounting systems shall conform to generally accepted accounting principles, and all records shall provide a breakdown of total costs charged to this Contract, including properly executed payrolls, time records, invoices and vouchers. Contractor shall establish and maintain an accounting system and records that properly accumulate and segregate incurred costs by project line item. Contractor's accounting system shall conform to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), enable the determination of incurred costs at interim points of completion, and provide support for invoices. All accounting records and other supporting papers shall be maintained for a minimum of three years from the date of final payment, and shall be open to inspection and audit by representatives from Lead Procuring Agency, and State Auditor General of the State of California, Federal Highways Administration or any duly authorized representative of the state or federal government. Contractor shall make such records and materials available at its office at all reasonable times and copies thereof shall be furnished upon request. 2.11.2ALLOWABLE COSTS Contractor agrees to comply with federal procedures in accordance with the following Office of Management and Budget Circular A-87, Cost Principles for State and Local Governments, Office of Management and Budget Circular A-102, Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants and Cooperative Agreements with State and Local Governments, and 49 C.F.R., Part 18, Uniform Administrative Requirements for Grants -in -Aid to State and Local Governments. Reimbursable costs for travel expenses shall not exceed rates authorized to be paid to State employees under the current State Department of Personnel Administration Rules. Any Contractor costs which are determined by the State to be unallowable pursuant to the above -referenced regulations shall be repaid to Lead Procuring Agency within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the written demand. 2.11.3FAIR EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES (NONDISCRIMINATION) Contractor and all subcontractors in the performance of work under this Contract agree that it will not unlawfully discriminate, harass or allow harassment against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, ancestry, national origin, religious creed, marital status, sex, age, medical condition, physical disability or mental disability, or family care leave. Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with the provisions of the Fair Employment and Housing Act (Government Code § 12940 et seq.) and the applicable regulations (California Code of Regulations Title 2, Section 7283.0 et seq.). The applicable regulations of the Fair Employment and Housing Commission implementing Government Code Section 12900 (a -f) set forth in Chapter 5 of Division 4 of Title 2 of the California Code of Regulations are incorporated into the Contract by reference and made a part hereof as if set forth in full. Contractor and all of its subcontractors shall be given written notice of their obligations under this Article to labor organizations with which they have a collective bargaining agreement or other agreement. Section 2 — Page 54 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Contractor and all subcontractors will permit access to their records of employment, employment advertisements, application forms, and other pertinent data and records by the State Fair Employment Practices and Housing Commission, or any other agency of the State of California for the purpose of investigation to ascertain compliance with this fair Employment Practices Article. Contractor agrees to include this clause in each subcontract under this Contract. 2.11.4 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE RECORDS Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors shall maintain all books, documents, papers, accounting records, and other evidence pertaining to the performance of contracts with Minority and/or Women Owned Business Enterprises including, but not limited to, the costs of administering the various contracts. Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors shall make such materials available at their respective offices at all reasonable times during the contract period and for three years from the date of final payment under such contract. Lead Procuring Agency, the State, the State Auditor General, the Federal Highway Administration, or any duly authorized representative of the Federal Government shall have access to any books, records, and documents that are pertinent to this Contract for audits, examinations, excerpts, and transactions, and copies thereof shall be furnished. Section 2 — Page 55 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 APPENDIX 1 TO PART 2 NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSIGNMENT Date: Victor Valley Transit Authority (VVTA) hereby notifies follows: (Contractor) as VVTA assigns all of its rights and obligations under the Contract that pertain to this Assignment to (Assignee) effective as of the date last appearing below. 2. Assignee accepts this Assignment and all of the rights and obligations hereby assigned to Assignee. 3. Assignee and Contractor are entitled to enforce their respective rights under the Contract pertaining to this Assignment. 4. This Assignment pertains only to Proposal Item No. 2013-04 for Coaches and Proposal Item No. RFP 2013-04 for optional components and training under the Contract between VVTA and Contractor for the Purchase of 45 -Foot (10) CNG and (15) Low Emission Diesel Commuter Coaches dated 5. All communications with Assignee shall be addressed as follows: Name Title Public Transit Agency Address Phone Fax With Copy to: Victor Valley Transit Authority 17150 Smoketree Street Hesperia, California 92345 Telephone: (760) 948-4021 Facsimile: (760) 948-1380 Attn: Ron Zirges, (COTR) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this assignment is executed on the day and year last appearing below. ASSIGNEE: VICTOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY: Name and Title Name and Title Section 2 — Page 56 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Dated: Dated: Section 2 — Page 57 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS Section 3 — Page 1 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS Table of Contents 3.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS...........................................................................................................................1 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S IN -PLANT QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................. 4 3.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE ORGANIZATION....................................................................................................................4 3.1.1.1 ORGANIZATION ESTABLISHMENT...................................................................................................................4 3.1.1.2 CONTROL........................................................................................................................................................4 3.1.1.3 AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILTY...................................................................................................................4 3.1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ORGANIZATION FUNCTIONS................................................................................................4 3.1.2.1 MINIMUM FUNCTIONS...................................................................................................................................4 3.1.2.2 WORK INSTRUCTIONS....................................................................................................................................4 3.1.3.2 CONFIGURATION CONTROL...........................................................................................................................5 3.1.3.3 MEASURING AND TESTING FACILITIES........................................................................................................... 5 3.1.3.4 PRODUCTION TOOLING AS MEDIA OF INSPECTION....................................................................................... 5 3.1.3.5 EQUIPMENT USE BY RESIDENT INSPECTORS..................................................................................................5 3.1.4 CONTROL OF PURCHASES.......................................................................................................................................5 3.1.4.1 MAINTENANCE OF CONTROL......................................................................................................................... 5 3.1.4.2 SUPPLIER CONTROL........................................................................................................................................5 3.1.4.3 PURCHASING DATA........................................................................................................................................6 3.1.6.2 INSPECTION PERSONNEL................................................................................................................................6 3.1.6.3 INSPECTION RECORDS....................................................................................................................................7 3.1.6.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AUDITS........................................................................................................................ 7 3.2 SUPPLIERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS............................................................................................... 3.3 INSPECTIONS............................................................................................................................... 3.3.1 INSPECTION STATIONS............................................................................................................................................7 3.3.2.4 SUPPORT PROVISIONS....................................................................................................................................9 Section 3 — Page 2 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3.4 ACCEPTANCE TESTS..................................................................................................................................................... 9 3.4.1 RESPONSIBILITY.......................................................................................................................................................9 3.4.2 PRE -DELIVERY TESTS................................................................................................................................................9 3.4.2.1 INSPECTION —VISUAL AND MEASURED....................................................................................................... 10 3.4.2.2 TOTAL COACH OPERATION........................................................................................................................... 10 3.5 POST -DELIVERY TESTS................................................................................................................................................ 10 3.5.1 VISUAL INSPECTION.............................................................................................................................................. 10 3.5.2 COACH OPERATION............................................................................................................................................... 10 Section 3 — Page 3 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S IN -PLANT QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 3.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE ORGANIZATION 3.1.1.1 ORGANIZATION ESTABLISHMENT The Contractor shall establish and maintain an effective in -plant quality assurance organization. It shall be a specifically defined organization and should be directly responsible to the Contractor's top management. 3.1.1.2 CONTROL The quality assurance organizations shall exercise quality control over all phases of production from initiation of design through manufacture and preparation for delivery. The organization shall also control the quality of supplied articles. 3.1.1.3 AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILTY The quality assurance organization shall have the authority and responsibility for reliability, quality control, inspection planning, establishment of the quality control system, and acceptance/rejection of materials and manufactured article in the production of the transit Coaches. 3.1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE ORGANIZATION FUNCTIONS 3.1.2.1 MINIMUM FUNCTIONS The quality assurance organization shall include the following minimum functions: 3.1.2.2 WORK INSTRUCTIONS The quality assurance organization shall verify inspection operation instructions to ascertain that the Work meets all prescribed requirement as set out in the Contract. 3.1.2.3 RECORDS MAINTENANCE The quality assurance organization shall maintain and use records and data essential to the effective operation of its program. These records and data shall be available for review by the Resident Inspectors. Inspection and test records for this Contract shall be available for a minimum of 3 years after inspection and tests are completed. 3.1.2.4 CORRECTIVE ACTION The quality assurance organization shall detect and promptly assure correction of any conditions that may result in the production of defective Supplies. These conditions may occur in designs, purchases, manufacture, tests or operations that culminate in defective Supplies, Services, facilities, technical data or standards. Section 3 — Page 4 VVTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3.1.3 STANDARDS AND FACILITIES 3.1.3.1 BASIC STANDARDS AND FACILITIES The following standards and facilities shall be basic in the quality assurance process. 3.1.3.2 CONFIGURATION CONTROL The Contractor shall maintain drawings, assembly procedures, and other documentation that completely describe the Coaches that meet all of the requirements of the Contract. The quality assurance organization shall verify that each Coach is manufactured in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 3.1.3.3 MEASURING AND TESTING FACILITIES The Contractor shall provide and maintain the necessary gauges and other measuring and testing devices for use by its quality assurance inspectors to verify that the Coaches conform to all requirements of the contract. These devices shall be calibrated at established periods against certified measurement standards that have known valid relationships to national standards. 3.1.3.4 PRODUCTION TOOLING AS MEDIA OF INSPECTION When production jigs, fixtures, tooling masters, templates, patterns and other devices are used as media of inspection, they shall be proved for accuracy at formally established intervals and adjusted, replaced or repaired as required to maintain quality. 3.1.3.5 EQUIPMENT USE BY RESIDENT INSPECTORS The Contractor's gauges and other measuring and testing devices shall be made available for use by the Lead Procuring Agency's Resident Inspectors to verify that the Coaches conform to all requirements of the Contract. If necessary, the Contractor's personnel shall be made available to operate the devices and to verify their condition and accuracy. 3.1.4 CONTROL OF PURCHASES 3.1.4.1 MAINTENANCE OF CONTROL The Contractor shall maintain quality control of purchases. 3.1.4.2 SUPPLIER CONTROL The Contractor shall require that each Supplier maintains a quality control program for the services and supplies that it provides. The Contractor's quality assurance organization shall inspect and test materials provided by suppliers for conformance to requirements of the Contract. Materials that have been inspected, tested and approved shall be identified as acceptable to the point of use in the manufacturing or assembly process. Controls shall be established to prevent inadvertent use of non- conforming materials. Section 3 — Page 5 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3.1.4.3 PURCHASING DATA The Contractor shall verify that all applicable requirements of the contract are properly included or referenced in purchase orders of articles to be used on the Coaches. 3.1.5 MANUFACTURING CONTROL 3.1.5.1 CONTROLLED CONDITIONS The Contractor shall ensure that all basic production operations, as well as all other processing and fabricating, are performed under controlled conditions. Establishment of these controlled conditions shall be based on the documented work instructions, adequate production equipment and special working environments if necessary. 3.1.5.2 COMPLETED ITEMS A system for final inspection and test of completed Coaches shall be provided by the Contractor's quality assurance organization. It shall measure the overall quality of each completed Coach. 3.1.5.3 NONCONFORMING MATERIALS The quality assurance organization shall monitor the Contractor's system for controlling nonconforming materials. The system shall include procedures for identification, segregation and disposition. 3.1.5.4 STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES Statistical analysis, tests and other quality control procedures may be used when appropriate in the quality assurance processes. 3.1.5.4.1 INSPECTION STATUS A system shall be maintained by the Contractor's quality assurance organization for identifying the inspection status of components and completed transit Coaches. Identification may include cards, tags or other normal quality control devices. 3.1.6 INSPECTION SYSTEM 3.1.6.1 INSPECTION SYSTEM SCOPE Contractor's quality assurance organization shall establish, maintain and periodically audit a fully documented inspection system. The system shall prescribe inspection and test of materials, work in process and completed articles. As a minimum it shall include the controls specified in the following sections. 3.1.6.2 INSPECTION PERSONNEL Sufficiently trained inspectors shall be used to ensure that all materials, components and assemblies are inspected for conformance with the Coach design as set out in the Contract. Section 3 — Page 6 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3.1.6.3 INSPECTION RECORDS Acceptance, rework or rejection identification shall be attached to inspected articles. Articles that have been accepted as a result of approved materials review actions shall be identified. Articles that have been reworked to specify drawing configurations shall not require special identification. Articles rejected as unsuitable or scrap shall be plainly marked and controlled to prevent installation on the Coaches. Articles that become obsolete as a result of engineering changes or other actions shall be controlled to prevent unauthorized assembly or installation. Unusable articles shall be isolated and then scrapped. The inspection personnel shall enter discrepancies noted by the Contractor or Resident Inspectors during assembly on a record that accompanies the major component, subassembly, assembly or Coaches from start of assembly through final inspection. Actions shall be taken to correct discrepancies or deficiencies in the manufacturing processes, procedures or other conditions that cause articles to be in nonconformity with the requirements of the contract specifications. The inspection personnel shall verify the corrective actions and mark the discrepancy record. If discrepancies cannot be corrected by replacing the nonconforming materials, the Lead Procuring Agency shall approve the modification, repair or method of correction to the extent that the contract specifications are affected. 3.1.6.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AUDITS The quality assurance organization shall establish and maintain a quality control audit program. Records of this program shall be subject to review by the Lead Procuring Agency. 3.2 SUPPLIERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS The Contractor shall be responsible to insure that all of its Suppliers and Subcontractors maintain the same level of quality assurance as prescribed in Section 3.1. plant by the 3.3 INSPECTIONS 3.3.1 INSPECTION STATIONS Inspection stations shall be at the best locations to provide for the work content and characteristics to be inspected. Stations shall provide the facilities and equipment to inspect structural, electrical, hydraulic and other components and assemblies for compliance with the design requirements. Stations shall also be at the best locations to inspect or test characteristics before they are concealed by subsequent fabrication or assembly operations. These locations shall minimally include underbody structure completion, body framing completion, body prior to paint preparation, water test before interior trim and insulation, engine installation completion, underbody dress -up and completion, Coaches prior to final paint touchup, Coaches prior to road test and Coaches final road test completion. 3.3.2 RESIDENT INSPECTOR 3.3.2.1 RESIDENT INSPECTOR ROLE If decided by the Procuring Agency, each Procuring Agency shall be represented at the Contractor's plant by the Resident Inspectors of the Procuring Agencies. They shall monitor, in the Contractor's Section 3 — Page 7 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 plant, the manufacture of Coaches in accordance with the Contract requirements. The presence of these Resident Inspectors in the plant shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to meet all of the requirements of the Contract. The Resident Inspectors' duties and responsibilities are delineated in "Pre -Production Meetings" (Section 3.3.2.2); "Authority' (Section 3.3.2.3): and "Pre -Delivery Tests" (Section 3.4.2). 3.3.2.2 PRE -PRODUCTION MEETINGS The Resident Inspectors should participate in design review and pre -production meetings between the Contractor and the Lead Procuring Agency. At these meetings the configuration of the Coaches and the manufacturing processes shall be finalized. No less than 30 (thirty) days prior to the beginning of manufacture of the first Coaches, the Resident Inspector shall meet with the Contractor's quality assurance manager and shall conduct a preproduction audit meeting. They shall review the inspection procedures and finalize inspection checklist. The Resident Inspectors may begin monitoring Coach manufacturing activities two weeks prior to the start of Coach fabrication. 3.3.2.3 AUTHORITY Records and data maintained by the Contractor's quality assurance organization shall be available for review by the Resident Inspectors. Inspection and test records for this Contract shall be available for a minimum of three years after inspections and tests are completed. The Contractor's gauges and other measuring and testing devices shall be made available for use by the Resident Inspectors to verify that the Coaches conform to all requirements of the Contract. If necessary, the Contractor's personnel shall be made available to operate the devices and to verify their condition and accuracy. The Contractor's inspection personnel shall enter discrepancies noted by the Resident Inspector during assembly on a record that accompanies the major component subassembly, assembly or Coach from start of assembly through final inspection. Actions shall be taken to correct discrepancies or deficiencies in the manufacturing processes, procedures or other conditions that cause articles to be in nonconformity with the requirements of the contract specifications. The inspection personnel shall verify the corrective actions and mark the discrepancy record. If discrepancies cannot be corrected by replacing the nonconforming materials, the Lead Procuring Agency shall approve the modification, repair or method of correction to the extent that the contract specifications are affected. The Resident Inspectors shall remain in the Contractor's plant for the duration of Coach Assembly work under this Contract. Only a Resident Inspector of the Procuring Agency shall be authorized to release their respective Coaches on order for delivery. The Resident Inspectors and Lead Procuring Agency shall be authorized to approve the pre -delivery acceptance tests. Upon request to the quality assurance supervisors, the Resident Inspectors shall have access to the Contractor's quality assurance files related to this procurement. These files shall include drawings, assembly procedures, material standards, parts lists, inspection processing and reports and records of defects. Section 3 — Page 8 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3.3.2.4 SUPPORT PROVISIONS The Contractor shall provide office space for the Resident Inspectors in close proximity to the final assembly area. This office space shall be equipped with desks, outside and interplant telephones, file cabinet, chairs and clothing lockers sufficient to accommodate the resident staff. 3.4 ACCEPTANCE TESTS 3.4.1 RESPONSIBILITY Fully documented tests shall be conducted on each production Coach following manufacture to determine its acceptance to the Lead Procuring Agency. These acceptance tests shall include pre - delivery inspections and testing by the Contractor and inspections and testing by the Lead Procurement Agency after the Coaches have been delivered to the Procuring Transit Agencies receiving locations identified in this document. 3.4.2 PRE -DELIVERY TESTS The Contractor shall conduct pre -delivery tests at its plant on each Coach following completion of manufacture and before delivery to the Lead Procuring Agency. These pre -delivery tests shall include visual and measured inspections as well as testing the total Coach operation. The tests shall be conducted and documented in accordance with written test plans approved by the Victor Valley Transit Authority, the Lead Procuring Agency. Additional tests may be conducted at the Contractor's discretion to ensure that the completed Coaches have attained the desired quality and have met the requirements in "Technical Specifications" (Part 5). The Lead Procuring Agency may, prior to commencement of production, demand that the Contractor demonstrate compliance with any requirement in "Technical Specifications' (Part 5), if there is evidence that prior tests have been invalidated by Contractor's change of Supplier, Subcontractor or change in manufacturing process. Such demonstration shall be by actual test or by supplying a report of a previously performed test on similar or like components and configuration. Any additional testing shall be recorded on appropriate test forms provided by the Contractor and shall be conducted before acceptance of the Coaches. The pre -deliver tests shall be scheduled and conducted with 30 (thirty) days' notice so that they may be witnessed by the Resident Inspectors, who may accept or reject the results of the tests. The results of pre -delivery tests and any other tests shall be filed with the assembly inspection records for each Coach. The underfloor equipment shall be available for inspection by the Resident Inspectors, using a pit or Coach hoist provided by the Contractor. A hoist, scaffold, or elevated platform shall be provided by the Contractor to easily and safely inspect Coach roofs. Delivery of each Coach shall require written authorization of a Resident Inspector. The Contractor shall provide authorization forms for the release of each Coach for delivery. An executed copy of the authorization shall accompany the delivery of each Coach. Section 3 — Page 9 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 3.4.2.1 INSPECTION — VISUAL AND MEASURED Visual and measured inspections shall be conducted with the Coach in a static condition. The purpose of the inspection testing is to verify overall dimensional and weight requirements. And to verify that required components are included and are ready for operation and to verify that the components and subsystems that are designed to operate with the Coach in a static condition do function as designed. 3.4.2.2 TOTAL COACH OPERATION Total Coach operation shall be evaluated during road tests. The purpose of the road tests is to observe and verify the operation of the Coach as a system and to verify the functional operation of the subsystems that can be operated only while the Coach is in motion. Each Coach shall be driven for a minimum of 15 (fifteen) miles during the road tests. Observed Defects shall be recorded on the test forms. The Coach shall be retested when defects are corrected and adjustments are made. This process shall continue until defects or required adjustments are no longer detected. Results shall be pass/fail for these Coach operation tests. 3.5 POST -DELIVERY TESTS The Lead Procuring Agency shall conduct acceptance tests on each delivered Coach. These tests shall be completed within thirty (30) days after Coach delivery and shall be conducted in accordance with written test plans. The purpose of these tests is to identify Defects that have become apparent between the time of the Coach release and delivery to the Lead Procuring Agency. The post -delivery tests shall include visual inspection and Coach operations. No post -delivery tests shall apply criteria that are different from the criteria applied in an analogous pre -delivery test (if any). Coaches that fail to pass the post -delivery tests are subject to non-acceptance. The Lead Procuring Agency shall record details of all Defects on the appropriate test forms and shall notify the Contractor of acceptance, conditional acceptance or non-acceptance of each Coach according to "Acceptance of Coaches" (Section 2.3.1.4) after completion of the tests. The defects detected during these tests shall be repaired according to procedures defined in "Contractual Provisions' (Part 2, "Repairs After Non- acceptance" (Section 2.3.2) 3.5.1 VISUAL INSPECTION The post -delivery inspection is similar to the inspection at the Contractor's plant and shall be conducted with the Coaches in a static condition. Any visual delivery damage shall be identified and recorded during the visual inspection of each Coach. 3.5.2 COACH OPERATION Road tests will be used to assess total Coach operations similar to those conducted at the Contractor's plant. In addition, the Lead Procuring Agency may elect to perform Chassis Dynamometer tests. Operational deficiencies of each Coach shall be identified and recorded. Section 3 — Page 10 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 4.0 WARRANTY PROVISIONS Section 4 — Page 1 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev Dated 1 GCCG► ':OEI6yNIAE.9 Table of Contents 4.0 WARRANTY PROVISIONS 01 4.1 BASIC PROVISIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 2 4.1.1 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS...................................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.1 CONTRACTOR WARRANTY..............................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.2 COMPLETE COACH..........................................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.3 BODY AND CHASSIS STRUCTURE....................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.4 PROPULSION SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.5 MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS......................................................................................................................................2 4.1.1.6 EXTENSION OF WARRANTY............................................................................................................................3 4.1.1.7 DEFINITION OF DEFECT.................................................................................................................................. 3 4.1.2 VOIDING OF WARRANTY.........................................................................................................................................3 4.1.3 EXCEPTIONS AND ADDITIONS TO WARRANTY........................................................................................................3 4.1.4 DETECTION OF DEFECTS..........................................................................................................................................4 4.1.5 SCOPE OF WARRANTY REPAIRS...............................................................................................................................4 4.1.6 FLEET DEFECTS........................................................................................................................................................4 4.1.6.1 OCCURRENCE AND REMEDY...........................................................................................................................4 4.1.6.2 EXCEPTIONS TO FLEET DEFECT PROVISIONS..................................................................................................4 4.2 REPAIR PROCEDURES................................................................................................................................................... 5 4.2.3.2 CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED PARTS......................................................................................................................6 4.2.3.3 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS RETURN................................................................................................................6 4.2.3.4 FAILURE ANALYSIS..........................................................................................................................................6 4.2.3.5 REIMBURSEMENT FOR LABOR........................................................................................................................6 4.2.3.6 REIMBURSEMENT FOR PARTS........................................................................................................................ 6 4.2.3.7 REIMBURSEMENT REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................................6 4.2.3.8 TESTS.............................................................................................................................................................. 6 4.3 DISPUTES...................................................................................................................................................................... 7 4.4 WARRANTYAFTER REPLACEMENT REPAIRS................................................................................................................ 7 Section 4 — Page 1 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 4.1 BASIC PROVISIONS 4.1.1 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS 4.1.1.1 CONTRACTOR WARRANTY Warranties in this document are in addition to any statutory remedies or warranties imposed on the Contractor. Consistent with this requirement, the Contractor warrants and guarantees to the original Procuring Agencies each complete Coach and specific subsystems and components as follows: 4.1.1.2 COMPLETE COACH The complete Coach, propulsion system, components, major subsystems and body and chassis structure, are warranted to be free from Defects and Related Defects for one year or 50,000 miles, whichever comes first, beginning on the date of acceptance or conditional acceptance of each Coach under "Acceptance of Coaches' (2.3.1.4). The warranty is based on regular operation of the Coaches under the prevalent operating conditions in the local of each of the five Procuring Agency's. 4.1.1.3 BODY AND CHASSIS STRUCTURE Body, body structure and structural elements of the suspension are warranted to be free from defects, related defects and to maintain structural integrity for three years or 150,000 miles, whichever comes first. Primary load carrying members of the Coach structure, including structural elements of the suspension, are warranted against corrosion failure and/or fatigue failure sufficient to cause a Class 1 or Class 2 failure for a period of 12 (twelve) years or 500,000 miles, whichever comes first. 4.1.1.4 PROPULSION SYSTEM Propulsion system components, specifically the engine, transmission and drive and non -drive axles shall be warranted to be free from Defects for five years or 300,000 miles, whichever comes first. Propulsion System manufacturer's standard warranty, delineating items excluded from this warranty, submitted in accordance with "Proposer Communications and Requests" (Section 1.1.2.2. of Procuring Agency's solicitation), may be approved by the Lead Procuring Agency's Source Selection Committee during the "or Equals" review process. 4.1.1.5 MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS Major subsystems shall be warranted to be free from Defects for three years or 150,000 miles, whichever comes first. Major subsystem manufacturers standard warranty, delineating items excluded from this warranty, submitted in accordance within "Proposer Communications and Requests" (Section 1.1.2.2 of Lead Procuring Agency's solicitation) may be approved by the Lead Procuring Agency's Source Selection Committee during the "Or Equal's" review process. Items included as Major Subsystems are listed below: • Brake system Destination signs Section 4 — Page 2 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 • Heating, Ventilating and Air conditioning system • Door system • Air Compressor and dryer • Wheelchairs lift and ramp system • Starter Alternator 4.1.1.6 EXTENSION OF WARRANTY If during the warranty period, repairs or modifications on any Coach, made necessary by a Defect are not completed due to lack of material or inability to provide the proper repair for 30 (thirty) calendar days, the applicable warranty period shall be extended by the number of days equal to the delay period. 4.1.1.7 DEFINITION OF DEFECT Patent or latent malfunction or failure in manufacture, installation or design of any component or subsystem. 4.1.2 VOIDING OF WARRANTY The warranties shall not apply to the failure of any part or component of the Coaches that directly results from misuse, negligence, accident, or repairs not conducted in accordance with the Contractor provided maintenance manuals and with workmanship performed by adequately trained Procurement Agency personnel in accordance with recognized standards of the industry. The warranty shall also be void if the Procuring Agency fails to conduct normal inspections and scheduled preventative maintenance procedures as recommended in the Contractor's maintenance manuals and that omission caused the defect. Procuring Agency and the other three participating Transit Agencies shall maintain documentation, auditable by the Contractor, verifying service activities in conformance with the Contractor's maintenance manuals. 4.1.3 EXCEPTIONS AND ADDITIONS TO WARRANTY The warranties shall not apply to the following items: scheduled maintenance items, normal wear -out items, and items furnished by the Procuring Agency, except insofar as such equipment may be damaged by the Defect of a part or component for which the Contractor is responsible. The warranties shall not apply to components and major subsystems specified by the Procuring Agency and required by the Procuring Agency to be installed on the Coaches by the Contractor, if the following conditions apply: The Procuring Agency has rejected the Contractor's Requests for Approved Equal under "Proposer Communications and Requests" (Section 1.1.2.2 of the Procuring Agency's Solicitation), the component or major subsystem supplier declines to participate in this warranty and the Contractor notifies the Procuring Agency in writing with, or before submitting the Contractor's original Section 4 — Page 3 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Offer. The Contractor shall pass on to the Procuring Agency any warranty offered by a component supplier, including a warranty that is superior to that required herein. 4.1.4 DETECTION OF DEFECTS If the Procuring Agency detects a Defect within the warranty periods defined in "Warranty Requirements' (Section 4.1.1), it shall within 20 (twenty) working days, notify the Contractor's representative. Within five working days after receipt of notification, the Contractor's representative shall either agree that the Defect is in fact covered by warranty, or reserve judgment until the subsystem or component is inspected by the Contractor's representative or is removed and examined at the respective Procuring Agency's property or at the Contractor's plant. Work shall commence to correct the Defect within 10 (ten) working days after receipt of notification and shall be conducted in accordance with "Repairs by Contractor" (Section 4.2.2). If the Contractor disagrees that the defect is covered by the warranty, Contractor shall proceed with the work in accordance with Section 4.3 Disputes. 4.1.5 SCOPE OF WARRANTY REPAIRS When warranty repairs are required, the Procuring Agency (or any of the 5 Procuring Agencies), and the Contractor's representative shall agree within five working days after notification on the most appropriate course for the repairs and the exact scope of the repairs to be performed under the warranty. If no agreement is obtained within the five day period, the Procuring Agency reserves the right to commence the repairs in accordance with "Repairs by Procuring Agency" (Section 4.2.3) 4.1.6 FLEET DEFECTS 4.1.6.1 OCCURRENCE AND REMEDY A Fleet defect is defined as cumulative failures of any kind in the same components in the same or similar application where such items covered by the warranty and such failures occur in the warranty period in the specified proportion of the Coaches delivered under this Contract. For deliveries of over 50 Coaches, the proportion shall be 20 (twenty) percent. For aggregate contract deliveries quantities of 4 (four) to 49 (forty-nine) Coaches the proportion shall be 25 (twenty-five) percent. The Contractor shall correct a Fleet Defect under the warranty provisions defined in "Repair Procedures" (Section 4.2). After correcting the Defect, the Procuring Agency and the Contractor shall mutually agree to and the Contractor shall promptly undertake and complete a work program reasonably designed to prevent the reoccurrence of the same Defect in all other Coaches and spare parts acquired pursuant to this Contract. Where the specific Defect can be solely attributed to particular identified parts, the work program shall include redesign and/or replacement of only the defectively designed and/or manufactured parts. In all other cases, the work program shall include inspection and/or correction of all the Coaches in the fleet via a mutually agreed to arrangement. 4.1.6.2 EXCEPTIONS TO FLEET DEFECT PROVISIONS The Fleet Defect Warranty provisions shall not apply to Procuring Agency -supplied items. Section 4 — Page 4 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Fleet Defect Warranty provisions shall not apply to components and major subsystems specified by the Procuring Agency and required by the Procuring Agency to be installed on the Coaches by the Contractor, if the following conditions apply: The Procuring Agency has rejected the Contractor's requests for Approved Equal under "Proposer Communications and Requests" (Section 1.1.2.2 of Procuring Agency's solicitation), the component or major subsystem supplier declines to participate in this warranty; and the Contractor notifies the Lead Procuring Agency in writing with, or before submitting, Contractor's original Offer. The Contractor shall pass on to the Procuring Agency any Warranty offered by a component supplier, including a Warranty that is superior to that required herein. 4.2 REPAIR PROCEDURES 4.2.1 REPAIR PERFORMANCE The Contractor is responsible for all warranty -covered repair work. To the extent practicable, the Procuring Agency will allow the Contractor or its designated representative to perform such work. At its discretion, the Procuring Agency may perform such work if it determines it needs to do so based on transit service or other requirements. Such work shall be reimbursed by the Contractor, as set out in Section 4.2.3, "Repairs by Procuring Agencies." 4.2.2 REPAIRS BY CONTRACTOR The Contractor or its designated representative shall begin work on warranty -covered repairs within five calendar days after receiving notification of a Defect from the Procuring Agency. The Procuring Agency shall make the Coaches available to complete repairs timely with the Contractor repair schedule. The Contractor shall provide at its own expense all spare parts, tools and space required to complete repairs. At the Procuring Agency's option, the Contractor may be required to remove the Coaches from the Procuring Agency or other participating agency's property while repairs are being affected. Damages caused by Contractor's Warranty repairs at Procuring Agency's facility shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall be corrected at the Contractor's sole cost and expense. If the Coach is removed from the Procuring Agency's property, repair procedures must be diligently pursued by the Contractor's representative and the Contractor shall assume Risk of Loss during the period that the Coach was removed from the Procuring Agency's property until it is returned. 4.2.3 REPAIRS BY PROCURING AGENCY 4.2.3.1 PARTS USED If the Procuring Transit Agencies perform the warranty -covered repairs, it shall correct or repair the Defect utilizing parts supplied by the Contractor specifically for this repair. At its discretion, the Procuring Agency may use the Contractor -specified parts available from its own stock if deemed in its best interest. Monthly, or at a period to be mutually agreed upon; reports of all repairs covered by this warranty shall be submitted by the Procuring Agency to the Contractor for reimbursement or replacement parts. The Contractor shall be submitted by the Procuring Agency to the Contractor for reimbursement or replacement of parts. The Contractor shall provide forms for these reports. Section 4 — Page 5 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 4.2.3.2 CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED PARTS The Procuring Transit Agencies may require that the Contractor supply new parts for warranty -covered repairs being performed by the Procuring Agency. These parts shall be shipped prepaid to the Respective Procuring Transit Agencies from any source selected by the Contractor within 10 (ten) working days of receipt of the request for said parts. Parts supplied by the Contractor shall be Original Equipment Supplier (OEM) equivalent or superior to that used in the Coach original manufacture. 4.2.3.3 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS RETURN The Contractor may request that parts covered by the warranty be returned to the manufacturing plant. The total cost for this action shall be paid by the Contractor. Materials should be returned in accordance with Contractor's instructions. 4.2.3.4 FAILURE ANALYSIS The Contractor shall, upon specific request of the Procuring Agencies, provide a failure analysis of fleet defect or safety-related parts, or major components, removed from Coaches under the terms of the warranty that could affect fleet operation. Such reports shall be delivered within 60 (sixty) days of the receipt of failed parts. 4.2.3.5 REIMBURSEMENT FOR LABOR The Procuring Agencies shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for labor. The amount shall be $85 per hour, including repair time, plus the cost of towing in the Coach if such action was necessary and if the Coach was in the normal service area. This rate shall be escalated at Three percent (3%) per year from the date of acceptance of the sixth (6`h) Base Order Coach. 4.2.3.6 REIMBURSEMENT FOR PARTS The Procuring Transit Agencies shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for defective parts and for parts that must be replaced to correct the defect. The reimbursement shall be at the current price at the time of repair and shall include taxes where applicable and fifteen percent (15%) handling costs. 4.2.3.7 REIMBURSEMENT REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall reimburse the Procuring Transit Agencies for Warranty labor and/or parts within 45 (forty-five) days of receipt of warranty claim. 4.2.3.8 TESTS The Contractor shall perform, at its sole cost and expense, those tests Procuring Transit Agencies may reasonably require to verify that warranty work complies with the requirements of this Contract. The security, control, shipping and disposition of Contractor -owned parts shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Procuring Transit Agencies may invoice Contractor for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Procuring Agency and/or its Contractor to inspect Contractor's efforts to repair or replace a Defect. The Contractor shall reimburse the Procuring Agency for those costs and expenses within 30 (thirty) days after receipt of the Procuring Agency's invoice. Section 4 — Page 6 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 4.3 DISPUTES If the Contractor believes the Procuring Agency's warranty claim is not covered under this warranty, Contractor shall notify the Procuring Agency in writing within 10 (ten) calendar days after the date the Procuring Agency made its warranty claim. Contractor's notification shall list each item in the Procuring Agency's warranty claim that it believes is not covered by this warranty and shall include a written analysis of its reason for denying the Procuring Agency's warranty claim. The Procuring Agency shall respond to Contractor's notice within 10 (ten) calendar days after receipt. If the Procuring Agency agrees that Contractor properly denied the Procuring Agency's warranty claim, Contractor must not perform that warranty work except as provided in a fully signed amendment to the Contract. When the Procuring Agency notifies Contractor that it improperly denied the Procuring Agency's warranty claim, Contractor must perform that warranty work but may file a claim as provided in the Contract. Contractor must commence and prosecute the disputed warranty work with due diligence within ten (ten) working days after the Procuring Agency's written notification to Contractor that the work is covered by this warranty or within such additional time period specified by the Procuring Agency in its notification to Contractor. If Contractor fails to perform its obligations under this paragraph, each Procuring Agency may cause that defective Product to be repaired or replaced using the Procuring Agency's forces, and the Procuring Agency Contractors or both. Contractor shall reimburse the Procuring Agency for all costs and expenses incurred by the Procuring Agencies to repair or replace the defective Products on their Coaches. Contractor shall reimburse the Procuring Agency within 30 (thirty) days from the date the Procuring Agencies invoices Contractor for reasonable costs and expenses. 4.4 WARRANTY AFTER REPLACEMENT REPAIRS If any component, unit or subsystem is repaired, rebuilt or replaced by the Contractor or by the Procuring Agency with the concurrence of the Contractor, the component, unit or subsystem shall have the unexpired warranty period of the original. Repairs shall not be warranted if Contractor -provided or authorized parts are not used for the repair; unless the Contractor has failed to respond within five days, in accordance with "Scope of Warranty Repairs' (Section 4.1.5). The warranty on items determined to be fleet defects as defined in Section 4.1.6 shall be extended for the time and/or miles of the original warranty remaining at the time the fleet defect was identified. This extended warranty shall begin on the repair/replacement date for corrected items on each Coach. Section 4 — Page 7 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 5.0 TECHNICAL AND PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS TS- 01 THROUGH TS -79 Section 5 — Page 1 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5.0 TECHNICAL AND PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................................................1 TS -1 SCOPE........................................................................................................................................................................ 10 TS -2 DEFINITIONS.............................................................................................................................................................. 10 TS -3 REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS..................................................................................................................................... 16 TS -4 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................................................................................. 16 TS -5.4 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION..................................................................................................................... 17 TS -5.5 INTERCHANGEABILITY....................................................................................................................................... 18 TS -5.6 TRAINING.......................................................................................................................................................... 18 TS -5.6.1 TECHNICAL/SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES...................................................................................................... 18 TS -5.7 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT............................................................................................................................. 19 TS -5.8 NOISE................................................................................................................................................................ 19 TS -5.8.1 INTERIOR NOISE............................................................................................................................................ 19 TS -5.8.2 EXTERIOR NOISE........................................................................................................................................... 19 TS -5.9 FIRE SAFETY....................................................................................................................................................... 19 TS -5.9.1 MATERIALS................................................................................................................................................... 19 TS -5.10 FIRE SUPPRESSION............................................................................................................................................ 20 TS -5.11 RESPECT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT.................................................................................................................... 20 TS -6.4.1 STEP HEIGHT................................................................................................................................................. 21 TS -6.5 UNDERBODY CLEARANCE................................................................................................................................. 21 TS -6.6 RAMP CLEARANCES.......................................................................................................................................... 21 TS -6.7 GROUND CLEARANCE....................................................................................................................................... 22 TS -6.8 FLOOR HEIGHT.................................................................................................................................................. 23 TS -6.9 INTERIOR HEADROOM...................................................................................................................................... 23 TS7.2.1 ACCELERATION............................................................................................................................................. 24 TS7.2.2 NON-HYBRID................................................................................................................................................. 24 TS7.3 OPERATING RANGE........................................................................................................................................... 24 TS7.3.2 CNG............................................................................................................................................................... 25 Section 5 — Page 2 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -8 FUEL ECONOMY (DESIGN OPERATING PROFILE)....................................................................................................... 25 TS -9 ENGINE...................................................................................................................................................................... 25 TS9.1 ENGINE (CNG)................................................................................................................................................... 26 TS10.1.3 MOUNTING................................................................................................................................................... 27 TS10.2 TRANSMISSION COOLING................................................................................................................................. 27 TS -11 TRANSMISSION (CONVENTIONAL POWERTRAIN)................................................................................................. 27 TS14.1 SERVICE............................................................................................................................................................. 28 TS -16 RADIATOR.............................................................................................................................................................. 30 TS -17 OIL AND HYDRAULIC LINES.................................................................................................................................... 30 TS -I8 FUEL....................................................................................................................................................................... 30 TS18.1 FUEL LINES........................................................................................................................................................ 30 TS18.1.1 FUEL LINES. DIESEL....................................................................................................................................... 31 TS18.1.2 FUEL LINES. CNG........................................................................................................................................... 31 TS 18.2 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION........................................................................................................................... 32 TS 18.2.1 DIESEL FUEL TANK(S).................................................................................................................................... 32 TS 18.2.2 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION, CNG............................................................................................................. 32 TS -19 EMISSIONS AND EXHAUST..................................................................................................................................... 34 TS 19.1 EXHAUST EMISSIONS .............. ....... ........ . ........... ................. ....... ........ .. ............. .. ........... ......... 34 TS19.2 EXHAUST SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................. 35 TS 19.3 EXHAUST AFTER-TREATMENT........................................................................................................................... 35 TS 19.4 PARTICULATE AFTER -TREATMENT (DIESEL)...................................................................................................... 35 TS -20 GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ 35 TS20.1 DESIGN.............................................................................................................................................................. 35 TS -21 ALTOONA TESTING................................................................................................................................................ 35 TS 21.1 STRUCTURAL VALIDATION................................................................................................................................ 36 TS -22 DISTORTION........................................................................................................................................................... 36 TS -23 RESONANCE AND VIBRATION................................................................................................................................ 36 TS 23.1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEADS.............................................................................................................. 36 Section 5 — Page 3 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dared 8/29/13 TS 23.2 CRASHWORTHINESS.......... .......... ........... .......... .......... .......... ........... ......... 36 TS-24 CORROSION.............................................................................................................................................................. 37 TS-25 TOWING.................................................................................................................................................................... 37 TS-26 JACKING................................................................................................................................................................. 37 TS-27 HOISTING............................................................................................................................................................... 38 TS-28 FLOOR....................................................................................................................................................................38 TS28.1 DESIGN.............................................................................................................................................................. 38 TS28.2 CONSTRUCTION................................................................................................................................................ 38 TS-29 PLATFORMS........................................................................................................................................................... 39 TS29.1 DRIVER'S AREA ............... ....... ........ ........... ....... ........ ........ ....... ........ ........... ........ .. ............................. 39 TS29.2 FAREBOX........................................................................................................................................................... 39 TS-30 WHEEL HOUSING................................................................................................................................................... 39 TS 30.1 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION........................................................................................................................... 39 TS-31 SUSPENSION.......................................................................................................................................................... 39 TS 31.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................................................ 39 TS31.2 ALIGNMENT...................................................................................................................................................... 39 TS 31.3 SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS.................................................................................................................... 40 TS31.3.1 SUSPENSION TRAVEL.................................................................................................................................... 40 TS31.3.2 DAMPING...................................................................................................................................................... 40 TS31.3.3 LUBRICATION................................................................................................................................................ 40 TS31.3.4 KNEELING...................................................................................................................................................... 40 TS-32 WHEELS AND TIRES............................................................................................................................................... 41 TS32.1 WHEELS............................................................................................................................................................. 41 TS32.2 TIRES................................................................................................................................................................. 41 TS 33.2.2 STEERING WHEEL, GENERAL......................................................................................................................... 42 TS 33.2.3 STEERING COLUMN TILT............................................................................................................................... 42 TS 33.2.4 STEERING WH EEL TELESCOPIC ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................... 42 TS -34 DRIVE AXLE............................................................................................................................................................ 43 TS34.1 NON -DRIVE AXLE............................................................................................................................................... 43 TS -35 TAG AXLES (COMMUTER COACH)......................................................................................................................... 43 TS -36 TURNING RADIUS.................................................................................................................................................. 44 TS 37.3 FRICTION MATERIAL......................................................................................................................................... 45 TS37.4 HUBS AND DISCS............................................................................................................................................... 45 Section 5 — Page 4 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 37.5 PARKING/EMERGENCY BRAKE.... ...................... 45 TS -38 PNEUMATICSVSTEM............................................................................................................................................. 46 TS38.1 TS 41.1.5 GENERAL........................................................................................................................................................... 46 TS38.2 52 AIR COMPRESSOR............................................................................................................................................. 46 TS 38.3 MASTER BATTERY SWITCH........................................................................................................................... AIR LINES AND FITTINGS................................................................................................................................... 46 TS38.4 AIR RESERVOIRS................................................................................................................................................ 47 TS38.5 AIR SYSTEM DRYER........................................................................................................................................... 47 TS -39 TS41.2 OVERVIEW............................................................................................................................................................. 47 TS39.1 54 MODULAR DESIGN............................................................................................................................................ 48 TS -40 LOW VOLTAGE/LOW CURRENT WIRING AND TERMINALS............................................................................... ENVIRONMENTAL AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................... 48 TS 40.1 HARDWARE MOUNTING .... .......... ........ .............................................. 49 TS 41.1.4 DATA COMMUNICATIONS..................................................................................................................................... BATTERY COMPARTMENT............................................................................................................................ 50 TS 41.1.5 GENERAL........................................................................................................................................................... 58 AUXILIARY ELECTRONIC POWER SUPPLY...................................................................................................... 52 TS 41.1.6 58 TS 44.2.1 MASTER BATTERY SWITCH........................................................................................................................... 53 TS 41.1.7 TS 44.2.2 LOW -VOLTAGE GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION....................................................................................... 53 TS 41.1.8 MULTIPLEX LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................. CIRCUIT PROTECTION................................................................................................................................... 53 TS41.2 DATA ACCESS................................................................................................................................................ 59 GROUNDS.......................................................................................................................................................... 54 TS 41.3 LOW VOLTAGE/LOW CURRENT WIRING AND TERMINALS............................................................................... 54 TS 41.4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................... 55 TS 41.5 ELECTRICAL COMPARTMENTS.......................................................................................................................... 55 TS -42 GENERAL ELECTRONIC REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................................ 56 TS 42.1 WIRING AND TERMINALS.................................................................................................................................. 56 TS 42. 1.1 DISCRETE 1/0 (INPUTS/OUTPUTS)................................................................................................................ 56 TS42.1.2 SHIELDING.................................................................................................................................................... 56 TS42.1.3 COMMUNICATIONS...................................................................................................................................... 56 TS 42.1.4 RADIO FREQUENCY (RF)............................................................................................................................... 57 TS42.1.5 AUDIO........................................................................................................................................................... 57 TS -43 MULTIPLEXING...................................................................................................................................................... 57 TS -44 DATA COMMUNICATIONS..................................................................................................................................... 58 TS44.1 GENERAL........................................................................................................................................................... 58 TS 44.2 DRIVETRAIN LEVEL............................................................................................................................................ 58 TS 44.2.1 DIAGNOSTICS, FAULT DETECTION AND DATA ACCESS................................................................................. 58 TS 44.2.2 PROGRAMMABILITY (SOFTWARE)................................................................................................................ 58 TS 44.3 MULTIPLEX LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................. 59 TS44.3.1 DATA ACCESS................................................................................................................................................ 59 Section 5 — Page 5 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 44.3.2 DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT DETECTION......................................................................................................... 59 TS 44.3.3 PROGRAMMABILITY (SOFTWARE)................................................................................................................ 59 TS 44.4 ELECTRONIC NOISE CONTROL................................................................................................................................ 60 TS -45 DRIVER'S AREA CONTROLS.................................................................................................................................... 60 TS45.1 GENERAL........................................................................................................................................................... 60 TS45.2 GLARE................................................................................................................................................................ 60 TS45.3 VISORS/SUN SHADES........................................................................................................................................ 60 TS45.4 DRIVER'S CONTROLS......................................................................................................................................... 61 TS 45.5 NORMAL COACH OPERATION INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS............................................................... 61 TS 45.6 DRIVER FOOT CONTROLS.................................................................................................................................. 69 TS48.1 DIMENSIONS..................................................................................................................................................... 72 TS48.2 SEAT BELT.......................................................................................................................................................... 72 TS48.3 SEAT CONTROL LOCATIONS.............................................................................................................................. 73 TS 48.4 SEAT STRUCTURE AND MATERIALS................................................................................................................... 73 TS 48.7.2 INTERIOR MIRRORS...................................................................................................................................... 74 TS -49 GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ 74 Section 5 — Page 6 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS55.1 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT.................................................................................................................................. PASSENGER AREA.............................................................................................................................................. 78 TS55.2 81 DRIVER'S AREA.................................................................................................................................................. 78 TS 55.3 TS -65 CONTROLS FOR THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (CCS)................................................................................... 79 TS 55.4 FENDER SKIRTS...................................................................................................................................................... DRIVER'S COMPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................................... 79 TS55.5 82 DRIVER'S COOLING........................................................................................................................................... 79 TS -56 TS67.1 AIR FILTRATION..................................................................................................................................................... 80 TS -57 ACCESS DOOR LATCH/LOCKS............................................................................................................................ ROOFVENTILATORS.............................................................................................................................................. 80 TS -58 MAINTAINABILITY.................................................................................................................................................. 80 TS -63 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT.................................................................................................................................. 81 TS63.1 SIDE BODY PANELS............................................................................................................................................ 81 TS -64 RAIN GUTTERS....................................................................................................................................................... 82 TS -65 LICENSE PLATE PROVISIONS.................................................................................................................................. 82 TS -66 FENDER SKIRTS...................................................................................................................................................... 82 TS66.1 SPLASH APRONS................................................................................................................................................ 82 TS -67 SERVICE COMPARTMENTS AND ACCESS DOORS................................................................................................... 83 TS67.1 ACCESS DOORS.................................................................................................................................................. 83 TS 67.2 ACCESS DOOR LATCH/LOCKS............................................................................................................................ 83 TS68.3 REAR BUMPER................................................................................................................................................... 84 TS 68.4 BUMPER MATERIAL.......................................................................................................................................... 84 TS -69 FINISH AND COLOR................................................................................................................................................ 84 TS69.1 APPEARANCE.................................................................................................................................................... 84 TS -70 DECALS, NUMBERING AND SIGNING..................................................................................................................... 85 TS 70.1 PASSENGER INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................. 85 TS71.4 HEADLIGHTS...................................................................................................................................................... 86 TS71.5 BRAKE LIGHTS................................................................................................................................................... 87 TS 71.6 SERVICE AREA LIGHTING (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR)....................................................................................... 87 Section 5 — Page 7 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -72 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................................................................... 87 TS -73 INTERIOR PANELS.................................................................................................................................................. 88 TS73.2 MODESTY PANELS............................................................................................................................................. 88 TS73.3 FRONT END....................................................................................................................................................... 88 TS73.4 REAR BULKHEAD............................................................................................................................................... 89 TS73.5 HEADLINING...................................................................................................................................................... 89 TS73.6 FASTENING........................................................................................................................................................... 89 TS73.7 INSULATION...................................................................................................................................................... 89 TS73.8 FLOOR COVERING............................................................................................................................................. 90 TS73.9 INTERIOR LIGHTING.......................................................................................................................................... 90 TS73.10 PASSENGER................................................................................................................................................... 90 TS73.11 DRIVER'S AREA............................................................................................................................................. 91 TS73.12 SEATING AREAS............................................................................................................................................ 91 TS73.13 VESTIBULES/DOORS...................................................................................................................................... 91 TS73.14 STEP LIGHTING.............................................................................................................................................. 91 TS73.15 FAREBOX LIGHTING...................................................................................................................................... 92 TS -74 FARE COLLECTION................................................................................................................................................. 92 TS -75 INTERIOR ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS (TRANSIT COACH)................................................................................... 92 TS75.1 FLOOR PANELS.................................................................................................................................................. 92 TS -76 PASSENGER SEATING............................................................................................................................................. 93 TS 76.1 ARRANGEMENTS AND SEAT STYLE (COMMUTER COACH)............................................................................... 93 TS76.2 HIP -TO -KNEE ROOM......................................................................................................................................... 93 TS76.3 FOOT ROOM..................................................................................................................................................... 93 TS76.4 AISLES (COMMUTER COACH)............................................................................................................................ 93 TS 76.5 STRUCTURE AND DESIGN (COMMUTER COACH).............................................................................................. 93 TS 76.6 CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS (COMMUTER COACH)................................................................................. 94 TS76.7.1 FRONT DOOR................................................................................................................................................ 94 TS 76.8 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION.................................................................................................................... 94 TS76.9 DOOR GLAZING................................................................................................................................................. 94 TS 76.9.1 ACTUATOR (COMMUTER COACH)................................................................................................................ 95 TS 76.10 EMERGENCY OPERATION............................................................................................................................. 95 TS76.11 DOOR CONTROL........................................................................................................................................... 95 TS77.3 LIFT WIDTH....................................................................................................................................................... 97 TS -77.4 LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS................................................................................................................................ 97 TS -77.5 SECUREMENT SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................... 97 TS -77.6 ROOF VENTILATION/ESCAPE HATCHES............................................................................................................. 98 TS -78 DESTINATION SIGNS.............................................................................................................................................. 98 TS -78.2 SIGNAL CHIME COMMUTER COACH................................................................................................................. 98 TS -79 COMMUNICATIONS............................................................................................................................................... 98 Section 5 — Page 8 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dared 8/29/13 TS -79.1 CAMERA SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM..................................................................................................................... 98 TS -79.2 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM................................................................................................................................. 99 TS -79.3 SPEAKERS.......................................................................................................................................................... 99 TS -79.4 AUTOMATIC PASSENGER COUNTER (APC)........................................................................................................ 99 TS -79.5 RADIO HANDSET AND CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................... 99 TS -79.6 DRIVER'S SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................ 99 TS -79.7 HANDSET........................................................................................................................................................... 99 TS -79.8 DRIVER DISPLAY UNIT (DDU)............................................................................................................................ 99 TS -79.9 EMERGENCY ALARM......................................................................................................................................... 99 Section 5 — Page 9 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dared 8/29/13 VICTOR VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY 5'COMPRESSED NATURALGAS andLOW-EMISSION DIESEL COMMUTER COACHES RFP NUMBER:VVTA 013-04 SECTION 5: TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS TS -1 SCOPE Technical Performance Specifications define requirements for heavy-duty commuter coaches, which, by the selection of specifically identified alternative configurations, may be used for over the road commuter trips to provide the most comfort possible for trips lasting from 1 to 2 hours. Coaches shall have a minimum expected life of twelve (12) years or 500,000 miles, whichever comes first, and are intended for the widest possible spectrum of passengers, including children, adults, the elderly and people with disabilities. TS -2 DEFINITIONS (1) Alternative: An alternative specification condition to the default coach configuration. The Agency may define alternatives to the default configuration to satisfy local operating requirements. Alternatives for the default configuration will be clearly identified. (2) Ambient Temperature: The temperature of the surrounding air. For testing purposes, ambient temperature must be between 16 °C (50 °F) and 38 °C (100 °F). (3) Analog Signals: A continuously variable signal that is solely dependent upon magnitude to express information content. (4) NOTE: Analog signals are used to represent the state of variable devices such as rheostats, potentiometers, temperature probes, etc. (5) Audible Discrete Frequency: An audible discrete frequency is determined to exist if the sound power level in any 1/3 -octave band exceeds the average of the sound power levels of the two adjacent 1/3 -octave bands by 4 decibels (dB) or more. (6) Battery Compartment: Low -voltage energy storage, i.e. 12/24 VDC batteries. (7) Battery Management System (BMS): Monitors energy, as well as temperature, cell or module voltages, and total pack voltage. The BMS adjusts the control strategy algorithms to maintain the batteries at uniform state of charge and optimal temperatures. (8) Braking Resistor: Device that converts electrical energy into heat, typically used as a retarder to supplement or replace the regenerative braking. Section 5 — Page 10 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 (9) Burst Pressure: The highest pressure reached in a container during a burst test. (10) Capacity (fuel container): The water volume of a container in gallons (liters). (11) Cells: Individual components (i.e., battery or capacitor cells). (12) Code: A legal requirement. (13) Combination Gas Relief Device: A relief device that is activated by a combination of high pressures or high temperatures, acting either independently or together. (14) Composite Container for CNG: A container fabricated of two or more materials that interact to facilitate the container design criteria. (15) Compressed Natural Gas (CNG): Mixtures of hydrocarbon gases and vapors consisting principally of methane in gaseous form that has been compressed for use as a vehicular fuel. (16) Container: A pressure vessel, cylinder or cylinders permanently manifolded together, used to store CNG. (17) Container Appurtenances: Devices connected to container openings for safety, control or operating purposes. (18) Container Valve: A valve connected directly to a container outlet. (19) Curb Weight: Weight of vehicle, including maximum fuel, oil and coolant; and all equipment required for operation and required by this Specification, but without passengers or driver. (20) dBA: Decibels with reference to 0.0002 microbar as measured on the "A" scale. (21) DC to DC Converter: A module that converts a source of direct current from one voltage level to another. (22) Default Configuration Coach: The coach described if no alternatives are selected. Signing, colors, the destination sign reading list and other information must be provided by the Agency. (23) Defueling: The process of removing fuel from a tank. (24) Defueling Port. Device that allows for vehicle defueling, or the point at which this occurs. (25) Destroyed: Physically made permanently unusable. (26) Discrete Signal: A signal that can take only pre -defined values, usually of a binary 0 or 1 nature, where 0 is battery ground potential and 1 is a defined battery positive potential. (27) DPF: Diesel particulate filter. Section 5 — Page 11 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 (28) Driver's Eye Range: The 95th -percentile ellipse defined in SAE Recommended Practice J941, except that the height of the ellipse shall be determined from the seat at its reference height. (29) Energy Density: The relationship between the weight of an energy storage device and its power output in units of watt-hours per kilogram (Wh/kg). (30) Energy Storage System (ESS): A component or system of components that stores energy and for which its supply of energy is rechargeable by the on -vehicle system (engine/regenerative braking/ generator) or an off -vehicle energy source. (31) Fill Pressure for CNG: The pressure attained at the actual time of filling. Fill pressure varies according to the gas temperatures in the container, which are dependent on the charging parameters and the ambient conditions. The maximum dispensed pressure shall not exceed 125 percent of service pressure. (32) Flow Capacity: For natural gas flow, this is the capacity in volume per unit time (normal cubic meters/minute or standard cubic feet per minute) discharged at the required flow rating pressure. (33) Fuel Line: The pipe, tubing or hose on a vehicle, including all related fittings, through which natural gas passes. (34) Fusible Material: A metal, alloy or other material capable of being melted by heat. (35) Fire Resistant: Materials that have a flame spread index less than 150 as measured in a radiant panel flame test per ASTM -E 162-90. (36) Fireproof: Materials that will not burn or melt at temperatures less than 2000 °F. (37) Free Floor Space: Floor area available to standees, excluding the area under seats, area occupied by feet of seated passengers, the vestibule area forward of the standee line, and any floor space indicated by manufacturer as non -standee areas, such as the floor space "swept' by passenger doors during operation. Floor area of 1.5 sq ft shall be allocated for the feet of each seated passenger protruding into the standee area. (38) Fuel Management System: Natural gas fuel system components that control or contribute to engine air fuel mixing and metering, and the ignition and combustion of a given air - fuel mixture. The fuel management system would include, but is not limited to, reducer/regulator valves, fuel metering equipment (e.g. carburetor, injectors), sensors (e.g., main throttle, wastegate). (39) GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rated): The maximum total weight as determined by the axle manufacturer, at which the axle can be safely and reliably operated for its intended purpose. (40) Gross Load: 150 lbs for every designed passenger seating position, for the driver, and for each 1.5 sq ft of free floor space. Section 5 — Page 12 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 (41) GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight): Curb weight plus gross load. (42) GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rated): The maximum total weight as determined by the vehicle manufacturer, at which the vehicle can be safely and reliably operated for its intended purpose. (43) High Pressure: Those portions of the CNG fuel system that sees full container or cylinder pressure. (44) High Voltage (HV): Greater than 50 V (AC and DC). (45) Hose: Flexible line. (46) Hybrid: A vehicle that uses two or more distinct power sources to propel the vehicle. (47) Hybrid System Controller (HSC): Regulates energy flow throughout hybrid system components in order to provide motive performance and accessory loads, as applicable, while maintaining critical system parameters (voltages, currents, temperatures, etc.) within specified operating ranges. (48) Hybrid Drive System (HDS): The mechanical and/or electromechanical components, including the engine, traction motors and energy storage system, which comprise the traction drive portion of the hybrid propulsion system. (49) Intermediate Pressure: The portion of a CNG system after the first pressure regulator, but before the engine pressure regulator. Intermediate pressure on a CNG vehicle is generally from 3.5 to 0.5 MPa (510 to 70 psi). (50) Inverter: A module that converts DC to and from AC. (51) Labeled: Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol or other identifying mark of an organization, which is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation, which maintains periodic inspection of production labeled equipment or materials, and by whose labeling the manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner. (52) Leakage: Release of contents through a Defect or a crack. See Rupture. (53) Line: All tubes, flexible and hard, that carry fluids. (54) Liner: Inner gas-tight container or gas container to which the overwrap is applied. (55) Local Regulations: Regulations below the state level. (56) Low -Floor Coach: A coach that, between at least the front (entrance) and rear (exit) doors, has a floor sufficiently low and level so as to remove the need for steps in the aisle between the doors and in the vicinity of these doors. (57) Low Voltage (LV): 50 V or less (AC and DC). Section 5 — Page 13 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 (58) Lower Explosive Limit: The lowest concentration of gas where, given an ignition source, combustion is possible. (59) Maximum Service Temperature: The maximum temperature to which a container/cylinder will be subjected in normal service. (60) Metallic Hose: A hose whose strength depends primarily on the strength of its metallic parts; it can have metallic liners or covers, or both. (61) Metering Valve: A valve intended to control the rate of flow of natural gas. (62) Module: An assembly of individual components (63) Motor (Electric): A device that converts electrical energy into mechanical energy. (64) Motor (Traction): An electric motor used to power the driving wheels of the coach. (65) Operating Pressure: The varying pressure developed in a container during service. (66) Physical Layer: The first layer of the seven -layer International Standards Organization (ISO) Open Systems Interconnect (OSI) reference model. This provides the mechanical, electrical, functional and procedural characteristics required to gain access to the transmission medium (e.g., cable) and is responsible for transporting binary information between computerized systems. (67) Pipe: Nonflexible line. (68) Pressure Relief Device (PRD):A pressure and/or temperature activated device used to vent the container/cylinder contents and thereby prevent rupture of an NGV fuel container/cylinder, when subjected to a standard fire test as required by fuel container/cylinder standards. (69) NOTE: Since this is a pressure -activated device, it may not protect against rupture of the container when the application of heat weakens the container to the point where its rupture pressure is less than the rated burst pressure of the relief device, particularly if the container is partially full. (70) Power: Work or energy divided by time (71) Power Density: Power divided by mass, volume or area. (72) Propulsion System: System that provides propulsion for the vehicle proportional to operator commands. Includes, as applicable, engine, transmission, traction motors, the hybrid drive system, (HDS), energy storage system (ESS), and system controllers including all wiring and converter/inverter. (73) Real -Time Clock (RTC): Computer clock that keeps track of the current time. Section 5 — Page 14 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 (74) Regenerative Braking: Deceleration of the coach by switching motors to act as generators, which return vehicle kinetic energy to the energy storage system. (75) Rejectable Damage: In terms of NGV fuel containers/cylinders, this is damage as outlined in CGA C-6.4, "Methods for External Visual Inspection of Natural Gas Vehicle Fuel Containers and Their Installations," and in agreement with the manufacturer's recommendations. (76) Retarder: Device used to augment or replace some of the functions of primary friction based braking systems of the coach. (77) Rupture: Sudden and unstable damage propagation in the structural components of the container resulting in a loss of contents. See Leakage. (78) Seated Load: 150 lbs for every designed passenger seating position and for the driver. (79) SLW (Seated Load Weight): Curb weight plus seated load. (80) Serial Data Signals. A current loop based representation of ASCII or alphanumeric data used for transferring information between devices by transmitting a sequence of individual bits in a prearranged order of significance. (81) NOTE: An example is the communication that takes place between two or more electronic components with the ability to process and store information. involved in (82) Service Pressure: The settled pressure at a uniform gas temperature of 21 °C (70 °F) and full gas content. It is the pressure for which the equipment has been constructed, under normal conditions. Also referred to as the nominal service pressure or working pressure. (83) Settled Pressure: The gas pressure when a given settled temperature, usually 21 °C (70 °F), is reached. (84) Settled Temperature: The uniform gas temperature after any change in temperature caused by filling has dissipated. (85) Solid State Alternator: A module that converts high-voltage DC to low -voltage DC (typically 12/24 V systems). (86) Sources of Ignition: Devices or equipment that because of their modes of use or operation, are capable of providing sufficient thermal energy to ignite flammable compressed natural gas -air mixtures when introduced into such a mixture, or when such a mixture comes into contact with them. (87) Special Tools: Tools not normally stocked by the Agency. (88) Specification: A particular or detailed statement, account or listing of the various elements, materials, dimensions, etc. involved in the manufacturing and construction of a product. (89) Standard: A firm guideline from a consensus group. Standards referenced in "Section 6: Technical Specifications" are the latest revisions unless otherwise stated. Section 5 — Page 15 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 (90) Standee Line: A line marked across the coach aisle to designate the forward area that passengers may not occupy when the coach is moving. (91) State of Charge (SOC): Quantity of electric energy remaining in the battery relative to the maximum rated amp -hour (Ah) capacity of the battery expressed in a percentage. This is a dynamic measurement used for the energy storage system. A full SOC indicates that the energy storage system cannot accept further charging from the engine -driven generator or the regenerative braking system. (92) Stress Loops: The "pigtails" commonly used to absorb flexing in piping. (93) Structure: The basic body, including floor deck material and installation, load-bearing external panels, structural components, axle mounting provisions and suspension beams and attachment points. (94) Thermally Activated Gas Relief Device: A relief device that is activated by high temperatures and generally contains a fusible material. (95) NOTE: Since this is a thermally activated device, it does not protect against over -pressure from improper charging practices. (96) Wheelchair: A mobility aid belonging to any class of three- or four -wheeled devices, usable indoors, designed for and used by individuals with mobility impairments, whether operated manually or powered. A "common wheelchair" is such a device that does not exceed 30 in. in width and 48 in. in length measured 2 in. above the ground, and does not weigh more than 600 lbs when occupied. TS=3 REFERENCED PUBLICATIONS The documents or portions thereof referenced within this specification shall be considered part of the requirements of the specification. The edition indicated for each referenced document is the current edition, as of the date of the APTA issuance of this specification. TS=4 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local regulations. These shall include but not be limited to ADA, as well as state and local accessibility, safety and security requirements. Local regulations are defined as those below the state level. Coaches shall meet all applicable FMVSS regulations and shall accommodate all applicable FMCSR regulations in effect at the location of the Agency and the date of manufacture. In the event of any conflict between the requirements of these specifications and any applicable legal requirement, the legal requirement shall prevail. Technical requirements that exceed the legal requirements are not considered to conflict. Section 5 — Page 16 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -5 OVERALL REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall ensure that the application and installation of major coach subcomponents and systems are compliant with all such subcomponent vendors' requirements and recommendations. Contractor and Agency shall identify subcomponent vendors that shall submit installation/application approval documents with the completion of the first CNG and Diesel coach. Components used in the vehicle shall be of heavy-duty design and proven in transit service. TS -5.1 WEIGHT It shall be a design goal to construct each coach as light in weight as possible without degradation of safety, appearance, comfort, traction or performance. Coaches at a capacity load shall not exceed the tire factor limits, brake test criteria or structural design criteria. TS -5.2 CAPACITY The vehicle shall be designed to carry the gross vehicle weight, which shall not exceed the coach GVWR. TS -5.3 SERVICE LIFE The minimum useful design life of the coach in transit service shall be at least twelve (12) years or 500,000 miles. It shall be capable of operating at least 40,000 miles per year, including the 12th year. TS -5.4 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION Scheduled maintenance tasks shall be related and shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended preventative maintenance schedule (along with routine daily service performed during the fueling operations). Test ports, as required, shall be provided for commonly checked functions on the coach, such as air intake, exhaust, hydraulic, pneumatic, charge -air and engine cooling systems. The coach manufacturer shall give prime consideration to the routine problems of maintaining the vehicle. All coach components and systems, both mechanical and electrical, which will require periodic physical work or inspection processes shall be installed so that a minimum of time is consumed in gaining access to the critical repair areas. It shall not be necessary to disassemble portions of the coach structure and/or equipment such as seats and flooring under seats in order to gain access to these areas. Each coach shall be designed to facilitate the disassembly, reassembly, servicing or maintenance, using tools and equipment that are normally available as standard commercial items. Requirements for the use of unique specialized tools will be minimized. The body and structure of the coach shall be designed for ease of maintenance and repair. Individual panels or other equipment that may be damaged in normal service shall be repairable or replaceable. Ease of repair shall be related to the vulnerability of the item to damage in service. Section 5 — Page 17 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Contractor shall provide a list of all special tools and pricing required for maintaining this equipment. Said list shall be submitted as a supplement to the Pricing Schedule. NOTE: Tools such as compartment door keys, bellows gauges and other tools that are required for daily maintenance and inspections shall not be included in the special tool list and shall be furnished for each coach. TS -5.5 INTERCHANGEABILITY Unless otherwise agreed, all units and components procured under this Contract, whether provided by Suppliers or manufactured by the Contractor, shall be duplicates in design, manufacture and installation to ensure interchangeability among coaches in each order group in this procurement. This interchangeability shall extend to the individual components as well as to their locations in the coaches. These components shall include, but are not limited to, passenger window hardware, interior trim, lamps, lamp lenses and seat assemblies. Components with non -identical functions shall not be, or appear to be, interchangeable. Any one component or unit used in the construction of these coaches shall be an exact duplicate in design, manufacture and assembly for each coach in each order group in this Contract. Contractor shall identify and secure approval for any changes in components or unit construction provided within a Contract. In the event that the Contractor is unable to comply with the interchangeability requirement, the Contractor must notify the Agency and obtain the Agency's prior written approval, including any changes in pricing. Agency shall review proposed product changes on a case-by-case basis and shall have the right to require extended warranties to ensure that product changes perform at least as well as the originally supplied products. TS -5.6 TRAINING Shall be provided by the proposer at the rate of 40 hours of instruction for each transit agency. Each agency will specify their individual needs with regard to training topics or subjects. Trainers will be available to train at each agencies perspective site at mutually agreed upon dates and times. The specified training must be completed within the 12 month period following the delivery of the first unit at each agency and may be started up to 90 days prior to the first delivery upon mutual agreement. The Contractor also shall provide visual and other teaching aids (such as manuals, slide presentations and literature) for use by the Agency's own training staff, which becomes the property of the Agency. TS -5.6.1 TECHNICAL/SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES The Contractor shall, at its own expense, have one or more competent technical service representatives available on request to assist the Agency in the solution of engineering or design problems within the scope of the specifications that may arise during the warranty period. This does not relieve the Contractor of responsibilities under the provisions of "Section 7: Warranty Requirements." Section 5 — Page 18 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -5.7 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT The Coach shall achieve normal operation in ambient temperature ranges of 10 OF to 115 IF, at relative humidity between 5 percent and 100 percent, and at altitudes up to 3000 ft above sea level. Degradation of performance due to atmospheric conditions shall be minimized at temperatures below 10 °F, above 115 °F or at altitudes above 3000 ft. Altitude requirements above 3000 ft will need separate discussions with the engine manufacturer to ensure that performance requirements are not compromised. Speed, gradability and acceleration performance requirements shall be met at, or corrected to, 77 °F, 29.31 in. Hg, dry air per SAE J1995. TS -5.8 NOISE TS -5.8.1 INTERIOR NOISE The combination of inner and outer panels and any material used between them shall provide sufficient sound insulation so that a sound source with a level of 80 dBA measured at the outside skin of the coach shall have a sound level of 65 dBA or less at any point inside the coach. These conditions shall prevail with all openings, including doors and windows, closed and with the engine and accessories switched off. The coach -generated noise level experienced by a passenger at any seat location in the coach shall not exceed 80 dBA. The driver area shall not experience a noise level of more than 75 dBA. Measurements of interior noise levels shall be taken in accordance with ISO 3381. An exception shall be made for the turntable area, which shall be considered a separate environment. TS -5.8.2 EXTERIOR NOISE Airborne noise generated by the coach and measured from either side shall not exceed 80 dBA under full power acceleration when operated at 0 to 35 mph at curb weight. The maximum noise level generated by the coach pulling away from a stop at full power shall not exceed 83 dBA. The coach - generated noise at curb idle shall not exceed 65 dBA. If the noise contains an audible discrete frequency, a penalty of 5 dBA shall be added to the sound level measured. The Contractor shall comply with the exterior noise requirements defined in local laws and ordinances identified by the Agency and SAE J366. TS -5.9 FIRE SAFETY The coach shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with all applicable fire safety and smoke emission regulations. These provisions shall include the use of fire-retardant/low-smoke materials, fire detection systems, bulkheads and facilitation of passenger evacuation. TS -5.9.1 MATERIALS All materials used in the construction of the passenger compartment of the coach shall be in accordance with the Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in FMVSS 302. Section 5 — Page 19 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -5.10 FIRE SUPPRESSION The coach shall have a fire suppression system installed per manufacturer's recommendations. TS -5.11 RESPECT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT In the design and manufacture of the coach, the Contractor shall make every effort to reduce the amount of potentially hazardous waste. In accordance with Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Contractor shall use, whenever possible and allowed by the specifications, recycled materials in the manufacture of the coach. TS -6 PHYSICAL SIZE With exceptions such as exterior mirrors, marker and signal lights, bumpers, fender skirts, washers, wipers, ad frames, cameras, object detection systems, bicycle racks, feelers and rub rails, the coach shall be close to the following overall dimensions as shown in Figure 1 at static conditions and design height. Contractor to provide drawings with dimensions of proposed coach. FIGURE 1 Transit Coach Exterior Dimensions OVERRANG Section 5 - Page 20 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -6.1 COACH LENGTH WIDTH For ease of use, the following tolerances will be allowable for each given coach length. Coach length is determined as the measurement from bumper to bumper. and shown in Figure 2 of SAE Standard J689, • 45 ft coach: 45 to 47 ft TS -6.2 COACH WIDTH 102 in. Width Coach Body. Width shall be 102 in. (+0, -1 in.). TS -6.3 COACH HEIGHT Maximum Overall Height: Maximum overall height shall be 140 in., including all rigid, roof -mounted items such as A/C, exhaust, fuel system and cover, etc. TS -6.4.1 STEP HEIGHT The step height shall not exceed 16.5 in. at doorway without kneeling and shall not exceed 15.5 in. at the step. defined and shown in Figure 2 of SAE Standard J689, TS -6.5 UNDERBODY CLEARANCE The coach shall maintain the minimum clearance dimensions as defined and shown in Figure 2 of SAE Standard J689, regardless of load up to the gross vehicle weight rating. TS -6.6 RAMP CLEARANCES The approach angle is the angle measured between a line tangent to the front tire static loaded radius arc and the initial point of structural interference forward of the front tire to the ground. The departure angle is the angle measured between a line tangent to the rear tire static loaded radius arc and the initial point of structural interference rearward of the rear tire to the ground. Section 5 — Page 21 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 The breakover angle is the angle measured between two lines tangent to the front and rear tire static loaded radius and intersecting at a point on the underside of the vehicle that defines the largest ramp over which the vehicle can roll. TABLE 2 Default Breakover Angle Angle 45 ft Coach at jacking Approach 8.6 deg (min.) shall Front break over 8 deg (min.) Departure 8.6 deg (min.) TS -6.7 GROUND CLEARANCE Ground clearance shall be no less than 9 in., (8 in. at jacking pad) except within the axle zone and wheel area. shall be no less than 5.4 in. Axle zone clearance, which is the projected area between tires and wheels on the same axial centerline, shall be no less than 5.4 in. Wheel area clearance shall be no less than 8 in. for parts fixed to the coach body and 6 in. for parts that move vertically with the axles. - FIGURE 2 Transit Coach Minimum Road Clearance 24" Section 5 — Page 22 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 WHEEL WHEEL AREA AREA AXL E AXLE, �I I Zo OZONE d 45° 45i 450 � 450 24" Section 5 — Page 22 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 REAR �w—y WHEELBASE�l FRONT N DEPARTURE ANGLE TS -6.8 FLOOR HEIGHT BREAKOVERJ APPROACH ANGLE ANGLE Height of the step above the street shall be no more than 16 in. measured at the centerline of the doorway. All floor measurements shall be with the coach at the design running height and on a level surface and with the standard installed tires. TS -6.9 INTERIOR HEADROOM Headroom above the aisle and at the centerline of the aisle seats shall be no less than 78 in. in the forward half of the coach tapering to no less than 74 in. forward of the rear settee. At the centerline of the window seats, headroom shall be no lower than 65 in., except for parcel racks and reading lights, if specified. Headroom at the back of the rear bench seat may be reduced to a minimum of 56 in., but it shall increase to the ceiling height at the front of the seat cushion. In any area of the coach directly over the head of a seated passenger and positioned where a passenger entering or leaving the seat is prone to strike his or her head, padding shall be provided on the overhead paneling. VEHICLE PERFORMANCE TS -7 POWER REQUIREMENTS The propulsion system shall be sized to provide sufficient power to enable the coach to meet the defined acceleration, top speed and gradability requirements, and operate all propulsion -driven accessories using actual road test results and computerized vehicle performance data. Proposer to provide horse power and torques specifications along with transmission and axle gear ratios. TS 7.1 TOP SPEED The coach shall be capable of achieving a top speed of 70 mph on a straight, level road at GVWR with all accessories operating. The coach shall be capable of safely maintaining the vehicle speed according to the recommendations by the tire manufacturer. NOTE: Values are assumed to be sustained. Manufacturer shall supply Agency with data if there is a variance between peak performance and sustained vehicle performance. Section 5 — Page 23 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 7.2 GRADABILITY Gradability requirements shall be met on grades with a dry commercial asphalt or concrete pavement at GVW R with all accessories operating. The propulsion system shall enable the coach to achieve and maintain a speed of 40 mph on a 2'/2 percent ascending grade and 15 mph on a 10 percent ascending grade continuous. NOTE: Values are assumed to be sustained. Manufacturer shall supply Agency with data if there is a variance between peak performance and sustained vehicle performance. TS 7.2.1 ACCELERATION TS 7.2.2 NON -HYBRID The acceleration shall meet the requirements in Table 3 below and shall be sufficiently gradual and smooth to prevent throwing standing passengers off-balance. Acceleration measurement shall commence when the accelerator is depressed. TABLE 3 Maximum Start Acceleration Times on a Level Surface' Speed (mph) Maximum time (seconds) 10 5 20 10 30 18 40 30 50 60 Top speed 1. Vehicle weight = GVWR The Contractor shall provide performance scans to the Agency based on the Agency's specific drivetrain configuration. TS 7.3 OPERATING RANGE The operating range of the coach shall be designed to meet the operating profile as stated in the "Design Operating Profile" section. The diesel coach shall have a minimum operating range of 400 miles on a full tank of fuel. Section 5 — Page 24 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 7.3.2 CNG The operating range of the CNG coach shall be at least 400 miles with an initial gas -settled pressure of 3600 psi at 70 °F. TS=8 FUEL ECONOMY (DESIGN OPERATING PROFILE) Test results from the FTA ABD Cycle economy tests or other applicable test procedures shall be provided to the Agency. Results shall include vehicle configuration and test environment information. Fuel economy data shall be provided for each design operating profile. The design operating profile is assumed to be defined by the FTA ABD Cycle. Fuel economy tests shall be run on these four duty cycles - Manhattan: 6.8 mph - Orange County: 12.7 mph - UDDS: 19 mph - Idle time POWERPLANT TS=9 ENGINE The engine shall comply with applicable local, state and/or federal emissions and useful life requirements. The engine shall have a design life of not less than 300,000 miles without replacement or major service. The lifetime estimate is based on the design operating profile. NOTE: For CNG engines a minimum rating horsepower of 320 and minimum torque rating of 1000 ft. - lbs. shall be installed and a higher horsepower and torque rating is preferred if available. For Diesel engines a minimum rating horsepower of 400 and minimum torque rating of 1400 ft. -lbs. shall be installed. The engine shall be equipped with an electronically controlled management system, compatible with either 12 or 24 V power distribution. The engine control system shall be capable of transmitting and receiving electronic inputs and data from other drivetrain components and broadcasting that data to other vehicle systems. Communication between electronic drivetrain components and other vehicle systems shall be made using the communications networks. The engine's electronic management system shall monitor operating conditions and provide instantaneous adjustments to optimize both engine and coach performance. The system shall be programmable to allow optimization of programmable features. The engine starting system shall be protected by an interlock that prevents its engagement when the engine is running. Special equipment or procedures may be employed to start the coach when exposed Section 5 — Page 25 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 to temperatures less than 30 °F for a minimum of four hours without the engine in operation. All cold weather starting aids, engine heating devices and procedures shall be of the type recommended by the engine manufacturer and approved by the Agency. The integration of all systems on the vehicle relative to engine idle speed shall be the responsibility of the vehicle manufacturer to meet the requirements of the transit property. The engine control system shall protect the engine against progressive damage. The system shall monitor conditions critical for safe operation and automatically derate power and/or speed and initiate engine shutdown as needed. Automatic Engine Protection/Shutdown Override Feature: A control shall be available to the operator/driver that when constantly depressed and released will delay the engine shutdown or allow the coach to be moved. Override action shall be recorded. This data shall be retrievable by the Agency. TS 9.1 ENGINE (CNG) The engine shall meet all regulatory requirements when operating on fuel equal to CARB Specifications for Compressed Natural Gas #2292.5. The four predominant characteristics that must be met are methane, ethane, butane and propane. TS -10 COOLING SYSTEMS The cooling systems shall be of sufficient size to maintain all engine and transmission fluids and engine intake air at safe, continuous operating temperatures during the most severe operations possible and in accordance with engine and transmission manufacturers' cooling system requirements. The cooling system fan controls should sense the temperatures of the operating fluids and the intake air, and if either is above safe operating conditions, the cooling fan should be engaged. The fan control system shall be designed with a fail-safe mode of "fan on." The cooling system shall meet the requirements stated in the operating environment. TS 10.1 ENGINE COOLING A means of determining satisfactory engine coolant level shall be provided. A spring-loaded, push- button type valve or lever shall be provided to safely release pressure or vacuum in the cooling system with both it and the water filler no more than ±60 in. above the ground. Both shall be accessible through the same access door. The cooling fan shall be temperature controlled, allowing the engine to reach operating temperature quickly. TS 10.1.1 COOLANT The engine cooling system shall be equipped with a properly sized water filter with a spin -on element and an automatic system for releasing supplemental coolant additives as needed to replenish and maintain protection properties. When replacing the water filter, only the water in the filter will be lost. Section 5 — Page 26 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 10.1.2 DRIVE DESIGN The coach shall be equipped with an electric fan drive coach cooling system. A screen guard must be installed on electric motor fans per SAE J 1308. TS 10.1.3 MOUNTING Mounting location of radiator and charge air cooler shall be the Contractor's standard design. TS 10.2 TRANSMISSION COOLING The transmission shall be cooled by a dedicated heat exchanger sized to maintain operating fluid within the transmission manufacturer's recommended parameters of flow, pressure and temperature. The transmission cooling system shall be matched to the retarder and engine cooling systems to ensure that all operating fluids remain within recommended temperature limits established by each component manufacturer. The engine cooling system should provide coolant bypass flow to the transmission cooling system with the engine thermostats closed. Unless otherwise noted, the transmission cooler is to be the first component to see cold water from the radiator outlet. In addition, all return water piping, aside from the thermostat bypass line, is to be plumbed in after the transmission cooler. TS -11 TRANSMISSION (CONVENTIONAL POWERTRAIN) The transmission shall be multiple speed, automatic shift with torque converter, retarder and electronic controls. Gross input power, gross input torque and rated input speed shall be compatible with the engine. The transmission shall be designed to operate for not less than 300,000 miles on the design operating profile without replacement or major service. The transmission should be easily removable without disturbing the engine and accessible for service. The electronic controls shall be capable of transmitting and receiving electronic inputs and data from other drivetrain components and of broadcasting that data to other vehicle systems. Communication between electronic drivetrain components and other vehicle systems shall be made using the communications networks. Electronic controls shall be compatible with either 12 or 24 V power distribution, provide consistent shift quality, and compensate for changing conditions, such as variations in vehicle weight and engine power. At a minimum, drivetrain components consisting of the engine, transmission, retarder, ASR, and anti-lock braking systems shall be powered by a dedicated and isolated ignition supply voltage to ensure data communication among components exists when the vehicle ignition is switched to the "on" position. A nominal brake pedal application of 15 to 20 psi shall be required by the driver to engage forward or reverse range from the neutral position to prevent sudden acceleration of the coach from a parked position. The electronically controlled transmission shall have on -board diagnostic capabilities, be able to monitor functions, store and time -stamp out -of -parameter conditions in memory, and communicate faults and vital conditions to service personnel. The transmission shall contain built-in protection software to guard Section 5 — Page 27 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 against severe damage. The on -board diagnostic system shall trigger a visual alarm to the driver when the electronic control unit detects a malfunction. air intake system shall be designed to minimize the entry of dust An electronic transmission fluid level monitoring and protection system shall be provided TS -12 RETARDER (CNG) The powertrain shall be equipped with a retarder designed to extend brake lining service life. The application of the retarder shall cause a smooth blending of both retarder and service brake function and shall not activate the brake lights Actuation of ABS and/or automatic traction control (ATC) shall override the operation of the brake retarder. The retarder shall be adjustable within the limits of the powertrain and activated when the brake pedal is depressed. The Agency will work with the OEM/drive system manufacturer to determine retarder performance settings. The retarder disable switch shall be accessible to the seated driver TS -13 ENGINE BRAKE (DIESEL) The powertrain shall be equipped with an engine brake designed to extend brake lining service life. The application of the engine brake shall cause a smooth blending of both engine brake and service brake function and shall not activate the brake lights The retarder disable switch shall be accessible to the seated driver. TS -14 MOUNTING All powerplant mounting shall be mechanically isolated to minimize transfer of vibration to the body structure and provide a minimum clearance of 0.75 in. Mounts shall control the movement of the powerplant so as not to affect performance of belt -driven accessories or cause strain in piping and wiring connections to the powerplant. TS 14.1 SERVICE The propulsion system shall be arranged for ease of access and maintenance. The Contractor shall list all special tools, fixtures or facility requirements recommended for servicing. The muffler, exhaust system, air cleaner, air compressor, starter, alternator, radiator, all accessories and any other component requiring service or replacement shall be easily removable and independent of the engine and transmission removal. An engine oil pressure gauge and coolant temperature gauge shall be provided in the engine compartment. These gauges shall be easily read during service and mounted in an area where they shall not be damaged during minor or major repairs. An air cleaner with a dry filter element and a graduated air filter restriction indicator shall be provided. The location of the air intake system shall be designed to minimize the entry of dust and debris and to Section 5 — Page 28 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 maximize the life of the air filter. The engine air duct shall be designed to minimize the entry of water into the air intake system. Drainage provisions shall be included to allow any water/moisture to drain prior to entry into the air filter. All fluid fill locations shall be properly labeled to help ensure that correct fluid is added. All fillers shall be easily accessible with standard funnels, pour spouts and automatic dispensing equipment TS -15 HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS Hydraulic system service tasks shall be minimized and scheduled no more frequently than those of other major coach systems. All elements of the hydraulic system shall be easily accessible for service or unit replacement. Critical points in the hydraulic system shall be fitted with service ports so that portable diagnostic equipment may be connected or sensors for an off -board diagnostic system permanently attached to monitor system operation when applicable. A tamper -proof priority system shall prevent the loss of power steering during operation of the coach if other devices are also powered by the hydraulic system. The hydraulic system shall operate within the allowable temperature range as specified by the lubricant manufacturer. TS 15.1 FLUID LINES All lines shall be rigidly supported to prevent chafing damage, Fatigue Failures, degradation and tension strain. Lines should be sufficiently flexible to minimize mechanical loads on the components. Lines passing through a panel, frame or bulkhead shall be protected by grommets (or similar devices) that fit snugly to both the line and the perimeter of the hole that the line passes through to prevent chafing and wear. Pipes and fluid hoses shall not be bundled with or used to support electrical wire harnesses. Lines shall be as short as practicable and shall be routed or shielded so that failure of a line shall not allow the contents to spray or drain onto any component operable above the auto -ignition temperature of the fluid. All hoses, pipes, lines and fittings shall be specified and installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. TS 15.2 FITTINGS AND CLAMPS All clamps shall maintain a constant tension at all times, expanding and contracting with the line in response to temperature changes and aging of the line material. The lines shall be designed for use in the environment where they are installed (for example, high-temperature resistant in the engine compartment, resistant to road salts near the road surface, and so on). Compression fittings shall be standardized to prevent the intermixing of components. Compression fitting components from more than one manufacturer shall not be mixed, even if the components are known to be interchangeable. Section 5 — Page 29 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 15.3 CHARGE AIR PIPING Charge air piping and fittings shall be designed to minimize air restrictions and leaks. Piping shall be as short as possible, and the number of bends shall be minimized. Bend radii shall be maximized to meet the pressure drop and temperature rise requirements of the engine manufacturer. The cross section of all charge air piping shall not be less than the cross section of the intake manifold inlet. Any changes in pipe diameter shall be gradual to ensure a smooth passage of air and to minimize restrictions. Piping shall be routed away from heat sources as practicable and shielded as required to meet the temperature rise requirements of the engine manufacturer. Charge air piping shall be constructed of stainless steel, aluminized steel, anodized aluminum or painted steel rated at minimum 1000 hours of salt spray according to ASTM 8117, except between the air filter and turbocharger inlet, where piping may be constructed of flexible heat -resistant material. Connections between all charge air piping sections shall be sealed with a short section of reinforced hose and secured with stainless steel constant tension clamps that provide a complete 360 deg seal. TS -16 RADIATOR Radiator piping shall be stainless steel, brass tubing or painted steel rated at 1000 hours of salt spray according to ASTM B117 and where practicable, hoses shall be eliminated, including biodiesel. Necessary hoses shall be impervious to all coach fluids. All hoses shall be secured with stainless steel clamps that provide a complete 360 deg seal. The clamps shall maintain a constant tension at all times, expanding and contracting with the hose in response to temperature changes and aging of the hose material. TS -17 OIL AND HYDRAULIC LINES Oil and hydraulic lines shall be compatible with the substances they carry. The lines shall be designed and intended for use in the environment where they are installed (for example, high-temperature resistant in the engine compartment, resistant to road salts near the road surface and so on). Lines within the engine compartment shall be composed of steel tubing where practicable, except in locations where flexible lines are required. Hydraulic lines of the same size and with the same fittings as those on other piping systems of the coach, but not interchangeable, shall be tagged or marked for use on the hydraulic system only. TS -18 FUEL TS 18.1 FUEL LINES Fuel lines shall be securely mounted, braced and supported as designed by the coach manufacturer to minimize vibration and chafing and shall be protected against damage, corrosion or breakage due to strain or wear. Section 5 — Page 30 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Manifolds connecting fuel containers shall be designed and fabricated to minimize vibration and shall be installed in protected locations to prevent line or manifold damage from unsecured objects or road debris. Fuel hose and hose connections, where permitted, shall be made from materials resistant to corrosion and fuel and protected from fretting and high heat. Fuel hoses shall be accessible for ease of serviceability. TS 18.1.1 FUEL LINES, DIESEL Fuel lines shall be capable of carrying the type of fuel the engine manufacturer recommends. TS 18.1.2 FUEL LINES, CNG Fuel lines shall comply with NFPA-52. All tubing shall be a minimum of seamless Type 304 stainless steel (ASTM A269 or equivalent). Fuel lines and fittings shall not be fabricated from cast iron, galvanized pipe, aluminum, plastic or copper alloy with content exceeding 70 percent copper. Pipe fittings and hoses shall be clear and free from cuttings, burrs or scale. Pipe thread joining material that is impervious to CNG shall be utilized as required. Fuel lines shall be identifiable as fuel lines only. High-pressure CNG lines shall be pressure tested to a minimum of 125 percent of system working pressure prior to fueling. CNG, nitrogen or clean, dry air shall be used to pressure -test the lines/assembly. The coach manufacturer shall have a documented procedure for testing the high- pressure line assembly. Fuel lines shall be securely mounted, braced and supported using "split -block" type or stainless steel P clamps; all mounting clamps shall be mounted to a rigid structure to minimize vibration and shall be protected against damage, corrosion or breakage due to strain, rubbing or wear. "Floating clamps' (not mounted to a rigid structure) shall not be permitted. Fuel lines shall not be used to secure other components (wires, air lines, etc.). Manifolds connecting fuel containers shall be designed and fabricated to minimize vibration and shall be installed in protected location(s) to prevent line or manifold damage from unsecured objects or road debris. Fuel hose connections, where permitted, shall be less than 48 in. in length, made from materials resistant to corrosion and action of natural gas, and protected from fretting and high heat and shall be supported approximately every 12 in. DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION Section 5 — Page 31 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 18.2 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION TS 18.2.1 DIESEL FUEL TANK(S) The fuel tank(s) shall be securely mounted to the coach to prevent movement during coach maneuvers and be the standard design of the coach manufacturer. Contractor to supply specifics on proposed fuel tanks. The fuel tank(s) shall be equipped with an external, hex head, drain plug. It shall be at least a % in. size and shall be located at the lowest point of the tank(s). The fuel tank(s) shall have an inspection plate or easily removable filler neck to permit cleaning and inspection of the tank(s) without removal from the coach. The tank(s) shall be baffled internally to prevent fuel -sloshing regardless of fill level. The baffles or fuel pickup location shall assure continuous full power operation on a 6 percent upgrade for 15 minutes starting with no more than 25 gal of fuel over the unusable amount in the tank(s).The coach shall operate at idle on a 6 percent downgrade for 30 minutes starting with no more than 10 gal of fuel over the unusable amount in the tank(s). The materials used in mounting shall withstand the adverse effects of road salts, fuel oils and accumulation of ice and snow for the life of the coach. Labeling The capacity, date of manufacture, manufacturer name, location of manufacture, and certification of compliance to federal motor carrier safety regulations shall be permanently marked on the fuel tank(s).The markings shall be readily visible and shall not be covered with an undercoating material. Fuel Filler The fuel filler shall be located 7 to 32 ft behind the centerline of the front door on the curbside of the coach. The filler cap shall be retained to prevent loss and shall be recessed into the body so that spilled fuel will not run onto the outside surface of the coach. The fuel lines forward of the engine bulkhead shall be in conformance to SAE Standards. TS 18.2.2 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION, CNG Fuel Containers/Cylinders CNG fuel containers/cylinders must be designed, constructed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the following: • NFPA 52 -Standard for Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Vehicular Fuel Systems • FMVSS 304 • Any local standard(s) specifically intended for CNG fuel containers The design and construction of the fuel system supplied by the OEM shall comply with federal, state, and local regulations. Section 5 — Page 32 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Installation Fuel cylinders shall be installed in accordance with ANSI/IAS NGV2 - 1998, 'Basic Requirements for Compressed Natural Gas Vehicles (NGV) Fuel Containers' and NFPA 52, "Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Vehicular Fuel Systems Code," 1998 edition, Section 303. Fuel cylinders, attached valves, pressure relief devices, and mounting brackets should be installed and protected so that their operation is not affected by coach washers and environmental agents such as rain, snow, ice or mud. These components should be protected from significant damage caused by road debris or collision. The roof and area above the engine mounted tanks shall be contained within a skeletal structure resembling a roll cage and contained within an enclosure. The enclosure shall incorporate a hinged clamshell type access. The access panels shall be designed to offer protection from weather and to be sacrificial as a means of providing an escape path to atmosphere upon rapid enclosure pressure rise. The latching method shall utilize quick -release captive hardware that can be demonstrated to last the life of the coach. Additional shielding shall be provided surrounding end fittings and valves as needed. Shields shall be attached to the coach structure hinged in a manner that permits one mechanic to unlatch and swing the shield open for routine inspections. As practical, electrical components shall not be located within the roof enclosure, and if unavoidable, they shall be intrinsically safe. CNG fueled coaches shall be equipped with an active automatic gas detection system, which shall annunciate unsafe levels of methane. The automatic gas detection system shall be integrated with an onboard fire suppression system. Labeling CNG fuel systems shall be labeled in accordance with NFPA 52, "Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Vehicular Fuel Systems Code," 1998 edition and all current federal, state, and local regulations. Pressure Relief Devices (PRDs) PRDs must be designed, constructed, manufactured and tested in accordance with ANIS/IAS PRD1 - 1998, "Pressure Relief Devices for Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) Fuel Containers" and ANSI/IAS NGV2- 1998, `Basic Requirements for Compressed Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) Fuel Containers." All natural gas fuel system piping, including the PRD vent line, shall be stainless steel. All PRDs must be vented to outside. Valves Valves must be installed in accordance with ANIS/IAS NGV2 - 1998, `Basic Requirements for Compressed Natural Gas Vehicle (NGV) Fuel Containers' and NFPA 52, "Standard for Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Vehicular Fuel Systems." Fuel Filler Section 5 — Page 33 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 The fuel filler shall be located on the curb side 7 to 38 ft. to the rear of the passenger door opening. The filler cap shall be retained to prevent loss and shall be recessed into the body. The fill and vent receptacles shall be located within an enclosure on the right side of the coach. The access door shall be sized to allow full viewing of gauges, ease of hookups and maneuver of fuel nozzle. The fuel fill receptacle and vent receptacle attachment shall be robust and capable of routine fueling connects/disconnects without deflection or metal fatigue, and capable of withstanding mechanical loads induced by a fueling drive -away incident without attachment failure. Fueling System The CNG fueling port receptacle shall be an ANSI/AGA NGV1 or NGV2 certified receptacle as designated by the Agency. The coach shall be capable of being fueled by a nozzle determined by the Agency. The fueling port receptacle location shall be such that connection by fueling personnel can be performed without physical strain or interference. A dust cap shall be permanently "tethered" to the fueling port receptacle. The fueling port receptacle access door shall be equipped with an interlock sensor that disables the engine starting system and/or fuel system so when the access door is open the engine will not start or run, to prevent drive-aways. The interlock shall be of the type such that if the sensor fails, the coach will not start. Fueling site characteristics such as pressure, flow rate and temperature shall be provided by the Agency if requested. Defueling System The CNG defueling port shall be an NGV-3.1/CGA-12.3 certified receptacle. The CNG defueling port shall be located on the curbside of the coach, in a location that is compatible with the Agency's defueling station operation. The defueling system shall incorporate the following characteristics: • Dust cap permanently "tethered" to the defueling port. • Device(s) to prevent inadvertent defueling. Specifications to be provided by Agency. • Components compatible with Agency's defueling operation. • The piping and fittings onboard the coach shall be sized to allow the fueling station to meet the following operating parameters: TS -19 EMISSIONS AND EXHAUST TS 19.1 EXHAUST EMISSIONS The engine and related systems shall meet all applicable emission and engine design guidelines and standards. Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Section 5 — Page 34 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 19.2 EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust pipe shall be of sufficient height to prevent exhaust gases and waste heat from discoloring or causing heat deformation to the coach. The entire exhaust system shall be adequately shielded to prevent heat damage to any coach component, including the exhaust after -treatment compartment area. The exhaust outlet shall be designed to minimize rain, snow or water generated from high-pressure washing systems from entering into the exhaust pipe and causing damage to the after -treatment. Exhaust gases and waste heat shall be discharged from the roadside rear corner of the roof or rear bumper. TS 19.3 EXHAUST AFTER -TREATMENT An exhaust after -treatment system will be provided to ensure compliance to all applicable EPA regulations in effect if required. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Injection If required by the engine manufacturer to meet NOx level requirements specified by EPA, a DEF injection system will be provided. The DEF system will minimally include a tank, an injector, a pump, an ECM and a selective catalytic converter. The tanks shall be designed to store DEF in the operating environment described in the "Operating Environment' section. TS 19.4 PARTICULATE AFTER -TREATMENT (DIESEL) If required by the engine manufacturer to meet particulate level requirements specified by EPA, a particulate trap will be provided. The particulate trap shall regenerate itself automatically if it senses clogging. Regeneration cycles and conditions will be defined by the engine manufacturer. STRUCTURE TS -20 GENERAL TS 20.1 DESIGN The structure of the coach shall be designed to withstand the commuter road service conditions typical of an over the road coach duty cycle throughout its service life. The vehicle structural frame shall be designed to operate with minimal maintenance throughout the 12 -year design operating profile. The design operating profile specified by the Agency shall be considered for this purpose. TS -21 ALTOONA TESTING Prior to acceptance of first coach, the vehicle must have completed any FTA -required Altoona testing. Any items that required repeated repairs or replacement must undergo the corrective action with Section 5 — Page 35 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 supporting test and analysis. A report clearly describing and explaining the failures and corrective actions taken to ensure that any and all such failures will not occur shall be submitted to the Agency. If available, the Altoona Test Report shall be provided to the Agency with the Proposal submittal. If not available, then the report shall be provided prior to first acceptance of coach. TS 21.1 STRUCTURAL VALIDATION The structure of the coach shall have undergone appropriate structural testing and/or analysis. At minimum, appropriate structural testing and analysis shall include Altoona testing or finite element analysis (FEA). TS -22 DISTORTION The coach, loaded to GVWR and under static conditions, shall not exhibit deflection or deformation that impairs the operation of the steering mechanism, doors, windows, passenger escape mechanisms or service doors. Static conditions shall include the vehicle at rest with any one wheel or dual set of wheels on a 6 in. curb or in a 6 in. deep hole. TS -23 RESONANCE AND VIBRATION All structure, body and panel -bending mode frequencies, including vertical, lateral and torsional modes, shall be sufficiently removed from all primary excitation frequencies to minimize audible, visible or sensible resonant vibrations during normal service. TS 23.1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEADS The passenger and engine compartment shall be separated by fire-resistant bulkheads. The engine compartment shall include areas where the engine and exhaust system are housed. This bulkhead shall preclude or retard propagation of an engine compartment fire into the passenger compartment and shall be in accordance with the Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in FTA Docket 90A, dated October 20, 1993. Only necessary openings shall be allowed in the bulkhead, and these shall be fire- resistant. Any passageways for the climate control system air shall be separated from the engine compartment by fire-resistant material. Piping through the bulkhead shall have fire-resistant fittings sealed at the bulkhead. Wiring may pass through the bulkhead only if connectors or other means are provided to prevent or retard fire propagation through the bulkhead. Engine access panels in the bulkhead shall be fabricated of fire-resistant material and secured with fire-resistant fasteners. These panels, their fasteners and the bulkhead shall be constructed and reinforced to minimize warping of the panels during a fire that will compromise the integrity of the bulkhead. TS 23.2 CRASHWORTHINESS The coach body and roof structure shall withstand a static load equal to 150 percent of the curb weight evenly distributed on the roof with no more than a 6 in. reduction in any interior dimension. Windows shall remain in place and shall not open under such a load. These requirements must be met without the roof -mounted equipment installed. Section 5 — Page 36 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 The coach shall withstand a 25 mph impact by a 4000 Ib automobile at any side, excluding doorways, along either side of the coach and the articulated joint, if applicable, with no more than 3 in. of permanent structural deformation at seated passenger hip height. This impact shall not result in sharp edges or protrusions in the coach interior. Exterior panels below 35 in. from ground level shall withstand a static load of 2000 lbs applied perpendicular to the coach by a pad no larger than 5 sq in. This load shall not result in deformation that prevents installation of new exterior panels to restore the original appearance of the coach. TS -24 CORROSION The coach flooring, sides, roof, understructure and axle suspension components shall be designed to resist corrosion or deterioration from atmospheric conditions and de-icing materials for a period of 12 years or 500,000 miles, whichever comes first. It shall maintain structural integrity and nearly maintain original appearance throughout its service life, with the Agency's use of proper cleaning and neutralizing agents. All materials that are not inherently corrosion resistant shall be protected with corrosion -resistant coatings. All joints and connections of dissimilar metals shall be corrosion resistant and shall be protected from galvanic corrosion. Representative samples of all materials and connections shall withstand a two-week (336 -hour) salt spray test in accordance with ASTM Procedure B-117 with no structural detrimental effects to normally visible surfaces and no weight loss of over 1 percent. TS -25 TOWING Each towing device shall withstand, without permanent deformation, tension loads up to 1.2 times the curb weight of the coach within 20 deg of the longitudinal axis of the coach. If applicable, the rear towing device(s) shall not provide a toehold for unauthorized riders. The method of attaching the towing device shall not require the removal, or disconnection, of front suspension or steering components. Removal of the bike rack is permitted for attachment of towing devices. Shop air connectors shall be provided at the front and rear of the coach and shall be capable of supplying all pneumatic systems of the coach with externally sourced compressed air. The location of these shop air connectors shall facilitate towing operations. Two rear recovery devices/tie downs shall permit lifting and towing of the coach for a short distance, such as in cases of an emergency, to allow access to provisions for front towing of coach. The method of attaching the tow bar or adapter shall require the specific approval of the Agency. Any tow bar or adapter exceeding 50 lbs should have means to maneuver or allow for ease of use and application. Each towing device shall accommodate a crane hook with a 1 in. throat. TS -26 JACKING It shall be possible to safely jack up the coach, at curb weight, with a common 10 -ton floor jack with or without special adapter, when a tire or dual set is completely flat and the coach is on a level, hard surface, without crawling under any portion of the coach. Jacking from a single point shall permit raising Section 5 — Page 37 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 the coach sufficiently high to remove and reinstall a wheel and tire assembly. Jacking pads located on the axle or suspension near the wheels shall permit easy and safe jacking with the flat tire or dual set on a 6 in. high run-up block not wider than a single tire. The coach shall withstand such jacking at any one or any combination of wheel locations without permanent deformation or damage. Jacking pads shall be painted safety yellow and jacking points shall have decals applied identifying their location. TS -27 HOISTING The coach axles or jacking plates shall accommodate the lifting pads of a three -post hoist system. Jacking plates, if used as hoisting pads, shall be designed to prevent the coach from falling off the hoist. Other pads or the coach structure shall support the coach on jack stands independent of the hoist. The vehicle shall be capable of lifting by the wheels, and, as necessary to meet tire load requirements, the proper number for wheel lifts and/or adapters must be used. TS -28 FLOOR TS 28.1 DESIGN The floor shall be essentially a continuous plane, except at the wheel housings and platforms. Where the floor meets the walls of the coach, as well as other vertical surfaces such as platform risers, the surface edges shall be blended with a circular section of radius not less than 1/4 in. or installed in a fully sealed butt joint. Similarly, a molding or cover shall prevent debris accumulation between the floor and wheel housings. The vehicle floor in the area of the entrance and exit doors shall have a lateral slope not exceeding 2 deg to allow for drainage. The aisle of the coach shall be a sloped floor design and shall not exceed 5.5 deg off the horizontal or include one step not to exceed entrance door step heights. The floor shall be a continuous plane over the wheel housings. Where the floor meets the walls of the coach, as well as other vertical surfaces such as platform risers, the surface edges shall be blended with a circular section of radius not less than 1/4 in. or installed in a fully sealed butt joint. TS 28.2 CONSTRUCTION The floor shall consist of the subfloor and the floor covering that will last the life of the coach. The floor as assembled, including the sealer, attachments and covering, shall be waterproof, non -hygroscopic and resistant to mold growth. The subfloor shall be resistant to the effects of moisture, including decay (dry rot). It shall be impervious to wood -destroying insects such as termites. The floor deck may not be integral with the basic structure but shall be mounted on the structure securely to prevent chafing or horizontal movement. Sheet metal screws shall not be used to retain the floor. All floor fasteners shall be secured and protected from corrosion for the service life of the coach. The floor deck shall be reinforced as needed to support passenger loads. At GVW R, the floor shall have an elastic defection of no more than 0.375 in. (10 mm) from the normal plane. The floor shall withstand the application of 3.0 times gross load weight without permanent detrimental deformation. Section 5 — Page 38 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -29 PLATFORMS TS 29.1 DRIVER'S AREA The covering of platform surfaces and risers, except where otherwise indicated, shall be the same material as specified for floor covering. Trim shall be provided along top edges of platforms unless integral nosing is provided. Specific trim required to be specified by each individual Agency. TS 29.2 FAREBOX Farebox placement should minimize impact to passenger access and minimize interference with the driver's line of sight. If the driver's platform is higher than 12 in., then the farebox is to be mounted on a platform of suitable height to provide accessibility for the driver without compromising passengers' access. TS -30 WHEEL HOUSING TS 30.1 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION Sufficient clearance and air circulation shall be provided around the tires, wheels and brakes to preclude overheating when the coach is operating on the design operating profile. Wheel housings shall be constructed of corrosion -resistant and fire-resistant material. Wheel housings, as installed and trimmed, shall withstand impacts of a 2 in. steel ball with at least 200 ft -lbs of energy without penetration. CHASSIS TS -31 SUSPENSION TS 31.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The front, rear and mid (if articulated) suspensions shall be pneumatic type. The basic suspension system shall last the service life of the coach without major overhaul or replacement. Adjustment points shall be minimized and shall not be subject to a loss of adjustment in service. Routine adjustments shall be easily accomplished by limiting the removal or disconnecting the components. TS 31.2 ALIGNMENT All axles should be properly aligned so the vehicle tracks accurately within the size and geometry of the vehicle. Section 5 — Page 39 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 31.3 SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS TS 31.3.1 SUSPENSION TRAVEL The suspension system shall permit a minimum wheel travel of 2.75 in. jounce -upward travel of a wheel when the coach hits a bump (higher than street surface), and 2.75 in. rebound -downward travel when the coach comes off a bump and the wheels fall relative to the body. Elastomeric bumpers shall be provided at the limit of jounce travel. Rebound travel may be limited by elastomeric bumpers or hydraulically within the shock absorbers. Suspensions shall incorporate appropriate devices for automatic height control so that regardless of load the coach height relative to the centerline of the wheels does not change more than '/2 in. at any point from the height required. The safe operation of a coach cannot be impacted by ride height up to 1 in. from design normal ride height. TS 31.3.2 DAMPING Vertical damping of the suspension system shall be accomplished by hydraulic shock absorbers mounted to the suspension arms or axles and attached to an appropriate location on the chassis. Damping shall be sufficient to control coach motion to three cycles or less after hitting road perturbations. The shock absorber coaching shall be made of elastomeric material that will last the life of the shock absorber. The damper shall incorporate a secondary hydraulic rebound stop. TS 31.3.3 LUBRICATION All elements of steering, suspension and drive systems requiring scheduled lubrication shall be provided with grease fittings conforming to SAE Standard J534. These fittings shall be located for ease of inspection and shall be accessible with a standard grease gun from a pit or with the coach on a hoist. Each element requiring lubrication shall have its own grease fitting with a relief path. The lubricant specified shall be standard for all elements on the coach serviced by standard fittings and shall be required no less than every 6000 miles. TS 31.3.4 KNEELING A kneeling system shall lower the entrance(s) of the coach a minimum of 2 in. during loading or unloading operations regardless of load up to GVWR, measured at the longitudinal centerline of the entrance door(s) by the driver. The kneeling control shall provide the following functions: • Downward control must be held to allow downward kneeling movement. • Release of the control during downward movement must completely stop the lowering motion and hold the height of the coach at that position. • Upward control actuation must allow the coach to return to normal floor height without the driver having to hold the control. The brake and throttle interlock shall prevent movement when the coach is kneeled. The kneeling control shall be disabled when the coach is in motion. The coach shall kneel at a maximum rate of 1.25 in. per second at essentially a constant rate. After kneeling, the coach shall rise within 4 seconds to a Section 5 — Page 40 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 height permitting the coach to resume service and shall rise to the correct operating height within 7 seconds regardless of load up to GVWR. During the lowering and raising operation, the maximum vertical acceleration shall not exceed 0.2 g, and the jerk shall not exceed 0.3 g/second. An indicator visible to the driver shall be illuminated until the coach is raised to a height adequate for safe street travel. An audible warning alarm will sound simultaneously with the operation of the kneeler to alert passengers and bystanders. A warning light mounted near the curbside of the front door, a minimum 2.5 in. diameter amber lens, shall be provided that will blink when the kneel feature is activated. Kneeling shall not be operational while the wheelchair ramp is deployed or in operation. TS -32 WHEELS AND TIRES TS 32.1 WHEELS All wheels shall be interchangeable and shall be removable without a puller. Wheels shall be compatible with tires in size and load -carrying capacity. Front wheels and tires shall be balanced as an assembly per SAE J1986. Wheels quoted shall be brushed aluminum and an option price quoted for agencies that require polished aluminum wheels. Tire -pressure monitoring systems should be quoted as an option. TS 32.2 TIRES Tires shall be suitable for the conditions of transit service and sustained operation at the maximum speed capability of the coach. Load on any tire at GVWR shall not exceed the tire supplier's rating. Sufficient space shall be provided to allow the Agency to carry a spare tire, if required. TS -33 STEERING Hydraulically assisted steering shall be provided. The steering gear shall be an integral type with the number and length of flexible lines minimized or eliminated. Engine -driven hydraulic pump shall be provided for power steering. TS 33.1 STEERING AND TAG AXLES The front and tag axles shall be solid beam, non -driving with a load rating sufficient for the coach loaded to GVWR and shall be equipped with unitized grease type wheel bearings and seals. All friction points on the front axle shall be equipped with replaceable bushings or inserts and, if needed, lubrication fittings easily accessible from a pit or hoist. The steering geometry of the outside (front lock) wheel shall be within 2 deg of true Ackerman up to 50 percent lock measured at the inside (back lock) wheel. The steering geometry shall be within 3 degrees of true Ackerman for the remaining 100 percent lock measured at the inside (back lock) wheel. Section 5 — Page 41 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 33.2 STEERING WHEEL TS 33.2.1 TURNING EFFORT Steering effort shall be measured with the coach at GVWR, stopped with the brakes released and the engine at normal idling speed on clean, dry, level, commercial asphalt pavement and the tires inflated to recommended pressure. Under these conditions, the torque required to turn the steering wheel 10 deg shall be no less than 5 ft - lbs and no more than 10 ft -lbs. Steering torque may increase to 70 ft -lbs when the wheels are approaching the steering stops, as the relief valve activates. Power steering failure shall not result in loss of steering control. With the coach in operation, the steering effort shall not exceed 55 lbs at the steering wheel rim, and perceived free play in the steering system shall not materially increase as a result of power assist failure. Gearing shall require no more than seven turns of the steering wheel lock -to -lock. Caster angle shall be selected to provide a tendency for the return of the front wheels to the straight position with minimal assistance from the driver. TS 33.2.2 STEERING WHEEL, GENERAL The steering wheel diameter shall be approximately 18 to 20 in.; the rim diameter shall be % to 1'/4 in. and shaped for firm grip with comfort for long periods of time. Steering wheel spokes and wheel thickness shall ensure visibility of the dashboard so that vital instrumentation is clearly visible at center neutral position (within the range of a 95th -percentile male, as described in SAE 1050a, Sections 4.2.2 and 4.2.3). Placement of steering column must be as far forward as possible, but either in line with or behind the instrument cluster. TS 33.2.3 STEERING COLUMN TILT The steering column shall have full tilt capability with an adjustment range of no less than 40 deg from the vertical and easily adjustable by the driver and shall be accessible by a 5th percentile female and 95th percentile male. TS 33.2.4 STEERING WHEEL TELESCOPIC ADJUSTMENT The steering wheel shall have full telescoping capability and have a minimum telescopic range of 2 in. and a minimum low-end adjustment of 29 in., measured from the top of the steering wheel rim in the horizontal position to the cab floor at the heel point. Section 5 — Page 42 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE 4 Steering Wheel Height' Relative to Angle of Slope At Minimum Telescopic Height Adjustment — At Maximum Telescopic Height Adjustment (5 (29 in.) in.) Angle of Slope — Height — Angle of Slope Height 0 deg 29 in. 0 deg 34 in. 15 deg 26.2 in. 15 deg 31.2 in. 25 deg 24.6 in. 25 deg 29.6 in. 35 deg 22.5 in. 35 deg 27.5 in. — 1. Measured from bottom portion closest to driver. TS -34 DRIVE AXLE The coach shall be driven by a heavy-duty axle with a load rating sufficient for the coach loaded to GVWR. The drive axle shall have a design life to operate for not less than 300,000 miles on the design operating profile without replacement or major repairs. The lubricant drain plug shall be magnetic type. If a planetary gear design is employed, the oil level in the planetary gears shall be easily checked through the plug or sight gauge. The axle and driveshaft components shall be rated for both propulsion and retardation modes with respect to duty cycle. NOTE: The retardation duty cycle can be more aggressive than propulsion. The drive shaft shall be guarded to prevent hitting any critical systems, including brake lines, coach floor or the ground, in the event of a tube or universal joint failure. TS 34.1 NON -DRIVE AXLE The non -drive axle is the drive axle without the drive gear with a load rating sufficient for the load to GVWR. TS -35 TAG AXLES (COMMUTER COACH) A tag axle shall be located behind the drive axle. The tag axle shall be a solid beam type with steering capability. The tag axle shall have single tires the same size as the tires on the front and drive axles. Tag axle weight shall not exceed 14,000 lbs. With full passenger seating capacity, load on any axle shall Section 5 — Page 43 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 not exceed 22,400 lbs. Combined load capacity weight on the drive and tag axles shall not exceed 36,500 lbs. A tag axle unloading feature will allow full or partial unloading, or dumping of air from the tag axle air spring bellows. This feature enables weight to shift to the drive axle for more traction. Manual unloading valves are located inside the RH rear curbside service door. TS -36 TURNING RADIUS TABLE 5 Maximum Turning Radius Coach Length Maximum Turning Radius Agency Requirement (approximate) (see Figure 3) 45 ft 49 ft (TRO) FIGURE 3 Turning Radius Section 5 - Page 44 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -37 BRAKES TS 37.1 SERVICE BRAKE Brakes shall be self-adjusting. Brake wear indicators (visible brake sensors) shall be provided on exposed push rods. Visible stroke indicators may be combined with electronic brake monitoring system and vehicle brake warning system to notify driver and maintenance of unsafe brake conditions. TS 37.2 ACTUATION Service brakes shall be controlled and actuated by a compressed air system. Force to activate the brake pedal control shall be an essentially linear function of the coach deceleration rate and shall not exceed 75 lbs at a point 7 in. above the heel point of the pedal to achieve maximum braking. The heel point is the location of the driver's heel when his or her foot is rested flat on the pedal and the heel is touching the floor or heel pad of the pedal. The ECU for the ABS system shall be protected, yet in an accessible location to allow for ease of service. The total braking effort shall be distributed among all wheels in such a ratio as to ensure equal friction material wear rate at all wheel locations. Manufacturer shall demonstrate compliance by providing a copy of a thermodynamic brake balance test upon request. TS 37.3 FRICTION MATERIAL The brake linings shall be made of non -asbestos material. In order to aid maintenance personnel in determining extent of wear, a provision such as a scribe line or a chamfer indicating the thickness at which replacement becomes necessary shall be provided on each brake lining. The complete brake lining wear indicator shall be clearly visible from the hoist or pit without removing backing plates. TS 37.4 HUBS AND DISCS Replaceable wheel bearing seals shall run on replaceable wear surfaces or be of an integral wear surface sealed design. Wheel bearing and hub seals and unitized hub assemblies shall not leak or weep lubricant when operating on the design operating profile for the duration of the initial manufacturer's warranty. The coach shall be equipped with disc brakes on all axles, and the brake discs shall allow machining of each side of the disc to obtain smooth surfaces per manufacturer's specifications. TS 37.5 PARKING/EMERGENCY BRAKE The parking brake shall be a spring -operated system, actuated by a valve that exhausts compressed air to apply the brakes. The parking brake may be manually enabled when the air pressure is at the operating level per FMVSS 121. Section 5 — Page 45 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -38 PNEUMATIC SYSTEM TS 38.1 GENERAL The coach air system shall operate the air -powered accessories and the braking system with reserve capacity. New coaches shall not leak down more than 5 psi over a 15 -minute period of time as indicated on the dash gauge. Provision shall be made to apply shop air to the coach air systems. A quick disconnect fitting shall be easily accessible and located in the engine compartment and near the front bumper area for towing. Retained caps shall be installed to protect fitting against dirt and moisture when not in use. Air for the compressor shall be filtered. The air system shall be protected per FMVSS 121. TS 38.2 AIR COMPRESSOR An engine -driven air compressor shall be sized to charge the air system from 40 psi to the governor cut- off pressure in less than 4 minutes while not exceeding the fast idle speed setting of the engine. An electrically driven air compressor shall be sized to charge the air system from 40 psi to the governor cut-off pressure in less than 4 minutes while not exceeding the fast idle speed setting of the engine. TS 38.3 AIR LINES AND FITTINGS Air lines, except necessary flexible lines, shall conform to the installation and material requirements of SAE Standard J1149 for copper tubing with standard, brass, flared or ball sleeve fittings, or SAE Standard J844 for nylon tubing if not subject to temperatures over 200 °F. The air on the delivery side of the compressor where it enters nylon housing shall not be above the maximum limits as stated in SAE J844. Nylon tubing shall be installed in accordance with the following color -coding standards: • Green: Indicates primary brakes and supply. • Red: Indicates secondary brakes. • Brown: Indicates parking brake. • Yellow: Indicates compressor governor signal. • Black: Indicates accessories. Line supports shall prevent movement, flexing, tension, strain and vibration. Copper lines shall be supported to prevent the lines from touching one another or any component of the coach. To the extent practicable and before installation, the lines shall be pre-bent on a fixture that prevents tube flattening or excessive local strain. Copper lines shall be bent only once at any point, including pre -bending and installation. Rigid lines shall be supported at no more than 5 ft intervals. Nylon lines may be grouped and shall be supported at 30 in. intervals or less. The compressor discharge line between powerplant and body -mounted equipment shall be flexible convoluted copper or stainless steel line, or may be flexible Teflon hose with a braided stainless steel Section 5 — Page 46 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 jacket. Other lines necessary to maintain system reliability shall be flexible Teflon hose with a braided stainless steel jacket. End fittings shall be standard SAE or JIC brass or steel, flanged, swivel -type fittings. Flexible hoses shall be as short as practicable and individually supported. They shall not touch one another or any part of the coach except for the supporting grommets. Flexible lines shall be supported at 2 ft intervals or less. Air lines shall be clean before installation and shall be installed to minimize air leaks. All air lines shall be routed to prevent water traps to the extent possible. Grommets or insulated clamps shall protect the air lines at all points where they pass through understructure components. TS 38.4 AIR RESERVOIRS All air reservoirs shall meet the requirements of FMVSS Standard 121 and SAE Standard J10 and shall be equipped with drain plugs and guarded or flush type drain valves. Major structural members shall protect these valves and any automatic moisture ejector valves from road hazards. Reservoirs shall be sloped toward the drain valve. All air reservoirs shall have drain valves that discharge below floor level with lines routed to eliminate the possibility of water traps and/or freezing in the drain line. TS 38.5 AIR SYSTEM DRYER An air dryer shall prevent accumulation of moisture and oil in the air system. The air dryer system shall include one or more replaceable desiccant cartridges. connectors). functions, both on board the vehicle and off. ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC AND DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS TS -39 OVERVIEW The electrical system will consist of vehicle battery systems and components that generate, distribute and store power throughout the vehicle. (e.g., generator, voltage regulator, wiring, relays and connectors). functions, both on board the vehicle and off. Electronic devices are individual systems and components that process and store data, integrate electronic information or perform other specific functions. The data communication system consists of the bi-directional communications networks that electronic devices use to share data with other electronic devices and systems. Communication networks are essential to integrating electronic functions, both on board the vehicle and off. Information level systems that require vehicle information for their operations or provide information shall adhere to J1939 data standard. Data communications systems are divided into three levels to reflect the use of multiple data networks: • Powertrain level: Components related to the powertrain, including the propulsion system components (engine, transmission and hybrid units) and anti-lock braking system (ABS), which may include traction control. At a minimum, powertrain components consisting of the engine, Section 5 — Page 47 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 transmission, retarder, ASR and anti-lock braking systems shall be powered by a dedicated and isolated ignition supply voltage to ensure data communication between components exists when the vehicle ignition is switched to the "on" position. Information level: Components whose primary function is the collection, control or display of data that is not necessary to the safe drivability of the vehicle (i.e., the vehicle will continue to operate when those functions are inoperable). These components typically consist of those required for automatic vehicle location (AVL) systems, destination signs, fareboxes, passenger counters, radio systems, automated voice and signage systems, video surveillance and similar components. Multiplex level: Electrical or electronic devices controlled through input/output signals such as discrete, analog and serial data information (i.e., on/off switch inputs, relay or relay control outputs). Multiplexing is used to control components not typically found on the drivetrain or information levels, such as lights; wheelchair lifts; doors; heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) systems (if applicable); and gateway devices. FIGURE 4 Data Communications Systems Levels Information level Multiplex level Drivetrain level TS 39.1 MODULAR DESIGN Design of the electrical, electronic and data communication systems shall be modular so that each electronic device, apparatus panel, or wiring bundle is easily separable from its interconnect by means of connectors. Powerplant wiring shall be an independent wiring harness. Replacement of the engine compartment wiring harness(es) shall not require pulling wires through any bulkhead or removing any terminals from the wires. TS=40 ENVIRONMENTAL AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS The electrical system and its electronic components shall be capable of operating in the area of the vehicle in which they will be installed, as recommended in SAE J1455. Section 5 — Page 48 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Electrical and electronic equipment shall not be located in an environment that will reduce the performance or shorten the life of the component or electrical system when operating within the design operating profile. As a recommendation, no vehicle component shall generate, or be affected by, electromagnetic interference or radio-frequency interference (EMI/RFI) that can disturb the performance of electrical/electronic equipment as defined in SAE J1113 and UNECE Council Directive 95/54 (R10). The Agency shall follow recommendations from coach manufacturers and subsystem suppliers regarding methods to prevent damage from voltage spikes generated from welding, jump starts, shorts, etc. TS 40.1 HARDWARE MOUNTING The mounting of the hardware shall not be used to provide the sole source ground, and all hardware shall be isolated from potential EMI/RFI, as referenced in SAE J1113. All electrical/electronic hardware mounted in the interior of the vehicle shall be inaccessible to passengers and hidden from view unless intended to be viewed. The hardware shall be mounted in such a manner as to protect it from splash or spray. All electrical/electronic hardware mounted on the exterior of the vehicle that is not designed to be installed in an exposed environment shall be mounted in a sealed enclosure. 120 days from the date of release, All electrical/electronic hardware and its mounting shall comply with the shock and vibration requirements of SAE J1455. TS41 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS TS 41.1 BATTERIES TS 41.1.1 LOW -VOLTAGE BATTERIES (24 V) Manufacturers should quote their standard battery package insuring that the battery compartment must be well -ventilated to prevent hydrogen buildup while protecting the compartment from road spray, water intrusion and de-icing chemicals. Each agency shall have the option of the following: 1. Four Group 31 Series deep -cycling maintenance -free battery units shall be provided. Each battery shall have a minimum of 700 cold -cranking amps. Each battery shall have a purchase date no more than 120days from the date of release for shipment to the Agency. 2. Two 8D battery units conforming to SAE Standard J537 shall be provided. Each battery shall have a minimum of 1150 cold cranking amps. Each battery shall have a purchase date no more than 120 days from the date of release, and shall be fully maintained prior to shipment to the Agency. 3. Two 8D maintenance -free batteries. Each battery shall have a purchase date no more than 120 days from date of release, and shall be fully maintained prior to shipment to the Agency. 4. Four Group 31 Series deep -cycling sealed non spillable maintenance free absorbed glass mat (AGM) batteries shall be provided. Each battery shall have a minimum of 1000 cold cranking Section 5 — Page 49 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 amps (CCA) at 0 °F. The batteries shall be designed and installed to withstand the operating environment. Each battery shall have a purchase date no more than one year from the date of release for shipment to the Agency. TS 41.1.2 BATTERY CABLES The battery terminal ends and cable ends shall be color -coded with red for the primary positive, black for negative and another color for any intermediate voltage cables. Positive and negative battery cables shall not cross each other if at all possible, shall be flexible and shall be sufficiently long to reach the batteries with the tray in the extended position without stretching or pulling on any connection and shall not lie directly on top of the batteries. Except as interrupted by the master battery switch, battery and starter wiring shall be continuous cables with connections secured by bolted terminals and shall conform to specification requirements of SAE Standard J1127—Type SGR, SGT, SGX or GXL and SAE Recommended Practice J541, with 2100 strand 4/0 cable or greater recommended. TS 41.1.3 JUMP START A jump-start connector, red for 24 V shall be provided in the engine compartment, equipped with dust cap and adequately protected from moisture, dirt and debris. TS 41.1.4 BATTERY COMPARTMENT The battery compartment shall prevent accumulation of snow, ice and debris on top of the batteries and shall be vented and self -draining. It shall be accessible only from the outside of the vehicle. All components within the battery compartment, and the compartment itself, shall be protected from damage or corrosion from the electrolyte. The inside surface of the battery compartment's access door shall be electrically insulated, as required, to prevent the battery terminals from shorting on the door if the door is damaged in an accident or if a battery comes loose. The battery compartment temperature should not exceed manufacturer's specification. The vehicle shall be equipped with a 12 V DC and 24 V DC quick disconnect switch(es). The battery compartment door shall conveniently accommodate operation of the 12 V DC and 24 V DC quick disconnect switch(es). The battery quick disconnect access door shall be identified with a decal. The decal size shall not be less than 3.5 x 5 in. (8.89 X 12.7 cm). The battery hold-down bracket shall be constructed of a nonconductive and corrosion -resistant material (plastic or fiberglass). This access door shall not require any special locking devices to gain access to the switch, and it shall be accessible without removing or lifting the panel. The door shall be flush -fitting and incorporate a spring tensioner or equal to retain the door in a closed position when not in use. The batteries shall be securely mounted on a stainless steel or equivalent tray that can accommodate the size and weight of the batteries. The battery tray, if applicable, shall pull out easily and properly Section 5 — Page 50 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 support the batteries while they are being serviced. The tray shall allow each battery cell to be easily serviced. A locking device shall retain the battery tray to the stowed position. If not located in the engine compartment, the same fire-resistant properties must apply to the battery compartment. No sparking devices should be located within the battery box. TS Design of the electrical, electronic and data communication systems shall be modular so that each electronic device, apparatus panel, or wiring bundle is easily separable from its interconnect by means of connectors. Powerplant wiring shall be an independent wiring harness. Replacement of the engine compartment wiring harness(es) shall not require pulling wires through any bulkhead or removing any terminals from the wires The mounting of the hardware shall not be used to provide the sole source ground, and all hardware shall be isolated from potential EMI/RFI, as referenced in SAE J1113. All electrical/electronic hardware mounted in the interior of the vehicle shall be inaccessible to passengers and hidden from view unless intended to be viewed. The hardware shall be mounted in such a manner as to protect it from splash or spray. All electrical/electronic hardware mounted on the exterior of the vehicle that is not designed to be installed in an exposed environment shall be mounted in a sealed enclosure. prior to shipment to the All electrical/electronic hardware and its mounting shall comply with the shock and vibration requirements of Manufacturers should quote their standard battery package insuring that the battery compartment must be well -ventilated to prevent hydrogen buildup while protecting the compartment from road spray, water intrusion and de-icing chemicals. Each agency shall have the option of the following: 5. Four Group 31 Series deep -cycling maintenance -free battery units shall be provided. Each battery shall have a minimum of 700 cold -cranking amps. Each battery shall have a purchase date no more than 120days from the date of release for shipment to the Agency. 6. Two 8D battery units conforming to SAE Standard J537 shall be provided. Each battery shall have a minimum of 1150 cold cranking amps. Each battery shall have a purchase date no more than 120 days from the date of release, and shall be fully maintained prior to shipment to the Agency. 7. Two 8D maintenance -free batteries. Each battery shall have a purchase date no more than 120 days from date of release, and shall be fully maintained prior to shipment to the Agency. 8. Four Group 31 Series deep -cycling sealed non -spillable maintenance free absorbed glass mat (AGM) batteries shall be provided. Each battery shall have a minimum of 1000 cold cranking amps (CCA) at 0 °F. The batteries shall be designed and installed to withstand the operating environment. Each battery shall have a purchase date no more than one year from the date of release Section 5 — Page 51 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 The battery terminal ends and cable ends shall be color -coded with red for the primary positive, black for negative and another color for any intermediate voltage cables. Positive and negative battery cables shall not cross each other if at all possible, shall be flexible and shall be sufficiently long to reach the batteries with the tray in the extended position without stretching or pulling on any connection and shall not lie directly on top of the batteries. Except as interrupted by the master battery switch, battery and starter wiring shall be continuous cables with connections secured by bolted terminals and shall conform to specification requirements of SAE Standard J1127—Type SGR, SGT, SGX or GXL and SAE Recommended Practice A jump-start connector, red for 24 V shall be provided in the engine compartment, equipped with dust cap and TS 41.1.5 AUXILIARY ELECTRONIC POWER SUPPLY If required, gel -pack, or any form of sealed (non -venting) batteries used for auxiliary power are allowed to be mounted on the interior of the vehicle if they are contained in an enclosed, non -airtight compartment and accessible only to maintenance personnel. This compartment shall contain a warning label prohibiting the use of lead -acid batteries. The battery compartment shall prevent accumulation of snow, ice and debris on top of the batteries and shall be vented and self -draining. It shall be accessible only from the outside of the vehicle. All components within the battery compartment, and the compartment itself, shall be protected from damage or corrosion from the electrolyte. The inside surface of the battery compartment's access door shall be electrically insulated, as required, to prevent the battery terminals from shorting on the door if the door is damaged in an accident or if a battery comes loose. The battery compartment temperature should not exceed manufacturer's specification. The vehicle shall be equipped with a 12 V DC and 24 V DC quick disconnect switch(es). The battery compartment door shall conveniently accommodate operation of the 12 V DC and 24 V DC quick disconnect switch(es). The battery quick disconnect access door shall be identified with a decal. The decal size shall not be less than 3.5 x 5 in. (8.89 X 12.7 cm). The battery hold-down bracket shall be constructed of a nonconductive and corrosion -resistant material (plastic or fiberglass). This access door shall not require any special locking devices to gain access to the switch, and it shall be accessible without removing or lifting the panel. The door shall be flush -fitting and incorporate a spring tensioner or equal to retain the door in a closed position when not in use. The batteries shall be securely mounted on a stainless steel or equivalent tray that can accommodate the size and weight of the batteries. The battery tray, if applicable, shall pull out easily and properly support the batteries while they are being serviced. The tray shall allow each battery cell to be easily serviced. A locking device shall retain the battery tray to the stowed position. Section 5 — Page 52 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 If not located in the engine compartment, the same fire-resistant properties must apply to the battery compartment TS 41.1.6 MASTER BATTERY SWITCH The location of the master battery switch shall be clearly identified on the exterior access panel, be accessible in less than 10 seconds for deactivation and prevent corrosion from fumes and battery acid when the batteries are washed off or are in normal service. Turning the master switch off with the powerplant operating, during an emergency, shall shut off the engine and shall not damage any component of the electrical system. The master switch shall be capable of carrying and interrupting the total circuit load. TS 41.1.7 LOW -VOLTAGE GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION The low -voltage generating system shall maintain the charge on fully charged batteries, except when the vehicle is at standard idle with a total low -voltage generator load exceeding 70 percent of the low - voltage generator nameplate rating. Voltage monitoring and over -voltage output protection (recommended at 32 V) shall be provided. Dedicated power and ground shall be provided as specified by the component or system manufacturer. Cabling to the equipment must be sized to supply the current requirements with no greater than a 5 percent volt drop across the length of the cable. TS 41.1.8 CIRCUIT PROTECTION All branch circuits, except battery -to -starting motor and battery-to-generator/alternator circuits, shall be protected by current -limiting devices such as circuit breakers, fuses or solid-state devices sized to the requirements of the circuit. Electronic circuit protection for the cranking motor shall be provided to prevent engaging of the motor for more than 30 seconds at a time to prevent overheating. The circuit breakers or fuses shall be easily accessible for authorized personnel. Fuses shall be used only where it can be demonstrated that circuit breakers are not practicable. This requirement applies to in-line fuses supplied by either the Contractor or a supplier. Fuse holders shall be constructed to be rugged and waterproof. All manual reset circuit breakers critical to the operation of the coach shall be mounted in a location convenient to the Agency mechanic with visible indication of open circuits. The Agency shall consider the application of automatic reset circuit breakers on a case-by-case basis. The Contractor shall show all in-line fuses in the final harness drawings. Any manually resettable circuit breakers shall provide a visible indication of open circuits. Any manually resettable circuit breakers shall provide a visible indication of open circuits. Circuit breakers or fuses shall be sized to a minimum of 15 percent larger than the total circuit load. The current rating for the wire used for each circuit must exceed the size of the circuit protection being used. Section 5 — Page 53 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 41.2 GROUNDS The battery shall be grounded to the vehicle chassis/frame at one location only, as close to the batteries as possible. When using a chassis ground system, the chassis shall be grounded to the frame in multiple locations, evenly distributed throughout the vehicle to eliminate ground loops. No more than five ground ring/spade terminal connections shall be made per ground stud with spacing between studs ensuring contactivity and serviceability. Electronic equipment requiring an isolated ground to the battery (i.e., electronic ground) shall not be grounded through the chassis. TS 41.3 LOW VOLTAGE/LOW CURRENT WIRING AND TERMINALS All power and ground wiring shall conform to specification requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J1127, J1128 and J1292. Double insulation shall be maintained as close to the junction box, electrical compartment or terminals as possible. The requirement for double insulation shall be met by wrapping the harness with plastic electrical tape or by sheathing all wires and harnesses with non-conductive, rigid or flexible conduit. Wiring shall be grouped, numbered and/or color -coded. Wiring harnesses shall not contain wires of different voltage classes unless all wires within the harness are insulated for the highest voltage present in the harness. Kinking, grounding at multiple points, stretching, and exceeding minimum bend radius shall be prevented. Strain -relief fittings shall be provided at all points where wiring enters electrical compartments. Grommets or other protective material shall be installed at points where wiring penetrates metal structures outside of electrical enclosures. Wiring supports shall be protective and non-conductive at areas of wire contact and shall not be damaged by heat, water, solvents or chafing. To the extent practicable, wiring shall not be located in environmentally exposed locations under the vehicle. Wiring and electrical equipment necessarily located under the vehicle shall be insulated from water, heat, corrosion and mechanical damage. Where feasible, front -to -rear electrical harnesses should be installed above the window line of the vehicle. All wiring harnesses over 5 ft long and containing at least five wires shall include 10 percent (minimum one wire) excess wires for spares. This requirement for spare wires does not apply to datalinks and communication cables. Wiring harness length shall allow end terminals to be replaced twice without pulling, stretching or replacing the wire. Terminals shall be crimped to the wiring according to the connector manufacturer's recommendations for techniques and tools. All cable connectors shall be locking type, keyed and sealed, unless enclosed in watertight cabinets or vehicle interior. Pins shall be removable, crimp contact type, of the correct size and rating for the wire being terminated. Unused pin positions shall be sealed with sealing plugs. Adjacent connectors shall use either different inserts or different insert orientations to prevent incorrect connections. Terminals shall be crimped, corrosion -resistant and full ring type or interlocking lugs with insulating ferrules. When using pressure type screw terminal strips, only stranded wire shall be used. Insulation clearance shall ensure that wires have a minimum of "visible clearance" and a maximum of two times the conduct or diameter or 1/16 in., whichever is less. When using shielded or coaxial cable, upon Section 5 — Page 54 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 stripping of the insulation, the metallic braid shall be free from frayed strands that can penetrate the insulation of the inner wires. Ultra -sonic and T -splices may be used with 8 AWG or smaller wire. When a T -splice is used, it shall meet these additional requirements: • It shall include a mechanical clamp in addition to solder on the splice. • The wire shall support no mechanical load in the area of the splice. • The wire shall be supported to prevent flexing. All splicing shall be staggered in the harness so that no two splices are positioned in the same location within the harness. and/or insulated from temperatures exceeding the Wiring located in the engine compartment shall be routed away from high -heat sources or shielded and/or insulated from temperatures exceeding the wiring and connector operating requirements. The instrument panel and wiring shall be easily accessible for service from the driver's seat or top of the panel. The instrument panel shall be separately removable and replaceable without damaging the instrument panel or gauges. Wiring shall have sufficient length and be routed to permit service without stretching or chafing the wires. TS 41.4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS All electrical components, including switches, relays, flashers and circuit breakers, shall be heavy-duty designs with either a successful history of application in heavy-duty vehicles or design specifications for an equivalent environment. All electric motors shall be heavy-duty brushless type where practical, and have a continuous duty rating of no less than 40,000 hours (except cranking motors, washer pumps, auxiliary heater pumps, defroster and wiper motors). All electric motors shall be easily accessible for servicing. TS 41.5 ELECTRICAL COMPARTMENTS All relays, controllers, flashers, circuit breakers and other electrical components shall be mounted in easily accessible electrical compartments. All compartments exposed to the outside environment shall be corrosion -resistant and sealed. The components and their functions in each electrical compartment shall be identified and their location permanently recorded on a drawing attached to the inside of the access panel or door. The drawing shall be protected from oil, grease, fuel and abrasion. The front compartment shall be completely serviceable from the driver's seat, vestibule or from the outside. 'Rear start and run" controls shall be mounted in an accessible location in the engine compartment and shall be protected from the environment. Section 5 — Page 55 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS=42 GENERAL ELECTRONIC REQUIREMENTS If an electronic component has an internal real-time clock, it shall provide its own battery backup to monitor time when battery power is disconnected, and/or it may be updated by a network component. If an electronic component has an hour meter, it shall record accumulated service time without relying on battery backup. All electronic component suppliers shall ensure that their equipment is self -protecting in the event of shorts in the cabling, and also in over -voltage (over 32 V DC on a 24 V DC nominal voltage rating with a maximum of 50 V DC) and reverse polarity conditions. If an electronic component is required to interface with other components, it shall not require external pull-up and/or pull-down resistors. Where this is not possible, the use of a pull-up or pull-down resistor shall be limited as much as possible and easily accessible and labeled. TS 42.1 WIRING AND TERMINALS Kinking, grounding at multiple points, stretching and reducing the bend radius below the manufacturer's recommended minimum shall not be permitted. TS 42.1.1 DISCRETE 1/0 (INPUTS/OUTPUTS) All wiring to 1/0 devices, either at the harness level or individual wires, shall be labeled, stamped or color -coded in a fashion that allows unique identification at a spacing not exceeding 4 in. Wiring for each 1/0 device shall be bundled together. If the 1/0 terminals are the same voltages, then jumpers may be used to connect the common nodes of each 1/0 terminal. TS 42.1.2 SHIELDING All wiring that requires shielding shall meet the following minimum requirements. A shield shall be generated by connecting to a ground, which is sourced from a power distribution coach bar or chassis. A shield shall be connected at one location only, typically at one end of the cable. However, certain standards or special requirements, such as SAE J1939 or RF applications, have separate shielding techniques that also shall be used as applicable. When using shielded or coaxial cable, upon stripping of the insulation, the metallic braid shall be free from frayed strands, which can penetrate the insulation of the inner wires. To prevent the introduction of noise, the shield shall not be connected to the common side of a logic circuit. TS 42.1.3 COMMUNICATIONS The data network cabling shall be selected and installed according to the selected protocol requirements. The physical layer of all network communication systems shall not be used for any purpose other than communication between the system components, unless provided for in the network specifications. Communications networks that use powerline carriers (e.g., data modulated on a 24 V powerline) shall meet the most stringent applicable wiring and terminal specifications. Section 5 — Page 56 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 42.1.4 RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) RF components, such as radios, video devices, cameras, global positioning systems (GPS), etc., shall use coaxial cable to carry the signal. All RF systems require special design consideration for losses along the cable. Connectors shall be minimized, since each connector and crimp has a loss that will attribute to attenuation of the signal. Cabling should allow for the removal of antennas or attached electronics without removing the installed cable between them. If this cannot be done, then a conduit of sufficient size shall be provided for ease of attachment of antenna and cable assembly. The corresponding component vendors shall be consulted for proper application of equipment, including installation of cables. TS 42.1.5 AUDIO Cabling used for microphone level and line level signals shall be 22 AWG minimum with shielded twisted pair. Cabling used for amplifier level signals shall be 18 AWG minimum. TS=43 MULTIPLEXING TS 43.1 GENERAL The primary purpose of the multiplexing system is control of components necessary to operate the vehicle. This is accomplished by processing information from input devices and controlling output devices through the use of an internal logic program. Versatility and future expansion shall be provided for by expandable system architecture. The multiplex system shall be capable of accepting new inputs and outputs through the addition of new modules and/or the utilization of existing spare inputs and outputs. All like components in the multiplex system shall be modular and interchangeable with self-diagnostic capabilities. The modules shall be easily accessible for troubleshooting electrical failures and performing system maintenance. Multiplex input/output modules shall use solid-state devices to provide extended service life and individual circuit protection. TS 43.2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Multiplexing may either be distributed or centralized. A distributed system shall process information on multiple control modules within the network. A centralized system shall process the information on a single control module. Either system shall consist of several modules connected to form a control network. 43.2.1 1/0 SIGNALS The input/output for the multiplex system may contain four types of electrical signals: discrete, modulating, analog or serial data. Discrete signals shall reflect the on/off status of switches, levers, limit switches, lights, etc. Analog signals shall reflect numerical data as represented by a voltage signal (0-12 V, 10-24 V, etc.) or current signal (4-20 mA). Both types of analog signals shall represent the status of variable devices such as Section 5 — Page 57 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 rheostats, potentiometers, temperature probes, etc. Serial data signals shall reflect ASCII or alphanumeric data used in the communication between other on -board components. TS=44 DATA COMMUNICATIONS TS 44.1 GENERAL All data communication networks shall be either in accordance with a nationally recognized interface standard, such as those published by SAE, IEEE or ISO, or shall be published to the Agency with the following minimum information: • Protocol requirements for all timing issues (bit, byte, packet, inter -packet timing, idle line timing, etc.) packet sizes, error checking and transport (bulk transfer of data to/from the device). • Data definition requirements that ensure access to diagnostic information and performance characteristics. • The capability and procedures for uploading new application or configuration data. • Access to revision level of data, application software and firmware. • The capability and procedures for uploading new firmware or application software. • Evidence that applicable data shall be broadcast to the network in an efficient manner such that the overall network integrity is not compromised. Any electronic vehicle components used on a network shall be conformance tested to the corresponding network standard. TS 44.2 DRIVETRAIN LEVEL Drivetrain components, consisting of the engine, transmission, retarder, anti-lock braking system and all other related components, shall be integrated and communicate fully with respect to vehicle operation with data using SAE Recommended Communications Protocols such as J1939 and/or J1708/J1587 with forward and backward compatibilities or other open protocols. At a minimum, drivetrain components consisting of the engine, transmission, retarder ASR, and anti-lock braking systems shall be powered by a dedicated and isolated ignition supply voltage to ensure data communication among components exists when the vehicle ignition is switched to the "on" position. TS 44.2.1 DIAGNOSTICS, FAULT DETECTION AND DATA ACCESS Drivetrain performance, maintenance and diagnostic data, and other electronic messages shall be formatted and transmitted on the communications networks. The drivetrain level shall have the ability to record abnormal events in memory and provide diagnostic codes and other information to service personnel. At a minimum, this network level shall provide live/fail status, current hardware serial number, software/data revisions and uninterrupted timing functions. TS 44.2.2 PROGRAMMABILITY (SOFTWARE) The drivetrain level components shall be programmable by the Agency with limitations as specified by the subsystem Supplier. Section 5 — Page 58 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 44.3 MULTIPLEX LEVEL TS 44.3.1 DATA ACCESS At a minimum, information shall be made available via a communication port on the multiplex system. The location of the communication port shall be easily accessible. A hardware gateway and/or wireless communications system are options if requested by the Agency. The communication port(s) shall be located as specified by the Agency. TS 44.3.2 DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT DETECTION The multiplex system shall have a proven method of determining its status (system health and input/output status) and detecting either active (online) or inactive (offline) faults through the use of on- board visual/audible indicators. In addition to the indicators, the system shall employ an advanced diagnostic and fault detection system, which shall be accessible via either a personal computer or a handheld unit. Either unit shall have the ability to check logic function. The diagnostic data can be incorporated into the information level network or the central data access system. An option shall be made available to provide a mock-up board. A mock-up board, where key components of the multiplexing system are replicated on a functional model, shall be provided as a tool for diagnostic, design verification and training purposes, if required by an agency. The mock-up board should be priced separately in the Pricing Schedule. TS 44.3.3 PROGRAMMABILITY (SOFTWARE) The multiplex system shall have security provisions to protect its software from unwanted changes. This shall be achieved through any or all of the following procedures: • Password protection • Limited distribution of the configuration software • Limited access to the programming tools required to change the software • Hardware protection that prevents undesired changes to the software Provisions for programming the multiplex system shall be possible through a PC or laptop. The multiplex system shall have proper revision control to ensure that the hardware and software are identical on each vehicle equipped with the system. Revision control shall be provided by all of the following: • Hardware component identification where labels are included on all multiplex hardware to identify components • Hardware series identification where all multiplex hardware displays the current hardware serial number and firmware revision employed by the module • Software revision identification where all copies of the software in service display the most recent revision number • A method of determining which version of the software is currently in use in the multiplex system Section 5 — Page 59 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 44.4 ELECTRONIC NOISE CONTROL Electrical and electronic subsystems and components on all coaches shall not emit electromagnetic radiation that will interfere with on -board systems, components or equipment, telephone service, radio or TV reception, or violate regulations of the Federal Communications Commission. Electrical and electronic subsystems on the coaches shall not be affected by external sources of RFI/EMI. This includes, but is not limited to, radio and TV transmission, portable electronic devices including computers in the vicinity of or onboard the coaches, AC or DC power lines and RFI/EMI emissions from other vehicles. DRIVER PROVISIONS, Controls and instrumentation TS=45 DRIVER'S AREA CONTROLS TS 45.1 GENERAL In general when designing the driver's area within the Coach, it is recommended that SAE J833, "Human Physical Dimensions," be used. Switches and controls shall be divided into basic groups and assigned to specific areas, in conformance with SAE Recommended Practice J680, Revised 1988, "Location and Operation of Instruments and Controls in Motor Truck Cabs," and be essentially within the hand reach envelope described in SAE Recommended Practice J287, "Driver Hand Control Reach." TS 45.2 GLARE The driver's work area shall be designed to minimize glare to the extent possible. Objects within and adjacent to this area shall be matte black or dark gray in color wherever possible to reduce the reflection of light onto the windshield. The use of polished metal and light-colored surfaces within and adjacent to the driver's area shall be avoided. TS 45.3 VISORS/SUN SHADES Adjustable sun visor(s) shall be provided for the driver's windshield and the driver's side window. Visors shall be shaped to minimize light leakage between the visor and windshield pillars. Visors shall store out of the way and shall not obstruct airflow from the climate control system or interfere with other equipment, such as the radio handset or the destination control. Deployment of the visors shall not restrict vision of the rearview mirrors. Visor adjustments shall be made easily by hand with positive locking and releasing devices and shall not be subject to damage by over -tightening. Sun visor construction and materials shall be strong enough to resist breakage during adjustments. Visors may be transparent but shall not allow a visible light transmittance in excess of 10 percent. Visors, when deployed, shall be effective in the driver's field of view at angles more than 5 deg above the horizontal. Section 5 — Page 60 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 45.4 DRIVER'S CONTROLS Frequently used controls must be in easily accessible locations. These include the door control, kneel control, windshield wiper/washer controls, ramp, and lift and run switch. Any switches and controls necessary for the safe operation of the coach shall be conveniently located and shall provide for ease of operation. They shall be identifiable by shape, touch and permanent markings. Controls also shall be located so that passengers may not easily tamper with control settings. All panel -mounted switches and controls shall be marked with easily read identifiers. Graphic symbols shall conform to SAE Recommended Practice J2402, "Road Vehicles — Symbols For Controls, Indicators, and Tell Tales," where available and applicable. Color of switches and controls shall be dark with contrasting typography or symbols. Mechanical switches and controls shall be replaceable, and the wiring at these controls shall be serviceable from a convenient location. Switches, controls and instruments shall be dust- and water- resistant. TS 45.5 NORMAL COACH OPERATION INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS The following list identifies some common coach controls used to operate the coach. These controls are either frequently used or critical to the operation of the coach. They shall be located within easy reach of the operator. The operator shall not be required to stand or turn to view or actuate these controls unless specified otherwise. Systems or components monitored by onboard diagnostics system shall be displayed in clear view of the operator and provide visual and/or audible indicators. The intensity of indicators shall permit easy determination of on/off status in bright sunlight but shall not cause a distraction or visibility problem at night. All indicators shall be illuminated using backlighting. The indicator panel shall be located in Area 1 or Area 5, within easy view of the operator instrument panel. All indicators shall have a method of momentarily testing their operation. The audible alarm shall be tamper-resistant and shall have an outlet level between 80 and 83 dBA when measured at the location of the operator's ear. On -board displays visible to the operator shall be limited to indicating the status of those functions described herein that are necessary for the operation of the coach. All other indicators needed for diagnostics and their related interface hardware shall be concealed and protected from unauthorized access. Table 6 represents instruments and alarms. The intent of the overall physical layout of the indicators shall be in a logical grouping of systems and severity nature of the fault. Please provide drawings of dash and controls with locations. Consideration shall be provided for future additions of spare indicators as the capability of onboard diagnostic systems improves. Blank spaces shall contain LEDs. Section 5 — Page 61 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE 6 (Commuter Coach) Commuter Coach Instruments and Alarms Device Description Location Function Visual/ Audible Master control for coach, Master run Rotary, four- Side console off, day run, night run and switch position detent clearance ID lights Engine start, Approved Activates engine starter Side console front momentary switch motor Engine start, Approved Engine Activates engine starter rear momentary switch compartment motor Engine run, Three -position Engine Permits running engine from rear start, normal Amber light rear toggle switch compartment front run position and off Provides selection of Touch panel Drive selector Side console propulsion: forward, Gear selection switch reverse and neutral Permits selection of Switch or switches passenger ventilation: off, HVAC Side console cool, heat, low fan, high to control HVAC fan or full auto with on/off only Permits supplemental Driver's Rotary, three- Side console or ventilation: fan off, low or ventilation position detent dash left wing high Rotary, three- Side console or Permits defroster: fan off, Defroster fan position detent dash left wing low, medium or high Defroster Side console or Adjusts defroster water Variable position temperature dash left wing flow and temperature One -variable Variable speed control of Windshield rotary position Dash left wing left and right windshield wiper operating both wipers wipers Section 5 — Page 62 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE 6 (Commuter Coach) Commuter Coach Instruments and Alarms Device Description Location Function Visual/ Audible Windshield Activates windshield Push button Dash left wing washer washers Provides adjustment for Dash panel Rotary rheostat or Side console or light intensity in night run lights stepping switch dash left wing position Selects mode of Three -position Interior lights switch Side console passenger compartment lighting: off, on, normal Two -position Selects high idle speed of Fast idle Side console switch engine WC ramp/ Two -position Side console or Permits operation of ramp and kneel operations at Amber light kneel enable switch' dash right wing each door remote panel Front door Front door Permits ramp and kneel Two -position' ramp/kneel remote or dash activation from front door Amber light enable keyed switch right wing area, key required' Front door Three -position Right side of Permits deploy and stow Red light ramp momentary switch steering wheel of front ramp Permits kneeling Amber or red Three -position Front door activation and raise and dash indicator; Front kneel momentary switch remote normal at front door exterior alarm remote location and amber light Activates emergency Recessed push radio alarm at dispatch button, NO and and permits covert Silent alarm Side console INC contacts microphone and/or momentary enables destination sign emergency message Section 5 — Page 63 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE 6 (Commuter Coach) Commuter Coach Instruments and Alarms Device Description Location Function Visual/ Audible Momentary on/off Triggers event equipment, Video system momentary switch Side console triggers event light on Amber light event switch with plastic guard dash Permits two -axis Left remote Four -position Side console adjustment of left exterior mirror toggle a gg type mirror Right remote Four -position Permits two -axis Side console adjustment of right mirror toggle a gg type exterior mirror Switch or Permits heating of outside Mirror heater temperature Side console activated mirrors when required Five -position Permits open/close Passenger handle type detent Side console, control of front and rear Red light door control or two momentary forward push buttons passenger doors Two -position Allows driver to override Rear door Side console, switch in activation of rear door override forward approved location passenger tape switches Engine Momentary switch Permits driver to override shutdown with operation Side console override protection auto engine shutdown Hazard Two -position Side console or Activates emergency flashers switch dash right wing flashers Two green lights Red push button Permits driver to override Fire with protective Dash left wing or and manually discharge Red light suppression cover dash center fire suppression system Section 5 — Page 64 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE 6 (Commuter Coach) Commuter Coach Instruments and Alarms Device Description Location Function Visual/ Audible Mobile data Facilitates driver LCD display with Mobile data terminal coach Above right interaction with visual status and terminal operator interface dash wing communication system panel and master log -on text messages Farebox coach Facilitates driver Farebox operator interface Near farebox interaction with farebox LCD display interface panel system Facilitates driver Destination Destination sign In approved interaction with LCD display sign interface interface panel location destination sign system, manual entry Momentary push button (two Activates left and right Two green lights Turn signals required) raised Left foot panel and optional turn signals from other audible indicator switches Permits driver to manually Momentary push In approved PA manual activate public address button location microphone Permits driver to make announcements with both Low -profile Low -profile Steering column hands on the wheel and microphone discrete mounting focusing on road conditions Permits driver to toggle Detented push In approved High beam between low and high Blue light button location beam Side console or Permits driver to apply Parking brake Pneumatic PPV Red light dash left wing and release parking brake Section 5 — Page 65 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE 6 (Commuter Coach) Commuter Coach Instruments and Alarms Device Description Location Function Visual/ Audible Vertical side of Park brake Permits driver to push and Pneumatic PPV the side console release hold to release brakes or dash center Two -position Applies brakes to prevent Hill holder Side console momentary switch coach from rolling Permits technician to raise Remote engine Rotary rheostat Engine and lower engine RPM speed compartment from engine compartment Permits driver override to Master door/ Multi -pole toggle, Out of operator's disable door and Red light interlock detented reach brake/throttle interlock Warning Illuminates to warn driver Dash panel interlocks Red indicator light that interlocks have been Red light center deactivated deactivated Within reach of permits driver override to Retarder Multi -pole switch operator or disable brake Red light disable detented approved retardation/regeneration location Permits driver to Alarm Push button Approved acknowledge alarm acknowledge momentary location condition Rear door In sign Permits driver to override Multi -pole toggle, compartment or passenger detented driver's barrier rear door passenger sensor disable compartment sensing system Indicator/ Permits driver to activate Momentary switch Dash center All visuals and alarm test test of sentry, indicators button or programming' panel and audible alarms audibles Section 5 — Page 66 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE 6 (Commuter Coach) Commuter Coach Instruments and Alarms Device Description Location Function Visual/ Audible 110 V power Approved Property to specify what Auxiliary power receptacle location function to supply Speedometer, Visual indication of speed odometer, and and distance traveled, Dash center Speedometer diagnostic accumulated vehicle Visual panel capability, 5 -mile mileage, fault condition increments display Primary and Visual indication of Air pressure secondary, Dash center primary and secondary air Red light and gauge 5 psi increments panel systems buzzer Coach operator Property specific Indication of fire detection Buzzer and red Fire detection display or dash center activation by zone/location light Door Sensing of door Indication of rear door Red light and Dash center obstruction obstruction sensitive edge activation buzzer Door not properly Property specific Indication of rear door not Buzzer or alarm Door ajar closed or dash center properly closed and red light Sensing low Low system air primary and Indication of low air Buzzer and red Dash center pressure secondary air tank system pressure light pressure Methane No start Detection of Property specific detection Detects system failure condition, amber system integrity or dash center function light Indication of 20% Methane Property specific Flashing red at detection LED emergency or dash center Detects levels of methane o 20 /o LEL light (LEL) Methane Indication of 50% Property specific Solid red at 50% Detects levels of methane detection LEL or dash center LEL Section 5 — Page 67 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE 6 (Commuter Coach) Commuter Coach Instruments and Alarms Device Description Location Function Visual/ Audible Low coolant indicator may be Engine coolant supplied as Within driver's Detects low coolant Amber light indicator audible alert and sight condition visual and/or text message Coolant temperature Hot engine indicator may be Within driver's Detects hot engine supplied as condition and initiates Red light indicator sight audible alert and time delay shutdown visual and/or text message Engine oil Low pressure indicator Detects low engine oil engine oil may be supplied Within driver's pressure condition and pressure as audible alert sight initiates time -delayed Red light indicator and visual and/or shutdown text message Detects system ABS indicator Dash center Displays system failure Amber light status HVAC Detects system Amber or red Dash center Displays system failure indicator status light Detects no charge Charging condition and optionally Red light system Detect charging detects battery high, low, flashing or solid Dash center indicator system status imbalance, no charge based on (12/24 V) condition, and initiates condition time -delayed shutdown Section 5 — Page 68 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TABLE 6 (Commuter Coach) Commuter Coach Instruments and Alarms Device Description Location Function Visual/ Audible Bike rack Indication of bike rack not Detects bike rack Amber or red deployed Dash center being in fully stowed Position light indicator position Analog gauge, Indication of fuel tank Fuel tank level graduated based Dash center level/pressure on fuel type Displays level of DEF tank DEF gauge Level Indicator Center dash and indicates with warning Red light light when low Active Indication of electric Amber or red Detects status Dash center regeneration regeneration light Audible and Warning indication for amber warning Turntable Detects status Dash center hinge locking and red light if locked Momentarily release Interlock Turntable Side console interlock brakes due to momentary switch overangled condition TS 45.6 DRIVER FOOT CONTROLS Accelerator and brake pedals shall be designed for ankle motion. Foot surfaces of the pedals shall be faced with wear -resistant, nonskid, replaceable material. TS 45.6.1 PEDAL ANGLE The vertical angle of the accelerator and brake pedals shall be determined from a horizontal plane regardless of the slope of the cab floor. The accelerator and brake pedals shall be positioned at an angle of 37 to 50 deg at the point of initiation of contact and extend downward to an angle of 10 to 18 deg at full throttle. Section 5 — Page 69 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 The location of the brake and accelerator pedals shall be determined by the manufacturer, based on space needs, visibility, lower edge of windshield and vertical H -point. TS 45.6.2 PEDAL DIMENSIONS AND POSITION The floor -mounted accelerator pedal shall be 10 to 12 in. long and 3 to 4 in. wide. Clearance around the pedal must allow for no interference precluding operation. The accelerator and brake pedals shall be positioned such that the spacing between them, measured at the heel of the pedals, is between 1 and 2 in. Both pedals should be located approximately on the same plane coincident to the surface of the pedals. TS 45.7 DRIVER FOOT SWITCHES Floor -Mounted Foot Control Platform. The angle of the turn signal platform shall be determined from a horizontal plane, regardless of the slope of the cab floor. The turn signal platform shall be angled at a minimum of 10 deg and a maximum of 37 deg. It shall be located no closer to the seat front than the heel point of the accelerator pedal. The control switches for the turn signals shall be mounted on an inclined, floor -mounted stainless steel enclosure or metal plate mounted to an incline integrated into the driver's platform, located to the left of the steering column. The location and design of this enclosure shall be such that foot room for the operator is not impeded. The inclined mounting surface shall be skid -resistant. All other signals, including high beam and public address system, shall be in approved locations. The foot switches shall be UL -listed, heavy-duty type, of a rugged, corrosion -resistant metal construction. The foot switches for the directionals shall be momentary type, while those for the PA system and the high beam shall be latching type. The spacing of the switches shall be such that inadvertent simultaneous deflection of switches is prevented. Other Floor -Mounted Controls; The following may be floor mounted, momentary or latching, as identified by the Agency: • hazard • silent alarm PA system TS -46 DRIVER'S AMENITIES TS 46.1 COAT HANGER Coat Hanger, A suitable hanger shall be installed in a convenient, approved location for the driver's coat. Section 5 — Page 70 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 46.2 STORAGE BOX An enclosed driver storage area shall be provided with a positive latching door and/or lock. The minimum size is 2750 in.3. Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS=47 WINDSHIELD WIPERS AND WASHERS TS 47.1 WINDSHIELD WIPERS The coach shall be equipped with a windshield wiper for each half of the windshield. At 60 mph, no more than 10 percent of the wiped area shall be lost due to windshield wiper lift. For two-piece windshields, both wipers shall park along the center edges of the windshield glass. For single -piece windshields, wipers shall park along the bottom edge of the windshield. Windshield wiper motors and mechanisms shall be easily accessible for repairs or service. The fastener that secures the wiper arm to the drive mechanism shall be corrosion -resistant. Wipers shall be electric motor driven with two speeds and adjustable intermittent wiper action. TS 47.2 WINDSHIELD WASHERS The windshield washer system, when used with the wipers, shall deposit washing fluid evenly and completely wet the entire wiped area. The windshield washer system shall have a minimum 3 -gallon reservoir, located for easy refilling from outside the coach. Reservoir pumps, lines and fittings shall be corrosion -resistant and must include a means to determine fluid level. Section 5 — Page 71 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -48 DRIVER'S SEAT FIGURE 5 Driver's Seat TS 48.1 DIMENSIONS Head rest Seat back Arm rest Seat belt Seat base The driver's seat shall be comfortable and adjustable so that people ranging in size from a 95th - percentile male to a 5th -percentile female may operate the coach. Contractor to provide make and model numbers of driver seat options available and specifications. TS 48.2 SEAT BELT The belt assembly should be an auto -locking retractor (ALR).All seat belts should be stored in automatic retractors. The belts shall be mounted to the seat frame so that the driver may adjust the seat without resetting the seat belt. The seat and seatbelt assemblies as installed in the coach shall withstand static horizontal forces as required in FMVSS 207 and 210. Lap Belt Length The lap belt assembly shall be 72 in. in length with an 8 in. extension Section 5 — Page 72 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 48.3 SEAT CONTROL LOCATIONS While seated, the driver shall be able to make seat adjustments by hand without complexity, excessive effort or being pinched. Adjustment mechanisms shall hold the adjustments and shall not be subject to inadvertent changes. TS 48.4 SEAT STRUCTURE AND MATERIALS Cushions Cushions shall be fully padded with at least 3 in. of materials in the seating areas at the bottom and back. Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Cushion Materials Foam and fabric that meets FTA Docket 90A. TS 48.5 PEDESTAL Powder -coated steel. TS 48.6 SEAT OPTIONS The following options shall be made available to the agencies with separate pricing included in the proposal: • heated seat • seat alarm • fabric options • seat air vent • side bolsters adjustments • silicone seat cushion TS 48.7 MIRRORS TS 48.7.1 EXTERIOR MIRRORS The coach shall be equipped with corrosion -resistant, outside rearview mirrors mounted with stable supports to minimize vibration. Mirrors shall be firmly attached to the coach to minimize vibration and to prevent loss of adjustment with a breakaway mounting system. Mirrors shall permit the driver to view the roadway along the sides of the coach, including the rear wheels. Mirrors should be positioned to prevent blind spots. Mirrors shall retract or fold sufficiently to allow coach washing operations but avoid contact with windshield. Section 5 — Page 73 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Curbside Mirrors The curbside rearview mirror shall be mounted so that its lower edge is no less than 76 in. above the street surface. A lower mount may be required due to mirror configuration requests. Remote Adjustment of Street and Curbside Mirrors The driver shall be able to adjust all four external rear view mirrors remotely while seated in the driving position. The controls for remote positioning of the mirrors can be a single or dual switch or device. Mirrors must be heated and be operated in conjunction with the driver's heater or with separate controls. TS 48.7.2 INTERIOR MIRRORS Mirrors shall be provided for the driver to observe passengers throughout the coach without leaving the seat and without shoulder movement. The driver shall be able to observe passengers in the front/entrance and rear/exit areas (if applicable), anywhere in the aisle, and in the rear seats. WINDOWS TS=49 GENERAL A minimum of 12,000 sq in. of window area, including operator and door windows, shall be required on each side of the standard configuration coach. TS -50 WINDSHIELD The windshield shall permit an operator's field of view as referenced in SAE Recommended Practice J1050. The vertically upward view shall be a minimum of 14 deg, measured above the horizontal and excluding any shaded band. The vertically downward view shall permit detection of an object 3'/2 ft high no more than 2 ft in front of the coach. The horizontal view shall be a minimum of 90 deg above the line of sight .Any binocular obscuration due to a center divider may be ignored when determining the 90 deg requirement, provided that the divider does not exceed a 3 deg angle in the operator's field of view. Windshield pillars shall not exceed 10 deg of binocular obscuration. The windshield shall be designed and installed to minimize external glare as well as reflections from inside the coach. The windshield shall be easily replaceable by removing zip -locks from the windshield retaining moldings. Bonded -in-place windshields shall not be used. Winglets may be bonded. TS 50.1 GLAZING The windshield glazing material shall have a'/4 in. nominal thickness laminated safety glass conforming to the requirements of ANSI Z26.1 Test Grouping AS -1 and the recommended practices defined in SAE J673. Section 5 — Page 74 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Shaded Band The upper portion of the windshield above the driver's field of view shall have a dark, shaded band and marked AS -3, with a minimum luminous transmittance of 5 percent when tested in accordance to ASTM D-1003. TS -51 DRIVER'S SIDE WINDOW The driver's side window shall be the sliding type, requiring only the rear half of the sash to latch upon closing, and shall open sufficiently to permit the seated operator to easily adjust the street -side outside rearview mirror. When in an open position, the window shall not rattle or close during braking. This window section shall slide in tracks or channels designed to last the service life of the coach. The operator's side window shall not be bonded in place and shall be easily replaceable. The glazing material shall have a single -density tint. The driver's view, perpendicular through operator's side window glazing, should extend a minimum of 33 in. (840 mm) to the rear of the heel point on the accelerator, and in any case must accommodate a 95th percentile male operator. The view through the glazing at the front of the assembly should begin not more than 26 in. (560 mm) above the operator's floor to ensure visibility of an under -mounted convex mirror. Driver's window construction shall maximize ability for full opening of the window. The driver's side window glazing material shall have a '/4 in. nominal thickness laminated safety glass conforming to the requirements of ANSI Z26.1-1996 Test Grouping AS -2 and the recommended practices defined in SAE J673. The design shall prevent sections from freezing closed in the winter. Light transmittance shall be 75 percent on the glass area below 53 in. from the operator platform floor. On the top -fixed -over -bottom -slider configuration, the top fixed area above 53 in. may have a maximum 5 percent light transmittance. Standard Driver's Side Window, Traditional Frame top fixed over bottom slider non -egress TS -52 SIDE WINDOWS TS 52.1 CONFIGURATION Side windows shall not be bonded in place, but shall be easily replaceable without disturbing adjacent windows and shall be mounted so that flexing or vibration from engine operation or normal road excitation is not apparent. All aluminum and steel material will be treated to prevent corrosion. Section 5 — Page 75 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 52.2 EMERGENCY EXIT (EGRESS) CONFIGURATION All side windows shall be fixed in position, except as necessary to meet the emergency escape requirements. Standard Passenger Side Window Configurations Agency to choose from the following options: • traditional frame • full fixed • openable windows with inward -opening transom panels • openable windows with sliding transom panels TS 52.3 MATERIALS Safety Glass Glazing Panels Contractor to supply technical specifications on standard glazing used with options listed as line items. All glazing must meet FMVSS, DOT and all other federal and state regulations. Specifications and Options should be listed for solar transmittance and heat absorption. NOTE: All glass treatments must be permanent, within the glass and/or in the center membrane. Surface films are not permitted. SHGC and light transmission performance shall be defined by the National Fenestration Rating Council. HEATING. VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING TS -53 CAPACITY AND PERFORMANCE The HVAC climate control system shall be capable of controlling the temperature and maintaining the humidity levels of the interior of the coach as defined in the following paragraphs. With the coach running at the design operating profile with corresponding door opening cycle, and carrying a number of passengers equal to 150 percent of the seated load, the HVAC system shall control the average passenger compartment temperature within a range between 60 and 80 °F, while maintaining the relative humidity to a value of 50 percent or less. The system shall maintain these conditions while subjected to any outside ambient temperatures within a range of 10 to 95 °F and at any ambient relative humidity levels between 5 and 50 percent. When the coach is operated in outside ambient temperatures of 95 to 115 °F, the interior temperature of the coach shall be permitted to rise 0.5 °F for each degree of exterior temperature in excess of 95 °F. Section 5 — Page 76 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 When the coach is operated in outside ambient temperatures in the range of -10 to 10 °F, the interior temperature of the coach shall not fall below 55 °F while the coach is running on the design operating profile. System capacity testing, including pull-down/warm-up, stabilization and profile, shall be conducted in accordance to APTA's Recommended Practice "Transit Coach HVAC System Instrumentation and Performance Testing." NOTE: The recommended locations of temperature probes are only guidelines and may require slight modifications to address actual coach design. Care must be taken to avoid placement of sensing devices in the immediate path of an air duct outlet. In general, the locations are intended to accurately represent the interior passenger area. Additional testing shall be performed as necessary to ensure compliance to performance requirements stated herein. Capacity and Performance Requirements The air-conditioning portion of the HVAC system shall be capable of reducing the passenger compartment temperature from 115 to 70 °F ± 3 °F in less than 30 minutes after system engagement. Engine temperature shall be within the normal operating range at the time of start-up of the cool -down test, and the engine speed shall be limited to fast idle, which may be activated by a driver -controlled device. During the cool -down period, the refrigerant pressure shall not exceed safe high -side pressures, and the condenser discharge air temperature, measured 6 in. from the surface of the coil, shall be less than 45 °F above the condenser inlet air temperature. No simulated solar load shall be used. There shall be no passengers on board, and the doors and windows shall be closed. The air conditioning system shall meet these performance requirements using R407C. TS -54 CONTROLS AND TEMPERATURE UNIFORMITY The HVAC system excluding the driver's heater/defroster shall be centrally controlled with an advanced electronic/diagnostic control system with provisions for extracting/reading data. The system shall be compliant with J1939 Communication Protocol for receiving and broadcasting of data. Hot engine coolant water shall be delivered to the HVAC system driver's defroster/heater and other heater cores by means of an auxiliary coolant pump, sized for the required flow, which is brushless and seal less having a minimum maintenance -free service life for both the brushless motor and the pump of at least 40,000 hours at full power. Manually Adjustable Temperature Control Set Point The climate control system shall have the provision to allow the driver to adjust the temperature control set point at a minimum of between 68 and 72 °F. From then on, all interior climate control system requirements shall be attained automatically, unless re -adjusted by the driver. Section 5 — Page 77 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 The driver shall have full control over the defroster and driver's heater. The driver shall be able to adjust the temperature in the driver's area through air distribution and fans. The interior climate control system shall switch automatically to the ventilating mode if the refrigerant compressor or condenser fan fails. Interior temperature distribution shall be uniform to the extent practicable to prevent hot and/or cold spots. After stabilization with doors closed, the temperatures between any two points in the passenger compartment in the same vertical plane, and 6 to 72 in. above the floor, shall not vary by more than 5 OF with doors closed. The interior temperatures, measured at the same height above the floor, shall not vary more than ±5 OF from the front to the rear from the average temperature determined in accordance with APTA's "Recommended Instrumentation and Performance Testing for Transit Coach Air Conditioning System." Variations of greater than ±5 OF will be allowed for limited, localized areas provided that the majority of the measured temperatures fall within the specified requirement. TS 54.1 AUXILIARY HEATER No auxiliary heater. TS -55 AIR FLOW TS 55.1 PASSENGER AREA The cooling mode of the interior climate control system shall introduce air into the coach at or near the ceiling height at a minimum rate of 25 cubic ft per minute (cfm) per passenger based on the standard configuration coach carrying a number of passengers equal to 150 percent of the seated load. Airflow shall be evenly distributed throughout the coach, with air velocity not exceeding 100 ft per minute on any passenger. The ventilating mode shall provide air at a minimum flow rate of 20 cfm per passenger. Airflow may be reduced to 15 cfm per passenger (150 percent of seated load) when operating in the heating mode. The fans shall not activate until the heating element has warmed sufficiently to ensure at least 70 OF air outlet temperature. The heating air outlet temperature shall not exceed 120 OF under any normal operating conditions. The climate control blower motors and fan shall be designed such that their operation complies with the interior noise level requirements. Requirement for 10 Percent "Fresh Air" Mixture The air shall be composed of no less than 10 percent outside air TS 55.2 DRIVER'S AREA The coach interior climate control system shall deliver at least 100 cfm of air to the driver's area when operating in the ventilating and cooling modes. Adjustable nozzles shall permit variable distribution or shutdown of the airflow. Airflow in the heating mode shall be reduced proportionally to the reduction of airflow into the passenger area. The windshield defroster unit shall meet the requirements of SAE Section 5 - Page 78 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Recommended Practice J382, "Windshield Defrosting Systems Performance Requirements," and shall have the capability of diverting heated air to the driver's feet and legs. The defroster or interior climate control system shall maintain visibility through the driver's side window. TS 55.3 CONTROLS FOR THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (CCS) The controls for the driver's compartment for heating, ventilation and cooling systems shall be integrated and shall meet the following requirements: • The heat/defrost system fan shall be controlled by a separate switch that has an "off' position and at least two positions for speed control. All switches and controls shall preclude the possibility of clothing becoming entangled, and shields shall be provided, if required. If the fans are approved by the Agency, an "on/off' switch shall be located to the right of or near the main defroster switch. • A manually operated control valve shall control the coolant flow through the heater core. • If a cable -operated manual control valve is used, then the cable length shall be kept to a minimum to reduce cable seizing. Heater water control valves shall be "positive" type, closed or open. The method of operating remote valves shall require the concurrence of the Agency project manager. TS 55.4 DRIVER'S COMPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS A separate heating, ventilation and defroster system for the driver's area shall be provided and shall be controlled by the driver. The system shall meet the following requirements: • The heater and defroster system shall provide heating for the driver and heated air to completely defrost and defog the windshield, driver's side window, and the front door glasses in all operating conditions. Fan(s) shall be able to draw air from the coach body interior and/or exterior through a control device and pass it through the heater core to the defroster system and over the driver's feet. A minimum capacity of 100 cfm shall be provided. The driver shall have complete control of the heat and fresh airflow for the driver's area. • The defroster supply outlets shall be located at the lower edge of the windshield. These outlets shall be durable and shall be free of sharp edges that can catch clothes during normal daily cleaning. The system shall be such that foreign objects such as coins or tickets cannot fall into the defroster air outlets. Adjustable ball vents or louvers shall be provided at the left of the driver's position to allow direction of air onto the side windows. A ventilation system shall be provided to ensure driver comfort and shall be capable of providing fresh air in both the foot and head areas. Vents shall be controllable by the driver from the normal driving position. Decals shall be provided, indicating "operating instructions" and "open" and "closed" positions. When closed, vents shall be sealed to prevent the migration of water or air into the coach. TS 55.5 DRIVER'S COOLING Separate Dedicated Evaporator; using a separate, dedicated evaporator, the climate control system shall be designed to maintain the driver's compartment temperatures within the range specified for the passenger compartment. The unit shall operate when the climate control switch is in the "Cool" position. It shall have a separate thermostatic control. Section 5 — Page 79 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -56 AIR FILTRATION Air shall be filtered before entering the AC system and being discharged into the passenger compartment. The filter shall meet the ANSI/ASHRAE 52.1 requirement for 5 percent or better atmospheric dust spot efficiency, 50 percent weight arrestance, and a minimum dust holding capacity of 120 g per 1000 cfm cell. Air filters shall be easily removable for service. Air filters shall be cleanable. TS -57 ROOF VENTILATORS Each ventilator shall be easily opened and closed manually. When open with the coach in motion, this ventilator shall provide fresh air inside the coach. The ventilator shall cover an opening area no less than 425 sq in. and shall be capable of being positioned as a scoop with either the leading or trailing edge open no less than 4 in., or with all four edges raised simultaneously to a height of no less than 3'/ in. An escape hatch shall be incorporated into the roof ventilator. Roof ventilator(s) shall be sealed to prevent entry of water when closed. TS -58 MAINTAINABILITY Manually controlled shut-off valves in the refrigerant lines shall allow isolation of the compressor and dehydrator filter for service. To the extent practicable, self-sealing couplings utilizing O-ring seals shall be used to break and seal the refrigerant lines during removal of major components, such as the refrigerant compressor. Shut-off valves may be provided in lieu of self-sealing couplings. The condenser shall be located to efficiently transfer heat to the atmosphere and shall not ingest air warmed above the ambient temperature by the coach mechanical equipment, or to discharge air into any other system of the coach. The location of the condenser shall preclude its obstruction by wheel splash, road dirt or debris. HVAC components located within 6 in. of floor level shall be constructed to resist damage and corrosion. High and low refrigerant pressure electronic gauges to be located in the return air area. TS -59 ENTRANCE/EXIT AREA HEATING No requirements for entrance/exit area heating. TS -60 FLOOR -LEVEL HEATING Sufficient heaters shall be provided with ducting to blow warm air upward through a cavity in the wall and discharge the warm air at the base of the windows. Control of the warm wall heating shall be through the main heating system electronic control. Section 5 — Page 80 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 EXTERIOR PANELS, FINISHES and Exterior Lighting TS -61 DESIGN The coach shall have a clean, smooth, simple design, primarily derived from coach performance requirements and passenger service criteria. The exterior and body features, including grilles and louvers, shall be shaped to facilitate cleaning by automatic coach washers without snagging washer brushes. Water and dirt shall not be retained in or on any body feature to freeze or bleed out onto the coach after leaving the washer. The body and windows shall be sealed to prevent leaking of air, dust or water under normal operating conditions and during cleaning in automatic coach washers for the service life of the coach. Exterior panels shall be sufficiently stiff to minimize vibration, drumming or flexing while the coach is in service. When panels are lapped, the upper and forward panels shall act as a watershed. However, if entry of moisture into the interior of the vehicle is prevented by other means, then rear cap panels may be lapped otherwise. The windows, hatches and doors shall be able to be sealed. Accumulation of spray and splash generated by the coach's wheels shall be minimized on windows and mirrors. TS 61.1 MATERIALS Body materials shall be selected and the body fabricated to reduce maintenance, extend durability and provide consistency of appearance throughout the service life of the coach. Detailing shall be kept simple, and add-on devices and trim shall be minimized and integrated into the basic design. TS -62 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Exterior protrusions along the side and front of the coach greater than '/2 in. and within 80 in. of the ground shall have a radius no less than the amount of the protrusion. The exterior rearview mirrors, cameras and required lights and reflectors are exempt from the protrusion requirement. Advertising frames shall protrude no more than '/a in. from the body surface. Grilles, doors, bumpers and other features on the sides and rear of the coach shall be designed to minimize toeholds or handholds. Exterior protrusions shall not cause a line -of -sight blockage for the driver. TS -63 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT TS 63.1 SIDE BODY PANELS Structural elements supporting exterior body panels shall allow side body panels below the windows to be repaired. Section 5 — Page 81 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -64 RAIN GUTTERS Rain gutters shall be provided to prevent water flowing from the roof onto the passenger doors and driver's side window. When the coach is decelerated, the gutters shall not drain onto the windshield, driver's side window or door boarding area. Cross sections of the gutters shall be adequate for proper operation. TS -65 LICENSE PLATE PROVISIONS Provisions shall be made to mount standard -size U.S./Canada license plates per SAE J686 on the front and rear of the coach. These provisions shall direct -mount or recess the license plates so that they can be cleaned by automatic coach -washing equipment without being caught by the brushes. The rear license plate provision shall be illuminated per SAE J587. Default Requirement for Rub Rails Rub rails composed of flexible, resilient material shall be provided to protect both sides of the coach body from damage caused by minor sideswipe accidents with automobiles. Rub rails shall have vertical dimensions of no less than 2 in. (50 mm) with the centerline no higher than 35 in. above the ground between the wheel wells. The rub rails shall withstand impacts of 200 ft -lbs of energy from a steel -faced spherical missile no less than 9 in. in diameter and of a 500 Ib load applied anywhere along their length by a rigid plate 1 ft in length, wider than the rub rail, and with a''/4 in. end radii, with no visible damage to the rub rail, retainer or supporting structure. The rub rail may be discontinued at doorways, wheel wells and articulated joints if applicable. A damaged portion of the rub rail shall be replaceable without requiring removal or replacement of the entire rub rail. NOTE: Installation of rub rails may preclude the installation and/or size of exterior advertising signs or racks. TS -66 FENDER SKIRTS Features to minimize water spray from the coach in wet conditions shall be included in wheel housing design. Any fender skirts shall be easily replaceable. They shall be flexible if they extend beyond the allowable body width. Wheels and tires shall be removable with the fender skirts in place. TS 66.1 SPLASH APRONS Standard Splash Aprons Splash aprons, composed of 1/4 in. minimum composition or rubberized fabric, shall be installed behind and/or in front of wheels as needed to reduce road splash and to protect under floor components. The splash aprons shall extend downward to within 6 in. off the road surface at static conditions. Apron widths shall be no less than tire widths. Splash aprons shall be bolted to the coach understructure. Section 5 — Page 82 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Splash aprons and their attachments shall be inherently weaker than the structure to which they are attached. The flexible portions of the splash aprons shall not be included in the road clearance measurements. Splash apron shall be installed as necessary to protect the wheelchair loading device from road splash. Other splash aprons shall be installed where necessary to protect coach equipment. TS -67 SERVICE COMPARTMENTS AND ACCESS DOORS TS 67.1 ACCESS DOORS Conventional doors shall be used for the engine compartment and for all auxiliary equipment compartments including doors for checking the quantity and adding to the engine coolant, engine lubricant and transmission fluid. Access openings shall be sized for easy performance of tasks within the compartment, including tool operating space. Access doors shall be of rugged construction and shall maintain mechanical integrity and function under normal operations throughout the service life of the coach. They shall close flush with the body surface. All doors shall be hinged at the top or on the forward edge and shall be prevented from coming loose or opening during transit service or in coach washing operations. All access doors shall be retained in the open position. Latch handles shall be flush with, or recessed behind, the body contour and shall be sized to provide an adequate grip for opening. Access doors, when opened, shall not restrict access for servicing other components or systems. If precluded by design, the manufacturer shall provide door design information specifying how the requirements are met. TS 67.2 ACCESS DOOR LATCH/LOCKS Requirement for Latches on Access Doors Access doors larger than 100 sq in. in area shall be equipped with corrosion -resistant flush -mounted latches or locks except for coolant and fuel fill access doors. All such access doors that require a tool to open shall be standardized throughout the vehicle. Agencies may define any required locks or latches for access doors and prices should be quoted separately. TS -68 BUMPERS TS 68.1 LOCATION Bumpers shall provide impact protection for the front and rear of the coach with the top of the bumper being 27 in., t2 in., above the ground. Bumper height shall be such that when one coach is parked behind another, a portion of the bumper faces will contact each other. TS 68.2 FRONT BUMPER No part of the coach, including the bumper, shall be damaged as a result of a 5 mph impact of the coach at curb weight with a fixed, flat barrier perpendicular to the coach's longitudinal centerline. The bumper shall return to its pre -impact shape within 10 minutes of the impact. The bumper shall protect the coach Section 5 — Page 83 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 from damage as a result of 6.5 mph impacts at any point by the common carriage with contoured impact surface defined in Figure 2 of FMVSS 301 loaded to 4000 lbs. parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the coach. It shall protect the coach from damage as a result of 5.5 mph impacts into the corners at a 30 deg angle to the longitudinal centerline of the coach. The energy absorption system of the bumper shall be independent of every power system of the coach and shall not require service or maintenance in normal operation during the service life of the coach. The bumper may increase the overall coach length specified by no more than 7 in. TS 68.3 REAR BUMPER No part of the coach, including the bumper, shall be damaged as a result of a 2 mph impact with a fixed, flat barrier perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the coach. The bumper shall return to its pre - impact shape within 10 minutes of the impact. When using a yard tug with a smooth, flat plate bumper 2 ft wide contacting the horizontal centerline of the rear bumper, the bumper shall provide protection at speeds up to 5 mph, over pavement discontinuities up to 1 in. high, and at accelerations up to 2 mph/sec. The rear bumper shall protect the coach when impacted anywhere along its width by the common carriage with contoured impact surface defined in Figure 2 of FMVSS 301 loaded to 4000 lbs., at 4 mph parallel to or up to a 30 deg angle to the longitudinal centerline of the coach. The rear bumper shall be shaped to preclude unauthorized riders standing on the bumper. The bumper shall not require service or maintenance in normal operation during the service life of the coach. The bumper may increase the overall coach length specified by no more than 7 in. TS 68.4 BUMPER MATERIAL Bumper material shall be corrosion -resistant and withstand repeated impacts of the specified loads without sustaining damage. These bumper qualities shall be sustained throughout the service life of the coach. TS -69 FINISH AND COLOR TS 69.1 APPEARANCE All exterior surfaces shall be smooth and free of wrinkles and dents. Exterior surfaces to be painted shall be properly prepared as required by the paint system Supplier prior to application of paint to ensure a proper bond between the basic surface and successive coats of original paint for the service life of the coach. Drilled holes and cutouts in exterior surfaces shall be made prior to cleaning, priming and painting, where possible, to prevent corrosion. The coach shall be painted prior to installation of exterior lights, windows, mirrors and other items that are applied to the exterior of the coach. Body filler materials may be used for surface dressing, but not for repair of damaged or improperly fitted panels. Paint shall be applied smoothly and evenly with the finished surface free of visible dirt and the following other imperfections: • blisters or bubbles appearing in the topcoat film Section 5 — Page 84 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 • chips, scratches or gouges of the surface finish • cracks in the paint film • craters where paint failed to cover due to surface contamination • overspray • peeling • runs or sags from excessive flow and failure to adhere uniformly to the surface • chemical stains and water spots • dry patches due to incorrect mixing of paint activators • buffing swirls All exterior finished surfaces shall be impervious to diesel fuel, gasoline and commercial cleaning agents. Finished surfaces shall resist damage by controlled applications of commonly used graffiti - removing chemicals. Proper adhesion between the basic surface and successive coats of the original paint shall be measured using an Elcometer adhesion tester as outlined in ASTM D4541-85. Adhesion shall be a minimum 300 ft -lbs. The coach manufacturer shall supply test samples of the exterior surface for each step of the painting process that may be subject to adhesion testing per ASTM G4541-87 and ASTM D4145-85. ASTM D4541-93 may be used for inspection testing during assembly of the vehicle. Standard Contractor exterior paint finish quality. Agencies will provide approved paints, color scheme and graphics. TS -70 DECALS, NUMBERING AND SIGNING Monograms, numbers and other special signing shall be applied to the inside and outside of the coach as required. Signs shall be durable and fade-, chip- and peel -resistant. They may be painted signs, decals or pressure -sensitive appliques. All decals shall be installed per the decal Supplier recommendations. Signs shall be provided in compliance with the ADA requirements defined in 49 C.F.R. Part 38, Subpart B, 38.27. Agencies will provide a list of signs and/or decals that are required above and beyond those specified in federal, state, and local regulations. TS 70.1 PASSENGER INFORMATION ADA priority seating signs as required and defined by 49 C.F.R. shall be provided to identify the seats designated for passengers with disabilities. Requirements for a public information system in accordance with 49 C.F.R. shall be provided. Section 5 — Page 85 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -71 EXTERIOR LIGHTING All exterior lights shall be LED and designed to prevent entry and accumulation of moisture or dust. Lamps, lenses and fixtures shall be interchangeable to the extent practicable. Two hazard lamps at the rear of the coach shall be visible from behind when the engine service doors are opened. Light lenses shall be designed and located to prevent damage when running the vehicle through an automatic coach washer. Contractor to provide details of exterior lighting system. TS 71.1 BACKUP LIGHT/ALARM Visible and audible warnings shall inform following vehicles or pedestrians of reverse operation. Visible reverse operation warning shall conform to SAE Standard J593. Audible reverse operation warning shall conform to SAE Recommended Practice J994 Type C or D. TS 71.2 DOORWAY LIGHTING Lamps at the front and rear passenger doorways (if applicable) shall comply with ADA requirements and shall activate only when the doors open. These lamps shall illuminate the street surface to a level of no less than 1 foot-candle for a distance of 3 ft outward from the outboard edge of the door threshold. The lights may be positioned above or below the lower daylight opening of the windows and shall be shielded to protect passengers' eyes from glare. Lights to be LED if available that meet ADA requirements. TS 71.3 TURN SIGNALS Standard Turn Signals LED Turn -signal lights shall be provided on the front, rear, curb and street sides of the coach in accordance with federal regulations. TS 71.4 HEADLIGHTS Headlamps shall be designed for ease of replacement. Standard OEM headlight installation shall be provided in accordance with federal regulations and contractor is to supply details of headlight installation. Daytime Running Lights Headlamps shall incorporate a daytime running light feature. LED Headlamps shall be LED/halogen, sealed beam. Section 5 — Page 86 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 71.5 BRAKE LIGHTS LED Brake lights shall be provided in accordance with federal regulations Brake lights shall be provided in accordance with federal regulations. Coach shall include red, high and center mount brake lamp(s) along the backside of the coach in addition to the lower brake lamps required under FMVSS. The high and center mount brake lamp(s) shall illuminate steadily with brake application. TS 71.6 SERVICE AREA LIGHTING (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR) LED lamps shall be provided in the engine and all other compartments where service may be required to generally illuminate the area for night emergency repairs or adjustments. These service areas shall include, but not be limited to, the engine compartment, the communication box, junction/apparatus panels and passenger door operator compartments. Lighting shall be adequate to light the space of the service areas to levels needed to complete typical emergency repairs and adjustments. The service area lamps shall be suitable for the environment in which they are mounted. Engine compartment lamps shall be controlled by a switch mounted near the rear start controls. All other service area lamps shall be controlled by switches mounted on or convenient to the lamp assemblies. Power to the service area lighting shall be programmable. Power shall latch on with activation of the switch and shall be automatically discontinued (timed out) after 30 minutes to prevent damage caused by inadvertently leaving the service area lighting switch in the "on" position after repairs are made. INTERIOR PANELS AND FINISHES TS -72 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Materials shall be selected on the basis of maintenance, durability, appearance, safety, flammability and tactile qualities. Materials shall be strong enough to resist everyday abuse and be vandalism and corrosion resistant. Trim and attachment details shall be kept simple and unobtrusive. Interior trim shall be secured to avoid resonant vibrations under normal operational conditions. Interior surfaces more than 10 in. below the lower edge of the side windows or windshield shall be shaped so that objects placed on them fall to the floor when the coach is parked on a level surface. Any components and other electrical components within close proximity to these surfaces shall also be resistant to this cleaning method. Section 5 - Page 87 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -73 INTERIOR PANELS Panels shall be easily replaceable and tamper resistant. They shall be reinforced, as necessary, to resist vandalism and other rigors of transit coach service. Individual trim panels and parts shall be interchangeable to the extent practicable. TS -73.1 DRIVER'S BARRIER A barrier or bulkhead between the driver and the street -side front passenger seat shall be provided. The barrier shall minimize glare and reflections in the windshield directly in front of the barrier from interior lighting during night operation. Location and shape must permit full seat travel and reclining possibilities that can accommodate the shoulders of a 95th -percentile male. The partition shall have a side return and stanchion to prevent passengers from reaching the driver by standing behind the driver's seat. The lower area between the seat and panel must be accessible to the driver. The partition must be strong enough in conjunction with the entire partition assembly for mounting of such equipment as flare kits, fire extinguishers (1.2 kg), microcomputer, public address amplifier, etc. The panel should be properly attached to minimize noise and rattles. The driver's barrier shall extend from the floor area to the ceiling and from the coach wall to the first stanchion immediately behind the driver to provide security to the driver and to limit passenger conversation. TS 73.2 MODESTY PANELS Sturdy divider panels constructed of durable, unpainted, corrosion -resistant material complementing the interior shall be provided to act as both a physical and visual barrier for seated passengers. Design and installation of modesty panels located in front of forward -facing seats shall include a handhold or grab handle along its top edge. These dividers shall be mounted on the sidewall and shall project toward the aisle no farther than passenger knee projection in longitudinal seats or the aisle side of the transverse seats. Modesty panels shall extend from at least the window opening of the side windows, and those forward of transverse seats shall extend downward to 1 and 11/3 in. above the floor. Panels forward of longitudinal seats shall extend to below the level of the seat cushion. Dividers positioned at the doorways, where applicable, shall provide no less than a 2'/z in. clearance between the modesty panel and a fully open, inward opening door, or the path of a deploying flip -out ramp to protect passengers from being pinched. Modesty panels installed at doorways shall be equipped with grab rails if passenger assists are not provided by other means. The modesty panel and its mounting shall withstand a static force of 250 lbs applied to a 4 x 4 in. area in the center of the panel without permanent visible deformation. TS 73.3 FRONT END The entire front end of the coach shall be sealed to prevent debris accumulation behind the dash and to prevent the driver's feet from kicking or fouling wiring and other equipment. The front end shall be free of protrusions that are hazardous to passengers standing at the front of the standee line area of the coach Section 5 — Page 88 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 during rapid decelerations. Paneling across the front of the coach and any trim around the driver's compartment shall be formed metal or composite material. Composite dash panels shall be reinforced as necessary, vandal -resistant and replaceable. All colored, painted and plated parts forward of the driver's barrier shall be finished with a surface that reduces glare. Any mounted equipment must have provision to support the weight of equipment. TS 73.4 REAR BULKHEAD The rear bulkhead and rear interior surfaces shall be material suitable for exterior skin; painted and finished to exterior quality; or paneled with melamine -type material, composite, scratch -resistant plastic or carpeting and trimmed with stainless steel, aluminum or composite. The rear bulkhead paneling shall be contoured to fit the ceiling, side walls and seat backs so that any litter or trash will tend to fall to the floor or seating surface when the coach is on a level surface. Any air vents in this area shall be louvered to reduce airflow noise and to reduce the probability of trash or liter being thrown or drawn through the grille. If it is necessary to remove the panel to service components located on the rear bulkhead, then the panel shall be hinged or shall be able to be easily removed and replaced. Grilles where access to or adjustment of equipment is required shall be heavy duty and designed to minimize damage and limit unauthorized access. TS 73.5 HEADLINING Ceiling panels shall be made of durable, corrosion resistant, easily cleanable material. Headlining shall be supported to prevent buckling, drumming or flexing and shall be secured without loose edges. Headlining materials shall be treated or insulated to prevent marks due to condensation where panels are in contact with metal members. Moldings and trim strips, as required to make the edges tamperproof, shall be stainless steel, aluminum or plastic, colored to complement the ceiling material. Headlining panels covering operational equipment that is mounted above the ceiling shall be on hinges for ease of service but retained to prevent inadvertent opening. TS 73.6 FASTENING Interior panels shall be attached so that there are no exposed unfinished or rough edges or rough surfaces. Fasteners should be corrosion resistant. Panels and fasteners shall not be easily removable by passengers. Exposed interior fasteners should be minimized, and where required shall be tamper resistant. TS 73.7 INSULATION Any insulation material used between the inner and outer panels shall minimize the entry and/or retention of moisture. Insulation properties shall be unimpaired during the service life of the coach. Any insulation material used inside the engine compartment shall not absorb or retain oils or water and shall be designed to prevent casual damage that may occur during maintenance operations. The combination of inner and outer panels on the sides, roof, wheel wells and ends of the coach, and any material used between these panels, shall provide a thermal insulation sufficient to meet the interior Section 5 — Page 89 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 temperature requirements. The coach body shall be thoroughly sealed so that the driver or passengers cannot feel drafts during normal operations with the passenger doors closed. FTA Docket 90-A All insulation materials shall comply with the Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in FTA Docket 90-A, dated October 20, 1993. TS 73.8 FLOOR COVERING The floor covering shall have a non-skid walking surface that remains effective in all weather conditions. The floor covering, as well as transitions of flooring material to the main floor and to the entrance and exit area, shall be smooth and present no tripping hazards. Seams shall be sealed/welded per manufacturer's specifications. The standee line shall be approximately 2 in. wide and shall extend across the coach aisle. The color and pattern shall be consistent throughout the floor covering. Any areas on the floor that are not intended for standees, such as areas "swept" during passenger door operation, shall be clearly and permanently marked. The floor shall be easily cleaned and shall be arranged to minimize debris accumulation. A one-piece center strip shall extend from the vertical wall of the rear settee between the aisle sides of transverse seats to the standee line. If the floor is of a bi-level construction, then the center strip shall be one piece at each level. The covering between the center strip and the wheel housings may be separate pieces. At the rear door, however, a separate strip as wide as the door shall extend from the center strip to the outboard edge of the rear/exit area. The floor under the seats shall be covered with smooth surface flooring material. The floor covering shall closely fit the sidewall in a fully sealed butt joint or extend to the top of the cove. TS 73.9 INTERIOR LIGHTING The light source shall be located to minimize windshield glare, with distribution of the light focused primarily on the passengers' reading plane while casting sufficient light onto the advertising display. The lighting system may be designed to form part of or the entire air distribution duct. The lens material shall be translucent polycarbonate. Lenses shall be designed to effectively "mask" the light source. Lenses shall be sealed to inhibit incursion of dust and insects yet be easily removable for service. Access panels shall be provided to allow servicing of components located behind light panels. If necessary, the entire light fixture shall be hinged. TS 73.10 PASSENGER First Row Lights The first light on each side (behind the driver and the front door) is normally turned on only when the front door is opened, in "night run" and "night park." As soon as the door closes, these lights shall go out. These lights shall be turned on at any time if the switch is in the "on" position. Section 5 — Page 90 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 All interior lighting shall be turned off whenever the transmission selector is in reverse and the engine run switch is in the "on" position. The interior lighting design shall require the approval of the Agency. LED lights. TS 73.11 DRIVER'S AREA The driver's area shall have a light to provide general illumination, and it shall illuminate the half of the steering wheel nearest the driver to a level of 5 to 10 foot-candles. TS 73.12 SEATING AREAS A minimum 10 -module parcel rack without dividers and compartment doors shall be furnished over all two -passenger seating positions except in the wheelchair door area. Retention cords shall run the length of the rack housing. The parcel rack edge, running along the full length of the aisle, shall incorporate a handhold for use by standees. Passenger headroom, measured from the rack end to the top of the seat headrest, shall be a minimum 17 in. (432 mm). Interior window post caps shall be ABS, thermo formed plastic, off-white in color to provide a clean finished appearance. The interior of the rack shall be vinyl covered aluminum to complement the interior. Parcel racks shall be supported by polycarbonate glass filled hangers spaced approximately 40 in. (1016 mm) apart. Total capacity shall be a minimum 109 ft3 (3 m3) to allow for ample storage space for carry -on items. Passenger service modules mounted on the underside of the parcel rack shall include individually controlled and adjustable LED passenger reading lights; an exit signal push button, red in color; and individual air distribution outlets. These outlets shall be adjustable from fully closed to fully open position. A minimum of 26 speakers shall also be provided in the cluster panels for the driver -controlled public address system. Speakers shall broadcast, in a clear tone, announcements that are clearly perceived from all seat positions at approximately the same volume level. Passengers utilizing the securement systems shall be provided identical amenities as provided for all other passengers, except that the parcel rack shall be deleted in the area of the wheelchair lift door. Separate and independent notification will be provided on the dashboard indicator panel for stop request notification from securement positions. TS 73.13 VESTIBULES/DOORS Floor surface in the aisles shall be a minimum of 2 foot-candles, and the vestibule area in accordance with ADA requirements. TS 73.14 STEP LIGHTING Step lighting for the intermediate steps between lower and upper floor levels shall be a minimum of 4 foot-candles and shall illuminate in all engine run positions. The step lighting shall be low profile to minimize tripping and snagging hazards for passengers and shall be shielded as necessary to protect passengers' eyes from glare. Section 5 — Page 91 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS 73.15 FAREBOX LIGHTING Farebox Light A light fixture shall be mounted in the ceiling above the farebox location. The fixture shall be capable of projecting a concentrated beam of light on the farebox. This light will automatically come on whenever the front doors are opened and the run switch is in the "night run" or "night park" position. A switch easily accessible to the driver shall be provided to disable farebox light. TS -74 FARE COLLECTION Space and structural provisions shall be made for installation of currently available fare collection devices, which shall be as far forward as practicable. Location of the fare collection device shall not restrict traffic in the vestibule, including wheelchairs if a front door loading device is used, and shall allow the driver to easily reach the farebox controls and to view the fare register. The farebox shall not restrict access to the driver area, shall not restrict operation of driver controls and shall not—either by itself or in combination with stanchions, transfer mounting, cutting and punching equipment, or route destination signs—restrict the driver's field of view per SAE Recommended Practice J1050. The location and mounting of the fare collection device shall allow use, without restriction, by passengers. The farebox location shall permit accessibility to the vault for easy manual removal or attachment of suction devices. Meters and counters on the farebox shall be readable on a daily basis. The floor under the farebox shall be reinforced as necessary to provide a sturdy mounting platform and to prevent shaking of the farebox. Contractor shall provide fare collection installation layout to the Agencies for approval. Transfer mounting, cutting and punching equipment shall be located in a position convenient to the driver. Agency will specify a farebox for Contractor to install. TS -75 INTERIOR ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS Access for maintenance and replacement of equipment shall be provided by panels and doors that appear to be an integral part of the interior. Access doors shall be hinged with gas props or over -center springs, where practical, to hold the doors out of the mechanic's way. Panels shall prevent entry of mechanism lubricant into the coach interior. All fasteners that retain access panels shall be captive in the cover. TS 75.1 FLOOR PANELS Access openings in the floor shall be sealed to prevent entry of fumes and water into the coach interior. Flooring material at or around access openings shall be flush with the floor and shall be edge -bound with stainless steel or another material that is acceptable to the Agency to prevent the edges from coming loose. Access openings shall be asymmetrical so that reinstalled flooring shall be properly aligned. Fasteners shall tighten flush with the floor. The number of special fastener tools required for panel and access door fasteners shall be minimized. Section 5 - Page 92 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Passenger Accommodations TS -76 PASSENGER SEATING TS 76.1 ARRANGEMENTS AND SEAT STYLE Forward -Facing Seat Configuration Passenger seats shall be arranged in forward -facing configuration with a minimum of 55 reclining and cushioned passenger seats. Contractor to provide seat layout to the Agency once the Agency has provided the seat manufacturer and model number. Minimum 48 of seats with restroom option. Agencies to specify options such as rest room, cup holders, head rests, foot rests, etc. Prices for options should be quoted as separate line items. TS 76.2 HIP -TO -KNEE ROOM Hip -to -knee room measured from the center of the seating position, from the front of one seat back horizontally across the highest part of the seat to a vertical surface immediately in front, shall be a minimum of 26 in. At all seating positions in paired transverse seats immediately behind other seating positions, hip -to -knee room shall be no less than 27 in. TS 76.3 FOOT ROOM Foot room, measured at the floor forward from a point vertically below the front of the seat cushion, shall be no less than 14 in. Seats immediately behind the wheel housings and modesty panels may have foot room reduced. TS 76.4 AISLES The aisle between the seats shall be no less than 14 in. wide at seated passenger hip height. TS 76.5 STRUCTURE AND DESIGN Passenger seats shall be arranged in a transverse, forward -facing configuration No more than 10 seated positions shall be lost on any coach configuration to accommodate two wheelchair passengers occupying the securement positions. Each transverse, forward -facing seat, except the rear seats, shall accommodate two adult passengers. Floor seat tracks shall be stainless steel and shall be welded to the coach frame and be nearly flush with the finished floor. The wall tracks shall be stainless steel or aluminum and shall be bolted or riveted to the sidewall. Seats shall be commuter coach reclining seats. Seat frames shall be constructed of high-strength, fatigue -resistant, welded steel with a durable powder -coated, corrosion -resistant colored finish that Section 5 — Page 93 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 complements the coach interior. The seat frame shall be wall mounted with heavy gauge steel brackets and shall be attached to the coach floor with a heavy duty stainless steel T pedestal. The seat back shall recline 5 in. (127 mm) maximum with an infinite number of stops. The reclining seat backs shall be provided with a dress -up feature to facilitate coach cleaning. Seat width shall be nominal 40.50 in. (1029 mm). Aisle shall not be less than 14 in. (356 mm) wide. TS 76.6 CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS Seat cushions shall be supported by steel serpentine springs. Seat covering shall be Holdsworth, Lantal or similar high-quality wool fabric. Typical seat covering weight shall be 24 oz. (680 g)/sq. yd. Overall composition shall typically be 54 percent wool, 9 percent nylon and 37 percent cotton. Pile composition shall typically be 85 percent wool and 15 percent nylon. Backing composition shall typically be 100 percent cotton. Abrasion from a 28 oz. (794 g) loading shall not affect appearance with 60,000 rubs. The front face of the seat upright and side boxing of cushions shall be covered with Holdsworth, Lantal or other similar wool fabric to complement the seat cushion. Backrest fabric shall be rugged carpet material. Seat armrest shall be dark gray in color. Seat foam padding shall be polyurethane. Seat upholstery shall utilize zippers or Velcro that allows them be removed from the seat cushions for cleaning/replacement purposes. Agencies shall select seat fabric TS 76.7.1 FRONT DOOR Forward of the front wheels and under direct observation of the driver TS 76.8 MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION Structure of the doors, their attachments, inside and outside trim panels and any mechanism exposed to the elements shall be corrosion resistant. Door panel construction shall be of corrosion -resistant metal or reinforced non-metallic composite materials. When fully opened, the doors shall provide a firm support and shall not be damaged if used as an assist by passengers during ingress or egress. Door edges shall be sealed to prevent infiltration of exterior moisture, noise, dirt and air elements from entering the passenger compartment, to the maximum extent possible based on door types. The closing edge of each door panel shall have no less than 2 in. of soft weather stripping. The doors, when closed, shall be effectively sealed, and the hard surfaces of the doors shall be at least 4 in. apart (not applicable to single doors).The combined weather seal and window glazing elements of the front door shall not exceed 10 degrees of binocular obstruction of the driver's view through the closed door. Minimum doorway width per ADA requirements. TS 76.9 DOOR GLAZING The upper section of both front and rear doors shall be glazed for no less than 45 percent of the respective door opening area of each section. The lower section of the front door shall be glazed for no less than 25 percent of the door opening area of the section. Section 5 — Page 94 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 Door glazing shall be easily replaceable. TS 76.9.1 ACTUATOR The nominal door opening and closing speed shall be in the 3-5 second range. The maximum door opening and closing speeds will be regulated using fixed, maintenance free orifices and airline sizes. If required, door speeds can be decreased with the addition of a flow -restricting device. Actuators and the complete door mechanism shall be concealed from passengers but shall be easily accessible for servicing. TS 76.10 EMERGENCY OPERATION In the event of an emergency, it shall be possible to manually open doors designated as emergency exits from inside the coach using a force of no more than 25 lbs after actuating an unlocking device. The unlocking device shall be clearly marked as an emergency -only device and shall require two distinct actions to actuate. The respective door emergency unlocking device shall be accessible from the doorway area. The unlocking device shall be easily reset by the operator without special tools or opening the door mechanism enclosure. Doors that are required to be classified as "emergency exits' shall meet the requirements of FMVSS 217. TS 76.11 DOOR CONTROL The door control shall be located in the operator's area within the hand reach envelope described in SAE Recommended Practice J287, "Driver Hand Control Reach." The driver's door control shall provide tactile feedback to indicate commanded door position and resist inadvertent door actuation. TS 76.12 DOOR CONTROLLER Doors shall be operated by push-button controls, conveniently located and operable within the driver's reach. The push buttons shall be labeled. A control or valve in the operator's compartment shall shut off the power to, and/or dump the power from, the front door mechanism to permit manual operation of the front door with the coach shut down. TS -77 WHEELCHAIR LIFTS TS -77.1 LIFT A travel lift and two forward -facing mobility device securement areas shall be provided. The lift assembly shall comply with all current ADA and FMVSS 403 and 404 requirements. The lift shall be installed below the floor line at the number 2 right-hand luggage bay on the curbside of the coach. The lift shall be controlled by a dash -mounted toggle switch and a rear lift area toggle switch, and operated by up/down switches on a pendant mounted to the lift support bracket inside the number 2 baggage bay. The lift restraint belt must be buckled before the lift can be raised or lowered. The safety Section 5 — Page 95 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 interlock circuit can be energized to operate the lift only if the transmission is in neutral, the park brake is applied, engine fast idle is on, the dash -mounted master switch is on, the lift secondary switch is on, and the lift restraint belt is buckled. The wheelchair loading system shall provide safe, comfortable and rapid ingress and egress for applicable passengers from the street level or a curb. When not in use, the lift shall stow in the luggage bay. The lift mechanism shall include a threshold warning device to provide "passenger on platform" information and to prevent stowing the lift platform when a passenger is sensed. The outer barrier shall be automatically controlled and shall be such that it cannot be overridden by the loading system operator. A dash -mounted indicator light shall be provided and shall be illuminated when the loading system is activated. The interlock shall apply, the coach shall not move and the engine throttle shall be disabled whenever the wheelchair loading system is activated. If the lift door is open or ajar, the interlock shall remain engaged. Brackets, clamps, screw heads and other fasteners used on the passenger assists shall be anodized aluminum or stainless steel and shall be flush with the surface and free of rough edges. The lift control mounted on the lift structure shall have push button up/down switches. The toggle electrical supply switch shall be located in close proximity to the controller. This toggle switch must be turned on prior to the lift operation. All lift control switches shall be permanently labeled. Decals shall not be permitted. The stow guard switch shall be red in color, and the stow/deploy switch shall be black in color. These switches shall be incorporated in a handheld pendant. The lift shall include a hinged platform to bridge the coach floor to the lift platform. The bridge shall be hinged and locked in an upward position to act as a barrier when the lift is in use. The bridge shall be hinged and locked in an upward position to act as a barrier when the lift is in use. The bridge shall also allow lift passenger ingress/egress easily from the platform. Lift travel speeds and lift operation shall be adjusted to the lift manufacturer's specifications upon completion of the lift installation in to each coach and before coach delivery. The individual handrails shall incorporate a visual aid to ensure that they are folded in the proper order. The lift shall include an emergency system in case of driver operation malfunction. Should an emergency situation occur, the lift operator shall release the push-button switch on the controller to immediately stop the lift cycle. The emergency hand pump handles and pump shall be located in an enclosed box at the rear wall of the number 1 right-hand luggage bay door. The handle shall be stored adjacent to the pump to allow immediate usage. TS -77.2 LIFT DOOR The lift door shall be a single leaf design that operates in a sliding track mounted both above and below the door leaf. The door shall open by sliding to the rear of the coach and shall remain on a horizontal plane throughout the opening and closing process. No pin -hinged doors shall be provided. The transmission must be in neutral and the parking brake activated for the lift to operate. The accelerator shall be automatically disabled and the fast idle system activated when either the lift master switch is turned on or the lift door is open in order to provide maximum safety and security. These features shall be wired to the lift master switch to allow activation only when the transmission is in neutral. The coach directional (hazard) lights will also flash on/off. After the lift operation is completed, the lift shall be Section 5 — Page 96 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 properly stored and secured, with the access door closed and the lift master switch at the dash in the "off' position in order to move the coach. The lift door shall have a window in line with the other passenger windows and shall not detract from the appearance of the coach. The door latch mechanism shall be located in the lower section of the door so that operators in the 5th percentile female range can operate the lift door. The lift storage door shall not block the visual observation to the lift assembly while utilizing the manual override mode of the lift. A lift door design consisting of a horizontally hinged lift platform egress door mounted within a vertical motion pantograph luggage door is a preferred design. TS 77.3 LIFT WIDTH The installation of the lift to the coach structure as well as the installation of the lift door into the sidewall of the coach shall not affect the structural integrity of the coach. The parcel rack module above the wheelchair lift platform area shall be permanently removed to provide additional headroom. The modified rack shall be professionally finished at all ends. A threshold warning module with a red warning light and an acoustic sensor shall be mounted in the ceiling structure above the wheelchair lift entrance doorway. The heating and air ducts shall be rerouted around the lift area to ensure proper interior air conditioning/heating airflow and distribution. A passenger chime tape switch shall be mounted on the sidewall at the two wheelchair securement positions. Each coach shall have adequate information decals installed that detail the proper lift operation in both the normal and manual modes of operation. TS -77.4 LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS Lighting for the lift areas shall be designed to meet Title 13 and ADA and FMVSS 404 standards. Lighting shall be provided to effectively illuminate the lift area. Light shall be wired through the lift master toggle switch on the driver's dash and shall automatically illuminate when this switch is in the "on" position. The lighting design shall minimize the effect of glare on passengers entering the coach through the wheelchair lift door. During lift operation, the street surface shall be illuminated to a minimum of 6 candlepower a distance of 3 ft beyond the external dimensions of the lift platform once deployed and lowered. Additional lighting shall be provided to ensure illumination of the instruction placard and the manual override pump when it is in use. TS -77.5 SECUREMENT SYSTEM The vehicle interior shall permit the securement of two forward -facing wheelchair passengers in which the primary position shall be on the street side of the coach directly across from the lift. Securement areas shall be a minimum 30 x 48 in. as required by the ADA. Section 5 — Page 97 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 A separate three-point belt securement shall be provided to effectively secure wheelchair passengers. To further secure the passenger during the lift operation, a retractable seat belt strap shall be provided at the ingress/egress area of the lift platform. A minimum 10.5 in. high barrier shall also be provided at the rear of the lift area for additional passenger protection. TS -77.6 ROOF VENTILATION/ESCAPE HATCHES Two roof ventilators shall be provided and designed to perform as escape hatches. One ventilator/escape hatch shall be located in the roof at the front of the coach, another in the roof at the rear of the coach. SIGNAGE AND COMMUNICATION TS -78 DESTINATION SIGNS A destination sign system shall be furnished on the front, and on the right side near the front door. Dash and rear sign should be an available option if requested by an agency. Contractor to provide list of optional signs to be used. All signs shall be controlled via a single human -machine interface (HMI). In the absence of a single mobile data terminal (MDT), the HMI shall be conveniently located for the coach driver within reach of the seated driver. A heavy-duty "stop request' signal button shall be installed at every seat location except the rear cross seat. TS -78.2 SIGNAL CHIME COMMUTER COACH A single "stop requested" chime shall sound when the system is first activated. A double chime shall sound anytime the system is activated from wheelchair passenger areas. Exit signals located in the wheelchair passenger area shall be no higher than 4 ft above the floor. Instructions shall be provided to clearly indicate the function and operation of these signals. TS -79 COMMUNICATIONS TS -79.1 CAMERA SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM Provide all wiring and mounting locations for a multi -camera surveillance system for the later provision of and installation of cameras, recorder, microphone, etc. The Procuring Agency to specify the camera system cable to be installed, the locations for pre -wiring and the quantity. Section 5 — Page 98 WTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13 TS -79.2 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM A public address system shall be provided on each coach for facilitating radio system and driver - originated announcements to passengers. TS -79.3 SPEAKERS Sufficient interior loudspeakers shall be provided, semi -flush mounted, on alternate sides of the coach passenger compartment, installed with proper phasing. Total impedance seen at the input connecting end shall be 8 Ohms. Mounting shall be accomplished with riv-nuts and machine screws. TS -79.4 AUTOMATIC PASSENGER COUNTER (APC) An APC system shall be available as an option and priced as a line item. Agency to provide details of APC system, including installation locations and number of coaches to be equipped. TS -79.5 RADIO HANDSET AND CONTROL SYSTEM TS -79.6 DRIVER'S SPEAKER Each coach shall have a recessed speaker in the ceiling panel above the driver. This speaker shall be the same component used for the speakers in the passenger compartment. It shall have 8 Ohms of impedance. TS -79.7 HANDSET Contractor will install a handset for driver use. TS -79.8 DRIVER DISPLAY UNIT (DDU) Contractor shall install a driver display unit as close to the driver's instrument panel as possible. TS -79.9 EMERGENCY ALARM Contractor shall install an emergency alarm that is accessible to the driver but hidden from view. END TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE SECTION Section 5 — Page 99 V VTA Solicitation No. 2013-04 Rev 4 Dated 8/29/13